MICROCHIP PIC18F87K22

PIC18F87K22 Family
Data Sheet
64/80-Pin, High-Performance,
1-Mbit Enhanced Flash Microcontrollers
with 12-Bit A/D and
nanoWatt XLP Technology
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C
Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices:
•
Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet.
•
Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the
intended manner and under normal conditions.
•
There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our
knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip’s Data
Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property.
•
Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code.
•
Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not
mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.”
Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our
products. Attempts to break Microchip’s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts
allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act.
Information contained in this publication regarding device
applications and the like is provided only for your convenience
and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to
ensure that your application meets with your specifications.
MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR
OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION,
QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability
arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip
devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at
the buyer’s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and
hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims,
suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are
conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip
intellectual property rights.
Trademarks
The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, dsPIC,
KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro, PICSTART,
PIC32 logo, rfPIC and UNI/O are registered trademarks of
Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other
countries.
FilterLab, Hampshire, HI-TECH C, Linear Active Thermistor,
MXDEV, MXLAB, SEEVAL and The Embedded Control
Solutions Company are registered trademarks of Microchip
Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A.
Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Application Maestro, CodeGuard,
dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net, dsPICworks, dsSPEAK, ECAN,
ECONOMONITOR, FanSense, HI-TIDE, In-Circuit Serial
Programming, ICSP, Mindi, MiWi, MPASM, MPLAB Certified
logo, MPLIB, MPLINK, mTouch, Omniscient Code
Generation, PICC, PICC-18, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICkit,
PICtail, REAL ICE, rfLAB, Select Mode, Total Endurance,
TSHARC, UniWinDriver, WiperLock and ZENA are
trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the
U.S.A. and other countries.
SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated
in the U.S.A.
All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their
respective companies.
© 2011, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in the
U.S.A., All Rights Reserved.
Printed on recycled paper.
ISBN: 1-60932-956-3
Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2002 certification for its worldwide
headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and
Tempe, Arizona; Gresham, Oregon and design centers in California
and India. The Company’s quality system processes and procedures
are for its PIC® MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs, KEELOQ® code hopping
devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and
analog products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design
and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified.
DS39960C-page 2
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
64/80-Pin, High-Performance, 1-Mbit Enhanced Flash MCUs
with 12-Bit A/D and nanoWatt XLP Technology
Low-Power Features:
Special Microcontroller Features:
• Power-Managed modes:
- Run: CPU on, peripherals on
- Idle: CPU off, peripherals on
- Sleep: CPU off, peripherals off
• Two-Speed Oscillator Start-up
• Fail-Safe Clock Monitor
• Power-Saving Peripheral Module Disable (PMD)
• Ultra Low-Power Wake-up
• Fast Wake-up, 2 s Typical
• Low-Power WDT, 300 nA Typical
• Ultra Low 50 nA Input Leakage
• Run mode Currents Down to Very Low 5.5 mA,
Typical
• Idle mode Currents Down to Very Low 2.2 mA,
Typical
• Sleep mode Currents Down to Very Low 20 nA,
Typical
• RTCC Current Downs to Very Low 700 nA,
Typical
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
EUSART
Comparators
Timers
8/16-Bit
External Bus
CTMU
RTCC
•
•
Operating Voltage Range: 1.8V to 5.5V
On-Chip 3.3V Regulator
Operating Speed up to 64 MHz
Up to 128 Kbytes On-Chip Flash Program
Memory
Data EEPROM of 1,024 Bytes
4K x 8 General Purpose Registers (SRAM)
10,000 Erase/Write Cycle Flash Program
Memory, Typical
1,000,000 Erase/write Cycle Data EEPROM
Memory, Typical
Flash Retention 40 Years, Minimum
Three Internal Oscillators: LF-INTRC (31 kHz),
MF-INTOSC (500 kHz) and HF-INTOSC
(16 MHz)
Self-Programmable under Software Control
Priority Levels for Interrupts
8 x 8 Single-Cycle Hardware Multiplier
Extended Watchdog Timer (WDT):
- Programmable period from 4 ms to 4,194s
(about 70 minutes)
In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) via
Two Pins
In-Circuit Debug via Two Pins
Programmable:
- BOR
- LVD
PIC18F65K22
32K
16,383
2K
1K
53
16
5/3
2
Y
Y
2
3
4/4
N
Y
Y
PIC18F66K22
64K
32,768
4K
1K
53
16
7/3
2
Y
Y
2
3
6/5
N
Y
Y
PIC18F67K22
128K
65,536
4K
1K
53
16
7/3
2
Y
Y
2
3
6/5
N
Y
Y
PIC18F85K22
32K
16,383
2K
1K
69
24
5/3
2
Y
Y
2
3
4/4
Y
Y
Y
PIC18F86K22
64K
32,768
4K
1K
69
24
7/3
2
Y
Y
2
3
6/5
Y
Y
Y
PIC18F87K22
128K
65,536
4K
1K
69
24
7/3
2
Y
Y
2
3
6/5
Y
Y
Y
Program Memory
Device
Data Memory
Flash # Single-Word SRAM EEPROM
(bytes) Instructions (bytes) (bytes)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
MSSP
I/O
12-Bit CCP/
A/D ECCP
(ch) (PWM)
SPI
Master
I2C™
DS39960C-page 3
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
Peripheral Highlights:
• Up to Ten CCP/ECCP modules:
- Up to seven Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP)
modules
- Three Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM
(ECCP) modules
• Up to Eleven 8/16-Bit Timer/Counter modules:
- Timer0 – 8/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit
programmable prescaler
- Timer1,3 – 16-bit timer/counter
- Timer2,4,6,8 – 8-bit timer/counter
- Timer5,7 – 16-bit timer/counter for 64k and
128k parts
- Timer10,12 – 8-bit timer/counter for 64k and
128k parts
• Three Analog Comparators
• Configurable Reference Clock Output
• Hardware Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC)
module with Clock, Calendar and Alarm Functions
DS39960C-page 4
• Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU):
- Capacitance measurement for mTouch™
sensing solution
- Time measurement with 1 ns typical
resolution
- Integrated temperature sensor
• High-Current Sink/Source 25 mA/25 mA (PORTB
and PORTC)
• Up to Four External Interrupts
• Two Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP)
modules:
- 3/4-wire SPI (supports all four SPI modes)
- I2C™ Master and Slave modes
• Two Enhanced Addressable USART modules:
- LIN/J2602 support
- Auto-Baud Detect (ABD)
• 12-Bit A/D Converter with up to 24 Channels:
- Auto-acquisition and Sleep operation
- Differential input mode of operation
• Integrated Voltage Reference
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
Pin Diagrams – PIC18F6XK22
RD7/PSP7/SS2
RD6/PSP6/SCK2/SCL2
RD5/PSP5/SDI2/SDA2
RD4/PSP4/SDO2
RD3/PSP3
RD2/PSP2
RD1/PSP1/T5CKI/T7G
VSS
VDD
RD0/PSP0/CTPLS
RE7/ECCP2/P2A
RE6/P1B/CCP6
RE5/P1C/CCP7
RE4/P3B/CCP8
RE3/P3C/CCP9(2)/REF0
RE2/CS/P2B/CCP10(2)
64-Pin TQFP, QFN
64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49
RE1/WR/P2C
RE0/RD/P2D
1
48
RB0/INT0/FLT0
2
47
RB1/INT1
RG0/ECCP3/P3A
RG1/TX2/CK2/AN19/C3OUT
3
46
45
RB2/INT2/CTED1
RG2/RX2/DT2/AN18/C3INA
5
44
RB4/KBI0
RG3/CCP4/AN17/P3D/C3INB
6
43
RB5/KBI1/T3CKI/T1G
MCLR/RG5
RG4/RTCC/T7CKI(2)/T5G/CCP5/AN16/P1D/C3INC
7
42
RB6/KBI2/PGC
VSS
VSS
9
4
PIC18F65K22
PIC18F66K22
PIC18F67K22
8
41
40
RB3/INT3/CTED2/ECCP2(1)/PA2
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
OSC1/CLKI/RA7
VDDCORE/VCAP
10
RF7/AN5/SS1
RF6/AN11/C1INA
11
39
38
12
37
RB7/KBI3/PGD
RF5/AN10/CVREF/C1INB
13
14
36
35
RC5/SDO1
RF4/AN9/C2INA
RF3/AN8/C2INB/CTMUI
15
34
RC3/SCK1/SCL1
RF2/AN7/C1OUT
16
33
VDD
RC4/SDI1/SDA1
RC2/ECCP1/P1A
Note 1:
2:
RC7/RX1/DT1
RC6/TX1/CK1
RC0/SOSCO/SCLKI
RA4/T0CKI
RC1/SOSCI/ECCP2(1)/P2A
RA5/AN4/T1CKI/T3G/HLVDIN
VDD
VSS
RA0/AN0/ULPWU
RA1/AN1
RA2/AN2/VREF-
RA3/AN3/VREF+
AVSS
AVDD
ENVREG
RF1/AN6/C2OUT/CTDIN
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
The ECCP2 pin placement depends on the CCP2MX Configuration bit setting and whether the device is
in Microcontroller or Extended Microcontroller mode.
Not available on the PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 5
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
Pin Diagrams – PIC18F8XK22
RH1/AN22/A17
RH0/AN23/A16
RE2/P2B/CCP10(2)/CS/AD10
RE3/P3C/CCP9(2)(3)/REF0/AD11
RE4/P3B/CCP8(3)/AD12
RE5/P1C/CCP7(3)/AD13
RE6/P1B/CCP6(3)/AD14
RE7/ECCP2/P2A/AD15
RD0/CTPLS/AD0
VDD
VSS
RD1/T5CKI/T7G/AD1
RD2/PSP2/AD2
RD3/PSP3/AD3
RD4/SDO2/PSP4/AD4
RD5/SDI2/SDA2/PSP5/AD5
RD6/SCK2/SCL2/PSP6/AD6
RD7/SS2/PSP7/AD7
RJ0/ALE
RJ1/OE
80-Pin TQFP
80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61
RH2/AN21/A18
RH3/AN20/A19
RE1/P2C/WR/AD9
RE0/P2D/RD/AD8
RG0/ECCP3/P3A
RG1/TX2/CK2/AN19/C3OUT
RG2/RX2/DT2/AN18/C3INA
RG3/CCP4/AN17/P3D/C3INB
MCLR/RG5
RG4/RTCC/T7CKI(2)/T5G/CCP5/AN16/P1D/C3INC
VSS
VDDCORE/VCAP
RF7/AN5/SS1
RF6/AN11/C1INA
RF5/AN10/C1INB
RF4/AN9/C2INA
RF3/AN8/C2INB/CTMUI
RF2/AN7/C1OUT
RH7/CCP6(3)/P1B/AN15
RH6/CCP7(3)/P1C/AN14/C1INC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
PIC18F85K22
PIC18F86K22
PIC18F87K22
20
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
RJ2/WRL
RJ3/WRH
RB0/INT0/FLT0
RB1/INT1
RB2/INT2/CTED1
RB3/INT3/CTED2/ECCP2(1)/P2A
RB4/KBI0
RB5/KBI1/T3CKI/T1G
RB6/KBI2/PGC
VSS
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
OSC1/CLKI/RA7
VDD
RB7/KBI3/PGD
RC5/SDO1
RC4/SDI1/SDA1
RC3/SCK1/SCL1
RC2/ECCP1/P1A
RJ7/UB
RJ6/LB
RH5/CCP8(3)/P3B/AN13/C2IND
RH4/CCP9(2)(3)/P3C/AN12/C2INC
RF1/AN6/C2OUT/CTDIN
ENVREG
AVDD
AVSS
RA3/AN3/VREF+
RA2/AN2/VREFRA1/AN1
RA0/AN0/ULPWU
VSS
VDD
RA5/AN4/T1CKI/T3G/HLVDIN
RA4/T0CKI
RC1/SOSC/ECCP2/P2A
RC0/SOSCO/SCKLI
RC6/TX1/CK1
RC7/RX1/DT1
RJ4/BA0
RJ5/CE
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Note 1:
The ECCP2 pin placement depends on the CCP2MX Configuration bit setting and whether the device is
in Microcontroller or Extended Microcontroller mode.
2:
Not available on the PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
3:
The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration
bit (CONFIG3H<1>).
DS39960C-page 6
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
Table of Contents
1.0 Device Overview .......................................................................................................................................................................... 9
2.0 Guidelines for Getting Started with PIC18FXXKXX Microcontrollers ......................................................................................... 37
3.0 Oscillator Configurations ............................................................................................................................................................ 43
4.0 Power-Managed Modes ............................................................................................................................................................. 57
5.0 Reset .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 73
6.0 Memory Organization ................................................................................................................................................................. 87
7.0 Flash Program Memory............................................................................................................................................................ 111
8.0 External Memory Bus ............................................................................................................................................................... 121
9.0 Data EEPROM Memory ........................................................................................................................................................... 133
10.0 8 x 8 Hardware Multiplier.......................................................................................................................................................... 139
11.0 Interrupts .................................................................................................................................................................................. 141
12.0 I/O Ports ................................................................................................................................................................................... 165
13.0 Timer0 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 193
14.0 Timer1 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 197
15.0 Timer2 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 209
16.0 Timer3/5/7 Modules.................................................................................................................................................................. 211
17.0 Timer4/6/8/10/12 Modules........................................................................................................................................................ 223
18.0 Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC)................................................................................................................................... 227
19.0 Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) Modules ................................................................................................................................. 245
20.0 Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP) Module................................................................................................................ 259
21.0 Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) Module .................................................................................................................... 281
22.0 Enhanced Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (EUSART) ............................................................... 327
23.0 12-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converter (A/D) Module ..................................................................................................................... 351
24.0 Comparator Module.................................................................................................................................................................. 367
25.0 Comparator Voltage Reference Module................................................................................................................................... 375
26.0 High/Low-Voltage Detect (HLVD)............................................................................................................................................. 379
27.0 Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU) ................................................................................................................................ 385
28.0 Special Features of the CPU.................................................................................................................................................... 403
29.0 Instruction Set Summary .......................................................................................................................................................... 431
30.0 Development Support............................................................................................................................................................... 481
31.0 Electrical Characteristics .......................................................................................................................................................... 485
32.0 Packaging Information.............................................................................................................................................................. 525
Appendix A: Revision History............................................................................................................................................................. 531
Appendix B: Migration From PIC18F87J11 and PIC18F8722 to PIC18F87K22................................................................................ 532
Index .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 533
The Microchip Web Site ..................................................................................................................................................................... 545
Customer Change Notification Service .............................................................................................................................................. 545
Customer Support .............................................................................................................................................................................. 545
Reader Response .............................................................................................................................................................................. 546
Product Identification System ............................................................................................................................................................ 547
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 7
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS
It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip
products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and
enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced.
If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via
E-mail at [email protected] or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. We
welcome your feedback.
Most Current Data Sheet
To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at:
http://www.microchip.com
You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page.
The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000).
Errata
An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current
devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision
of silicon and revision of document to which it applies.
To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following:
• Microchip’s Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com
• Your local Microchip sales office (see last page)
When contacting a sales office, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are
using.
Customer Notification System
Register on our web site at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products.
DS39960C-page 8
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
1.0
DEVICE OVERVIEW
This document contains device-specific information for
the following devices:
• PIC18F65K22
• PIC18F66K22
• PIC18F67K22
• PIC18F85K22
• PIC18F86K22
• PIC18F87K22
This family combines the traditional advantages of all
PIC18 microcontrollers – namely, high computational
performance and a rich feature set – with an extremely
competitive price point. These features make the
PIC18F87K22 family a logical choice for many
high-performance applications where price is a primary
consideration.
1.1
1.1.1
Core Features
nanoWatt TECHNOLOGY
All of the devices in the PIC18F87K22 family incorporate a range of features that can significantly reduce
power consumption during operation. Key items include:
• Alternate Run Modes: By clocking the controller
from the Timer1 source or the Internal RC oscillator, power consumption during code execution
can be reduced.
• Multiple Idle Modes: The controller can also run
with its CPU core disabled but the peripherals still
active. In these states, power consumption can be
reduced even further.
• On-the-Fly Mode Switching: The power-managed
modes are invoked by user code during operation,
allowing the user to incorporate power-saving ideas
into their application’s software design.
• nanoWatt XLP: An extra low-power Sleep, BOR,
RTCC and Watchdog Timer
1.1.2
OSCILLATOR OPTIONS AND
FEATURES
All of the devices in the PIC18F87K22 family offer
different oscillator options, allowing users a range of
choices in developing application hardware. These
include:
• External Resistor/Capacitor (RC); RA6 available
• External Resistor/Capacitor with Clock Out
(RCIO)
• Three External Clock modes:
- External Clock (EC); RA6 available
- External Clock with Clock Out (ECIO)
- External Crystal (XT, HS, LP)
• A Phase Lock Loop (PLL) frequency multiplier,
available to the external oscillator modes which
allows clock speeds of up to 64 MHz. PLL can
also be used with the internal oscillator.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
• An internal oscillator block that provides a 16 MHz
clock (±2% accuracy) and an INTRC source
(approximately 31 kHz, stable over temperature
and VDD)
- Operates as HF-INTOSC or MF-INTOSC
when block selected for 16 MHz or 500 kHz
- Frees the two oscillator pins for use as
additional general purpose I/O
The internal oscillator block provides a stable reference
source that gives the family additional features for
robust operation:
• Fail-Safe Clock Monitor: This option constantly
monitors the main clock source against a reference
signal provided by the internal oscillator. If a clock
failure occurs, the controller is switched to the
internal oscillator, allowing for continued low-speed
operation or a safe application shutdown.
• Two-Speed Start-up: This option allows the
internal oscillator to serve as the clock source
from Power-on Reset, or wake-up from Sleep
mode, until the primary clock source is available.
1.1.3
MEMORY OPTIONS
The PIC18F87K22 family provides ample room for
application code, from 32 Kbytes to 128 Kbytes of code
space. The Flash cells for program memory are rated
to last up to 10,000 erase/write cycles. Data retention
without refresh is conservatively estimated to be
greater than 40 years.
The Flash program memory is readable and writable.
During normal operation, the PIC18F87K22 family also
provides plenty of room for dynamic application data
with up to 3,862 bytes of data RAM.
1.1.4
EXTERNAL MEMORY BUS
Should 128 Kbytes of memory be inadequate for an
application, the 80-pin members of the PIC18F87K22
family have an External Memory Bus (EMB) enabling
the controller’s internal program counter to address a
memory space of up to 2 Mbytes. This is a level of data
access that few 8-bit devices can claim and enables:
• Using combinations of on-chip and external
memory of up to 2 Mbytes
• Using external Flash memory for reprogrammable
application code or large data tables
• Using external RAM devices for storing large
amounts of variable data
1.1.5
EXTENDED INSTRUCTION SET
The PIC18F87K22 family implements the optional
extension to the PIC18 instruction set, adding eight
new instructions and an Indexed Addressing mode.
Enabled as a device configuration option, the extension
has been specifically designed to optimize re-entrant
application code originally developed in high-level
languages, such as ‘C’.
DS39960C-page 9
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
1.1.6
EASY MIGRATION
All devices share the same rich set of peripherals
except that the devices with 32 Kbytes of program
memory (PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22) have two
less CCPs and three less timers. This provides a
smooth migration path within the device family as
applications evolve and grow.
The consistent pinout scheme, used throughout the
entire family, also aids in migrating to the next larger
device. This is true when moving between the 64-pin
members, between the 80-pin members, or even
jumping from 64-pin to 80-pin devices.
All of the devices in the family share the same rich set
of peripherals, except for those with 32 Kbytes of
program memory (PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22).
Those devices have two less CCPs and three less
timers.
The PIC18F87K22 family is also largely pin compatible
with other PIC18 families, such as the PIC18F8720 and
PIC18F8722 and the PIC18F85J11. This allows a new
dimension to the evolution of applications, allowing
developers to select different price points within
Microchip’s PIC18 portfolio, while maintaining a similar
feature set.
1.2
Other Special Features
• Communications: The PIC18F87K22 family
incorporates a range of serial communication
peripherals including two Enhanced USART, that
support LIN/J2602, and two Master SSP modules
capable of both SPI and I2C™ (Master and Slave)
modes of operation.
• CCP Modules: PIC18F87K22 family devices
incorporate up to seven Capture/Compare/PWM
(CCP) modules. Up to six different time bases can
be used to perform several different operations at
once.
• ECCP Modules: The PIC18F87K22 family has
three Enhanced CCP (ECCP) modules to
maximize flexibility in control applications:
- Up to eight different time bases for
performing several different operations
at once
- Up to four PWM outputs for each module, for
a total of 12 PWMs
- Other beneficial features, such as polarity
selection, programmable dead time,
auto-shutdown and restart, and Half-Bridge
and Full-Bridge Output modes
DS39960C-page 10
• 12-Bit A/D Converter: The PIC18F87K22 family
has differential ADC. It incorporates programmable acquisition time, allowing for a channel to
be selected and a conversion to be initiated
without waiting for a sampling period, and thus,
reducing code overhead.
• Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU): The
CTMU is a flexible analog module that provides
accurate differential time measurement between
pulse sources, as well as asynchronous pulse
generation.
• Together with other on-chip analog modules, the
CTMU can precisely measure time, measure
capacitance or relative changes in capacitance, or
generate output pulses that are independent of
the system clock.
• LP Watchdog Timer (WDT): This enhanced
version incorporates a 22-bit prescaler, allowing
an extended time-out range that is stable across
operating voltage and temperature. See
Section 31.0 “Electrical Characteristics” for
time-out periods.
• Real-Time Clock and Calendar Module
(RTCC): The RTCC module is intended for applications requiring that accurate time be maintained
for extended periods of time with minimum to no
intervention from the CPU.
• The module is a 100-year clock and calendar with
automatic leap year detection. The range of the
clock is from 00:00:00 (midnight) on January 1,
2000 to 23:59:59 on December 31, 2099.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
1.3
Details on Individual Family
Members
Devices in the PIC18F87K22 family are available in
64-pin and 80-pin packages. Block diagrams for the
two groups are shown in Figure 1-1 and Figure 1-2.
The devices are differentiated from each other in these
ways:
• Flash Program Memory:
- PIC18FX5K22 (PIC18F65K22 and
PIC18F85K22) – 32 Kbytes
- PIC18FX6K22 (PIC18F66K22 and
PIC18F86K22) – 64 Kbytes
- PIC18FX7K22 (PIC18F67K22 and
PIC18F87K22) – 128 Kbytes
• Data RAM:
- All devices except PIC18FX5K22 – 4 Kbytes
- PIC18FX5K22 – 2 Kbytes
• I/O Ports:
- PIC18F6XK22 (64-pin devices) –
seven bidirectional ports
- PIC18F8XK22 (80-pin devices) –
nine bidirectional ports
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
• CCP modules:
- PIC18FX5K22 (PIC18F65K22 and
PIC18F85K22) – five CCP modules
- PIC18FX6K22 and PIC18FX7K22
(PIC18F66K22, PIC18F86K22,
PIC18F67K22, and PIC18F87K22) –
seven CCP modules
• Timer modules:
- PIC18FX5K22 (PIC18F65K22 and
PIC18F85K22) – Four 8-bit timer/counters
and four 16-bit timer/counters
- PIC18FX6K22 and PIC18FX7K22
(PIC18F66K22, PIC18F86K22,
PIC18F67K22, and PIC18F87K22) – six 8-bit
timer/counters and five 16-bit timer/counters
• A/D Channels:
- PIC18F6XK22 (64-pin devices) – 24 channels
- PIC18F8XK22 (80-pin devices) – 16 channels
All other features for devices in this family are identical.
These are summarized in Table 1-1 and Table 1-2.
The pinouts for all devices are listed in Table 1-3 and
Table 1-4.
DS39960C-page 11
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-1:
DEVICE FEATURES FOR THE PIC18F6XK22 (64-PIN DEVICES)
Features
PIC18F65K22
Operating Frequency
Program Memory (Bytes)
Program Memory (Instructions)
PIC18F66K22
PIC18F67K22
DC – 64 MHz
32K
64K
128K
16,384
32,768
65,536
Data Memory (Bytes)
2K
4K
4K
Interrupt Sources
42
48
I/O Ports
Ports A, B, C, D, E, F, G
Parallel Communications
Timers
Parallel Slave Port (PSP)
8
11
Comparators
3
CTMU
Yes
RTCC
Yes
Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) Modules
5
7
Enhanced CCP (ECCP) Modules
Serial Communications
3
Two MSSPs and two Enhanced USARTs (EUSART)
12-Bit Analog-to-Digital Module
Resets (and Delays)
Instruction Set
7
16 Input Channels
POR, BOR, RESET Instruction, Stack Full, Stack Underflow, MCLR, WDT
(PWRT, OST)
75 Instructions, 83 with Extended Instruction Set Enabled
Packages
64-Pin QFN, 64-Pin TQFP
TABLE 1-2:
DEVICE FEATURES FOR THE PIC18F8XK22 (80-PIN DEVICES)
Features
PIC18F85K22
Operating Frequency
Program Memory (Bytes)
Program Memory (Instructions)
PIC18F86K22
DC – 64 MHz
32K
64K
16,384
32,768
2K
4K
Interrupt Sources
42
I/O Ports
Parallel Slave Port (PSP)
Yes
RTCC
12-Bit Analog-to-Digital Module
Resets (and Delays)
Instruction Set
Packages
DS39960C-page 12
11
3
CTMU
Serial Communications
4K
48
8
Comparators
Enhanced CCP (ECCP) Modules
65,536
Ports A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, J
Parallel Communications
Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) Modules
128K
(Up to 2 Mbytes with Extended Memory)
Data Memory (Bytes)
Timers
PIC18F87K22
Yes
5
7
7
3
Two MSSPs and 2 Enhanced USARTs (EUSART)
24 Input Channels
POR, BOR, RESET Instruction, Stack Full, Stack Underflow, MCLR, WDT
(PWRT, OST)
75 Instructions, 83 with Extended Instruction Set Enabled
80-Pin TQFP
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 1-1:
PIC18F6XK22 (64-PIN) BLOCK DIAGRAM
Data Bus<8>
Table Pointer<21>
20
Address Latch
PCU PCH PCL
Program Counter
12
Data Address<12>
31-Level Stack
4
BSR
Address Latch
Program Memory
STKPTR
PORTB
RB0:RB7(1)
4
Access
Bank
12
FSR0
FSR1
FSR2
Data Latch
8
RA0:RA7(1,2)
Data Memory
(2/4 Kbytes)
PCLATU PCLATH
21
PORTA
Data Latch
8
8
inc/dec logic
12
PORTC
RC0:RC7(1)
inc/dec
logic
Table Latch
Address
Decode
ROM Latch
Instruction Bus <16>
PORTD
RD0:RD7(1)
IR
OSC2/CLKO
OSC1/CLKI
ENVREG
PRODH PRODL
Power-up
Timer
INTRC
Oscillator
16 MHz
Oscillator
Oscillator
Start-up Timer
8
BITOP
W
8
8
8
8
Power-on
Reset
PORTE
RE0: RE7(1)
8 x 8 Multiply
3
Timing
Generation
Precision
Band Gap
Reference
8
State Machine
Control Signals
Instruction
Decode and
Control
8
PORTF
RF1:RF7(1)
ALU<8>
Watchdog
Timer
8
BOR and
LVD
Voltage
Regulator
PORTG
RG0:RG5(1)
VDDCORE/VCAP
VDD, VSS
MCLR
Timer0
Timer1
Timer
2/4/6/8/10(3)/12(3)
Timer
3/5/7(3)
CTMU
ADC
12-Bit
CCP
4/5/6/7/8/9(3)/10(3)
ECCP
1/2/3
EUSART1
EUSART2
RTCC
MSSP1/2
Note 1:
Comparator
1/2/3
See Table 1-3 for I/O port pin descriptions.
2:
RA6 and RA7 are only available as digital I/O in select oscillator modes. For more information, see Section 3.0 “Oscillator
Configurations”.
3:
Unimplemented on the PIC18F65K22.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 13
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 1-2:
PIC18F8XK22 (80-PIN) BLOCK DIAGRAM
Data Bus<8>
Table Pointer<21>
20
Address Latch
PCU PCH PCL
Program Counter
31-Level Stack
4
BSR
System Bus Interface
STKPTR
12
RB0:RB7(1)
4
Access
Bank
FSR0
FSR1
FSR2
Data Latch
8
PORTB
12
Data Address<12>
Address Latch
Program Memory
RA0:RA7(1,2)
Data Memory
(2/4 Kbytes)
PCLATU PCLATH
21
PORTA
Data Latch
8
8
inc/dec logic
PORTC
RC0:RC7(1)
12
inc/dec
logic
Table Latch
PORTD
RD0:RD7(1)
Address
Decode
ROM Latch
Instruction Bus <16>
PORTE
RE0:RE7(1)
IR
AD15:0, A19:16
(Multiplexed with PORTD,
PORTE and PORTH)
OSC2/CLKO
OSC1/CLKI
Timing
Generation
ENVREG
3
Watchdog
Timer
Voltage
Regulator
BOR and
LVD
8
W
PORTG
8
8
8
RG0:RG5(1)
8
Power-on
Reset
RF1:RF7(1)
8 x 8 Multiply
BITOP
Oscillator
Start-up Timer
Precision
Band Gap
Reference
PORTF
PRODH PRODL
Power-up
Timer
INTRC
Oscillator
16 MHz
Oscillator
8
State Machine
Control Signals
Instruction
Decode and
Control
8
ALU<8>
PORTH
RH0:RH7(1)
8
PORTJ
VDDCORE/VCAP
VDD,VSS
RJ0:RJ7(1)
MCLR
Timer0
Timer1
Timer
2/4/6/8/10(3)/12(3)
Timer
3/5/7(3)
CTMU
ADC
12-Bit
CCP
4/5/6/7/8/9(3)/10(3)
ECCP
1/2/3
EUSART1
EUSART2
RTCC
MSSP1/2
Note 1:
Comparator
1/2/3
See Table 1-3 for I/O port pin descriptions.
2:
RA6 and RA7 are only available as digital I/O in select oscillator modes. See Section 3.0 “Oscillator Configurations” for
more information.
3:
Unimplemented on the PIC18F85K22.
DS39960C-page 14
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-3:
PIC18F6XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Buffer
QFN/TQFP Type Type
7
MCLR/RG5
MCLR
RG5
Master Clear (input) or programming voltage (input).
I
I
ST
ST
I
I
CMOS
CMOS
I/O
TTL
O
—
CLKO
O
—
RA6
I/O
TTL
OSC1/CLKI/RA7
OSC1
CLKI
39
RA7
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
OSC2
Description
40
This pin is an active-low Reset to the device.
General purpose, input only pin.
Oscillator crystal or external clock input.
Oscillator crystal input.
External clock source input. Always associated
with pin function, OSC1. (See related OSC1/CLKI,
OSC2/CLKO pins.)
General purpose I/O pin.
Oscillator crystal or clock output.
Oscillator crystal output. Connects to crystal or
resonator in Crystal Oscillator mode.
In certain oscillator modes, OSC2 pin outputs CLKO,
which has 1/4 the frequency of OSC1 and denotes the
instruction cycle rate.
General purpose I/O pin.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 15
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-3:
PIC18F6XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Buffer
QFN/TQFP Type Type
Description
PORTA is a bidirectional I/O port.
RA0/AN0/ULPWU
RA0
AN0
ULPWU
24
RA1/AN1
RA1
AN1
23
RA2/AN2/VREFRA2
AN2
VREF-
22
RA3/AN3/VREF+
RA3
AN3
VREF+
21
RA4/T0CKI
RA4
T0CKI
28
RA5/AN4/T1CKI/T3G/
HLVDIN
RA5
AN4
T1CKI
T3G
HLVDIN
27
I/O
I
I
TTL
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 0.
Ultra low-power wake-up input.
I/O
I
TTL
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 1.
I/O
I
I
TTL
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 2.
A/D reference voltage (low) input.
I/O
I
I
TTL
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 3.
A/D reference voltage (high) input.
I/O
I
ST
ST
I/O
I
I
I
I
TTL
Analog
ST
ST
Analog
Digital I/O.
Timer0 external clock input.
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 4.
Timer1 clock input.
Timer3 external clock gate input.
High/Low-Voltage Detect input.
RA6
See the OSC2/CLKO/RA6 pin.
RA7
See the OSC1/CLKI/RA7 pin.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
DS39960C-page 16
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-3:
PIC18F6XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Buffer
QFN/TQFP Type Type
Description
PORTB is a bidirectional I/O port. PORTB can be software
programmed for internal weak pull-ups on all inputs.
RB0/INT0/FLTO
RB0
INT0
FLT0
48
RB1/INT1
RB1
INT1
47
RB2/INT2/CTED1
RB2
INT2
CTED1
46
RB3/INT3/CTED2/
ECCP2/P2A
RB3
INT3
CTED2
ECCP2
P2A
45
RB4/KBI0
RB4
KBI0
44
RB5/KBI1/T3CKI/T1G
RB5
KBI1
T3CKI
T1G
43
RB6/KBI2/PGC
RB6
KBI2
PGC
42
RB7/KBI3/PGD
RB7
KBI3
PGD
37
I/O
I
I
TTL
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
External Interrupt 0.
Enhanced PWM Fault input for ECCP1/2/3.
I/O
I
TTL
ST
Digital I/O.
External Interrupt 1.
I/O
I
I
TTL
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
External Interrupt 2.
CTMU Edge 1 input.
I/O
I
I
I/O
O
TTL
ST
ST
ST
—
Digital I/O.
External Interrupt 3.
CTMU Edge 2 input.
Capture 2 input/Compare 2 output/PWM2.
Enhanced PWM2 Output A.
I/O
I
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
I/O
I
I
I
TTL
TTL
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
Timer3 clock input.
Timer1 external clock gate input.
I/O
I
I/O
TTL
TTL
ST
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP™ programming clock pin.
I/O
I
I/O
TTL
TTL
ST
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP programming data pin.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 17
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-3:
PIC18F6XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Buffer
QFN/TQFP Type Type
Description
PORTC is a bidirectional I/O port.
RC0/SOSCO/SCLKI
RC0
SOSCO
SCLKI
30
RC1/SOSCI/ECCP2/P2A
RC1
SOSCI
ECCP2(1)
P2A
29
RC2/ECCP1/P1A
RC2
ECCP1
P1A
33
RC3/SCK1/SCL1
RC3
SCK1
SCL1(4)
34
RC4/SDI1/SDA1
RC4
SDI1
SDA1(4)
35
RC5/SDO1
RC5
SDO1
36
RC6/TX1/CK1
RC6
TX1
CK1
31
RC7/RX1/DT1
RC7
RX1
DT1
32
I/O
O
I
ST
—
ST
I/O
I
I/O
O
ST
CMOS
ST
—
Digital I/O.
SOSC oscillator input.
Capture 2 input/Compare2 output/PWM2 output.
Enhanced PWM2 Output A.
I/O
I/O
O
ST
ST
—
Digital I/O.
Capture 1 input/Compare 1 output/PWM1 output.
Enhanced PWM1 Output A.
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
ST
I2C
Digital I/O.
Synchronous serial clock input/output for SPI mode.
Synchronous serial clock input/output for I2C™ mode.
I/O
I
I/O
ST
ST
I2C
Digital I/O.
SPI data in.
I2C data I/O.
I/O
O
ST
—
Digital I/O.
SPI data out.
I/O
O
I/O
ST
—
ST
Digital I/O.
EUSART asynchronous transmit.
EUSART synchronous clock (see related RX1/DT1).
I/O
I
I/O
ST
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
EUSART asynchronous receive.
EUSART synchronous data (see related TX1/CK1).
Digital I/O.
SOSC oscillator output.
Digital SOSC input.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
DS39960C-page 18
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-3:
PIC18F6XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Buffer
QFN/TQFP Type Type
Description
PORTD is a bidirectional I/O port.
RD0/PSP0/CTPLS
RD0
PSP0
CTPLS
58
RD1/PSP1/T5CKI/T7G
RD1
PSP1
T5CKI
T7G
55
RD2/PSP2
RD2
PSP2
54
RD3/PSP3
RD3
PSP3
53
RD4/PSP4/SDO2
RD4
PSP4
SDO2
52
RD5/PSP5/SDI2/SDA2
RD5
PSP5
SDI2
SDA2
51
RD6/PSP6/SCK2/SCL2
RD6
PSP6
SCK2
SCL2(4)
50
RD7/PSP7/SS2
RD7
PSP7
SS2
49
I/O
I/O
O
ST
TTL
—
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
CTMU pulse generator output.
I/O
I/O
I
I
ST
TTL
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port.
Timer5 clock input.
Timer7 external clock gate input.
I/O
O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port.
I/O
I/O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port.
I/O
I/O
O
ST
TTL
—
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port.
SPI data out.
I/O
I/O
I
I/O
ST
TTL
ST
I2C
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port.
SPI data in.
I2C™ data I/O.
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
TTL
ST
I2C
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port.
Synchronous serial clock.
Synchronous serial clock I/O for I2C mode.
I/O
I/O
I
ST
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port.
SPI slave select input.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 19
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-3:
PIC18F6XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Buffer
QFN/TQFP Type Type
Description
PORTE is a bidirectional I/O port.
RE0/RD/P2D
RE0
RD
P2D
2
RE1/WR/P2C
RE1
WR
P2C
1
RE2/CS/P2B/CCP10
RE2
CS
P2B
CCP10(3)
64
RE3/P3C/CCP9/REFO
RE3
P3C
CCP9(3,4)
REFO
63
RE4/P3B/CCP8
RE4
P3B
CCP8(4)
62
RE5/P1C/CCP7
RE5
P1C
CCP7(4)
61
RE6/P1B/CCP6
RE6
P1B
CCP6(4)
60
RE7/ECCP2/P2A
RE7
ECCP2(2)
P2A
59
I/O
I
O
ST
TTL
—
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port read strobe.
EECP2 PWM Output D.
I/O
I
O
ST
TTL
—
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port write strobe.
ECCP2 PWM Output C.
I/O
I
O
I/O
ST
TTL
—
S/T
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port chip select.
ECCP2 PWM Output B.
Capture 10 input/Compare 10 output/PWM10 output.
I/O
O
I/O
O
ST
—
S/T
—
Digital I/O.
ECCP3 PWM Output C.
Capture 9 input/Compare 9 output/PWM9 output.
Reference clock out.
I/O
O
I/O
ST
—
S/T
Digital I/O.
ECCP3 PWM Output B.
Capture 8 input/Compare 8 output/PWM8 output.
I/O
O
I/O
ST
—
S/T
Digital I/O.
ECCP1 PWM Output C.
Capture 7 input/Compare 7 output/PWM7 output.
I/O
O
I/O
ST
—
S/T
Digital I/O.
ECCP1 PWM Output B.
Capture 6 input/Compare 6 output/PWM6 output.
I/O
I/O
O
ST
ST
—
Digital I/O.
Capture 2 input/Compare 2 output/PWM2 output.
ECCP2 PWM Output A.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
DS39960C-page 20
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-3:
PIC18F6XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Buffer
QFN/TQFP Type Type
Description
PORTF is a bidirectional I/O port.
RF1/AN6/C2OUT/CTDIN
RF1
AN6
C2OUT
CTDIN
17
RF2/AN7/C1OUT
RF2
AN7
C1OUT
16
RF3/AN8/C2INB/CTMUI
RF3
AN8
C2INB
CTMUI
15
RF4/AN9/C2INA
RF4
AN9
C2INA
14
RF5/AN10/CVREF/C1INB
RF5
AN10
CVREF
C1INB
13
RF6/AN11/C1INA
RF6
AN11
C1INA
12
RF7/AN5/SS1
RF7
AN5
SS1
11
I/O
I
O
I
ST
Analog
—
ST
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 6.
Comparator 2 output.
CTMU pulse delay input.
I/O
I
O
ST
Analog
—
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 7.
Comparator 1 output.
I/O
I
I
O
ST
Analog
Analog
—
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 8.
Comparator 2 Input B.
CTMU pulse generator charger for the C2INB
comparator input.
I/O
I
I
ST
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 9.
Comparator 2 Input A.
I/O
I
O
I
ST
Analog
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 10.
Comparator reference voltage output.
Comparator 1 Input B.
I/O
I
I
ST
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 11.
Comparator 1 Input A.
I/O
O
I
ST
Analog
TTL
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 5.
SPI1 slave select input.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 21
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-3:
PIC18F6XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Buffer
QFN/TQFP Type Type
Description
PORTG is a bidirectional I/O port.
RG0/ECCP3/P3A
RG0
ECCP3
P3A
3
RG1/TX2/CK2/AN19/
C3OUT
RG1
TX2
CK2
AN19
C3OUT
4
RG2/RX2/DT2/AN18/
C3INA
RG2
RX2
DT2
AN18
C3INA
5
RG3/CCP4/AN17/P3D/
C3INB
RG3
CCP4
AN17
P3D
C3INB
6
RG4/RTCC/T7CKI/T5G/
CCP5/AN16/P1D/C3INC
RG4
RTCC
T7CKI(3)
T5G
CCP5
AN16
P1D
C3INC
8
RG5
7
I/O
I/O
O
ST
ST
—
I/O
O
I/O
I
O
ST
—
ST
Analog
—
Digital I/O.
EUSART asynchronous transmit.
EUSART synchronous clock (see related RX2/DT2).
Analog Input 19.
Comparator 3 output.
I/O
I
I/O
I
I
ST
ST
ST
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
EUSART asynchronous receive.
EUSART synchronous data (see related TX2/CK2).
Analog Input 18.
Comparator 3 Input A.
I/O
I/O
I
O
I
ST
S/T
Analog
—
Analog
Digital I/O.
Capture 4 input/Compare 4 output/PWM4 output.
Analog Input 18.
ECCP3 PWM Output D.
Comparator 3 Input B.
I/O
O
I
I
I/O
I
O
I
ST
—
ST
ST
ST
Analog
—
Analog
Digital I/O.
RTCC output
Timer7 clock input.
Timer5 external clock gate input.
Capture 5 input/Compare 5 output/PWM5 output.
Analog Input 16.
ECCP1 PWM Output D.
Comparator 3 Input C.
Digital I/O.
Capture 3 input/Compare 3 output/PWM3 output.
ECCP3 PWM Output A.
See the MCLR/RG5 pin.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
DS39960C-page 22
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-3:
PIC18F6XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Buffer
QFN/TQFP Type Type
Description
VSS
9, 25, 41, 56
P
—
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
VDD
26, 38, 57
P
—
Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
AVSS
20
P
—
Ground reference for analog modules.
AVDD
19
P
—
Positive supply for analog modules.
ENVREG
18
I
ST
VDDCORE/VCAP
VDDCORE
VCAP
10
Enable for on-chip voltage regulator.
Core logic power or external filter capacitor connection.
P
—
External filter capacitor connection (regulator
enabled/disabled).
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 23
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F8XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS
Pin Number
Pin Name
TQFP
Pin Buffer
Type Type
Master Clear (input) or programming voltage (input).
9
MCLR/RG5
RG5
MCLR
I
I
ST
ST
I
I
CMOS
CMOS
I/O
TTL
O
—
CLKO
O
—
RA6
I/O
TTL
OSC1/CLKI/RA7
OSC1
CLKI
49
RA7
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
OSC2
Description
50
This pin is an active-low Reset to the device.
General purpose, input only pin.
Oscillator crystal or external clock input.
Oscillator crystal input.
External clock source input. Always associated
with pin function, OSC1. (See related OSC1/CLKI,
OSC2/CLKO pins.)
General purpose I/O pin.
Oscillator crystal or clock output.
Oscillator crystal output. Connects to crystal or
resonator in Crystal Oscillator mode.
In certain oscillator modes, OSC2 pin outputs CLKO,
which has 1/4 the frequency of OSC1 and denotes the
instruction cycle rate.
General purpose I/O pin.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: PSP is available only in Microcontroller mode.
5: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
DS39960C-page 24
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F8XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
TQFP
Pin Buffer
Type Type
Description
PORTA is a bidirectional I/O port.
RA0/AN0/ULPWU
RA0
AN0
ULPWU
30
RA1/AN1
RA1
AN1
29
RA2/AN2/VREFRA2
AN2
VREF-
28
RA3/AN3/VREF+
RA3
AN3
VREF+
27
RA4/T0CKI
RA4
T0CKI
34
RA5/AN4/T1CKI/
T3G/HLVDIN
RA5
AN4
T1CKI
T3G
HLVDIN
33
I/O
I
I
TTL
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 0.
Ultra low-power wake-up input.
I/O
I
TTL
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 1.
I/O
I
I
TTL
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 2.
A/D reference voltage (low) input.
I/O
I
I
TTL
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 3.
A/D reference voltage (high) input.
I/O
I
ST
ST
I/O
I
I
I
I
TTL
Analog
ST
ST
Analog
Digital I/O.
Timer0 external clock input.
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 4.
Timer1 clock input.
Timer3 external clock gate input.
High/Low-Voltage Detect input.
RA6
See the OSC2/CLKO/RA6 pin.
RA7
See the OSC1/CLKI/RA7 pin.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: PSP is available only in Microcontroller mode.
5: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 25
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F8XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
TQFP
Pin Buffer
Type Type
Description
PORTB is a bidirectional I/O port. PORTB can be software
programmed for internal weak pull-ups on all inputs.
RB0/INT0/FLT0
RB0
INT0
FLT0
58
RB1/INT1
RB1
INT1
57
RB2/INT2/CTED1
RB2
INT2
CTED1
56
RB3/INT3/CTED2/
ECCP2/P2A
RB3
INT3
CTED2
ECCP2
P2A
55
RB4/KBI0
RB4
KBI0
54
RB5/KBI1/T3CKI/T1G
RB5
KBI1
T3CKI
T1G
53
RB6/KBI2/PGC
RB6
KBI2
PGC
52
RB7/KBI3/PGD
RB7
KBI3
PGD
47
I/O
I
I
TTL
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
External Interrupt 0.
Enhanced PWM Fault input for ECCP1/2/3.
I/O
I
TTL
ST
Digital I/O.
External Interrupt 1.
I/O
I
I
TTL
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
External Interrupt 2.
CTMU Edge 1 input.
I/O
I
I
I/O
O
TTL
ST
ST
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
External Interrupt 3.
CTMU Edge 2 input.
Capture 2 input/Compare 2 output/PWM2 output.
Enhanced PWM 2 Output A.
I/O
I
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
I/O
I
I
I
TTL
TTL
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
Timer3 clock input.
Timer1 external clock gate input.
I/O
I
I/O
TTL
TTL
ST
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP™ programming clock pin.
I/O
I
I/O
TTL
TTL
ST
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP programming data pin.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: PSP is available only in Microcontroller mode.
5: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
DS39960C-page 26
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F8XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
TQFP
Pin Buffer
Type Type
Description
PORTC is a bidirectional I/O port.
RC0/SOSCO/SCKLI
RC0
SOSCO
SCKLI
36
RC1/SOSCI/ECCP2/P2A
RC1
SOSCI
ECCP2(1)
P2A
35
RC2/ECCP1/P1A
RC2
ECCP1
P1A
43
RC3/SCK1/SCL1
RC3
SCK1
SCL1
44
RC4/SDI1/SDA1
RC4
SDI1
SDA1
45
RC5/SDO1
RC5
SDO1
46
RC6/TX1/CK1
RC6
TX1
CK1
37
RC7/RX1/DT1
RC7
RX1
DT1
38
I/O
O
I
ST
—
ST
I/O
I
I/O
O
ST
CMOS
ST
—
Digital I/O.
SOSC oscillator input.
Capture 2 input/Compare 2 output/PWM2 output.
Enhanced PWM2 Output A.
I/O
I/O
O
ST
ST
—
Digital I/O.
Capture 1 input/Compare 1 output/PWM1 output.
Enhanced PWM1 Output A.
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
ST
I2C
Digital I/O.
Synchronous serial clock input/output for SPI mode.
Synchronous serial clock input/output for I2C™ mode.
I/O
I
I/O
ST
ST
I2C
Digital I/O.
SPI data in.
I2C data I/O.
I/O
O
ST
—
Digital I/O.
SPI data out.
I/O
O
I/O
ST
—
ST
Digital I/O.
EUSART asynchronous transmit.
EUSART synchronous clock (see related RX1/DT1).
I/O
I
I/O
ST
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
EUSART asynchronous receive.
EUSART synchronous data (see related TX1/CK1).
Digital I/O.
SOSC oscillator output.
Digital SOSC input.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: PSP is available only in Microcontroller mode.
5: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 27
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F8XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
TQFP
Pin Buffer
Type Type
Description
PORTD is a bidirectional I/O port.
RD0/PSP0/CTPLS/AD0
RD0
PSP0(4)
CTPLS
AD0
72
RD1/T5CKI/T7G/PSP1/AD1
RD1
T5CKI
T7G
PSP1(4)
AD1
69
RD2/PSP2/AD2
RD2
PSP2(4)
AD2
68
RD3/PSP3/AD3
RD3
PSP3(4)
AD3
67
RD4/SDO2/PSP4/AD4
RD4
SDO2
PSP4(4)
AD4
66
RD5/SDI2/SDA2/PSP5/
AD5
RD5
SDI2
SDA2
PSP5(4)
AD5
65
I/O
I/O
O
I/O
ST
TTL
ST
TTL
Digital I/O
Parallel Slave Port data
CTMU pulse generator output
External Memory Address/Data 0
I/O
I
I
I/O
I/O
ST
ST
ST
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O
Timer5 clock input
Timer7 external clock gate input
Parallel Slave Port data
External Memory Address/Data 1
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
External Memory Address Data 2.
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
External Memory Address Data 3.
I/O
O
I/O
I/O
ST
—
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
SPI data out.
Parallel Slave Port data.
External Memory Address Data 4.
I/O
I
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
ST
I2C
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
SPI data in.
I2C™ data I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
External Memory Address Data 5.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: PSP is available only in Microcontroller mode.
5: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
DS39960C-page 28
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F8XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
TQFP
RD6/SCK2/SCL2/PSP6/
AD6
RD6
SCK2
SCL2
PSP6(4)
AD6
64
RD7/SS2/PSP7/AD7
RD7
SS2
PSP7(4)
AD7
63
Pin Buffer
Type Type
Description
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
ST
I2C
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Synchronous serial clock input/output for SPI mode.
Synchronous serial clock input/output for I2C™ mode.
Parallel Slave Port data.
External Memory Address Data 6.
I/O
I
I/O
I/O
ST
TTL
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
SPI slave select input.
Parallel Slave Port data.
External Memory Address Data 7.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: PSP is available only in Microcontroller mode.
5: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 29
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F8XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
TQFP
Pin Buffer
Type Type
Description
PORTE is a bidirectional I/O port.
RE0/P2D/RD/AD8
RE0
P2D
RD(4)
AD8
4
RE1/P2C/WR/AD9
RE1
P2C
WR(4)
AD9
3
RE2/P2B/CCP10/CS/
AD10
RE2
P2B
CCP10(3)
CS(4)
AD10
78
RE3/P3C/CCP9/REFO
AD11
RE3
P3C
CCP9(3,5)
REFO
AD11
77
RE4/P3B/CCP8/AD12
RE4
P3B
CCP8(5)
AD12
76
RE5/P1C/CCP7/AD13
RE5
P1C
CCP7(5)
AD13
75
I/O
O
I
I/O
ST
—
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
ECCP2 PWM Output D.
Parallel Slave Port read strobe.
External Memory Address/Data 8.
I/O
O
I
I/O
ST
—
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
ECCP2 PWM Output C.
Parallel Slave Port write strobe.
External Memory Address/Data 9.
I/O
O
I/O
I
I/O
ST
ST
ST
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
ECCP2 PWM Output B.
Capture 10 input/Compare 10 output/PWM10 output.
Parallel Slave Port chip select.
External Memory Address/Data 10.
I/O
O
I/O
O
I/O
ST
—
S/T
—
TTL
Digital I/O.
ECCP3 PWM Output C.
Capture 9 input/Compare 9 output/PWM9 output.
Reference clock out.
External Memory Address/Data 11.
I/O
O
I/O
I/O
ST
—
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
ECCP4 PWM Output B.
Capture 8 input/Compare 8 output/PWM8 output.
External Memory Address/Data 12.
I/O
O
I/O
I/O
ST
—
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
ECCP1 PWM Output C.
Capture 7 input/Compare 7 output/PWM7 output.
External Memory Address/Data 13.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: PSP is available only in Microcontroller mode.
5: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
DS39960C-page 30
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F8XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
TQFP
RE6/P1B/CCP6/AD14
RE6
P1B
CCP6(5)
AD14
74
RE7/ECCP2/P2A/AD15
RE7
ECCP2(2)
P2A
AD15
73
Pin Buffer
Type Type
Description
I/O
O
I/O
I/O
ST
—
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
ECCP1 PWM Output B.
Capture 6 input/Compare 6 output/PWM6 output.
External Memory Address/Data 14.
I/O
I/O
O
I/O
ST
ST
—
ST
Digital I/O.
Capture 2 input/Compare 2 output/PWM2 output.
ECCP2 PWM Output A.
External Memory Address/Data 15.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: PSP is available only in Microcontroller mode.
5: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 31
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F8XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
TQFP
Pin Buffer
Type Type
Description
PORTF is a bidirectional I/O port.
RF1/AN6/C2OUT/CTDIN
RF1
AN6
C2OUT
CTDIN
23
RF2/AN7/C1OUT
RF2
AN7
C1OUT
18
RF3/AN8/C2INB/CTMUI
RF3
AN8
C2INB
CTMUI
17
RF4/AN9/C2INA
RF4
AN9
C2INA
16
RF5/AN10/C1INB
RF5
AN10
C1INB
15
RF6/AN11/C1INA
RF6
AN11
C1INA
14
RF7/AN5/SS1
RF7
AN5
SS1
13
I/O
I
O
I
ST
Analog
—
ST
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 6.
Comparator 2 output.
CTMU pulse delay input.
I/O
I
O
ST
Analog
—
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 7.
Comparator 1 output.
I/O
I
I
O
ST
Analog
Analog
—
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 8.
Comparator 2 Input B.
CTMU pulse generator charger for the C2INB
comparator input.
I/O
I
I
ST
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 9.
Comparator 2 Input A.
I/O
I
I
ST
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 10.
Comparator 1 Input B.
I/O
I
I
ST
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 11.
Comparator 1 Input A.
I/O
O
I
ST
Analog
ST
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 5.
SPI slave select input.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: PSP is available only in Microcontroller mode.
5: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
DS39960C-page 32
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F8XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
TQFP
Pin Buffer
Type Type
Description
PORTG is a bidirectional I/O port.
RG0/ECCP3/P3A
RG0
ECCP3
P3A
5
RG1/TX2/CK2/AN19/
C3OUT
RG1
TX2
CK2
AN19
C3OUT
6
RG2/RX2/DT2/AN18/
C3INA
RG2
RX2
DT2
AN18
C3INA
7
RG3/CCP4/AN17/P3D/
C3INB
RG3
CCP4
AN17
P3D
C3INB
8
RG4/RTCC/T7CKI/T5G/
CCP5/AN16/P1D/C3INC
RG4
RTCC
T7CKI(3)
T5G
CCP5
AN16
P1D
C3INC
10
RG5
9
I/O
I/O
O
ST
ST
—
I/O
O
I/O
I
O
ST
—
ST
Analog
—
Digital I/O.
EUSART asynchronous transmit.
EUSART synchronous clock (see related RX2/DT2).
Analog Input 19.
Comparator 3 output.
I/O
I
I/O
I
I
ST
ST
ST
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
EUSART asynchronous receive.
EUSART synchronous data (see related TX2/CK2).
Analog Input 18.
Comparator 3 Input A.
I/O
I/O
I
O
I
ST
ST
Analog
—
Analog
Digital I/O.
Capture 4 input/Compare 4 output/PWM4 output.
Analog Input 17.
ECCP3 PWM Output D.
Comparator 3 Input B.
I/O
O
I
I
I/O
I
O
I
ST
—
ST
ST
ST
Analog
—
Analog
Digital I/O.
RTCC output.
Timer7 clock input.
Timer5 external clock gate input.
Capture 5 input/Compare 5 output/PWM5 output.
Analog Input 16.
ECCP1 PWM Output D.
Comparator 3 Input C.
Digital I/O.
Capture 3 input/Compare 3 output/PWM3 output.
ECCP3 PWM Output A.
See the MCLR/RG5 pin.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: PSP is available only in Microcontroller mode.
5: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 33
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F8XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
TQFP
Pin Buffer
Type Type
Description
PORTH is a bidirectional I/O port.
RH0/AN23/A16
RH0
AN23
A16
79
RH1/AN22/A17
RH1
AN22
A17
80
RH2/AN21/A18
RH2
AN21
A18
1
RH3/AN20/A19
RH3
AN20
A19
2
RH4/CCP9/P3C/AN12/
C2INC
RH4
CCP9(3,5)
P3C
AN12
C2INC
22
RH5/CCP8/P3B/AN13/
C2IND
RH5
CCP8(5)
P3B
AN13
C2IND
21
RH6/CCP7/P1C/AN14/
C1INC
RH6
CCP7(5)
P1C
AN14
C1INC
20
I/O
I
I/O
ST
Analog
TTL
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 23.
External Memory Address/Data 16.
I/O
I
I/O
ST
Analog
TTL
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 22.
External Address/Data 17.
I/O
I
I/O
ST
Analog
TTL
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 21.
External Address/Data 18.
I/O
I
I/O
ST
Analog
TTL
Digital I/O.
Analog Input 20.
External Address/Data 19.
I/O
I/O
O
I
I
ST
ST
—
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Capture 9 input/Compare 9 output/PWM9 output.
ECCP3 PWM Output C.
Analog Input 12.
Comparator 2 Input C.
I/O
I/O
O
I
I
ST
ST
—
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Capture 8 input/Compare 8 output/PWM8 output.
ECCP3 PWM Output B.
Analog Input 13.
Comparator 1 Input D.
I/O
I/O
O
I
I
ST
ST
—
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Capture 7 input/Compare 7 output/PWM7 output.
ECCP1 PWM Output C.
Analog Input 14.
Comparator 1 Input C.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: PSP is available only in Microcontroller mode.
5: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
DS39960C-page 34
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F8XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
TQFP
RH7/CCP6/P1B/AN15
RH7
CCP6(5)
P1B
AN15
Pin Buffer
Type Type
Description
19
I/O
I/O
O
I
ST
ST
—
Analog
Digital I/O.
Capture 6 input/Compare 6 output/PWM6 output.
ECCP1 PWM Output B.
Analog Input 15.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: PSP is available only in Microcontroller mode.
5: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 35
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F8XK22 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
TQFP
Pin Buffer
Type Type
Description
PORTJ is a bidirectional I/O port.
RJ0/ALE
RJ0
ALE
62
RJ1/OE
RJ1
OE
61
RJ2/WRL
RJ2
WRL
60
RJ3/WRH
RJ3
WRH
59
RJ4/BA0
RJ4
BA0
39
RJ5/CE
RJ5
CE
40
RJ6/LB
RJ6
LB
41
RJ7/UB
RJ7
UB
42
I/O
O
ST
—
Digital I/O.
External memory address latch enable.
I/O
O
ST
—
Digital I/O.
External memory output enable.
I/O
O
ST
—
Digital I/O.
External memory write low control.
I/O
O
ST
—
Digital I/O.
External memory high control.
I/O
O
ST
—
Digital I/O.
External Memory Byte Address 0 control
I/O
O
ST
—
Digital I/O
External memory chip enable control.
I/O
O
ST
—
Digital I/O.
External memory low byte control.
I/O
O
ST
—
Digital I/O.
External memory high byte control.
VSS
11, 31, 51, 70
P
—
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
VDD
32, 48, 71
P
—
Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
AVSS
26
P
—
Ground reference for analog modules.
AVDD
25
P
—
Positive supply for analog modules.
ENVREG
24
I
ST
Enable for on-chip voltage regulator.
VDDCORE/VCAP
VDDCORE
VCAP
12
Core logic power or external filter capacitor connection.
P
—
External filter capacitor connection (regulator
enabled/disabled).
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
I2C = I2C™/SMBus
Note 1: Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
2: Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared.
3: Not available on PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 devices.
4: PSP is available only in Microcontroller mode.
5: The CC6, CCP7, CCP8 and CCP9 pin placement depends on the setting of the ECCPMX Configuration bit
(CONFIG3H<1>).
DS39960C-page 36
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
2.0
GUIDELINES FOR GETTING
STARTED WITH PIC18FXXKXX
MICROCONTROLLERS
FIGURE 2-1:
RECOMMENDED
MINIMUM CONNECTIONS
C2(2)
• All VDD and VSS pins
(see Section 2.2 “Power Supply Pins”)
• All AVDD and AVSS pins, regardless of whether or
not the analog device features are used
(see Section 2.2 “Power Supply Pins”)
• MCLR pin
(see Section 2.3 “Master Clear (MCLR) Pin”)
• ENVREG (if implemented) and VCAP/VDDCORE pins
(see Section 2.4 “Voltage Regulator Pins
(ENVREG and VCAP/VDDCORE)”)
VCAP/VDDCORE
C1
VSS
VDD
VDD
VSS
C3(2)
C6(2)
C5(2)
C4(2)
Key (all values are recommendations):
• PGC/PGD pins used for In-Circuit Serial
Programming™ (ICSP™) and debugging purposes
(see Section 2.5 “ICSP Pins”)
• OSCI and OSCO pins when an external oscillator
source is used
(see Section 2.6 “External Oscillator Pins”)
R2: 100Ω to 470Ω
Note:
C7(2)
PIC18FXXKXX
C1 through C6: 0.1 F, 20V ceramic
• VREF+/VREF- pins are used when external voltage
reference for analog modules is implemented
(1) (1)
ENVREG
MCLR
These pins must also be connected if they are being
used in the end application:
Additionally, the following pins may be required:
VSS
VDD
R2
VSS
The following pins must always be connected:
R1
VDD
Getting started with the PIC18F87K22 family family of
8-bit microcontrollers requires attention to a minimal
set of device pin connections before proceeding with
development.
VDD
AVSS
Basic Connection Requirements
AVDD
2.1
R1: 10 kΩ
Note 1:
2:
See Section 2.4 “Voltage Regulator Pins
(ENVREG and VCAP/VDDCORE)” for
explanation of ENVREG pin connections.
The example shown is for a PIC18F device
with five VDD/VSS and AVDD/AVSS pairs.
Other devices may have more or less pairs;
adjust the number of decoupling capacitors
appropriately.
The AVDD and AVSS pins must always be
connected, regardless of whether any of
the analog modules are being used.
The minimum mandatory connections are shown in
Figure 2-1.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 37
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
2.2
2.2.1
Power Supply Pins
DECOUPLING CAPACITORS
The use of decoupling capacitors on every pair of
power supply pins, such as VDD, VSS, AVDD and
AVSS, is required.
Consider the following criteria when using decoupling
capacitors:
• Value and type of capacitor: A 0.1 F (100 nF),
10-20V capacitor is recommended. The capacitor
should be a low-ESR device, with a resonance
frequency in the range of 200 MHz and higher.
Ceramic capacitors are recommended.
• Placement on the printed circuit board: The
decoupling capacitors should be placed as close
to the pins as possible. It is recommended to
place the capacitors on the same side of the
board as the device. If space is constricted, the
capacitor can be placed on another layer on the
PCB using a via; however, ensure that the trace
length from the pin to the capacitor is no greater
than 0.25 inch (6 mm).
• Handling high-frequency noise: If the board is
experiencing high-frequency noise (upward of
tens of MHz), add a second ceramic type capacitor in parallel to the above described decoupling
capacitor. The value of the second capacitor can
be in the range of 0.01 F to 0.001 F. Place this
second capacitor next to each primary decoupling
capacitor. In high-speed circuit designs, consider
implementing a decade pair of capacitances as
close to the power and ground pins as possible
(e.g., 0.1 F in parallel with 0.001 F).
• Maximizing performance: On the board layout
from the power supply circuit, run the power and
return traces to the decoupling capacitors first,
and then to the device pins. This ensures that the
decoupling capacitors are first in the power chain.
Equally important is to keep the trace length
between the capacitor and the power pins to a
minimum, thereby reducing PCB trace
inductance.
2.2.2
TANK CAPACITORS
On boards with power traces running longer than
six inches in length, it is suggested to use a tank capacitor for integrated circuits, including microcontrollers, to
supply a local power source. The value of the tank
capacitor should be determined based on the trace
resistance that connects the power supply source to
the device, and the maximum current drawn by the
device in the application. In other words, select the tank
capacitor so that it meets the acceptable voltage sag at
the device. Typical values range from 4.7 F to 47 F.
DS39960C-page 38
2.3
Master Clear (MCLR) Pin
The MCLR pin provides two specific device
functions: Device Reset, and Device Programming
and Debugging. If programming and debugging are
not required in the end application, a direct
connection to VDD may be all that is required. The
addition of other components, to help increase the
application’s resistance to spurious Resets from
voltage sags, may be beneficial. A typical
configuration is shown in Figure 2-1. Other circuit
designs may be implemented, depending on the
application’s requirements.
During programming and debugging, the resistance
and capacitance that can be added to the pin must
be considered. Device programmers and debuggers
drive the MCLR pin. Consequently, specific voltage
levels (VIH and VIL) and fast signal transitions must
not be adversely affected. Therefore, specific values
of R1 and C1 will need to be adjusted based on the
application and PCB requirements. For example, it is
recommended that the capacitor, C1, be isolated
from the MCLR pin during programming and
debugging operations by using a jumper (Figure 2-2).
The jumper is replaced for normal run-time
operations.
Any components associated with the MCLR pin
should be placed within 0.25 inch (6 mm) of the pin.
FIGURE 2-2:
EXAMPLE OF MCLR PIN
CONNECTIONS
VDD
R1
R2
JP
MCLR
PIC18FXXKXX
C1
Note 1:
R1  10 k is recommended. A suggested
starting value is 10 k. Ensure that the
MCLR pin VIH and VIL specifications are met.
2:
R2  470 will limit any current flowing into
MCLR from the external capacitor, C, in the
event of MCLR pin breakdown, due to
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) or Electrical
Overstress (EOS). Ensure that the MCLR pin
VIH and VIL specifications are met.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
2.4
Some PIC18FXXKXX families, or some devices within
a family, do not provide the option of enabling or
disabling the on-chip voltage regulator:
Voltage Regulator Pins (ENVREG
and VCAP/VDDCORE)
The on-chip voltage regulator enable pin, ENVREG,
must always be connected directly to either a supply
voltage or to ground. Tying ENVREG to VDD enables
the regulator, while tying it to ground disables the
regulator. Refer to Section 28.3 “On-Chip Voltage
Regulator” for details on connecting and using the
on-chip regulator.
When the regulator is enabled, a low-ESR (< 5Ω)
capacitor is required on the VCAP/VDDCORE pin to
stabilize the voltage regulator output voltage. The
VCAP/VDDCORE pin must not be connected to VDD and
must use a capacitor of 10 µF connected to ground. The
type can be ceramic or tantalum. Suitable examples of
capacitors are shown in Table 2-1. Capacitors with
equivalent specifications can be used.
• Some devices (with the name, PIC18LFXXKXX)
permanently disable the voltage regulator.
These devices do not have the ENVREG pin and
require a 0.1 F capacitor on the VCAP/VDDCORE
pin. The VDD level of these devices must comply
with the “voltage regulator disabled” specification
for Parameter D001, in Section 31.0 “Electrical
Characteristics”.
• Some devices permanently enable the voltage
regulator.
These devices also do not have the ENVREG pin.
The 10 F capacitor is still required on the
VCAP/VDDCORE pin.
FIGURE 2-3:
FREQUENCY vs. ESR
PERFORMANCE FOR
SUGGESTED VCAP
Designers may use Figure 2-3 to evaluate ESR
equivalence of candidate devices.
It is recommended that the trace length not exceed
0.25 inch (6 mm). Refer to Section 31.0 “Electrical
Characteristics” for additional information.
10
1
ESR ()
When the regulator is disabled, the VCAP/VDDCORE pin
must be tied to a voltage supply at the VDDCORE level.
Refer to Section 31.0 “Electrical Characteristics” for
information on VDD and VDDCORE.
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
Note:
0.1
1
10
100
Frequency (MHz)
1000 10,000
Typical data measurement at 25°C, 0V DC bias.
.
TABLE 2-1:
SUITABLE CAPACITOR EQUIVALENTS
Make
Part #
Nominal
Capacitance
Base Tolerance
Rated Voltage
Temp. Range
TDK
C3216X7R1C106K
10 µF
±10%
16V
-55 to 125ºC
TDK
C3216X5R1C106K
10 µF
±10%
16V
-55 to 85ºC
Panasonic
ECJ-3YX1C106K
10 µF
±10%
16V
-55 to 125ºC
Panasonic
ECJ-4YB1C106K
10 µF
±10%
16V
-55 to 85ºC
Murata
GRM32DR71C106KA01L
10 µF
±10%
16V
-55 to 125ºC
Murata
GRM31CR61C106KC31L
10 µF
±10%
16V
-55 to 85ºC
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 39
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
CONSIDERATIONS FOR CERAMIC
CAPACITORS
In recent years, large value, low-voltage, surface-mount
ceramic capacitors have become very cost effective in
sizes up to a few tens of microfarad. The low-ESR, small
physical size and other properties make ceramic
capacitors very attractive in many types of applications.
Ceramic capacitors are suitable for use with the internal voltage regulator of this microcontroller. However,
some care is needed in selecting the capacitor to
ensure that it maintains sufficient capacitance over the
intended operating range of the application.
Typical low-cost, 10 F ceramic capacitors are available
in X5R, X7R and Y5V dielectric ratings (other types are
also available, but are less common). The initial tolerance specifications for these types of capacitors are
often specified as ±10% to ±20% (X5R and X7R), or
-20%/+80% (Y5V). However, the effective capacitance
that these capacitors provide in an application circuit will
also vary based on additional factors, such as the
applied DC bias voltage and the temperature. The total
in-circuit tolerance is, therefore, much wider than the
initial tolerance specification.
The X5R and X7R capacitors typically exhibit satisfactory temperature stability (ex: ±15% over a wide
temperature range, but consult the manufacturer’s data
sheets for exact specifications). However, Y5V capacitors typically have extreme temperature tolerance
specifications of +22%/-82%. Due to the extreme
temperature tolerance, a 10 F nominal rated Y5V type
capacitor may not deliver enough total capacitance to
meet minimum internal voltage regulator stability and
transient response requirements. Therefore, Y5V
capacitors are not recommended for use with the
internal regulator if the application must operate over a
wide temperature range.
In addition to temperature tolerance, the effective
capacitance of large value ceramic capacitors can vary
substantially, based on the amount of DC voltage
applied to the capacitor. This effect can be very significant, but is often overlooked or is not always
documented.
A typical DC bias voltage vs. capacitance graph for
X7R type and Y5V type capacitors is shown in
Figure 2-4.
FIGURE 2-4:
Capacitance Change (%)
2.4.1
DC BIAS VOLTAGE vs.
CAPACITANCE
CHARACTERISTICS
10
0
-10
16V Capacitor
-20
-30
-40
10V Capacitor
-50
-60
-70
6.3V Capacitor
-80
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
DC Bias Voltage (VDC)
When selecting a ceramic capacitor to be used with the
internal voltage regulator, it is suggested to select a
high-voltage rating, so that the operating voltage is a
small percentage of the maximum rated capacitor voltage. For example, choose a ceramic capacitor rated at
16V for the 2.5V core voltage. Suggested capacitors
are shown in Table 2-1.
2.5
ICSP Pins
The PGC and PGD pins are used for In-Circuit Serial
Programming™ (ICSP™) and debugging purposes. It
is recommended to keep the trace length between the
ICSP connector and the ICSP pins on the device as
short as possible. If the ICSP connector is expected to
experience an ESD event, a series resistor is recommended, with the value in the range of a few tens of
ohms, not to exceed 100Ω.
Pull-up resistors, series diodes and capacitors on the
PGC and PGD pins are not recommended as they will
interfere with the programmer/debugger communications to the device. If such discrete components are an
application requirement, they should be removed from
the circuit during programming and debugging. Alternatively, refer to the AC/DC characteristics and timing
requirements information in the respective device
Flash programming specification for information on
capacitive loading limits, and pin input voltage high
(VIH) and input low (VIL) requirements.
For device emulation, ensure that the “Communication
Channel Select” (i.e., PGCx/PGDx pins), programmed
into the device, matches the physical connections for
the ICSP to the Microchip debugger/emulator tool.
For more information on available Microchip
development tools connection requirements, refer to
Section 30.0 “Development Support”.
DS39960C-page 40
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
2.6
External Oscillator Pins
FIGURE 2-5:
Many microcontrollers have options for at least two
oscillators: a high-frequency primary oscillator and a
low-frequency
secondary
oscillator
(refer to
Section 3.0 “Oscillator Configurations” for details).
The oscillator circuit should be placed on the same
side of the board as the device. Place the oscillator
circuit close to the respective oscillator pins with no
more than 0.5 inch (12 mm) between the circuit
components and the pins. The load capacitors should
be placed next to the oscillator itself, on the same side
of the board.
Use a grounded copper pour around the oscillator circuit to isolate it from surrounding circuits. The
grounded copper pour should be routed directly to the
MCU ground. Do not run any signal traces or power
traces inside the ground pour. Also, if using a two-sided
board, avoid any traces on the other side of the board
where the crystal is placed.
Single-Sided and In-Line Layouts:
Copper Pour
(tied to ground)
For additional information and design guidance on
oscillator circuits, please refer to these Microchip
Application Notes, available at the corporate web site
(www.microchip.com):
• AN826, “Crystal Oscillator Basics and Crystal
Selection for rfPIC™ and PICmicro® Devices”
• AN849, “Basic PICmicro® Oscillator Design”
• AN943, “Practical PICmicro® Oscillator Analysis
and Design”
• AN949, “Making Your Oscillator Work”
2.7
Unused I/Os
Primary Oscillator
Crystal
DEVICE PINS
Primary
Oscillator
OSC1
C1
`
OSC2
GND
C2
`
T1OSO
T1OS I
Timer1 Oscillator
Crystal
Layout suggestions are shown in Figure 2-4. In-line
packages may be handled with a single-sided layout
that completely encompasses the oscillator pins. With
fine-pitch packages, it is not always possible to completely surround the pins and components. A suitable
solution is to tie the broken guard sections to a mirrored
ground layer. In all cases, the guard trace(s) must be
returned to ground.
In planning the application’s routing and I/O assignments, ensure that adjacent port pins, and other
signals in close proximity to the oscillator, are benign
(i.e., free of high frequencies, short rise and fall times,
and other similar noise).
SUGGESTED
PLACEMENT OF THE
OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT
`
T1 Oscillator: C1
T1 Oscillator: C2
Fine-Pitch (Dual-Sided) Layouts:
Top Layer Copper Pour
(tied to ground)
Bottom Layer
Copper Pour
(tied to ground)
OSCO
C2
Oscillator
Crystal
GND
C1
OSCI
DEVICE PINS
Unused I/O pins should be configured as outputs and
driven to a logic low state. Alternatively, connect a 1 kΩ
to 10 kΩ resistor to VSS on unused pins and drive the
output to logic low.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 41
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39960C-page 42
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
3.0
OSCILLATOR
CONFIGURATIONS
3.1
Oscillator Types
The PIC18F87K22 family of devices can be operated in
the following oscillator modes:
• EC
• ECIO
External clock, RA6 available
External clock, clock out RA6 (FOSC/4 on
RA6)
• HS
High-Speed Crystal/Resonator
• XT
Crystal/Resonator
• LP
Low-Power Crystal
• RC
External Resistor/Capacitor, RA6
available
• RCIO External Resistor/Capacitor, clock out
RA6 (FOSC/4 on RA6)
• INTIO2 Internal Oscillator with I/O on RA6 and
RA7
• INTIO1 Internal Oscillator with FOSC/4 output on
RA6 and I/O on RA7
There is also an option for running the 4xPLL on any of
the clock sources in the input frequency range of 4 to
16 MHz.
To optimize power consumption when using EC/HS/
XT/LP/RC as the primary oscillator, the frequency input
range can be configured to yield an optimized power
bias:
• Low-Power Bias – External frequency less than
160 kHz
• Medium Power Bias – External frequency
between 160 kHz and 16 MHz
• High-Power Bias – External frequency greater
than 16 MHz
All of these modes are selected by the user by
programming the FOSC<3:0> Configuration bits
(CONFIG1H<3:0>). In addition, PIC18F87K22 family
devices can switch between different clock sources,
either under software control or, under certain conditions, automatically. This allows for additional power
savings by managing device clock speed in real time
without resetting the application. The clock sources for
the PIC18F87K22 family of devices are shown in
Figure 3-1.
For the HS and EC mode, there are additional power
modes of operation – depending on the frequency of
operation.
For the EC and HS mode, the PLLEN (software) or
PLLCFG (CONFIG) bit can be used to enable the PLL.
HS1 is the Medium power mode with a frequency range
of 4 MHz to 16 MHz. HS2 is the High-Power mode,
where the oscillator frequency can go from 16 MHz to
25 MHz. HS1 and HS2 are achieved by setting the
CONFIG1H<3:0> correctly. (For details, see
Register 28-2 on page 406.)
For the INTIOx modes (HF-INTOSC):
EC mode has these modes of operation:
• Only the PLLEN can enable the PLL (PLLCFG is
ignored).
• When the oscillator is configured for the internal
oscillator (FOSC<3:0> = 100x), the PLL can be
enabled only when the HF-INTOSC frequency is
8 or 16 MHz.
• EC1 – For low power with a frequency range up to
160 kHz
• EC2 – Medium power with a frequency range of
160 kHz to 16 MHz
• EC3 – High power with a frequency range of
16 MHz to 64 MHz
When the RA6 and RA7 pins are not used for an oscillator function or CLKOUT function, they are available
as general purpose I/Os.
EC1, EC2 and EC3 are achieved by setting the
CONFIG1H<3:0> correctly. (For details, see
Register 28-2 on page 406.)
The PLL is enabled by setting the PLLCFG bit
(CONFIG1H<4>) or the PLLEN bit (OSCTUNE<6>).
Table 3-1 shows the HS and EC modes’ frequency
range and FOSC<3:0> settings.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 43
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 3-1:
HS, EC, XT, LP AND RC MODES: RANGES AND SETTINGS
Mode
Frequency Range
EC1 (low power)
FOSC<3:0> Setting
1101
DC-160 kHz
(EC1 & EC1IO)
EC2 (medium power)
1100
160 kHz-16 MHz
1011
16 MHz-64 MHz
0101
HS1 (medium power)
4 MHz-16 MHz
0011
HS2 (high power)
16 MHz-25 MHz
0010
XT
100 kHz-4 MHz
0001
LP
31.25 kHz
0000
0-4 MHz
001x
32 KHz-16 MHz
100x
(and OSCCON, OSCCON2)
(EC2 & EC2IO)
EC3 (high power)
(EC3 & EC3IO)
RC (External)
INTIO
FIGURE 3-1:
1010
0100
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY CLOCK DIAGRAM
SOSCO
SOSCI
Peripherals
Mux
MUX
MUX
4x PLL
OSC2
CPU
OSC1
PLLEN
and PLLCFG
FOSC<3:0>
IDLEN
16 MHz 111
8 MHz
4 MHz
4 MHz
2 MHz
2 MHz
1 MHz
1 MHz
250 kHz
250 kHz
31 kHz
MFIOSEL
LF INTOSC
31 kHz
DS39960C-page 44
011
FOSC<3:0>
IRCF<2:0>
MUX
500 kHz
100
MUX
MF INTOSC
500 kHz to
31 kHz
Postscaler
31 kHz
SCS<1:0>
101
500 kHz
010
250 kHz
001
31 kHz
000
500 kHz
Clock Control
110
MUX
HF INTOSC
16 MHz to
31 kHz
Postscaler
16 MHz
8 MHz
INTSRC
31 kHz
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
3.2
Control Registers
The OSCCON register (Register 3-1) controls the main
aspects of the device clock’s operation. It selects the
oscillator type to be used, which of the power-managed
modes to invoke and the output frequency of the
INTOSC source. It also provides status on the oscillators.
OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER(1)
REGISTER 3-1:
R/W-0
R/W-1
IDLEN
The OSCTUNE register (Register 3-3) controls the
tuning and operation of the internal oscillator block. It also
implements the PLLEN bit which controls the operation of
the Phase Locked Loop (PLL) (see Section 3.5.3 “PLL
Frequency Multiplier”).
IRCF2
R/W-1
(2)
(2)
IRCF1
R/W-0
IRCF0
(2)
R(1)
OSTS
R-0
HFIOFS
R/W-0
SCS1
(4)
R/W-0
SCS0(4)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
IDLEN: Idle Enable bit
1 = Device enters an Idle mode when a SLEEP instruction is executed
0 = Device enters Sleep mode when a SLEEP instruction is executed
bit 6-4
IRCF<2:0>: Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bits(2)
111 = HF-INTOSC output frequency used (16 MHz)
110 = HF-INTOSC/2 output frequency used (8 MHz, default)
101 = HF-INTOSC/4 output frequency used (4 MHz)
100 = HF-INTOSC/8 output frequency used (2 MHz)
011 = HF-INTOSC/16 output frequency used (1 MHz)
If INTSRC = 0 and MFIOSEL = 0:(3,5)
010 = HF-INTOSC/32 output frequency used (500 kHz)
001 = HF-INTOSC/64 output frequency used (250 kHz)
000 = LF-INTOSC output frequency used (31.25 kHz)
If INTSRC = 1 and MFIOSEL = 0:(3,5)
010 = HF-INTOSC/32 output frequency used (500 kHz)
001 = HF-INTOSC/64 output frequency used (250 kHz)
000 = HF-INTOSC/512 output frequency used (31.25 kHz)
If INTSRC = 0 and MFIOSEL = 1:(3,5)
010 = MF-INTOSC output frequency used (500 kHz)
001 = MF-INTOSC/2 output frequency used (250 kHz)
000 = LF-INTOSC output frequency used (31.25 kHz)(6)
If INTSRC = 1 and MFIOSEL = 1:(3,5)
010 = MF-INTOSC output frequency used (500 kHz)
001 = MF-INTOSC/2 output frequency used (250 kHz)
000 = MF-INTOSC/16 output frequency used (31.25 kHz)
bit 3
OSTS: Oscillator Start-up Timer Time-out Status bit(1)
1 = Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) time-out has expired; primary oscillator is running, as defined by
FOSC<3:0>
0 = Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) time-out is running; primary oscillator is not ready – device is
running from internal oscillator (HF-INTOSC, MF-INTOSC or LF-INTOSC)
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
The Reset state depends on the state of the IESO Configuration bit (CONFIG1H<7>).
Modifying these bits will cause an immediate clock frequency switch if the internal oscillator is providing
the device clocks.
Source selected by the INTSRC bit (OSCTUNE<7>).
Modifying these bits will cause an immediate clock source switch.
INTSRC = OSCTUNE<7> and MFIOSEL = OSCCON2<0>.
Lowest power option for an internal source.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 45
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 3-1:
OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER(1) (CONTINUED)
bit 2
HFIOFS: INTOSC Frequency Stable bit
1 = HF-INTOSC oscillator frequency is stable
0 = HF-INTOSC oscillator frequency is not stable
bit 1-0
SCS<1:0>: System Clock Select bits(4)
1x = Internal oscillator block (LF-INTOSC, MF-INTOSC or HF-INTOSC)
01 = SOSC oscillator
00 = Default primary oscillator (OSC1/OSC2 or HF-INTOSC with or without PLL. Defined by the
FOSC<3:0> Configuration bits, CONFIG1H<3:0>.)
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
The Reset state depends on the state of the IESO Configuration bit (CONFIG1H<7>).
Modifying these bits will cause an immediate clock frequency switch if the internal oscillator is providing
the device clocks.
Source selected by the INTSRC bit (OSCTUNE<7>).
Modifying these bits will cause an immediate clock source switch.
INTSRC = OSCTUNE<7> and MFIOSEL = OSCCON2<0>.
Lowest power option for an internal source.
REGISTER 3-2:
OSCCON2: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER 2
U-0
R-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
U-0
R-x
R/W-0
—
SOSCRUN
—
—
SOSCGO
—
MFIOFS
MFIOSEL
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6
SOSCRUN: SOSC Run Status bit
1 = System clock comes from a secondary SOSC
0 = System clock comes from an oscillator other than SOSC
bit 5-4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3
SOSCGO: Oscillator Start Control bit
1 = Oscillator is running, even if no other sources are requesting it
0 = Oscillator is shut off if no other sources are requesting it (When the SOSC is selected to run from
a digital clock input, rather than an external crystal, this bit has no effect.)
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1
MFIOFS: MF-INTOSC Frequency Stable bit
1 = MF-INTOSC is stable
0 = MF-INTOSC is not stable
bit 0
MFIOSEL: MF-INTOSC Select bit
1 = MF-INTOSC is used in place of HF-INTOSC frequencies of 500 kHz, 250 kHz and 31.25 kHz
0 = MF-INTOSC is not used
DS39960C-page 46
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 3-3:
OSCTUNE: OSCILLATOR TUNING REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
INTSRC
PLLEN
TUN5
TUN4
TUN3
TUN2
TUN1
TUN0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
INTSRC: Internal Oscillator Low-Frequency Source Select bit
1 = 31.25 kHz device clock derived from 16 MHz INTOSC source (divide-by-512 enabled, HF-INTOSC)
0 = 31 kHz device clock derived from INTRC 31 kHz oscillator (LF-INTOSC)
bit 6
PLLEN: Frequency Multiplier PLL Enable bit
1 = PLL is enabled
0 = PLL is disabled
bit 5-0
TUN<5:0>: Fast RC Oscillator (INTOSC) Frequency Tuning bits
011111 = Maximum frequency
•
•
•
•
000001
000000 = Center frequency; fast RC oscillator is running at the calibrated frequency
111111
•
•
•
•
100000 = Minimum frequency
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 47
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
3.3
Clock Sources and
Oscillator Switching
Essentially, PIC18F87K22 family devices have these
independent clock sources:
• Primary oscillators
• Secondary oscillators
• Internal oscillator
The primary oscillators can be thought of as the main
device oscillators. These are any external oscillators
connected to the OSC1 and OSC2 pins, and include
the External Crystal and Resonator modes and the
External Clock modes. If selected by the FOSC<3:0>
Configuration bits (CONFIG1H<3:0>), the internal
oscillator block may be considered a primary oscillator.
The internal oscillator block can be one of the following:
• 31 kHz LF-INTRC source
• 31 kHz to 500 kHz MF-INTOSC source
• 31 kHz to 16 MHz HF-INTOSC source
In addition to being a primary clock source in some
circumstances, the internal oscillator is available as a
power-managed mode clock source. The LF-INTOSC
source is also used as the clock source for several
special features, such as the WDT and Fail-Safe Clock
Monitor. The internal oscillator block is discussed in
more detail in Section 3.6 “Internal Oscillator
Block”.
The PIC18F87K22 family includes features that allow
the device clock source to be switched from the main
oscillator, chosen by device configuration, to one of the
alternate clock sources. When an alternate clock
source is enabled, various power-managed operating
modes are available.
3.3.1
The OSC1/OSC2 oscillator block is used to provide the
oscillator modes and frequency ranges:
Mode
The particular mode is defined by the FOSC
Configuration bits. The details of these modes are
covered in Section 3.5 “External Oscillator Modes”.
The secondary oscillators are external clock
sources that are not connected to the OSC1 or OSC2
pin. These sources may continue to operate, even
after the controller is placed in a power-managed
mode. PIC18F87K22 family devices offer the SOSC
(Timer1/3/5/7) oscillator as a secondary oscillator
source. This oscillator, in all power-managed modes, is
often the time base for functions, such as a Real-Time
Clock (RTC).
The SOSC can be enabled from any peripheral that
requests it. There are eight ways the SOSC can be
enabled: if the SOSC is selected as the source by any
of the odd timers, which is done by each respective
SOSCEN bit (TxCON<3>), if the SOSC is selected as
the RTCC source by the RTCOSC Configuration bit
(CONFIG3L<1>), if the SOSC is selected as the CPU
clock source by the SCS bits (OSCCON<1:0>) or if the
SOSCGO bit is set (OSCCON2<3>). The SOSCGO bit
is used to warm up the SOSC so that it is ready before
any peripheral requests it.
The secondary oscillator has three Run modes. The
SOSCSEL<1:0> bits (CONFIG1L<4:3>) decide the
SOSC mode of operation:
• 11 = High-power SOSC circuit
• 10 = Digital (SCLKI) mode
• 01 = Low-power SOSC circuit
If a secondary oscillator is not desired and digital I/O on
port pins, RC0 and RC1, is needed, the SOSCSEL bits
must be set to Digital mode.
DS39960C-page 48
OSC1/OSC2 OSCILLATOR
Design Operating Frequency
LP
31.25-100 kHz
XT
100 kHz to 4 MHz
HS
4 MHz to 25 MHz
EC
0 to 64 MHz (external clock)
EXTRC
0 to 4 MHz (external RC)
The crystal-based oscillators (XT, HS and LP) have a
built-in start-up time. The operation of the EC and
EXTRC clocks is immediate.
3.3.2
CLOCK SOURCE SELECTION
The System Clock Select bits, SCS<1:0>
(OSCCON2<1:0>), select the clock source. The available clock sources are the primary clock defined by the
FOSC<3:0> Configuration bits, the secondary clock
(SOSC oscillator) and the internal oscillator. The clock
source changes after one or more of the bits is written
to, following a brief clock transition interval.
The
OSTS
(OSCCON<3>)
and
SOSCRUN
(OSCCON<6>) bits indicate which clock source is
currently providing the device clock. The OSTS bit
indicates that the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) has
timed out and the primary clock is providing the device
clock in primary clock modes. The SOSCRUN bit indicates when the SOSC oscillator (from Timer1/3/5/7) is
providing the device clock in secondary clock modes.
In power-managed modes, only one of these bits will
be set at any time. If neither of these bits is set, the
INTRC is providing the clock, or the internal oscillator
has just started and is not yet stable.
The IDLEN bit (OSCCON<7>) determines if the device
goes into Sleep mode or one of the Idle modes when
the SLEEP instruction is executed.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
The use of the flag and control bits in the OSCCON
register is discussed in more detail in Section 4.0
“Power-Managed Modes”.
Note 1: The Timer1/3/5/7 oscillator must be
enabled to select the secondary clock
source. The Timerx oscillator is enabled by
setting the SOSCEN bit in the Timerx Control register (TxCON<3>). If the Timerx
oscillator is not enabled, then any attempt
to select a secondary clock source when
executing a SLEEP instruction will be
ignored.
2: It is recommended that the Timerx
oscillator be operating and stable before
executing the SLEEP instruction or a very
long delay may occur while the Timerx
oscillator starts.
3.3.2.1
System Clock Selection and Device
Resets
Since the SCS bits are cleared on all forms of Reset,
this means the primary oscillator, defined by the
FOSC<3:0> Configuration bits, is used as the primary
clock source on device Resets. This could either be the
internal oscillator block by itself, or one of the other
primary clock source (HS, EC, XT, LP, External RC and
PLL-enabled modes).
In those cases when the internal oscillator block, without PLL, is the default clock on Reset, the Fast RC
oscillator (INTOSC) will be used as the device clock
source. It will initially start at 8 MHz; the postscaler
selection that corresponds to the Reset value of the
IRCF<2:0> bits (‘110’).
Regardless of which primary oscillator is selected,
INTRC will always be enabled on device power-up. It
serves as the clock source until the device has loaded
its configuration values from memory. It is at this point
that the FOSC Configuration bits are read and the
oscillator selection of the operational mode is made.
Note that either the primary clock source or the internal
oscillator will have two bit setting options for the possible
values of the SCS<1:0> bits, at any given time.
3.3.3
OSCILLATOR TRANSITIONS
PIC18F87K22 family devices contain circuitry to
prevent clock “glitches” when switching between clock
sources. A short pause in the device clock occurs
during the clock switch. The length of this pause is the
sum of two cycles of the old clock source and three to
four cycles of the new clock source. This formula
assumes that the new clock source is stable.
Clock transitions are discussed in greater detail in
Section 4.1.2 “Entering Power-Managed Modes”.
3.4
RC Oscillator
For timing-insensitive applications, the RC and RCIO
Oscillator modes offer additional cost savings. The
actual oscillator frequency is a function of several
factors:
• Supply voltage
• Values of the external resistor (REXT) and capacitor
(CEXT)
• Operating temperature
Given the same device, operating voltage and temperature, and component values, there will also be unit to
unit frequency variations. These are due to factors,
such as:
• Normal manufacturing variation
• Difference in lead frame capacitance between
package types (especially for low CEXT values)
• Variations within the tolerance of limits of REXT
and CEXT
In the RC Oscillator mode, the oscillator frequency,
divided by 4, is available on the OSC2 pin. This signal
may be used for test purposes or to synchronize other
logic. Figure 3-2 shows how the R/C combination is
connected.
FIGURE 3-2:
RC OSCILLATOR MODE
VDD
REXT
OSC1
Internal
Clock
CEXT
PIC18FXXXX
VSS
FOSC/4
OSC2/CLKO
Recommended values: 3 k  REXT  100 k
20 pF CEXT  300 pF
The RCIO Oscillator mode (Figure 3-3) functions like
the RC mode, except that the OSC2 pin becomes an
additional general purpose I/O pin. The I/O pin
becomes bit 6 of PORTA (RA6).
FIGURE 3-3:
RCIO OSCILLATOR MODE
VDD
REXT
OSC1
Internal
Clock
CEXT
PIC18FXXXX
VSS
RA6
I/O (OSC2)
Recommended values: 3 k  REXT  100 k
20 pF CEXT  300 pF
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 49
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
3.5
TABLE 3-3:
External Oscillator Modes
3.5.1
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR/CERAMIC
RESONATORS (HS MODES)
In HS or HSPLL Oscillator modes, a crystal or ceramic
resonator is connected to the OSC1 and OSC2 pins to
establish oscillation. Figure 3-4 shows the pin
connections.
The oscillator design requires the use of a crystal rated
for parallel resonant operation.
Note:
Use of a crystal rated for series resonant
operation may give a frequency out of the
crystal manufacturer’s specifications.
TABLE 3-2:
CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR
CERAMIC RESONATORS
Typical Capacitor Values Used:
Mode
Freq.
OSC1
OSC2
HS
8.0 MHz
16.0 MHz
27 pF
22 pF
27 pF
22 pF
Capacitor values are for design guidance only.
Different capacitor values may be required to produce
acceptable oscillator operation. The user should test
the performance of the oscillator over the expected
VDD and temperature range for the application. Refer
to the following application notes for oscillator-specific
information:
• AN588, “PIC® Microcontroller Oscillator Design
Guide”
• AN826, “Crystal Oscillator Basics and Crystal
Selection for rfPIC® and PIC® Devices”
• AN849, “Basic PIC® Oscillator Design”
• AN943, “Practical PIC® Oscillator Analysis and
Design”
• AN949, “Making Your Oscillator Work”
See the notes following Table 3-3 for additional
information.
CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
Typical Capacitor Values
Tested:
Crystal
Freq.
Osc Type
HS
C1
C2
4 MHz
27 pF
27 pF
8 MHz
22 pF
22 pF
20 MHz
15 pF
15 pF
Capacitor values are for design guidance only.
Different capacitor values may be required to produce
acceptable oscillator operation. The user should test
the performance of the oscillator over the expected
VDD and temperature range for the application.
Refer to the Microchip application notes cited in
Table 3-2 for oscillator-specific information. Also see
the notes following this table for additional
information.
Note 1: Higher capacitance increases the stability
of THE oscillator but also increases the
start-up time.
2: Since each resonator/crystal has its own
characteristics, the user should consult
the resonator/crystal manufacturer for
appropriate
values
of
external
components.
3: Rs may be required to avoid overdriving
crystals with a low drive level specification.
4: Always verify oscillator performance over
the VDD and temperature range that is
expected for the application.
FIGURE 3-4:
CRYSTAL/CERAMIC
RESONATOR OPERATION
(HS OR HSPLL
CONFIGURATION)
C1(1)
OSC1
XTAL
RF(3)
OSC2
C2(1)
DS39960C-page 50
RS(2)
To
Internal
Logic
Sleep
PIC18F87K22
Note 1:
See Table 3-2 and Table 3-3 for initial values of
C1 and C2.
2:
A series resistor (RS) may be required for AT
strip cut crystals.
3:
RF varies with the oscillator mode chosen.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT
(EC MODES)
The EC and ECPLL Oscillator modes require an
external clock source to be connected to the OSC1 pin.
There is no oscillator start-up time required after a
Power-on Reset or after an exit from Sleep mode.
In the EC Oscillator mode, the oscillator frequency
divided by 4 is available on the OSC2 pin. This signal
may be used for test purposes or to synchronize other
logic. Figure 3-5 shows the pin connections for the EC
Oscillator mode.
FIGURE 3-5:
EXTERNAL CLOCK
INPUT OPERATION
(EC CONFIGURATION)
OSC1/CLKI
Clock from
Ext. System
HSPLL and ECPLL Modes
The HSPLL and ECPLL modes provide the ability to
selectively run the device at four times the external
oscillating source to produce frequencies up to
64 MHz.
The PLL is enabled by setting the PLLEN bit
(OSCTUNE<6>) or the PLLCFG bit (CONFIG1H<4>).
For the HF-INTOSC as primary, the PLL must be
enabled with the PLLEN. This provides a software control for the PLL, enabling even if PLLCFG is set to ‘1’,
so that the PLL is enabled only when the HF-INTOSC
frequency is within the 4 MHz to16 MHz input range.
This also enables additional flexibility for controlling the
application’s clock speed in software. The PLLEN
should be enabled in HF-INTOSC mode only if the
input frequency is in the range of 4 MHz-16 MHz.
FIGURE 3-7:
PLL BLOCK DIAGRAM
PIC18F87K22
FOSC/4
FIGURE 3-6:
PLLCFG (CONFIG1H<4>)
PLL Enable (OSCTUNE)
OSC2/CLKO
An external clock source may also be connected to the
OSC1 pin in HS mode, as shown in Figure 3-6. In this
configuration, the divide-by-4 output on OSC2 is not
available. Current consumption in this configuration will
be somewhat higher than EC mode, as the internal
oscillator’s feedback circuitry will be enabled (in EC
mode, the feedback circuit is disabled).
OSC2
HS or EC
Mode
OSC1
FIN
Phase
Comparator
FOUT
Loop
Filter
EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT
OPERATION (HS OSC
CONFIGURATION)
4
VCO
SYSCLK
OSC1
Clock from
Ext. System
PIC18F87K22
(HS Mode)
Open
3.5.3
3.5.3.1
MUX
3.5.2
OSC2
PLL FREQUENCY MULTIPLIER
A Phase Locked Loop (PLL) circuit is provided as an
option for users who want to use a lower frequency
oscillator circuit, or to clock the device up to its highest
rated frequency from a crystal oscillator. This may be
useful for customers who are concerned with EMI due
to high-frequency crystals, or users who require higher
clock speeds from an internal oscillator.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.5.3.2
PLL and HF-INTOSC
The PLL is available to the internal oscillator block
when the internal oscillator block is configured as the
primary clock source. In this configuration, the PLL is
enabled in software and generates a clock output of up
to 64 MHz.
The operation of INTOSC with the PLL is described in
Section 3.6.2 “INTPLL Modes”. Care should be taken
that the PLL is enabled only if the HF-INTOSC
postscaler is configured for 4 MHz, 8 MHz or 16 MHz.
DS39960C-page 51
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
3.6
Internal Oscillator Block
The PIC18F87K22 family of devices includes an internal
oscillator block which generates two different clock
signals. Either clock can be used as the microcontroller’s
clock source, which may eliminate the need for an
external oscillator circuit on the OSC1 and/or OSC2 pins.
The internal oscillator consists of three blocks,
depending on the frequency of operation. They are
HF-INTOSC, MF-INTOSC and LF-INTRC.
In HF-INTOSC mode, the internal oscillator can provide
a frequency ranging from 31 KHz to 16 MHz, with the
postscaler
deciding
the
selected
frequency
(IRCF<2:0>).
The INTSRC bit (OSCTUNE<7>) and MFIOSEL bit
(OSCCON2<0>) also decide which INTOSC provides
the lower frequency (500 kHz to 31 KHz). For the
HF-INTOSC to provide these frequencies, INTSRC = 1
and MFIOSEL = 0.
In HF-INTOSC, the postscaler (IRCF<2:0>) provides
the frequency range of 31 kHz to 16 MHz. If
HF-INTOSC is used with the PLL, the input frequency
to the PLL should be 4 MHz to 16 MHz
(IRCF<2:0> = 111, 110 or 101).
For MF-INTOSC mode to provide a frequency range of
500 kHz to 31 kHz, INTSRC = 1 and MFIOSEL = 1.
The postscaler (IRCF<2:0>), in this mode, provides the
frequency range of 31 kHz to 500 kHz.
The LF-INTRC can provide only 31 kHz if INTSRC = 0.
The LF-INTRC provides 31 kHz and is enabled if it is
selected as the device clock source. The mode is
enabled automatically when any of the following are
enabled:
• Power-up Timer
• Fail-Safe Clock Monitor
• Watchdog Timer
• Two-Speed Start-up
These features are discussed in greater detail in
Section 28.0 “Special Features of the CPU”.
The clock source frequency (HF-INTOSC, MF-INTOSC
or LF-INTRC direct) is selected by configuring the IRCF
bits of the OSCCON register, as well the INTSRC and
MFIOSEL bits. The default frequency on device Resets
is 8 MHz.
3.6.1
FIGURE 3-8:
INTIO1 OSCILLATOR MODE
I/O (OSC1)
RA7
PIC18F87K22
OSC2
FOSC/4
FIGURE 3-9:
RA7
INTIO2 OSCILLATOR MODE
I/O (OSC1)
PIC18F87K22
RA6
3.6.2
I/O (OSC2)
INTPLL MODES
The 4x Phase Lock Loop (PLL) can be used with the
HF-INTOSC to produce faster device clock speeds
than are normally possible with the internal oscillator
sources. When enabled, the PLL produces a clock
speed of 16 MHz or 64 MHz.
PLL operation is controlled through software. The
control bits, PLLEN (OSCTUNE<6>) and PLLCFG
(CONFIG1H<4>), are used to enable or disable its
operation. The PLL is available only to HF-INTOSC.
The other oscillator is set with HS and EC modes. Additionally, the PLL will only function when the selected
output frequency is either 4 MHz or 16 MHz
(OSCCON<6:4> = 111, 110 or 101).
Like the INTIO modes, there are two distinct INTPLL
modes available:
• In INTPLL1 mode, the OSC2 pin outputs FOSC/4,
while OSC1 functions as RA7 for digital input and
output. Externally, this is identical in appearance
to INTIO1 (Figure 3-8).
• In INTPLL2 mode, OSC1 functions as RA7 and
OSC2 functions as RA6, both for digital input and
output. Externally, this is identical to INTIO2
(Figure 3-9).
INTIO MODES
Using the internal oscillator as the clock source eliminates the need for up to two external oscillator pins,
which can then be used for digital I/O. Two distinct
oscillator configurations, which are determined by the
FOSC Configuration bits, are available:
• In INTIO1 mode, the OSC2 pin (RA6) outputs
FOSC/4, while OSC1 functions as RA7 (see
Figure 3-8) for digital input and output.
• In INTIO2 mode, OSC1 functions as RA7 and
OSC2 functions as RA6 (see Figure 3-9). Both
are available as digital input and output ports.
DS39960C-page 52
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
3.6.3
INTERNAL OSCILLATOR OUTPUT
FREQUENCY AND TUNING
The internal oscillator block is calibrated at the factory
to produce an INTOSC output frequency of 16 MHz. It
can be adjusted in the user’s application by writing to
TUN<5:0> (OSCTUNE<5:0>) in the OSCTUNE
register (Register 3-3).
When the OSCTUNE register is modified, the INTOSC
(HF-INTOSC and MF-INTOSC) frequency will begin
shifting to the new frequency. The oscillator will require
some time to stabilize. Code execution continues
during this shift and there is no indication that the shift
has occurred.
3.6.4.3
Compensating with the CCP Module
in Capture Mode
A CCP module can use free-running Timer1 (or
Timer3), clocked by the internal oscillator block and an
external event with a known period (i.e., AC power
frequency). The time of the first event is captured in the
CCPRxH:CCPRxL registers and is recorded for use
later. When the second event causes a capture, the
time of the first event is subtracted from the time of the
second event. Since the period of the external event is
known, the time difference between events can be
calculated.
The LF-INTOSC oscillator operates independently of
the HF-INTOSC or the MF-INTOSC source. Any
changes in the HF-INTOSC or the MF-INTOSC source,
across voltage and temperature, are not necessarily
reflected by changes in LF-INTOSC or vice versa. The
frequency of LF-INTOSC is not affected by OSCTUNE.
If the measured time is much greater than the
calculated time, the internal oscillator block is running
too fast. To compensate, decrement the OSCTUNE
register. If the measured time is much less than the
calculated time, the internal oscillator block is running
too slow. To compensate, increment the OSCTUNE
register.
3.6.4
3.7
INTOSC FREQUENCY DRIFT
The INTOSC frequency may drift as VDD or temperature changes, and can affect the controller operation in
a variety of ways. It is possible to adjust the INTOSC
frequency by modifying the value in the OSCTUNE
register. Depending on the device, this may have no
effect on the LF-INTOSC clock source frequency.
Tuning INTOSC requires knowing when to make the
adjustment, in which direction it should be made, and in
some cases, how large a change is needed. Three
compensation techniques are shown here.
3.6.4.1
Compensating with the EUSART
An adjustment may be required when the EUSART
begins to generate framing errors or receives data with
errors while in Asynchronous mode. Framing errors indicate that the device clock frequency is too high. To adjust
for this, decrement the value in OSCTUNE to reduce the
clock frequency. On the other hand, errors in data may
suggest that the clock speed is too low. To compensate,
increment OSCTUNE to increase the clock frequency.
3.6.4.2
Compensating with the Timers
This technique compares device clock speed to some
reference clock. Two timers may be used; one timer is
clocked by the peripheral clock, while the other is clocked
by a fixed reference source, such as the SOSC oscillator.
Both timers are cleared, but the timer clocked by the
reference generates interrupts. When an interrupt
occurs, the internally clocked timer is read and both
timers are cleared. If the internally clocked timer value
is much greater than expected, then the internal
oscillator block is running too fast. To adjust for this,
decrement the OSCTUNE register.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Reference Clock Output
In addition to the FOSC/4 clock output, in certain
oscillator modes, the device clock in the PIC18F87K22
family can also be configured to provide a reference
clock output signal to a port pin. This feature is available in all oscillator configurations and allows the user
to select a greater range of clock submultiples to drive
external devices in the application.
This reference clock output is controlled by the
REFOCON register (Register 3-4). Setting the ROON
bit (REFOCON<7>) makes the clock signal available
on the REFO (RE3) pin. The RODIV<3:0> bits enable
the selection of 16 different clock divider options.
The ROSSLP and ROSEL bits (REFOCON<5:4>) control the availability of the reference output during Sleep
mode. The ROSEL bit determines if the oscillator on
OSC1 and OSC2, or the current system clock source,
is used for the reference clock output. The ROSSLP bit
determines if the reference source is available on RE3
when the device is in Sleep mode.
To use the reference clock output in Sleep mode, both
the ROSSLP and ROSEL bits must be set. The device
clock must also be configured for an EC or HS mode. If
not, the oscillator on OSC1 and OSC2 will be powered
down when the device enters Sleep mode. Clearing the
ROSEL bit allows the reference output frequency to
change as the system clock changes during any clock
switches.
DS39960C-page 53
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 3-4:
REFOCON: REFERENCE OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ROON
—
ROSSLP
ROSEL(1)
RODIV3
RODIV2
RODIV1
RODIV0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
ROON: Reference Oscillator Output Enable bit
1 = Reference oscillator output is available on REFO pin
0 = Reference oscillator output is disabled
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5
ROSSLP: Reference Oscillator Output Stop in Sleep bit
1 = Reference oscillator continues to run in Sleep
0 = Reference oscillator is disabled in Sleep
bit 4
ROSEL: Reference Oscillator Source Select bit(1)
1 = Primary oscillator (EC or HS) is used as the base clock
0 = System clock is used as the base clock; base clock reflects any clock switching of the device
bit 3-0
RODIV<3:0>: Reference Oscillator Divisor Select bits
1111 = Base clock value divided by 32,768
1110 = Base clock value divided by 16,384
1101 = Base clock value divided by 8,192
1100 = Base clock value divided by 4,096
1011 = Base clock value divided by 2,048
1010 = Base clock value divided by 1,024
1001 = Base clock value divided by 512
1000 = Base clock value divided by 256
0111 = Base clock value divided by 128
0110 = Base clock value divided by 64
0101 = Base clock value divided by 32
0100 = Base clock value divided by 16
0011 = Base clock value divided by 8
0010 = Base clock value divided by 4
0001 = Base clock value divided by 2
0000 = Base clock value
Note 1:
For ROSEL (REVOCON<4>), the primary oscillator is available only when configured as the default via the
FOSC settings. This is regardless of whether the device is in Sleep mode.
DS39960C-page 54
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
3.8
Effects of Power-Managed Modes
on the Various Clock Sources
When PRI_IDLE mode is selected, the designated primary oscillator continues to run without interruption.
For all other power-managed modes, the oscillator
using the OSC1 pin is disabled. The OSC1 pin (and
OSC2 pin if used by the oscillator) will stop oscillating.
In secondary clock modes (SEC_RUN and
SEC_IDLE), the SOSC oscillator is operating and
providing the device clock. The SOSC oscillator may
also run in all power-managed modes if required to
clock SOSC.
In RC_RUN and RC_IDLE modes, the internal
oscillator provides the device clock source. The 31 kHz
LF-INTOSC output can be used directly to provide the
clock and may be enabled to support various special
features, regardless of the power-managed mode (see
Section 28.2 “Watchdog Timer (WDT)” through
Section 28.5 “Fail-Safe Clock Monitor” for more
information on WDT, Fail-Safe Clock Monitor and
Two-Speed Start-up).
If the Sleep mode is selected, all clock sources are
stopped. Since all the transistor switching currents
have been stopped, Sleep mode achieves the lowest
current consumption of the device (only leakage
currents).
Enabling any on-chip feature that will operate during
Sleep will increase the current consumed during Sleep.
The INTOSC is required to support WDT operation.
TABLE 3-4:
The SOSC oscillator may be operating to support a
Real-Time Clock (RTC). Other features may be operating that do not require a device clock source (i.e.,
MSSP slave, INTx pins and others). Peripherals that
may add significant current consumption are listed in
Section 31.2 “DC Characteristics: Power-Down and
Supply Current PIC18F87K22 Family (Industrial)”.
3.9
Power-up Delays
Power-up delays are controlled by two timers, so that
no external Reset circuitry is required for most applications. The delays ensure that the device is kept in
Reset until the device power supply is stable under normal circumstances and the primary clock is operating
and stable. For additional information on power-up
delays, see Section 5.6 “Power-up Timer (PWRT)”.
The first timer is the Power-up Timer (PWRT), which
provides a fixed delay on power-up time of about 64 ms
(Parameter 33, Table 31-13); it is always enabled.
The second timer is the Oscillator Start-up Timer
(OST), intended to keep the chip in Reset until the
crystal oscillator is stable (HS, XT or LP modes). The
OST does this by counting 1,024 oscillator cycles
before allowing the oscillator to clock the device.
There is a delay of interval, TCSD (Parameter 38,
Table 31-13), following POR, while the controller
becomes ready to execute instructions.
OSC1 AND OSC2 PIN STATES IN SLEEP MODE
Oscillator Mode
OSC1 Pin
OSC2 Pin
EC, ECPLL
Floating, pulled by external clock
At logic low (clock/4 output)
HS, HSPLL
Feedback inverter disabled at quiescent
voltage level
Feedback inverter disabled at quiescent
voltage level
INTOSC, INTPLL1/2
I/O pin, RA6, direction controlled by
TRISA<6>
I/O pin, RA6, direction controlled by
TRISA<7>
Note:
See Section 5.0 “Reset” for time-outs due to Sleep and MCLR Reset.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 55
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39960C-page 56
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
4.0
POWER-MANAGED MODES
The PIC18F87K22 family of devices offers a total of
seven operating modes for more efficient power management. These modes provide a variety of options for
selective power conservation in applications where
resources may be limited (such as battery-powered
devices).
There are three categories of power-managed mode:
• Run modes
• Idle modes
• Sleep mode
There is an Ultra Low-Power Wake-up (ULPWU) for
waking from the Sleep mode.
These categories define which portions of the device
are clocked, and sometimes, at what speed. The Run
and Idle modes may use any of the three available
clock sources (primary, secondary or internal oscillator
block). The Sleep mode does not use a clock source.
The ULPWU mode, on the RA0 pin, enables a slow falling voltage to generate a wake-up, even from Sleep,
without excess current consumption. (See Section 4.7
“Ultra Low-Power Wake-up”.)
The power-managed modes include several powersaving features offered on previous PIC® devices. One
is the clock switching feature, offered in other PIC18
devices. This feature allows the controller to use the
SOSC oscillator instead of the primary one. Another
power-saving feature is Sleep mode, offered by all PIC
devices, where all device clocks are stopped.
4.1
Selecting Power-Managed Modes
Selecting a power-managed mode requires two
decisions:
• Will the CPU be clocked or not
• What will be the clock source
TABLE 4-1:
Sleep
PRI_RUN
CLOCK SOURCES
The SCS<1:0> bits select one of three clock sources
for power-managed modes. Those sources are:
• The primary clock as defined by the FOSC<3:0>
Configuration bits
• The secondary clock (the SOSC oscillator)
• The internal oscillator block (for LF-INTOSC
modes)
4.1.2
ENTERING POWER-MANAGED
MODES
Switching from one power-managed mode to another
begins by loading the OSCCON register. The
SCS<1:0> bits select the clock source and determine
which Run or Idle mode is used. Changing these bits
causes an immediate switch to the new clock source,
assuming that it is running. The switch may also be
subject to clock transition delays. These considerations
are discussed in Section 4.1.3 “Clock Transitions
and Status Indicators” and subsequent sections.
Entering the power-managed Idle or Sleep modes is
triggered by the execution of a SLEEP instruction. The
actual mode that results depends on the status of the
IDLEN bit.
Depending on the current and impending mode, a
change to a power-managed mode does not always
require setting all of the previously discussed bits. Many
transitions can be done by changing the oscillator select
bits, or changing the IDLEN bit, prior to issuing a SLEEP
instruction. If the IDLEN bit is already configured as
desired, it may only be necessary to perform a SLEEP
instruction to switch to the desired mode.
Module Clocking
Available Clock and Oscillator Source
IDLEN<7>(1)
SCS<1:0>
CPU
Peripherals
0
N/A
Off
Off
None – All clocks are disabled
Clocked
Primary – XT, LP, HS, EC, RC and PLL modes.
This is the normal, full-power execution mode.
Clocked
Clocked
Secondary – SOSC Oscillator
Clocked
Clocked
Internal oscillator block(2)
00
Off
Clocked
Primary – LP, XT, HS, RC, EC
01
Off
Clocked
Secondary – SOSC oscillator
1x
Off
Clocked
Internal oscillator block(2)
N/A
00
Clocked
SEC_RUN
N/A
01
RC_RUN
N/A
1x
PRI_IDLE
1
SEC_IDLE
1
RC_IDLE
1
Note 1:
2:
4.1.1
POWER-MANAGED MODES
OSCCON Bits
Mode
The IDLEN bit (OSCCON<7>) controls CPU clocking,
while the SCS<1:0> bits (OSCCON<1:0>) select the
clock source. The individual modes, bit settings, clock
sources and affected modules are summarized in
Table 4-1.
IDLEN reflects its value when the SLEEP instruction is executed.
Includes INTOSC (HF-INTOSC and MG-INTOSC) and INTOSC postscaler, as well as the LF-INTOSC
source.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 57
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
4.1.3
CLOCK TRANSITIONS AND STATUS
INDICATORS
The length of the transition between clock sources is
the sum of two cycles of the old clock source and
three to four cycles of the new clock source. This formula assumes that the new clock source is stable.
The HF-INTOSC and MF-INTOSC are termed as
INTOSC in this chapter.
Three bits indicate the current clock source and its
status, as shown in Table 4-2. The three bits are:
• OSTS (OSCCON<3>)
• HFIOFS (OSCCON<2>)
• SOSCRUN (OSCCON2<6>)
TABLE 4-2:
HFIOFS or
OSTS
SOSCRUN
MFIOFS
Primary Oscillator
1
0
0
INTOSC (HF-INTOSC or
MF-INTOSC)
0
1
0
Secondary Oscillator
0
0
1
MF-INTOSC or
HF-INTOSC as Primary
Clock Source
1
1
0
LF-INTOSC is Running or
INTOSC is Not Yet Stable
0
0
0
When the OSTS bit is set, the primary clock is providing
the device clock. When the HFIOFS or MFIOFS bit is
set, the INTOSC output is providing a stable 16 MHz
clock source to a divider that actually drives the device
clock. When the SOSCRUN bit is set, the SOSC oscillator is providing the clock. If none of these bits are set,
either the LF-INTOSC clock source is clocking the
device or the INTOSC source is not yet stable.
If the internal oscillator block is configured as the
primary clock source by the FOSC<3:0> Configuration
bits (CONFIG1H<3:0>), then the OSTS and HFIOFS or
MFIOFS bits can be set when in PRI_RUN or
PRI_IDLE modes. This indicates that the primary clock
(INTOSC output) is generating a stable 16 MHz output.
Entering another INTOSC power-managed mode at
the same frequency would clear the OSTS bit.
Note 1: Caution should be used when modifying
a single IRCF bit. At a lower VDD, it is
possible to select a higher clock speed
than is supportable by that VDD. Improper
device operation may result if the VDD/
FOSC specifications are violated.
2: Executing a SLEEP instruction does not
necessarily place the device into Sleep
mode. It acts as the trigger to place the
controller into either the Sleep mode or
one of the Idle modes, depending on the
setting of the IDLEN bit.
DS39960C-page 58
MULTIPLE SLEEP COMMANDS
The power-managed mode that is invoked with the
SLEEP instruction is determined by the setting of the
IDLEN bit at the time the instruction is executed. If
another SLEEP instruction is executed, the device will
enter the power-managed mode specified by IDLEN at
that time. If IDLEN has changed, the device will enter
the new power-managed mode specified by the new
setting.
4.2
Run Modes
In the Run modes, clocks to both the core and
peripherals are active. The difference between these
modes is the clock source.
SYSTEM CLOCK INDICATOR
Main Clock Source
4.1.4
4.2.1
PRI_RUN MODE
The PRI_RUN mode is the normal, full-power execution mode of the microcontroller. This is also the default
mode upon a device Reset, unless Two-Speed Start-up
is enabled. (For details, see Section 28.4 “Two-Speed
Start-up”.) In this mode, the OSTS bit is set. The
HFIOFS or MFIOFS bit may be set if the internal
oscillator block is the primary clock source. (See
Section 3.2 “Control Registers”.)
4.2.2
SEC_RUN MODE
The SEC_RUN mode is the compatible mode to the
“clock-switching” feature offered in other PIC18
devices. In this mode, the CPU and peripherals are
clocked from the SOSC oscillator. This enables lower
power consumption while retaining a high-accuracy
clock source.
SEC_RUN mode is entered by setting the SCS<1:0>
bits to ‘01’. The device clock source is switched to the
SOSC oscillator (see Figure 4-1), the primary oscillator
is shut down, the SOSCRUN bit (OSCCON2<6>) is set
and the OSTS bit is cleared.
Note:
The SOSC oscillator can be enabled by
setting the SOSCGO bit (OSCCON2<3>).
If this bit is set, the clock switch to the
SEC_RUN mode can switch immediately
once SCS<1:0> are set to ‘01’.
On transitions from SEC_RUN mode to PRI_RUN
mode, the peripherals and CPU continue to be clocked
from the SOSC oscillator while the primary clock is
started. When the primary clock becomes ready, a
clock switch back to the primary clock occurs (see
Figure 4-2). When the clock switch is complete, the
SOSCRUN bit is cleared, the OSTS bit is set and the
primary clock is providing the clock. The IDLEN and
SCS bits are not affected by the wake-up and the
SOSC oscillator continues to run.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 4-1:
TRANSITION TIMING FOR ENTRY TO SEC_RUN MODE
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
Q2
1
SOSCI
2
3
n-1
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
n
Clock Transition(1)
OSC1
CPU
Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter
PC
PC + 2
PC + 4
Note 1: Clock transition typically occurs within 2-4 TOSC.
FIGURE 4-2:
TRANSITION TIMING FROM SEC_RUN MODE TO PRI_RUN MODE (HSPLL)
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
SOSC
OSC1
TOST(1)
TPLL(1)
1
PLL Clock
Output
2
n-1 n
Clock
Transition(2)
CPU Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter
SCS<1:0> bits Changed
PC + 2
PC
PC + 4
OSTS bit Set
Note1:TOST = 1024 TOSC; TPLL = 2 ms (approx). These intervals are not shown to scale.
2: Clock transition typically occurs within 2-4 TOSC.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 59
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
4.2.3
RC_RUN MODE
In RC_RUN mode, the CPU and peripherals are
clocked from the internal oscillator block using the
INTOSC multiplexer. In this mode, the primary clock is
shut down. When using the LF-INTOSC source, this
mode provides the best power conservation of all the
Run modes, while still executing code. It works well for
user applications which are not highly timing-sensitive
or do not require high-speed clocks at all times.
If the primary clock source is the internal oscillator
block – either LF-INTOSC or INTOSC (MF-INTOSC or
HF-INTOSC) – there are no distinguishable differences
between the PRI_RUN and RC_RUN modes during
execution. Entering or exiting RC_RUN mode, however, causes a clock switch delay. Therefore, if the
primary clock source is the internal oscillator block,
using RC_RUN mode is not recommended.
This mode is entered by setting the SCS1 bit to ‘1’. To
maintain software compatibility with future devices, it is
recommended that the SCS0 bit also be cleared, even
though the bit is ignored. When the clock source is
switched to the INTOSC multiplexer (see Figure 4-3),
TABLE 4-3:
the primary oscillator is shut down and the OSTS bit is
cleared. The IRCF bits may be modified at any time to
immediately change the clock speed.
Note:
Caution should be used when modifying a
single IRCF bit. At a lower VDD, it is
possible to select a higher clock speed
than is supportable by that VDD. Improper
device operation may result if the VDD/
FOSC specifications are violated.
If the IRCF bits and the INTSRC bit are all clear, the
INTOSC output (HF-INTOSC/MF-INTOSC) is not
enabled and the HFIOFS and MFIOFS bits will remain
clear. There will be no indication of the current clock
source. The LF-INTOSC source is providing the device
clocks.
If the IRCF bits are changed from all clear (thus,
enabling the INTOSC output) or if INTSRC or
MFIOSEL is set, the HFIOFS or MFIOFS bit is set after
the INTOSC output becomes stable. For details, see
Table 4-3.
INTERNAL OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY STABILITY BITS
IRCF<2:0>
INTSRC
MFIOSEL
000
0
x
MFIOFS = 0, HFIOFS = 0 and clock source is LF-INTOSC
000
1
0
MFIOFS = 0, HFIOFS = 1 and clock source is HF-INTOSC
000
1
1
MFIOFS = 1, HFIOFS = 0 and clock source is MF-INTOSC
Non-Zero
x
0
MFIOFS = 0, HFIOFS = 1 and clock source is HF-INTOSC
Non-Zero
x
1
MFIOFS = 1, HFIOFS = 0 and clock source is MF-INTOSC
DS39960C-page 60
Status of MFIOFS or HFIOFS when INTOSC is Stable
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
Clocks to the device continue while the INTOSC source
stabilizes after an interval of TIOBST (Parameter 39,
Table 31-13).
On transitions from RC_RUN mode to PRI_RUN mode,
the device continues to be clocked from the INTOSC
multiplexer while the primary clock is started. When the
primary clock becomes ready, a clock switch to the
primary clock occurs (see Figure 4-4). When the clock
switch is complete, the HFIOFS or MFIOFS bit is
cleared, the OSTS bit is set and the primary clock is
providing the device clock. The IDLEN and SCS bits
are not affected by the switch. The LF-INTOSC source
will continue to run if either the WDT or the Fail-Safe
Clock Monitor is enabled.
If the IRCF bits were previously at a non-zero value, or
if INTSRC was set before setting SCS1 and the
INTOSC source was already stable, the HFIOFS or
MFIOFS bit will remain set.
FIGURE 4-3:
TRANSITION TIMING TO RC_RUN MODE
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
Q2
1
LF-INTOSC
2
3
Clock
OSC1
n-1
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
n
Transition(1)
CPU
Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter
PC
PC + 2
PC + 4
Note 1: Clock transition typically occurs within 2-4 TOSC.
FIGURE 4-4:
TRANSITION TIMING FROM RC_RUN MODE TO PRI_RUN MODE
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
Q1
INTOSC
Multiplexer
OSC1
TOST(1)
TPLL(1)
1
PLL Clock
Output
2
n-1 n
Clock
Transition(2)
CPU Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter
PC + 2
PC
SCS<1:0> bits Changed
PC + 4
OSTS bit Set
Note 1: TOST = 1024 TOSC; TPLL = 2 ms (approx). These intervals are not shown to scale.
2: Clock transition typically occurs within 2-4 TOSC.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 61
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
4.3
Sleep Mode
4.4
The power-managed Sleep mode in the PIC18F87K22
family of devices is identical to the legacy Sleep mode
offered in all other PIC devices. It is entered by clearing
the IDLEN bit (the default state on device Reset) and
executing the SLEEP instruction. This shuts down the
selected oscillator (Figure 4-5). All clock source status
bits are cleared.
Idle Modes
The Idle modes allow the controller’s CPU to be
selectively shut down while the peripherals continue to
operate. Selecting a particular Idle mode allows users
to further manage power consumption.
If the IDLEN bit is set to a ‘1’ when a SLEEP instruction is
executed, the peripherals will be clocked from the clock
source selected using the SCS<1:0> bits. The CPU,
however, will not be clocked. The clock source status bits
are not affected. This approach is a quick method to
switch from a given Run mode to its corresponding Idle
mode.
Entering Sleep mode from any other mode does not
require a clock switch. This is because no clocks are
needed once the controller has entered Sleep. If the
WDT is selected, the LF-INTOSC source will continue
to operate. If the SOSC oscillator is enabled, it will also
continue to run.
If the WDT is selected, the LF-INTOSC source will
continue to operate. If the SOSC oscillator is enabled,
it will also continue to run.
When a wake event occurs in Sleep mode (by interrupt,
Reset or WDT time-out), the device will not be clocked
until the clock source selected by the SCS<1:0> bits
becomes ready (see Figure 4-6). Alternately, the device
will be clocked from the internal oscillator block if either
the Two-Speed Start-up or the Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is
enabled (see Section 28.0 “Special Features of the
CPU”). In either case, the OSTS bit is set when the
primary clock is providing the device clocks. The IDLEN
and SCS bits are not affected by the wake-up.
Since the CPU is not executing instructions, the only
exits from any of the Idle modes are by interrupt, WDT
time-out or a Reset. When a wake event occurs, CPU
execution is delayed by an interval of TCSD
(Parameter 38, Table 31-13) while it becomes ready to
execute code. When the CPU begins executing code,
it resumes with the same clock source for the current
Idle mode. For example, when waking from RC_IDLE
mode, the internal oscillator block will clock the CPU
and peripherals (in other words, RC_RUN mode). The
IDLEN and SCS bits are not affected by the wake-up.
While in any Idle mode or Sleep mode, a WDT timeout will result in a WDT wake-up to the Run mode
currently specified by the SCS<1:0> bits.
FIGURE 4-5:
TRANSITION TIMING FOR ENTRY TO SLEEP MODE
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
OSC1
CPU
Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Sleep
Program
Counter
PC
FIGURE 4-6:
PC + 2
TRANSITION TIMING FOR WAKE FROM SLEEP (HSPLL)
Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Q1
OSC1
PLL Clock
Output
TOST(1)
TPLL(1)
CPU Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter
PC
Wake Event
PC + 2
PC + 4
PC + 6
OSTS bit Set
Note 1: TOST = 1024 TOSC; TPLL = 2 ms (approx). These intervals are not shown to scale.
DS39960C-page 62
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
4.4.1
PRI_IDLE MODE
4.4.2
This mode is unique among the three low-power Idle
modes, in that it does not disable the primary device
clock. For timing-sensitive applications, this allows for
the fastest resumption of device operation with its more
accurate, primary clock source, since the clock source
does not have to “warm-up” or transition from another
oscillator.
PRI_IDLE mode is entered from PRI_RUN mode by
setting the IDLEN bit and executing a SLEEP instruction. If the device is in another Run mode, set IDLEN
first, then clear the SCS bits and execute SLEEP.
Although the CPU is disabled, the peripherals continue
to be clocked from the primary clock source specified
by the FOSC<3:0> Configuration bits. The OSTS bit
remains set (see Figure 4-7).
When a wake event occurs, the CPU is clocked from the
primary clock source. A delay of interval, TCSD
(Parameter 39, Table 31-13), is required between the
wake event and the start of code execution. This is
required to allow the CPU to become ready to execute
instructions. After the wake-up, the OSTS bit remains
set. The IDLEN and SCS bits are not affected by the
wake-up (see Figure 4-8).
FIGURE 4-7:
SEC_IDLE MODE
In SEC_IDLE mode, the CPU is disabled but the
peripherals continue to be clocked from the SOSC
oscillator. This mode is entered from SEC_RUN by setting the IDLEN bit and executing a SLEEP instruction. If
the device is in another Run mode, set the IDLEN bit
first, then set the SCS<1:0> bits to ‘01’ and execute
SLEEP. When the clock source is switched to the SOSC
oscillator, the primary oscillator is shut down, the OSTS
bit is cleared and the SOSCRUN bit is set.
When a wake event occurs, the peripherals continue to
be clocked from the SOSC oscillator. After an interval
of TCSD following the wake event, the CPU begins
executing code being clocked by the SOSC oscillator.
The IDLEN and SCS bits are not affected by the wakeup and the SOSC oscillator continues to run (see
Figure 4-8).
TRANSITION TIMING FOR ENTRY TO IDLE MODE
Q1
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
OSC1
CPU Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter
PC
FIGURE 4-8:
PC + 2
TRANSITION TIMING FOR WAKE FROM IDLE TO RUN MODE
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
OSC1
TCSD
CPU Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter
PC
Wake Event
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 63
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
4.4.3
RC_IDLE MODE
In RC_IDLE mode, the CPU is disabled but the peripherals continue to be clocked from the internal oscillator
block using the INTOSC multiplexer. This mode
provides controllable power conservation during Idle
periods.
From RC_RUN, this mode is entered by setting the
IDLEN bit and executing a SLEEP instruction. If the
device is in another Run mode, first set IDLEN, then set
the SCS1 bit and execute SLEEP. To maintain software
compatibility with future devices, it is recommended
that SCS0 also be cleared, though its value is ignored.
The INTOSC multiplexer may be used to select a
higher clock frequency by modifying the IRCF bits
before executing the SLEEP instruction. When the
clock source is switched to the INTOSC multiplexer, the
primary oscillator is shut down and the OSTS bit is
cleared.
If the IRCF bits are set to any non-zero value, or the
INTSRC/MFIOSEL bit is set, the INTOSC output is
enabled. The HFIOFS/MFIOFS bits become set, after
the INTOSC output becomes stable, after an interval of
TIOBST (Parameter 38, Table 31-13). (For information
on the HFIOFS/MFIOFS bits, see Table 4-3.)
Clocks to the peripherals continue while the INTOSC
source stabilizes. The HFIOFS/MFIOFS bits will
remain set if the IRCF bits were previously at a nonzero value or if INTSRC was set before the SLEEP
instruction was executed and the INTOSC source was
already stable. If the IRCF bits and INTSRC are all
clear, the INTOSC output will not be enabled, the
HFIOFS/MFIOFS bits will remain clear and there will be
no indication of the current clock source.
When a wake event occurs, the peripherals continue to
be clocked from the INTOSC multiplexer. After a delay
of TCSD (Parameter 38, Table 31-13) following the
wake event, the CPU begins executing code clocked
by the INTOSC multiplexer. The IDLEN and SCS bits
are not affected by the wake-up. The INTRC source will
continue to run if either the WDT or the Fail-Safe Clock
Monitor is enabled.
DS39960C-page 64
4.5
Selective Peripheral Module
Control
Idle mode allows users to substantially reduce power
consumption by stopping the CPU clock. Even so,
peripheral modules still remain clocked, and thus, consume power. There may be cases where the application needs what this mode does not provide: the
allocation of power resources to the CPU processing
with minimal power consumption from the peripherals.
PIC18F87K22 family devices address this requirement
by allowing peripheral modules to be selectively
disabled, reducing or eliminating their power
consumption. This can be done with two control bits:
• Peripheral Enable bit, generically named XXXEN –
Located in the respective module’s main control
register
• Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) bit, generically
named, XXXMD – Located in one of the PMDx
Control registers (PMD0, PMD1, PMD2 or PMD3)
Disabling a module by clearing its XXXEN bit disables
the module’s functionality, but leaves its registers
available to be read and written to. This reduces power
consumption, but not by as much as the second
approach.
Most peripheral modules have an enable bit.
In contrast, setting the PMD bit for a module disables
all clock sources to that module, reducing its power
consumption to an absolute minimum. In this state, the
control and status registers associated with the peripheral are also disabled, so writes to those registers have
no effect and read values are invalid. Many peripheral
modules have a corresponding PMD bit.
There are four PMD registers in the PIC18F87K22 family
devices: PMD0, PMD1, PMD2 and PMD3. These
registers have bits associated with each module for
disabling or enabling a particular peripheral.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 4-1:
R/W-0
(1)
CCP10MD
PMD3: PERIPHERAL MODULE DISABLE REGISTER 3
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CCP9MD(1)
CCP8MD
CCP7MD
CCP6MD
CCP5MD
CCP4MD
TMR12MD(1)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
CCP10MD: PMD CCP10 Enable/Disable bit(1)
1 = Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) is enabled for CCP10, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for CCP10
bit 6
CCP9MD: PMD CCP9 Enable/Disable bit(1)
1 = Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) is enabled for CCP9, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for CCP9
bit 5
CCP8MD: PMD CCP8 Enable/Disable bit
1 = Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) is enabled for CCP8, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for CCP8
bit 4
CCP7MD: PMD CCP7 Enable/Disable bit
1 = Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) is enabled for CCP7, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for CCP7
bit 3
CCP6MD: PMD CCP6 Enable/Disable bit
1 = Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) is enabled for CCP6, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for CCP6
bit 2
CCP5MD: PMD CCP5 Enable/Disable bit
1 = Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) is enabled for CCP5, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for CCP5
bit 1
CCP4MD: PMD CCP4 Enable/Disable bit
1 = Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) is enabled for CCP4, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for CCP4
bit 0
TMR12MD: TMR12MD Disable bit(1)
1 = PMD is enabled and all TMR12MD clock sources are disabled
0 = PMD is disabled and TMR12MD is enabled
Note 1:
Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 65
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 4-2:
PMD2: PERIPHERAL MODULE DISABLE REGISTER 2
R/W-0
(1)
TMR10MD
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
TMR8MD
TMR7MD(1)
TMR6MD
TMR5MD
CMP3MD
CMP2MD
CMP1MD
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
TMR10MD: TMR10MD Disable bit(1)
1 = Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) is enabled and all TMR10MD clock sources are disabled
0 = PMD is disabled and TMR10MD is enabled
bit 6
TMR8MD: TMR8MD Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled and all TMR8MD clock sources are disabled
0 = PMD is disabled and TMR8MD is enabled
bit 5
TMR7MD: TMR7MD Disable bit(1)
1 = PMD is enabled and all TMR7MD clock sources are disabled
0 = PMD is disabled and TMR7MD is enabled
bit 4
TMR6MD: TMR6MD Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled and all TMR6MD clock sources are disabled
0 = PMD is disabled and TMR6MD is enabled
bit 3
TMR5MD: TMR5MD Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled and all TMR5MD clock sources are disabled
0 = PMD is disabled and TMR5MD is enabled
bit 2
CMP3MD: PMD Comparator 3 Enable/Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled for Comparator 3, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for Comparator 3
bit 1
CMP2MD: PMD Comparator 3 Enable/Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled for Comparator 2, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for Comparator 2
bit 0
CMP1MD: PMD Comparator 3 Enable/Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled for Comparator 1, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for Comparator 1
Note 1:
Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
DS39960C-page 66
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 4-3:
PMD1: PERIPHERAL MODULE DISABLE REGISTER 1
R/W-0
R/W-0
PSPMD
CTMUMD
R/W-0
(1)
RTCCMD
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
TMR4MD
TMR3MD
TMR2MD
TMR1MD
EMBMD
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
PSPMD: Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) PSP Enable/Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled for PSP, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for PSP
bit 6
CTMUMD: PMD CTMU Enable/Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled for CTMU, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for CTMU
bit 5
RTCCMD: PMD RTCC Enable/Disable bit(1)
1 = PMD is enabled for RTCC, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for RTCC
bit 4
TMR4MD: TMR4MD Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled and all TMR4MD clock sources disabled
0 = PMD is disabled and TMR4MD is enabled
bit 3
TMR3MD: TMR3MD Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled and all TMR3MD clock sources disabled
0 = PMD is disabled and TMR3MD is enabled
bit 2
TMR2MD: TMR2MD Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled and all TMR2MD clock sources disabled
0 = PMD is disabled and TMR2MD is enabled
bit 1
TMR1MD: TMR1MD Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled and all TMR1MD clock sources disabled
0 = PMD is disabled and TMR1MD is enabled
bit 0
EMBMD: PMD EMB Enable/Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled for EMB, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for EMB
x = Bit is unknown
Note 1: RTCCMD can only be set to ‘1’ after an EECON2 unlock sequence. Refer to Section 18.0 “Real-Time
Clock and Calendar (RTCC)” for the unlock sequence (Example 18-1).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 67
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 4-4:
PMD0: PERIPHERAL MODULE DISABLE REGISTER 0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CCP3MD
CCP2MD
CCP1MD
UART2MD
UART1MD
SSP2MD
SSP1MD
ADCMD
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
CCP3MD: PMD ECCP3 Enable/Disable bit
1 = Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) is enabled for ECCP3, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for ECCP3
bit 6
CCP2MD: PMD ECCP2 Enable/Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled for ECCP2, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for ECCP2
bit 5
CCP1MD: PMD ECCP1 Enable/Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled for ECCP1, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for ECCP1
bit 4
UART2MD: PMD UART2 Enable/Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled for UART2, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for UART2
bit 3
UART1MD: PMD UART1 Enable/Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled for UART1, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for UART1
bit 2
SSP2MD: PMD MSSP2 Enable/Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled for MSSP2, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for MSSP2
bit 1
SSP1MD: PMD MSSP1 Enable/Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled for MSSP1, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for MSSP1
bit 0
ADCMD: PMD Analog/Digital Converter PMD Enable/Disable bit
1 = PMD is enabled for the Analog/Digital Converter, disabling all of its clock sources
0 = PMD is disabled for the Analog/Digital Converter
DS39960C-page 68
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
4.6
Exiting Idle and Sleep Modes
An exit from Sleep mode or any of the Idle modes is
triggered by an interrupt, a Reset or a WDT time-out.
This section discusses the triggers that cause exits
from power-managed modes. The clocking subsystem
actions are discussed in each of the power-managed
modes (see Section 4.2 “Run Modes”, Section 4.3
“Sleep Mode” and Section 4.4 “Idle Modes”).
4.6.1
EXIT BY INTERRUPT
Any of the available interrupt sources can cause the
device to exit from an Idle mode or Sleep mode to a
Run mode. To enable this functionality, an interrupt
source must be enabled by setting its enable bit in one
of the INTCONx or PIEx registers. The exit sequence is
initiated when the corresponding interrupt flag bit is set.
On all exits from Idle or Sleep modes by interrupt, code
execution branches to the interrupt vector if the GIE/
GIEH bit (INTCON<7>) is set. Otherwise, code execution continues or resumes without branching (see
Section 11.0 “Interrupts”).
4.6.2
EXIT BY WDT TIME-OUT
A WDT time-out will cause different actions depending
on which power-managed mode the device is in when
the time-out occurs.
If the device is not executing code (all Idle modes and
Sleep mode), the time-out will result in an exit from the
power-managed mode (see Section 4.2 “Run
Modes” and Section 4.3 “Sleep Mode”). If the device
is executing code (all Run modes), the time-out will
result in a WDT Reset (see Section 28.2 “Watchdog
Timer (WDT)”).
Executing a SLEEP or CLRWDT instruction clears the
WDT timer and postscaler, loses the currently selected
clock source (if the Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is enabled)
and modifies the IRCF bits in the OSCCON register (if
the internal oscillator block is the device clock source).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.6.3
EXIT BY RESET
Normally, the device is held in Reset by the Oscillator
Start-up Timer (OST) until the primary clock becomes
ready. At that time, the OSTS bit is set and the device
begins executing code. If the internal oscillator block is
the new clock source, the HFIOFS/MFIOFS bits are set
instead.
The exit delay time from Reset to the start of code
execution depends on both the clock sources before
and after the wake-up, and the type of oscillator, if the
new clock source is the primary clock. Exit delays are
summarized in Table 4-4.
Code execution can begin before the primary clock
becomes ready. If either the Two-Speed Start-up (see
Section 28.4 “Two-Speed Start-up”) or Fail-Safe
Clock Monitor (see Section 28.5 “Fail-Safe Clock
Monitor”) is enabled, the device may begin execution
as soon as the Reset source has cleared. Execution is
clocked by the INTOSC multiplexer driven by the
internal oscillator block. Execution is clocked by the
internal oscillator block until either the primary clock
becomes ready or a power-managed mode is entered
before the primary clock becomes ready; the primary
clock is then shut down.
4.6.4
EXIT WITHOUT AN OSCILLATOR
START-UP DELAY
Certain exits from power-managed modes do not
invoke the OST at all. The two cases are:
• When in PRI_IDLE mode, where the primary
clock source is not stopped
• When the primary clock source is not any of the
LP, XT, HS or HSPLL modes
In these instances, the primary clock source either
does not require an oscillator start-up delay, since it is
already running (PRI_IDLE), or normally, does not
require an oscillator start-up delay (RC, EC and INTIO
Oscillator modes). However, a fixed delay of interval,
TCSD, following the wake event, is still required when
leaving Sleep and Idle modes to allow the CPU to
prepare for execution. Instruction execution resumes
on the first clock cycle following this delay.
DS39960C-page 69
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
4.7
Ultra Low-Power Wake-up
The Ultra Low-Power Wake-up (ULPWU) on pin, RA0,
allows a slow falling voltage to generate an interrupt
without excess current consumption.
To use this feature:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
A series resistor, between RA0 and the external capacitor, provides overcurrent protection for the RA0/AN0/
ULPWU pin and enables software calibration of the
time-out (see Figure 4-9).
FIGURE 4-9:
Charge the capacitor on RA0 by configuring the
RA0 pin to an output and setting it to ‘1’.
Stop charging the capacitor by configuring RA0
as an input.
Discharge the capacitor by setting the ULPEN
and ULPSINK bits in the WDTCON register.
Configure Sleep mode.
Enter Sleep mode.
ULTRA LOW-POWER
WAKE-UP INITIALIZATION
RA0/AN0/ULPWU
When the voltage on RA0 drops below VIL, the device
wakes up and executes the next instruction.
This feature provides a low-power technique for
periodically waking up the device from Sleep mode.
The time-out is dependent on the discharge time of the
RC circuit on RA0.
When the ULPWU module wakes the device from
Sleep mode, the ULPLVL bit (WDTCON<5>) is set.
Software can check this bit upon wake-up to determine
the wake-up source.
See Example 4-1 for initializing the ULPWU module.
EXAMPLE 4-1:
ULTRA LOW-POWER
WAKE-UP INITIALIZATION
A timer can be used to measure the charge time and
discharge time of the capacitor. The charge time can
then be adjusted to provide the desired delay in Sleep.
This technique compensates for the affects of temperature, voltage and component accuracy. The peripheral
can also be configured as a simple Programmable
Low-Voltage Detect (LVD) or temperature sensor.
Note:
For more information, see AN879, “Using
the Microchip Ultra Low-Power Wake-up
Module” (DS00879).
//***************************
//Charge the capacitor on RA0
//***************************
TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 0;
PORTAbits.RA0 = 1;
for(i = 0; i < 10000; i++) Nop();
//*****************************
//Stop Charging the capacitor
//on RA0
//*****************************
TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 1;
//*****************************
//Enable the Ultra Low Power
//Wakeup module and allow
//capacitor discharge
//*****************************
WDTCONbits.ULPEN = 1;
WDTCONbits.ULPSINK = 1;
//For Sleep
OSCCONbits.IDLEN = 0;
//Enter Sleep Mode
//
Sleep();
//for sleep, execution will
//resume here
DS39960C-page 70
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 4-4:
EXIT DELAY ON WAKE-UP BY RESET FROM SLEEP MODE OR ANY IDLE MODE
(BY CLOCK SOURCES)
Power-Managed
Mode
Clock Source(5)
Exit Delay
Clock Ready
Status Bits
LP, XT, HS
HSPLL
PRI_IDLE mode
EC, RC
HF-INTOSC(2)
OSTS
TCSD(1)
MF-INTOSC(2)
LF-INTOSC
SEC_IDLE mode
SOSC
None
TCSD(1)
SOSCRUN
TCSD(1)
MFIOFS
HF-INTOSC(2)
RC_IDLE mode
MF-INTOSC(2)
HFIOFS
LF-INTOSC
Sleep mode
TOST(3)
HSPLL
TOST + trc(3)
EC, RC
TCSD(1)
HF-INTOSC(2)
LF-INTOSC
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
None
LP, XT, HS
MF-INTOSC(2)
HFIOFS
MFIOFS
OSTS
HFIOFS
TIOBST(4)
MFIOFS
None
TCSD (Parameter 38, Table 31-13) is a required delay when waking from Sleep and all Idle modes, and
runs concurrently with any other required delays (see Section 4.4 “Idle Modes”).
Includes postscaler derived frequencies. On Reset, INTOSC defaults to HF-INTOSC at 8 MHz.
TOST is the Oscillator Start-up Timer (Parameter 32, Table 31-13). TRC is the PLL Lock-out Timer
(Parameter F12, Table 31-7); it is also designated as TPLL.
Execution continues during TIOBST (Parameter 39, Table 31-13), the INTOSC stabilization period.
The clock source is dependent upon the settings of the SCS (OSCCON<1:0>), IRCF (OSCCON<6:4>)
and FOSC (CONFIG1H<3:0>) bits.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 71
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39960C-page 72
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
5.0
RESET
5.1
The PIC18F87K22 family of devices differentiates
between various kinds of Reset:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
Power-on Reset (POR)
MCLR Reset during normal operation
MCLR Reset during power-managed modes
Watchdog Timer (WDT) Reset (during
execution)
Configuration Mismatch (CM) Reset
Brown-out Reset (BOR)
RESET Instruction
Stack Full Reset
Stack Underflow Reset
RCON Register
Device Reset events are tracked through the RCON
register (Register 5-1). The lower five bits of the
register indicate that a specific Reset event has
occurred. In most cases, these bits can only be set by
the event and must be cleared by the application after
the event.
The state of these flag bits, taken together, can be read
to indicate the type of Reset that just occurred. This is
described in more detail in Section 5.7 “Reset State
of Registers”.
The RCON register also has a control bit for setting
interrupt priority (IPEN). Interrupt priority is discussed
in Section 11.0 “Interrupts”.
This section discusses Resets generated by MCLR,
POR and BOR, and covers the operation of the various
start-up timers. Stack Reset events are covered in
Section 6.1.3.4 “Stack Full and Underflow Resets”.
WDT Resets are covered in Section 28.2 “Watchdog
Timer (WDT)”.
A simplified block diagram of the on-chip Reset circuit
is shown in Figure 5-1.
FIGURE 5-1:
SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT
RESET Instruction
Configuration Word Mismatch
Stack
Pointer
Stack Full/Underflow Reset
External Reset
MCLR
( )_IDLE
Sleep
WDT
Time-out
VDD Rise
Detect
VDD
POR Pulse
Brown-out
Reset
S
PWRT
32 s
PWRT
LF-INTOSC
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
66 ms
11-Bit Ripple Counter
R
Q
Chip_Reset
DS39960C-page 73
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 5-1:
RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R-1
R-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
IPEN
SBOREN
CM
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
IPEN: Interrupt Priority Enable bit
1 = Enable priority levels on interrupts
0 = Disable priority levels on interrupts (PIC16CXXX Compatibility mode)
bit 6
SBOREN: BOR Software Enable bit
If BOREN<1:0> = 01:
1 = BOR is enabled
0 = BOR is disabled
If BOREN<1:0> = 00, 10 or 11:
Bit is disabled and read as ‘0’.
bit 5
CM: Configuration Mismatch Flag bit
1 = A Configuration Mismatch Reset has not occurred
0 = A Configuration Mismatch Reset has occurred (must be set in software after a Configuration
Mismatch Reset occurs)
bit 4
RI: RESET Instruction Flag bit
1 = The RESET instruction was not executed (set by firmware only)
0 = The RESET instruction was executed causing a device Reset (must be set in software after a
Brown-out Reset occurs)
bit 3
TO: Watchdog Time-out Flag bit
1 = Set by power-up, CLRWDT instruction or SLEEP instruction
0 = A WDT time-out occurred
bit 2
PD: Power-Down Detection Flag bit
1 = Set by power-up or by the CLRWDT instruction
0 = Set by execution of the SLEEP instruction
bit 1
POR: Power-on Reset Status bit
1 = A Power-on Reset has not occurred (set by firmware only)
0 = A Power-on Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset occurs)
bit 0
BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit
1 = A Brown-out Reset has not occurred (set by firmware only)
0 = A Brown-out Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Brown-out Reset occurs)
Note 1: It is recommended that the POR bit be set after a Power-on Reset has been detected, so that subsequent
Power-on Resets may be detected.
2: Brown-out Reset is said to have occurred when BOR is ‘0’ and POR is ‘1’ (assuming that POR was set to
‘1’ by software immediately after a Power-on Reset).
DS39960C-page 74
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
5.2
Master Clear (MCLR)
The MCLR pin provides a method for triggering a hard
external Reset of the device. A Reset is generated by
holding the pin low. PIC18 extended microcontroller
devices have a noise filter in the MCLR Reset path
which detects and ignores small pulses.
The MCLR pin is not driven low by any internal Resets,
including the WDT.
5.3
Power-on Reset (POR)
A Power-on Reset condition is generated on-chip
whenever VDD rises above a certain threshold. This
allows the device to start in the initialized state when
VDD is adequate for operation.
To take advantage of the POR circuitry, tie the MCLR
pin through a resistor (1 k to 10 k) to VDD. This will
eliminate external RC components usually needed to
create a Power-on Reset delay. A minimum rise rate for
VDD is specified (Parameter D004). For a slow rise
time, see Figure 5-2.
When the device starts normal operation (exiting the
Reset condition), device operating parameters (such
as voltage, frequency and temperature) must be met to
ensure operation. If these conditions are not met, the
device must be held in Reset until the operating
conditions are met.
Power-on Reset events are captured by the POR bit
(RCON<1>). The state of the bit is set to ‘0’ whenever
a Power-on Reset occurs and does not change for any
other Reset event. POR is not reset to ‘1’ by any
hardware event. To capture multiple events, the user
manually resets the bit to ‘1’ in software following any
Power-on Reset.
5.4
In Zero-Power BOR (ZPBORMV), the module monitors
the VDD voltage and re-arms the POR at about 2V.
ZPBORMV does not cause a Reset, but re-arms the
POR.
The BOR accuracy varies with its power level. The lower
the power setting, the less accurate the BOR trip levels
are. Therefore, the high-power BOR has the highest
accuracy and the low-power BOR has the lowest
accuracy. The trip levels (BVDD, Parameter D005), current consumption (Section 31.2 “DC Characteristics:
Power-Down and Supply Current PIC18F87K22
Family (Industrial)”) and time required below BVDD
(TBOR, Parameter 35) can all be found in Section 31.0
“Electrical Characteristics”.
FIGURE 5-2:
D
Each power mode is selected by the BORPWR<1:0>
setting (CONFIG2L<6:5>). For low, medium and highpower BOR, the module monitors the VDD depending
on the BORV<1:0> setting (CONFIG1L<3:2>). A BOR
event re-arms the Power-on Reset. It also causes a
Reset, depending on which of the trip levels has been
set: 1.8V, 2V, 2.7V or 3V.
BOR is enabled by BOREN<1:0> (CONFIG2L<2:1>)
and the SBOREN bit (RCON<6>). The typical current
draw (IBOR) for zero, low and medium power BOR is
200 nA, 750 nA and 3 A, respectively.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
R
R1
MCLR
C
PIC18F87K22
Note 1:
External Power-on Reset circuit is required
only if the VDD power-up slope is too slow.
The diode, D, helps discharge the capacitor
quickly when VDD powers down.
2:
R < 40 k is recommended to make sure that
the voltage drop across R does not violate
the device’s electrical specification.
3:
R1  1 k will limit any current flowing into
MCLR from external capacitor, C, in the event
of MCLR/VPP pin breakdown, due to
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) or Electrical
Overstress (EOS).
Brown-out Reset (BOR)
High-Power BOR
Medium Power BOR
Low-Power BOR
Zero-Power BOR
VDD
VDD
The PIC18F87K22 family has four BOR power modes:
•
•
•
•
EXTERNAL POWER-ON
RESET CIRCUIT (FOR
SLOW VDD POWER-UP)
5.4.1
DETECTING BOR
The BOR bit always resets to ‘0’ on any Brown-out
Reset or Power-on Reset event. This makes it difficult
to determine if a Brown-out Reset event has occurred
just by reading the state of BOR alone. A more reliable
method is to simultaneously check the state of both
POR and BOR. This assumes that the POR bit is reset
to ‘1’ in software immediately after any Power-on Reset
event. If BOR is ‘0’ while POR is ‘1’, it can be reliably
assumed that a Brown-out Reset event has occurred.
LP-BOR cannot be detected with the BOR bit in the
RCON register. LP-BOR can rearm the POR and can
cause a Power-on Reset.
DS39960C-page 75
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
5.5
Configuration Mismatch (CM)
5.6
Power-up Timer (PWRT)
The Configuration Mismatch (CM) Reset is designed to
detect, and attempt to recover from, random, memory
corrupting events. These include Electrostatic Discharge
(ESD) events that can cause widespread, single bit
changes throughout the device and result in catastrophic
failure.
PIC18F87K22 family devices incorporate an on-chip
Power-up Timer (PWRT) to help regulate the Power-on
Reset process. The PWRT is enabled by setting the
PWRTEN bit (CONFIG2L<0>). The main function is to
ensure that the device voltage is stable before code is
executed.
In PIC18F87K22 family Flash devices, the device
Configuration registers (located in the configuration
memory space) are continuously monitored during
operation by comparing their values to complimentary
shadow registers. If a mismatch is detected between
the two sets of registers, a CM Reset automatically
occurs. These events are captured by the CM bit
(RCON<5>). The state of the bit is set to ‘0’ whenever
a CM event occurs and does not change for any other
Reset event.
The Power-up Timer (PWRT) of the PIC18F87K22
family devices is a 13-bit counter that uses the
LF-INTOSC source as the clock input. This yields an
approximate time interval of 2,048 x 32 s = 66 ms.
While the PWRT is counting, the device is held in
Reset.
A CM Reset behaves similarly to a Master Clear Reset,
RESET instruction, WDT time-out or Stack Event Reset.
As with all hard and power Reset events, the device
Configuration Words are reloaded from the Flash
Configuration Words in program memory as the device
restarts.
The power-up time delay depends on the LF-INTOSC
clock and will vary from chip-to-chip due to temperature
and process variation. See DC Parameter 33 for
details.
5.6.1
TIME-OUT SEQUENCE
If enabled, the PWRT time-out is invoked after the POR
pulse has cleared. The total time-out will vary based on
the status of the PWRT. Figure 5-3, Figure 5-4,
Figure 5-5 and Figure 5-6 all depict time-out
sequences on power-up with the Power-up Timer
enabled.
Since the time-outs occur from the POR pulse, if
MCLR is kept low long enough, the PWRT will expire.
Bringing MCLR high will begin execution immediately
(Figure 5-5). This is useful for testing purposes, or for
synchronizing more than one PIC18 device operating
in parallel.
FIGURE 5-3:
TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR TIED TO VDD, VDD RISE < TPWRT)
VDD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
TPWRT
PWRT TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
DS39960C-page 76
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 5-4:
TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO VDD): CASE 1
VDD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
TPWRT
PWRT TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO VDD): CASE 2
FIGURE 5-5:
VDD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
TPWRT
PWRT TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
FIGURE 5-6:
SLOW RISE TIME (MCLR TIED TO VDD, VDD RISE > TPWRT)
3.3V
VDD
0V
1V
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
TPWRT
PWRT TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 77
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
5.7
different Reset situations, as indicated in Table 5-1.
These bits are used in software to determine the nature
of the Reset.
Reset State of Registers
Most registers are unaffected by a Reset. Their status
is unknown on POR and unchanged by all other
Resets. The other registers are forced to a “Reset
state” depending on the type of Reset that occurred.
Table 5-2 describes the Reset states for all of the
Special Function Registers. These are categorized by
Power-on and Brown-out Resets, Master Clear and
WDT Resets, and WDT wake-ups.
Most registers are not affected by a WDT wake-up,
since this is viewed as the resumption of normal
operation. Status bits from the RCON register (CM, RI,
TO, PD, POR and BOR) are set or cleared differently in
TABLE 5-1:
STATUS BITS, THEIR SIGNIFICANCE AND THE INITIALIZATION CONDITION FOR
RCON REGISTER
RCON Register
STKPTR Register
Program
Counter(1)
CM
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
STKFUL
STKUNF
Power-on Reset
0000h
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
RESET instruction
0000h
u
0
u
u
u
u
u
u
Brown-out Reset
0000h
1
1
1
1
u
0
u
u
Configuration Mismatch Reset
0000h
0
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
MCLR Reset during
power-managed Run modes
0000h
u
u
1
u
u
u
u
u
MCLR Reset during powermanaged Idle modes and
Sleep mode
0000h
u
u
1
0
u
u
u
u
MCLR Reset during full-power
execution
0000h
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
Stack Full Reset (STVREN = 1)
0000h
u
u
u
u
u
u
1
u
Stack Underflow Reset
(STVREN = 1)
0000h
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
1
Stack Underflow Error (not an
actual Reset, STVREN = 0)
0000h
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
1
WDT time-out during full-power
or power-managed Run modes
0000h
u
u
0
u
u
u
u
u
WDT time-out during
power-managed Idle or Sleep
modes
PC + 2
u
u
0
0
u
u
u
u
Interrupt exit from
power-managed modes
PC + 2
u
u
u
0
u
u
u
u
Condition
Legend: u = unchanged
Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEH or GIEL bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt
vector (0008h or 0018h).
DS39960C-page 78
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 5-2:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets,
WDT Reset,
RESET Instruction,
Stack Resets,
CM Resets
TOSU
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
---0 0000
---0 0000
---0 uuuu(1)
TOSH
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu(1)
TOSL
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu(1)
STKPTR
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
00-0 0000
uu-0 0000
uu-u uuuu(1)
PCLATU
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
PCLATH
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PCL
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
PC + 2(2)
TBLPTRU
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
--00 0000
--00 0000
--uu uuuu
TBLPTRH
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TBLPTRL
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TABLAT
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PRODH
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PRODL
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
INTCON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 000x
0000 000u
uuuu uuuu(3)
INTCON2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu(3)
INTCON3
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1100 0000
1100 0000
uuuu uuuu(3)
INDF0
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTINC0
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTDEC0
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
N/A
N/A
N/A
PREINC0
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
N/A
N/A
N/A
PLUSW0
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
N/A
N/A
FSR0H
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
---- 0000
---- 0000
---- uuuu
FSR0L
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
WREG
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
INDF1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
N/A
N/A
POSTINC1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTDEC1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
N/A
N/A
N/A
PREINC1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
N/A
N/A
N/A
PLUSW1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
N/A
N/A
FSR1H
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
---- 0000
---- 0000
FSR1L
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
BSR
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
---- 0000
---- 0000
---- uuuu
Register
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
N/A
N/A
N/A
---- uuuu
u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the hardware
stack.
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector
(0008h or 0018h).
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
See Table 5-1 for Reset value for specific condition.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 79
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 5-2:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets,
WDT Reset,
RESET Instruction,
Stack Resets,
CM Resets
INDF2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
N/A
N/A
POSTINC2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTDEC2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
N/A
N/A
N/A
PREINC2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
N/A
N/A
N/A
PLUSW2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
N/A
N/A
N/A
FSR2H
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
---- xxxx
----uuuu
---- uuuu
FSR2L
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
STATUS
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
---x xxxx
---u uuuu
---u uuuu
TMR0H
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TMR0L
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
T0CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
SPBRGH1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
OSCCON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0110 q000
0110 q000
uuuu quuu
IPR5
PIC18F65K22
PIC18F85K22
---1 -111
---1 -111
---u -uuu
IPR5
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
1000 0000
1000 0000
uuuu uuuu
WDTCON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0-x0 -000
0-x0 -000
u-uu -uuu
RCON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0111 11qq
0uqq qquu
uuuu qquu
TMR1H
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TMR1L
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
T1CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TMR2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PR2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
T2CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
-000 0000
-000 0000
-uuu uuuu
SSP1BUF
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
SSP1ADD
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSP1STAT
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSP1CON1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSP1CON2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
ADRESH
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ADRESL
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ADCON0
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
-000 0000
-000 0000
-uuu uuuu
ADCON1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
ADCON2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0-00 0000
0-00 0000
u-uu uuuu
Register
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
N/A
u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the hardware
stack.
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector
(0008h or 0018h).
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
See Table 5-1 for Reset value for specific condition.
DS39960C-page 80
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 5-2:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets,
WDT Reset,
RESET Instruction,
Stack Resets,
CM Resets
ECCP1AS
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
ECCP1DEL
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CCPR1H
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCPR1L
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCP1CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PIR5
PIC18F65K22
PIC18F85K22
---0 -000
---0 -000
---u -uuu
PIR5
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PIE5
PIC18F65K22
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu(1)
PIE5
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
0000 000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu(1)
IPR4
PIC18F65K22
PIC18F85K22
--11 1111
--11 1111
--uu uuuu
IPR4
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
PIR4
PIC18F65K22
PIC18F85K22
--00 0000
--00 0000
--uu uuuu(1)
PIR4
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu(1)
PIE4
PIC18F65K22
PIC18F85K22
--00 0000
--00 0000
--uu uuuu
PIE4
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CVRCON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CMSTAT
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxx- ----
xxx- ----
uuu- ----
TMR3H
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TMR3L
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
T3CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0x00
uuuu uuuu
T3GCON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0x00
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SPBRG1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
RCREG1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TXREG1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
TXSTA1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0010
0000 0010
uuuu uuuu
RCSTA1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 000x
0000 000x
uuuu uuuu
T1GCON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0x00
0000 0x00
uuuu -uuu
IPR6
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
---1 -111
---1 -111
---u -uuu
HLVDCON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0101
0000 0101
uuuu uuuu
PSPCON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 ----
0000 ----
uuuu ----
PIR6
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
---0 -000
---0 -000
---u -uuu
Register
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
PIC18F85K22
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the hardware
stack.
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector
(0008h or 0018h).
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
See Table 5-1 for Reset value for specific condition.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 81
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 5-2:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets,
WDT Reset,
RESET Instruction,
Stack Resets,
CM Resets
IPR3
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1-11 1111
1-11 1111
u-uu uuuu
PIR3
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0-00 0000
0-00 0000
u-uu uuuu
PIE3
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0-00 0000
0-00 0000
u-uu uuuu
IPR2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1-11 1111
1-11 1111
u-uu uuuu
PIR2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0-10 0000
0-10 0000
u-uu uuuu
PIE2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0-00 0000
0-00 0000
u-uu uuuu
IPR1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
PIR1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PIE1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PSTR1CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
00-0 0001
00-0 0001
uu-u uuuu
OSCTUNE
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TRISJ
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISH
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISG
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
---1 1111
---1 1111
---u uuuu
TRISF
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 111-
1111 111-
---u uuuu
TRISE
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISD
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISC
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISB
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISA
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
LATJ
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATH
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATG
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
---x xxxx
---u uuuu
---u uuuu
LATF
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxx-
uuuu uuu-
uuuu uuu-
LATE
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATD
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATC
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATB
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATA
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PORTJ
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
PORTH
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
PORTG
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
--xx xxxx
--xx xxxx
--uu uuuu
PORTF
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxx-
xxxx xxx-
uuuu uuu-
PORTE
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
Register
PORTD
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the hardware
stack.
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector
(0008h or 0018h).
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
See Table 5-1 for Reset value for specific condition.
DS39960C-page 82
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 5-2:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets,
WDT Reset,
RESET Instruction,
Stack Resets,
CM Resets
PORTC
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PORTB
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PORTA
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xx0x 0000
uu0u 0000
uuuu uuuu
EECON1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xx-0 x000
uu-0 u000
uu-u uuuu
EECON2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
---- ----
---- ----
---- ----
TMR5H
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TMR5L
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
T5CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
T5GCON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0x00
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCPR4H
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCPR4L
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCP4CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
--00 0000
--00 0000
--uu uuuu
CCPR5H
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCPR5L
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCP5CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
--00 0000
--00 0000
--uu uuuu
CCPR6H
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCPR6L
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCP6CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
--00 0000
--00 0000
--uu uuuu
Register
xxxx xxxx
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
CCPR7H
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCPR7L
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCP7CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
--00 0000
--00 0000
--uu uuuu
TMR4
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
PR4
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 1111
1111 1111
1111 1111
T4CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
-111 1111
-111 1111
-uuu uuuu
SSP2BUF
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
SSP2ADD
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSP2STAT
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSP2CON1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSP2CON2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0100 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
BAUDCON1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0100 0-00
0100 0-00
uuuu u-uu
OSCCON2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
-0-- 0-x0
-0-- 0-u0
-u-- u-uu
EEADRH
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
---- --00
---- --00
---- --uu
EEADR
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
EEDATA
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
---0 -000
---0 -000
---u -uuu
PIE6
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
xxxx xxxx
u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the hardware
stack.
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector
(0008h or 0018h).
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
See Table 5-1 for Reset value for specific condition.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 83
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 5-2:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets,
WDT Reset,
RESET Instruction,
Stack Resets,
CM Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
RTCCFG
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0-00 0000
u-uu uuuu
u-uu uuuu
RTCCAL
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RTCVALH
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RTCVALL
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ALRMCFG
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ALRMRPT
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ALRMVALH
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ALRMVALL
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CTMUCONH
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0-00 0000
0-00 0000
u-uu uuuu
CTMUCONL
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 00xx
0000 00xx
uuuu uuuu
CTMUICONH
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CM1CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0001 1111
0001 1111
uuuu uuuu
PADCFG1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
00-- -00-
uu-- -uu-
uu-- -uu-
PADCFG1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
000- -00-
uuu- -uu-
uuu- -uu-
ECCP2AS
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
ECCP2DEL
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CCPR2H
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCPR2L
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCP2CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
ECCP3AS
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
ECCP3DEL
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CCPR3H
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCPR3L
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCP3CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CCPR8H
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCPR8L
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCP8CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
--00 0000
--00 0000
--uu uuuu
CCPR9H
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCPR9L
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCP9CON
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
--00 0000
--00 0000
--uu uuuu
CCPR10H
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCPR10L
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the hardware
stack.
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector
(0008h or 0018h).
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
See Table 5-1 for Reset value for specific condition.
DS39960C-page 84
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 5-2:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets,
WDT Reset,
RESET Instruction,
Stack Resets,
CM Resets
CCP10CON
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
--00 0000
--00 0000
--uu uuuu
TMR7H
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TMR7L
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
T7CON
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
T7GCON
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
0000 0x00
0000 0x00
uuuu uuuu
TMR6
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PR6
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
T6CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
-000 0000
-000 0000
-uuu uuuu
TMR8
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PR8
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
T8CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
-000 0000
-000 0000
-uuu uuuu
TMR10
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PR10
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
T10CON
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
-000 0000
-000 0000
-uuu uuuu
TMR12
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PR12
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
T12CON
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
-000 0000
-000 0000
-uuu uuuu
CM2CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0001 1111
0001 1111
uuuu uuuu
CM3CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0001 1111
0001 1111
uuuu uuuu
CCPTMRS0
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCPTMRS1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
00-0 -000
uu-u -uuu
uu-u -uuu
CCPTMRS2
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
---0 -000
---u -uuu
---u -uuu
CCPTMRS2
PIC18F65K22
PIC18F85K22
---- --00
---- --uu
---- --uu
REFOCON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0-00 0000
u-uu uuuu
u-uu uuuu
ODCON1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
000- ---0
uuu- ---u
uuu- ---u
Register
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the hardware
stack.
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector
(0008h or 0018h).
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
See Table 5-1 for Reset value for specific condition.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 85
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 5-2:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets,
WDT Reset,
RESET Instruction,
Stack Resets,
CM Resets
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ODCON2
PIC18F65K22
PIC18F85K22
--00 0000
--uu uuuu
--uu uuuu
ODCON3
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
00-- ---0
uu-- ---u
uu-- ---u
MEMCON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0-00 --00
0-00 --00
u-uu --uu
ANCON0
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ANCON1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ANCON2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RCSTA2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 000x
0000 000x
uuuu uuuu
TXSTA2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0010
0000 0010
uuuu uuuu
BAUDCON2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0100 0-00
0100 0-00
uuuu u-uu
SPBRGH2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SPBRG2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
RCREG2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TXREG2
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
PSTR2CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
00-0 0001
00-0 0001
uu-u uuuu
PSTR3CON
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
00-0 0001
00-0 0001
uu-u uuuu
PMD0
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PMD1
PIC18F6XK22 PIC18F8XK22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PMD2
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PMD2
PIC18F65K22
PIC18F85K22
-0-0 0000
-0-0 0000
-u-u uuuu
PMD3
PIC18F66K22 PIC18F86K22
PIC18F67K22 PIC18F87K22
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PIC18F65K22
--00 000-
--00 000-
--uu uuu-
Register
ODCON2
PMD3
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
PIC18F85K22
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the hardware
stack.
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector
(0008h or 0018h).
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
See Table 5-1 for Reset value for specific condition.
DS39960C-page 86
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
6.0
MEMORY ORGANIZATION
PIC18F87K22 family devices have these types of
memory:
• Program Memory
• Data RAM
• Data EEPROM
As Harvard architecture devices, the data and program
memories use separate busses. This enables
concurrent access of the two memory spaces.
FIGURE 6-1:
The data EEPROM, for practical purposes, can be
regarded as a peripheral device because it is
addressed and accessed through a set of control
registers.
Additional detailed information on the operation of the
Flash program memory is provided in Section 7.0
“Flash Program Memory”. The data EEPROM is
discussed separately in Section 9.0 “Data EEPROM
Memory”.
MEMORY MAPS FOR PIC18F87K22 FAMILY DEVICES
PC<20:0>
CALL, CALLW, RCALL,
RETURN, RETFIE, RETLW,
ADDULNK, SUBULNK
21
Stack Level 1


Stack Level 31
PIC18FX5K22
On-Chip
Memory
PIC18FX6K22
On-Chip
Memory
PIC18FX7K22
On-Chip
Memory
000000h
007FFFh
01FFFFh
Unimplemented
Unimplemented
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
Read as ‘0’
Read as ‘0’
User Memory Space
00FFFFh
1FFFFFh
Note:
Sizes of memory areas are not to scale. Sizes of program memory areas are enhanced to show detail.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 87
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
6.1
Program Memory Organization
PIC18 microcontrollers implement a 21-bit program
counter that is capable of addressing a 2-Mbyte
program memory space. Accessing a location between
the upper boundary of the physically implemented
memory and the 2-Mbyte address will return all ‘0’s (a
NOP instruction).
The entire PIC18F87K22 family offers a range of
on-chip Flash program memory sizes, from 32 Kbytes
(up to 16,384 single-word instructions) to 128 Kbytes
(65,536 single-word instructions).
• PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22 – 32 Kbytes of
Flash memory, storing up to 16,384 single-word
instructions
• PIC18F66K22 and PIC18F86K22 – 64 Kbytes of
Flash memory, storing up to 32,768 single-word
instructions
• PIC18F67K22 and PIC18F87K22 – 128 Kbytes of
Flash memory, storing up to 65,536 single-word
instructions
The program memory maps for individual family
members are shown in Figure 6-1.
6.1.1
FIGURE 6-2:
Reset Vector
0000h
High-Priority Interrupt Vector
0008h
Low-Priority Interrupt Vector
0018h
On-Chip
Program Memory
HARD MEMORY VECTORS
Read ‘0’
All PIC18 devices have a total of three hard-coded
return vectors in their program memory space. The
Reset vector address is the default value to which the
program counter returns on all device Resets; it is
located at 0000h.
PIC18 devices also have two interrupt vector
addresses for handling high-priority and low-priority
interrupts. The high-priority interrupt vector is located at
0008h and the low-priority interrupt vector is at 0018h.
The locations of these vectors are shown, in relation to
the program memory map, in Figure 6-2.
DS39960C-page 88
HARD VECTOR FOR
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
DEVICES
1FFFFFh
Legend:
(Top of Memory) represents upper boundary
of on-chip program memory space (see
Figure 6-1 for device-specific values).
Shaded area represents unimplemented
memory. Areas are not shown to scale.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
6.1.2
PROGRAM COUNTER
The Program Counter (PC) specifies the address of the
instruction to fetch for execution. The PC is 21 bits wide
and contained in three separate 8-bit registers.
The low byte, known as the PCL register, is both
readable and writable. The high byte, or PCH register,
contains the PC<15:8> bits and is not directly readable
or writable. Updates to the PCH register are performed
through the PCLATH register. The upper byte is called
PCU. This register contains the PC<20:16> bits; it is
also not directly readable or writable. Updates to the
PCU register are performed through the PCLATU
register.
The contents of PCLATH and PCLATU are transferred
to the program counter by any operation that writes
PCL. Similarly, the upper two bytes of the program
counter are transferred to PCLATH and PCLATU by an
operation that reads PCL. This is useful for computed
offsets to the PC (see Section 6.1.5.1 “Computed
GOTO”).
The PC addresses bytes in the program memory. To
prevent the PC from becoming misaligned with word
instructions, the Least Significant bit of PCL is fixed to
a value of ‘0’. The PC increments by two to address
sequential instructions in the program memory.
The CALL, RCALL, GOTO and program branch
instructions write to the program counter directly. For
these instructions, the contents of PCLATH and
PCLATU are not transferred to the program counter.
6.1.3
RETURN ADDRESS STACK
The return address stack enables execution of any
combination of up to 31 program calls and interrupts.
The PC is pushed onto the stack when a CALL or
RCALL instruction is executed or an interrupt is
Acknowledged. The PC value is pulled off the stack on
a RETURN, RETLW or a RETFIE instruction. The value
also is pulled off the stack on ADDULNK and SUBULNK
instructions, if the extended instruction set is enabled.
PCLATU and PCLATH are not affected by any of the
RETURN or CALL instructions.
FIGURE 6-3:
The stack operates as a 31-word by 21-bit RAM and a
5-bit Stack Pointer, STKPTR. The stack space is not
part of either program or data space. The Stack Pointer
is readable and writable and the address on the top of
the stack is readable and writable through the
Top-of-Stack Special Function Registers. Data can also
be pushed to, or popped from, the stack using these
registers.
A CALL type instruction causes a push onto the stack.
The Stack Pointer is first incremented and the location
pointed to by the Stack Pointer is written with the
contents of the PC (already pointing to the instruction
following the CALL). A RETURN type instruction causes
a pop from the stack. The contents of the location
pointed to by the STKPTR are transferred to the PC
and then the Stack Pointer is decremented.
The Stack Pointer is initialized to ‘00000’ after all
Resets. There is no RAM associated with the location
corresponding to a Stack Pointer value of ‘00000’; this
is only a Reset value. Status bits indicate if the stack is
full, has overflowed or has underflowed.
6.1.3.1
Top-of-Stack Access
Only the top of the return address stack (TOS) is
readable and writable. A set of three registers,
TOSU:TOSH:TOSL, holds the contents of the stack
location pointed to by the STKPTR register
(Figure 6-3). This allows users to implement a software
stack, if necessary. After a CALL, RCALL or interrupt (or
ADDULNK and SUBULNK instructions, if the extended
instruction set is enabled), the software can read the
pushed value by reading the TOSU:TOSH:TOSL registers. These values can be placed on a user-defined
software stack. At return time, the software can return
these values to TOSU:TOSH:TOSL and do a return.
While accessing the stack, users must disable the
global interrupt enable bits to prevent inadvertent stack
corruption.
RETURN ADDRESS STACK AND ASSOCIATED REGISTERS
Return Address Stack <20:0>
Stack Pointer
Top-of-Stack Registers
TOSU
00h
TOSH
1Ah
TOSL
34h
Top-of-Stack
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
11111
11110
11101
001A34h
000D58h
STKPTR<4:0>
00010
00011
00010
00001
00000
DS39960C-page 89
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
6.1.3.2
Return Stack Pointer (STKPTR)
The STKPTR register (Register 6-1) contains the Stack
Pointer value, the STKFUL (Stack Full) status bit and
the STKUNF (Stack Underflow) status bits. The value
of the Stack Pointer can be 0 through 31. The Stack
Pointer increments before values are pushed onto the
stack and decrements after values are popped off the
stack. On Reset, the Stack Pointer value will be zero.
When the stack has been popped enough times to
unload the stack, the next pop will return a value of zero
to the PC and set the STKUNF bit, while the Stack
Pointer remains at zero. The STKUNF bit will remain
set until cleared by software or until a POR occurs.
Note:
The user may read and write the Stack Pointer value.
This feature can be used by a Real-Time Operating
System (RTOS) for return-stack maintenance.
After the PC is pushed onto the stack 31 times (without
popping any values off the stack), the STKFUL bit is
set. The STKFUL bit is cleared by software or by a
POR.
What happens when the stack becomes full depends
on the state of the STVREN (Stack Overflow Reset
Enable) Configuration bit. (For a description of the
device Configuration bits, see Section 28.1 “Configuration Bits”.) If STVREN is set (default), the 31st push
will push the (PC + 2) value onto the stack, set the
STKFUL bit and reset the device. The STKFUL bit will
remain set and the Stack Pointer will be set to zero.
If STVREN is cleared, the STKFUL bit will be set on the
31st push and the Stack Pointer will increment to 31.
Any additional pushes will not overwrite the 31st push
and the STKPTR will remain at 31.
REGISTER 6-1:
6.1.3.3
Returning a value of zero to the PC on an
underflow has the effect of vectoring the
program to the Reset vector, where the
stack conditions can be verified and
appropriate actions can be taken. This is
not the same as a Reset, as the contents
of the SFRs are not affected.
PUSH and POP Instructions
Since the Top-of-Stack is readable and writable, the
ability to push values onto the stack and pull values off
the stack, without disturbing normal program execution, is a desirable feature. The PIC18 instruction set
includes two instructions, PUSH and POP, that permit
the TOS to be manipulated under software control.
TOSU, TOSH and TOSL can be modified to place data
or a return address on the stack.
The PUSH instruction places the current PC value onto
the stack. This increments the Stack Pointer and loads
the current PC value onto the stack.
The POP instruction discards the current TOS by
decrementing the Stack Pointer. The previous value
pushed onto the stack then becomes the TOS value.
STKPTR: STACK POINTER REGISTER
R/C-0
R/C-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
STKFUL(1)
STKUNF(1)
—
SP4
SP3
SP2
SP1
SP0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
C = Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
STKFUL: Stack Full Flag bit(1)
1 = Stack has become full or overflowed
0 = Stack has not become full or overflowed
bit 6
STKUNF: Stack Underflow Flag bit(1)
1 = Stack underflow has occurred
0 = Stack underflow did not occur
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
SP<4:0>: Stack Pointer Location bits
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
Bit 7 and bit 6 are cleared by user software or by a POR.
DS39960C-page 90
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
6.1.3.4
Stack Full and Underflow Resets
Device Resets on stack overflow and stack underflow
conditions are enabled by setting the STVREN bit
(CONFIG4L<0>). When STVREN is set, a full or underflow condition will set the appropriate STKFUL or
STKUNF bit and then cause a device Reset. When
STVREN is cleared, a full or underflow condition will set
the appropriate STKFUL or STKUNF bit, but not cause
a device Reset. The STKFUL or STKUNF bits are
cleared by the user software or a Power-on Reset.
6.1.4
FAST REGISTER STACK
A Fast Register Stack is provided for the STATUS,
WREG and BSR registers to provide a “fast return”
option for interrupts. This stack is only one level deep
and is neither readable nor writable. It is loaded with the
current value of the corresponding register when the
processor vectors for an interrupt. All interrupt sources
will push values into the Stack registers. The values in
the registers are then loaded back into the working
registers if the RETFIE, FAST instruction is used to
return from the interrupt.
6.1.5
LOOK-UP TABLES IN PROGRAM
MEMORY
There may be programming situations that require the
creation of data structures, or look-up tables, in
program memory. For PIC18 devices, look-up tables
can be implemented in two ways:
• Computed GOTO
• Table Reads
6.1.5.1
Computed GOTO
A computed GOTO is accomplished by adding an offset
to the program counter. An example is shown in
Example 6-2.
A look-up table can be formed with an ADDWF PCL
instruction and a group of RETLW nn instructions. The
W register is loaded with an offset into the table before
executing a call to that table. The first instruction of the
called routine is the ADDWF PCL instruction. The next
instruction executed will be one of the RETLW nn
instructions that returns the value ‘nn’ to the calling
function.
If both low and high-priority interrupts are enabled, the
Stack registers cannot be used reliably to return from
low-priority interrupts. If a high-priority interrupt occurs
while servicing a low-priority interrupt, the Stack
register values stored by the low-priority interrupt will
be overwritten. In these cases, users must save the key
registers in software during a low-priority interrupt.
The offset value (in WREG) specifies the number of
bytes that the program counter should advance and
should be multiples of two (LSb = 0).
If interrupt priority is not used, all interrupts may use the
Fast Register Stack for returns from interrupt. If no
interrupts are used, the Fast Register Stack can be
used to restore the STATUS, WREG and BSR registers
at the end of a subroutine call. To use the Fast Register
Stack for a subroutine call, a CALL label, FAST
instruction must be executed to save the STATUS,
WREG and BSR registers to the Fast Register Stack. A
RETURN, FAST instruction is then executed to restore
these registers from the Fast Register Stack.
EXAMPLE 6-2:
Example 6-1 shows a source code example that uses
the Fast Register Stack during a subroutine call and
return.
EXAMPLE 6-1:
CALL SUB1, FAST
FAST REGISTER STACK
CODE EXAMPLE
;STATUS, WREG, BSR
;SAVED IN FAST REGISTER
;STACK




RETURN FAST
SUB1
;RESTORE VALUES SAVED
;IN FAST REGISTER STACK
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
In this method, only one data byte may be stored in
each instruction location and room on the return
address stack is required.
ORG
TABLE
6.1.5.2
MOVF
CALL
nn00h
ADDWF
RETLW
RETLW
RETLW
.
.
.
COMPUTED GOTO USING
AN OFFSET VALUE
OFFSET, W
TABLE
PCL
nnh
nnh
nnh
Table Reads
A better method of storing data in program memory
allows two bytes of data to be stored in each instruction
location.
Look-up table data may be stored two bytes per
program word while programming. The Table Pointer
(TBLPTR) specifies the byte address and the Table
Latch (TABLAT) contains the data that is read from the
program memory. Data is transferred from program
memory one byte at a time.
The table read operation is discussed further in
Section 7.1 “Table Reads and Table Writes”.
DS39960C-page 91
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
6.2
6.2.2
PIC18 Instruction Cycle
6.2.1
An “Instruction Cycle” consists of four Q cycles, Q1
through Q4. The instruction fetch and execute are pipelined in such a manner that a fetch takes one instruction
cycle, while the decode and execute take another
instruction cycle. However, due to the pipelining, each
instruction effectively executes in one cycle. If an
instruction (such as GOTO) causes the program counter
to change, two cycles are required to complete the
instruction. (See Example 6-3.)
CLOCKING SCHEME
The microcontroller clock input, whether from an
internal or external source, is internally divided by four
to generate four non-overlapping quadrature clocks
(Q1, Q2, Q3 and Q4). Internally, the program counter is
incremented on every Q1, with the instruction fetched
from the program memory and latched into the
Instruction Register (IR) during Q4.
The instruction is decoded and executed during the
following Q1 through Q4. The clocks and instruction
execution flow are shown in Figure 6-4.
FIGURE 6-4:
INSTRUCTION FLOW/PIPELINING
A fetch cycle begins with the Program Counter (PC)
incrementing in Q1.
In the execution cycle, the fetched instruction is latched
into the Instruction Register (IR) in cycle Q1. This
instruction is then decoded and executed during the
Q2, Q3 and Q4 cycles. Data memory is read during Q2
(operand read) and written during Q4 (destination
write).
CLOCK/INSTRUCTION CYCLE
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
OSC1
Q1
Q2
Internal
Phase
Clock
Q3
Q4
PC
PC
PC + 2
PC + 4
OSC2/CLKO
(RC mode)
Execute INST (PC – 2)
Fetch INST (PC)
EXAMPLE 6-3:
1. MOVLW 55h
4. BSF
Execute INST (PC + 2)
Fetch INST (PC + 4)
INSTRUCTION PIPELINE FLOW
TCY0
TCY1
Fetch 1
Execute 1
2. MOVWF PORTB
3. BRA
Execute INST (PC)
Fetch INST (PC + 2)
SUB_1
PORTA, BIT3 (Forced NOP)
5. Instruction @ address SUB_1
Fetch 2
TCY2
TCY3
TCY4
TCY5
Execute 2
Fetch 3
Execute 3
Fetch 4
Flush (NOP)
Fetch SUB_1 Execute SUB_1
All instructions are single cycle, except for any program branches. These take two cycles since the fetch instruction
is “flushed” from the pipeline while the new instruction is being fetched and then executed.
DS39960C-page 92
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
6.2.3
INSTRUCTIONS IN PROGRAM
MEMORY
The program memory is addressed in bytes. Instructions are stored as two or four bytes in program
memory. The Least Significant Byte of an instruction
word is always stored in a program memory location
with an even address (LSB = 0). To maintain alignment
with instruction boundaries, the PC increments in steps
of two and the LSB will always read ‘0’ (see
Section 6.1.2 “Program Counter”).
Figure 6-5 shows an example of how instruction words
are stored in the program memory.
FIGURE 6-5:
The CALL and GOTO instructions have the absolute
program memory address embedded into the instruction. Since instructions are always stored on word
boundaries, the data contained in the instruction is a
word address. The word address is written to PC<20:1>
which accesses the desired byte address in program
memory. Instruction #2 in Figure 6-5 shows how the
instruction, GOTO 0006h, is encoded in the program
memory. Program branch instructions, which encode a
relative address offset, operate in the same manner. The
offset value stored in a branch instruction represents the
number of single-word instructions that the PC will be
offset by. For more details on the instruction set, see
Section 29.0 “Instruction Set Summary”.
INSTRUCTIONS IN PROGRAM MEMORY
LSB = 1
LSB = 0
0Fh
EFh
F0h
C1h
F4h
55h
03h
00h
23h
56h
Program Memory
Byte Locations 
6.2.4
Instruction 1:
Instruction 2:
MOVLW
GOTO
055h
0006h
Instruction 3:
MOVFF
123h, 456h
TWO-WORD INSTRUCTIONS
The standard PIC18 instruction set has four, two-word
instructions: CALL, MOVFF, GOTO and LSFR. In all
cases, the second word of the instructions always has
‘1111’ as its four Most Significant bits. The other 12 bits
are literal data, usually a data memory address.
The use of ‘1111’ in the 4 MSbs of an instruction
specifies a special form of NOP. If the instruction is
executed in proper sequence, immediately after the
first word, the data in the second word is accessed and
EXAMPLE 6-4:
Word Address

000000h
000002h
000004h
000006h
000008h
00000Ah
00000Ch
00000Eh
000010h
000012h
000014h
used by the instruction sequence. If the first word is
skipped, for some reason, and the second word is
executed by itself, a NOP is executed instead. This is
necessary for cases when the two-word instruction is
preceded by a conditional instruction that changes the
PC. Example 6-4 shows how this works.
Note:
For information on two-word instructions
in the extended instruction set, see
Section 6.5 “Program Memory and the
Extended Instruction Set”.
TWO-WORD INSTRUCTIONS
CASE 1:
Object Code
Source Code
0110 0110 0000 0000
TSTFSZ
REG1
1100 0001 0010 0011
MOVFF
REG1, REG2 ; No, skip this word
ADDWF
REG3
; continue code
; is RAM location 0?
1111 0100 0101 0110
0010 0100 0000 0000
; is RAM location 0?
; Execute this word as a NOP
CASE 2:
Object Code
Source Code
0110 0110 0000 0000
TSTFSZ
REG1
1100 0001 0010 0011
MOVFF
REG1, REG2 ; Yes, execute this word
ADDWF
REG3
1111 0100 0101 0110
0010 0100 0000 0000
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
; 2nd word of instruction
; continue code
DS39960C-page 93
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
6.3
Note:
Data Memory Organization
The operation of some aspects of data
memory are changed when the PIC18
extended instruction set is enabled. See
Section 6.6 “Data Memory and the
Extended Instruction Set” for more
information.
The data memory in PIC18 devices is implemented as
static RAM. Each register in the data memory has a
12-bit address, allowing up to 4,096 bytes of data
memory. The memory space is divided into as many as
16 banks that contain 256 bytes each. PIC18FX6K22
and PIC18FX7K22 devices implement all 16 complete
banks, for a total of 4 Kbytes. PIC18FX5K22 devices
implement only the first eight complete banks, for a
total of 2 Kbytes.
Figure 6-6 and Figure 6-7 show the data memory
organization for the devices.
The data memory contains Special Function Registers
(SFRs) and General Purpose Registers (GPRs). The
SFRs are used for control and status of the controller
and peripheral functions, while GPRs are used for data
storage and scratchpad operations in the user’s
application. Any read of an unimplemented location will
read as ‘0’s.
The instruction set and architecture allow operations
across all banks. The entire data memory may be
accessed by Direct, Indirect or Indexed Addressing
modes. Addressing modes are discussed later in this
section.
To ensure that commonly used registers (select SFRs
and select GPRs) can be accessed in a single cycle,
PIC18 devices implement an Access Bank. This is a
256-byte memory space that provides fast access to
select SFRs and the lower portion of GPR Bank 0 without using the Bank Select Register. For details on the
Access RAM, see Section 6.3.2 “Access Bank”.
6.3.1
BANK SELECT REGISTER
Large areas of data memory require an efficient
addressing scheme to make it possible for rapid access
to any address. Ideally, this means that an entire
address does not need to be provided for each read or
write operation. For PIC18 devices, this is accomplished with a RAM banking scheme. This divides the
memory space into 16 contiguous banks of 256 bytes.
Depending on the instruction, each location can be
addressed directly by its full 12-bit address, or an
eight-bit, low-order address and a four-bit Bank Pointer.
Most instructions in the PIC18 instruction set make use
of the Bank Pointer, known as the Bank Select Register
(BSR). This SFR holds the four Most Significant bits of
a location’s address. The instruction itself includes the
eight Least Significant bits. Only the four lower bits of
the BSR are implemented (BSR<3:0>). The upper four
bits are unused, always read as ‘0’ and cannot be
written to. The BSR can be loaded directly by using the
MOVLB instruction.
The value of the BSR indicates the bank in data
memory. The eight bits in the instruction show the location in the bank and can be thought of as an offset from
the bank’s lower boundary. The relationship between
the BSR’s value and the bank division in data memory
is shown in Figure 6-7.
Since up to 16 registers may share the same low-order
address, the user must always be careful to ensure that
the proper bank is selected before performing a data
read or write. For example, writing what should be
program data to an eight-bit address of F9h, while the
BSR is 0Fh, will end up resetting the program counter.
While any bank can be selected, only those banks that
are actually implemented can be read or written to.
Writes to unimplemented banks are ignored, while
reads from unimplemented banks will return ‘0’s. Even
so, the STATUS register will still be affected as if the
operation was successful. The data memory map in
Figure 6-6 indicates which banks are implemented.
In the core PIC18 instruction set, only the MOVFF
instruction fully specifies the 12-bit address of the
source and target registers. When this instruction
executes, it ignores the BSR completely. All other
instructions include only the low-order address as an
operand and must use either the BSR or the Access
Bank to locate their target registers.
DS39960C-page 94
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 6-6:
DATA MEMORY MAP FOR PIC18FX5K22 AND PIC18FX7K22 DEVICES
BSR<3:0>
Data Memory Map
00h
= 0000
= 0001
= 0010
= 0011
= 0100
= 0101
= 0110
= 0111
= 1000
= 1001
= 1010
= 1011
= 1100
= 1101
= 1110
= 1111
Bank 0
FFh
00h
Bank 1
Access RAM
GPR
GPR
1FFh
200h
FFh
00h
Bank 2
GPR
FFh
00h
Bank 3
2FFh
300h
GPR
FFh
00h
Bank 4
The second 160 bytes are
Special Function Registers
(from Bank 15).
When a = 1:
3FFh
400h
The BSR specifies the bank
used by the instruction.
5FFh
600h
GPR
Bank 6
FFh
00h
6FFh
700h
GPR
Bank 7
FFh
00h
7FFh
800h
GPR(2)
Bank 8
FFh
00h
Bank 9
8FFh
900h
Access Bank
Access RAM Low
00h
5Fh
Access RAM High 60h
(SFRs)
FFh
GPR(2)
9FFh
A00h
FFh
00h
Bank 13
The first 96 bytes are general
purpose RAM (from Bank 0).
4FFh
500h
FFh
00h
Bank 12
The BSR is ignored and the
Access Bank is used.
GPR
Bank 5
Bank 11
When a = 0:
GPR
FFh
00h
Bank 10
000h
05Fh
060h
0FFh
100h
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
GPR(2)
GPR(2)
GPR(2)
AFFh
B00h
BFFh
C00h
CFFh
D00h
GPR(2)
DFFh
E00h
FFh
00h
GPR(2)
Bank 14
FFh
00h
GPR(1,2)
FFh
SFR
Bank 15
EFFh
F00h
F5Fh
F60h
FFFh
Note 1:
Addresses, F16h through F5Fh, are also used by SFRs, but are not part of the Access RAM. Users must
always use the complete address, or load the proper BSR value, to access these registers.
2:
These addresses are unused for devices with 32 Kbytes of program memory (PIC18FX5K22). For those
devices, read these addresses at 00h.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 95
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 6-7:
USE OF THE BANK SELECT REGISTER (DIRECT ADDRESSING)
BSR(1)
7
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bank Select(2)
1
0
000h
Data Memory
Bank 0
100h
Bank 1
200h
300h
Bank 2
00h
7
FFh
00h
1
From Opcode(2)
1
11
1
11
1
0
11
11
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
Bank 3
through
Bank 13
E00h
Bank 14
F00h
FFFh
Note 1:
2:
6.3.2
Bank 15
FFh
00h
FFh
The Access RAM bit of the instruction can be used to force an override of the selected bank (BSR<3:0>)
to the registers of the Access Bank.
The MOVFF instruction embeds the entire 12-bit address in the instruction.
ACCESS BANK
While the use of the BSR, with an embedded 8-bit
address, allows users to address the entire range of data
memory, it also means that the user must ensure that the
correct bank is selected. If not, data may be read from,
or written to, the wrong location. This can be disastrous
if a GPR is the intended target of an operation, but an
SFR is written to instead. Verifying and/or changing the
BSR for each read or write to data memory can become
very inefficient.
To streamline access for the most commonly used data
memory locations, the data memory is configured with
an Access Bank, which allows users to access a
mapped block of memory without specifying a BSR.
The Access Bank consists of the first 96 bytes of
memory (00h-5Fh) in Bank 0 and the last 160 bytes of
memory (60h-FFh) in Bank 15. The lower half is known
as the “Access RAM” and is composed of GPRs. The
upper half is where the device’s SFRs are mapped.
These two areas are mapped contiguously in the
Access Bank and can be addressed in a linear fashion
by an eight-bit address (Figure 6-6).
The Access Bank is used by core PIC18 instructions
that include the Access RAM bit (the ‘a’ parameter in
the instruction). When ‘a’ is equal to ‘1’, the instruction
uses the BSR and the 8-bit address included in the
opcode for the data memory address. When ‘a’ is ‘0’,
DS39960C-page 96
FFh
00h
however, the instruction is forced to use the Access
Bank address map. In that case, the current value of
the BSR is ignored entirely.
Using this “forced” addressing allows the instruction to
operate on a data address in a single cycle without
updating the BSR first. For 8-bit addresses of 60h and
above, this means that users can evaluate and operate
on SFRs more efficiently. The Access RAM below 60h
is a good place for data values that the user might need
to access rapidly, such as immediate computational
results or common program variables.
Access RAM also allows for faster and more code
efficient context saving and switching of variables.
The mapping of the Access Bank is slightly different
when the extended instruction set is enabled (XINST
Configuration bit = 1). This is discussed in more detail
in Section 6.6.3 “Mapping the Access Bank in
Indexed Literal Offset Mode”.
6.3.3
GENERAL PURPOSE
REGISTER FILE
PIC18 devices may have banked memory in the GPR
area. This is data RAM which is available for use by all
instructions. GPRs start at the bottom of Bank 0
(address 000h) and grow upwards towards the bottom of
the SFR area. GPRs are not initialized by a Power-on
Reset and are unchanged on all other Resets.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
6.3.4
SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS
The Special Function Registers (SFRs) are registers
used by the CPU and peripheral modules for controlling
the desired operation of the device. These registers are
implemented as static RAM. SFRs start at the top of
data memory (FFFh) and extend downward to occupy
all of Bank 15 (F00h to FFFh) and the top part of
Bank 14 (EF4h to EFFh).
A list of these registers is given in Table 6-1 and
Table 6-2.
TABLE 6-1:
The SFRs are typically distributed among the
peripherals whose functions they control. Unused SFR
locations are unimplemented and read as ‘0’s.
SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER MAP FOR PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
Name
Addr.
The SFRs can be classified into two sets: those
associated with the “core” device functionality (ALU,
Resets and interrupts) and those related to the
peripheral functions. The Reset and Interrupt registers
are described in their respective chapters, while the
ALU’s STATUS register is described later in this section.
Registers related to the operation of the peripheral
features are described in the chapter for that peripheral.
Addr.
Name
Addr.
Name
INDF2(1)
FBFh
Addr.
Name
Addr.
Name
Addr.
Name
RTCCFG
FFFh
TOSU
FDFh
ECCP1AS
F9Fh
IPR1
F7Fh
EECON1
F5Fh
FFEh
TOSH
FDEh POSTINC2(1) FBEh ECCP1DEL
F9Eh
PIR1
F7Eh
EECON2
F5Eh
RTCCAL
FFDh
TOSL
FDDh POSTDEC2(1) FBDh
CCPR1H
F9Dh
PIE1
F7Dh
TMR5H
F5Dh
RTCVALH
FFCh
STKPTR
FDCh PREINC2(1)
FBCh
CCPR1L
F9Ch PSTR1CON F7Ch
TMR5L
F5Ch
RTCVALL
FFBh
PCLATU
FDBh PLUSW2(1)
FBBh CCP1CON
F9Bh OSCTUNE F7Bh
T5CON
F5Bh
ALRMCFG
FFAh
PCLATH
FDAh
FSR2H
FBAh
PIR5
F9Ah
TRISJ(3)
F7Ah
T5GCON
F5Ah
ALRMRPT
FF9h
PCL
FD9h
FSR2L
FB9h
PIE5
F99h
TRISH(3)
F79h
CCPR4H
F59h
ALRMVALH
FF8h
TBLPTRU
FD8h
STATUS
FB8h
IPR4
F98h
TRISG
F78h
CCPR4L
F58h
ALRMVALL
FF7h
TBLPTRH
FD7h
TMR0H
FB7h
PIR4
F97h
TRISF
F77h
CCP4CON
F57h CTMUCONH
FF6h
TBLPTRL
FD6h
TMR0L
FB6h
PIE4
F96h
TRISE
F76h
CCPR5H
F56h CTMUCONL
FF5h
TABLAT
FD5h
T0CON
FB5h
CVRCON
F95h
TRISD
F75h
CCPR5L
FF4h
PRODH
FD4h
SPBRGH1
FB4h
CMSTAT
F94h
TRISC
F74h
CCP5CON
F54h
CM1CON
FF3h
PRODL
FD3h
OSCCON
FB3h
TMR3H
F93h
TRISB
F73h
CCPR6H
F53h
PADCFG1
FF2h
INTCON
FD2h
IPR5
FB2h
TMR3L
F92h
TRISA
F72h
CCPR6L
F52h
ECCP2AS
FF1h
INTCON2
FD1h
WDTCON
FB1h
T3CON
F91h
LATJ(3)
F71h
CCP6CON
F51h
ECCP2DEL
FF0h
INTCON3
FD0h
RCON
FB0h
T3GCON
F90h
LATH(3)
F70h
CCPR7H
F50h
CCPR2H
FEFh
INDF0(1)
F55h CTMUICONH
FCFh
TMR1H
FAFh
SPBRG1
F8Fh
LATG
F6Fh
CCPR7L
F4Fh
CCPR2L
FEEh POSTINC0(1) FCEh
TMR1L
FAEh
RCREG1
F8Eh
LATF
F6Eh
CCP7CON
F4Eh
CCP2CON
FEDh POSTDEC0(1) FCDh
T1CON
FADh
TXREG1
F8Dh
LATE
F6Dh
TMR4
F4Dh
ECCP3AS
TMR2
FACh
TXSTA1
F8Ch
LATD
F6Ch
PR4
F4Ch
ECCP3DEL
CCPR3H
FECh PREINC0(1)
FCCh
FEBh PLUSW0(1)
FCBh
PR2
FABh
RCSTA1
F8Bh
LATC
F6Bh
T4CON
F4Bh
FEAh
FSR0H
FCAh
T2CON
FAAh
T1GCON
F8Ah
LATB
F6Ah
SSP2BUF
F4Ah
CCPR3L
FE9h
FSR0L
FC9h
SSP1BUF
FA9h
IPR6
F89h
LATA
F69h
SSP2ADD
F49h
CCP3CON
FE8h
WREG
FC8h
SSP1ADD
FA8h HLVDCON
F88h PORTJ(3)
F68h
SSP2STAT
F48h
CCPR8H
FE7h
INDF1(1)
FC7h SSP1STAT
FA7h
PSPCON
F87h PORTH(3)
F67h
SSP2CON1
F47h
CCPR8L
FE6h POSTINC1(1) FC6h SSP1CON1
FA6h
PIR6
F86h
PORTG
F66h
SSP2CON2
F46h
CCP8CON
FE5h POSTDEC1(1) FC5h SSP1CON2
FA5h
IPR3
F85h
PORTF
F65h
BAUDCON1
F45h
CCPR9H(4)
F44h
CCPR9L(4)
PREINC1(1)
FC4h
ADRESH
FA4h
PIR3
F84h
PORTE
F64h
OSCCON2
FE3h PLUSW1(1)
FC3h
ADRESL
FA3h
PIE3
F83h
PORTD
F63h
EEADRH
F43h CCP9CON(4)
FE2h
FSR1H
FC2h
ADCON0
FA2h
IPR2
F82h
PORTC
F62h
EEADR
F42h CCPR10H(4)
FE1h
FSR1L
FC1h
ADCON1
FA1h
PIR2
F81h
PORTB
F61h
EEDATA
F41h
FE0h
BSR
FC0h
ADCON2
FA0h
PIE2
F80h
PORTA
F60h
PIE6
FE4h
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
CCPR10L(4)
F40h CCP10CON(4)
This is not a physical register.
Unimplemented registers are read as ‘0’.
Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
This register is not available on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
Addresses, F16h through F5Fh, are also used by SFRs, but are not part of the Access RAM. To access these registers,
users must always load the proper BSR value.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 97
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 6-1:
Addr.
Name
F3Fh
TMR7H(4)
F3Eh
TMR7L(4)
F3Dh
T7CON(4)
SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER MAP FOR PIC18F87K22 FAMILY (CONTINUED)
Name
Addr.
F3Ch T7GCON(4)
Name
Addr.
F32h
F25h
ANCON0
F18h
PMD1
F31h
PR12(4)
F24h
ANCON1
F17h
PMD2
F30h T12CON(4)
F23h
ANCON2
F16h
PMD3
F2Fh
CM2CON
F22h
RCSTA2
F2Eh
CM3CON
F21h
TXSTA2
F3Bh
TMR6
F3Ah
PR6
F2Dh CCPTMRS0
F39H
T6CON
F2Ch CCPTMRS1
F1Fh SPBRGH2
F38h
TMR8
F2Bh CCPTMRS2
F1Eh
SPBRG2
F37h
PR8
F2Ah REFOCON
F1Dh
RCREG2
TXREG2
T8CON
F29H
ODCON1
F1Ch
F35h
TMR10(4)
F28h
ODCON2
F1Bh PSTR2CON
F34h
PR10(4)
F27h
ODCON3
F1Ah PSTR3CON
F33h
T10CON(4)
Name
Addr.
Name
F26h MEMCON(3)
F19h
PMD0
This is not a physical register.
Unimplemented registers are read as ‘0’.
Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
This register is not available on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
Addresses, F16h through F5Fh, are also used by SFRs, but are not part of the Access RAM. To access these registers,
users must always load the proper BSR value.
TABLE 6-2:
Address
Addr.
F20h BAUDCON2
F36h
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
Name
Addr.
TMR12(4)
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY REGISTER FILE SUMMARY
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
—
—
—
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Top-of-Stack Upper Byte (TOS<20:16>)
Value on
POR, BOR
FFFh
TOSU
FFEh
TOSH
Top-of-Stack High Byte (TOS<15:8>)
FFDh
TOSL
Top-of-Stack Low Byte (TOS<7:0>)
FFCh
STKPTR
STKFUL
STKUNF
—
Return Stack Pointer
uu-0 0000
FFBh
PCLATU
—
—
—
Holding Register for PC<20:16>
---0 0000
FFAh
PCLATH
Holding Register for PC<15:8>
FF9h
PCL
PC Low Byte (PC<7:0>)
FF8h
TBLPTRU
—
—
---0 0000
0000 0000
0000 0000
0000 0000
0000 0000
bit 21
Program Memory Table Pointer Upper Byte (TBLPTR<20:16>)
--00 0000
FF7h
TBLPTRH
Program Memory Table Pointer High Byte (TBLPTR<15:8>)
0000 0000
FF6h
TBLPTRL
Program Memory Table Pointer Low Byte (TBLPTR<7:0>)
0000 0000
FF5h
TABLAT
Program Memory Table Latch
0000 0000
FF4h
PRODH
Product Register High Byte
xxxx xxxx
FF3h
PRODL
Product Register Low Byte
FF2h
INTCON
FF1h
FF0h
FEFh
INDF0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory – value of FSR0 not changed (not a physical register)
---- ----
FEEh
POSTINC0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory – value of FSR0 post-incremented (not a physical register)
---- ----
FEDh
POSTDEC0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory – value of FSR0 post-decremented (not a physical register)
---- ----
FECh
PREINC0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory – value of FSR0 pre-incremented (not a physical register)
---- ----
FEBh
PLUSW0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory – value of FSR0 pre-incremented (not a physical register) – value
of FSR0 offset by W
---- ----
xxxx xxxx
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x
INTCON2
RBPU
INTEDG0
INTEDG1
INTEDG2
INTEDG3
TMR0IP
INTCON3
INT2IP
INT1IP
INT3IE
INT2IE
INT1IE
INT3IF
INT3IP
RBIP
1111 1111
INT2IF
INT1IF
1100 0000
FEAh
FSR0H
FE9h
FSR0L
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 0 Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
FE8h
WREG
Working Register
xxxx xxxx
FE7h
INDF1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory – value of FSR1 not changed (not a physical register)
---- ----
Note 1:
2:
3:
—
—
—
—
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 0 High
---- 0000
The bit is available when Master Clear is disabled (MCLRE = 0). When MCLRE is set, the bit is unimplemented.
Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
DS39960C-page 98
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 6-2:
Address
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
FE6h
POSTINC1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory – value of FSR1 post-incremented (not a physical register)
---- ----
FE5h
POSTDEC1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory – value of FSR1 post-decremented (not a physical register)
---- ----
FE4h
PREINC1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory – value of FSR1 pre-incremented (not a physical register)
---- ----
FE3h
PLUSW1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory – value of FSR1 pre-incremented (not a physical register) – value
of FSR1 offset by W
---- ----
FE2h
FSR1H
FE1h
FSR1L
FE0h
BSR
FDFh
INDF2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory – value of FSR2 not changed (not a physical register)
---- ----
FDEh
POSTINC2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory – value of FSR2 post-incremented (not a physical register)
---- ----
FDDh
POSTDEC2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory – value of FSR2 post-decremented (not a physical register)
---- ----
FDCh
PREINC2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory – value of FSR2 pre-incremented (not a physical register)
---- ----
FDBh
PLUSW2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory – value of FSR2 pre-incremented (not a physical register) – value
of FSR2 offset by W
---- ----
—
—
—
—
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 1 High
---- xxxx
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 1 Low Byte
—
—
—
—
xxxx xxxx
Bank Select Register
---- 0000
FDAh
FSR2H
FD9h
FSR2L
FD8h
STATUS
FD7h
TMR0H
Timer0 Register High Byte
FD6h
TMR0L
Timer0 Register Low Byte
FD5h
T0CON
FD4h
SPBRGH1
FD3h
OSCCON
FD2h
IPR5
FD1h
WDTCON
FD0h
RCON
FCFh
TMR1H
Timer1 Register High Byte
FCEh
TMR1L
Timer1 Register Low Byte
FCDh
T1CON
FCCh
TMR2
Timer2 Register
FCBh
PR2
Timer2 Period Register
FCAh
T2CON
FC9h
SSP1BUF
MSSP Receive Buffer/Transmit Register
FC8h
SSP1ADD
MSSP Address Register in I2C™ Slave Mode. SSP1 Baud Rate Reload Register in I2C Master Mode.
FC7h
SSP1STAT
SMP
CKE
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
0000 0000
FC6h
SSP1CON1
WCOL
SSPOV
SSPEN
CKP
SSPM3
SSPM2
SSPM1
SSPM0
0000 0000
FC5h
SSP1CON2
GCEN
ACKSTAT
ACKDT
ACKEN
RCEN
PEN
RSEN
SEN
0000 0000
FC4h
ADRESH
A/D Result Register High Byte
FC3h
ADRESL
A/D Result Register Low Byte
FC2h
ADCON0
—
CHS4
FC1h
ADCON1
TRIGSEL1
FC0h
ADCON2
ADFM
FBFh
ECCP1AS
ECCP1ASE
FBEh
ECCP1DEL
FBDh
CCPR1H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 High Byte
FBCh
CCPR1L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 Low Byte
FBBh
CCP1CON
FBAh
—
—
—
—
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 2 High
---- xxxx
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 2 Low Byte
—
—
TMR0ON
—
N
xxxx xxxx
OV
Z
DC
C
---x xxxx
0000 0000
xxxx xxxx
T08BIT
T0CS
T0SE
PSA
TOPS2
TOPS1
TOPS0
USART1 Baud Rate Generator High Byte
1111 1111
0000 0000
IDLEN
IRCF2
IRCF1
IRCF0
OSTS
HFIOFS
SCS1
SCS0
0110 q000
TMR7GIP(3)
TMR12IP(3)
TMR10IP(3)
TMR8IP
TMR7IP(3)
TMR6IP
TMR5IP
TMR4IP
1111 1111
REGSLP
—
ULPLVL
SRETEN
—
ULPEN
ULPSINK
SWDTEN
0-x0 -000
IPEN
SBOREN
CM
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
0111 11qq
TMR1CS1
—
P1RSEN
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
TMR1CS0
T1CKPS1
T1CKPS0
SOSCEN
T1SYNC
RD16
TMR1ON
0000 0000
0000 0000
T2OUTPS3
1111 1111
T2OUTPS2
T2OUTPS1
T2OUTPS0
TMR2ON
T2CKPS1
T2CKPS0
-000 0000
xxxx xxxx
0000 0000
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
CHS3
CHS2
CHS1
CHS0
GO/DONE
ADON
TRIGSEL0
VCFG1
VCFG0
VNCFG
CHSN2
CHSN1
CHSN0
0000 0000
—
ACQT2
ACQT1
ACQT0
ADCS2
ADCS1
ADCS0
0-00 0000
ECCP1AS0
PSS1AC1
PSS1AC0
PSS1BD1
PSS1BD0
0000 0000
P1DC4
P1DC3
P1DC2
P1DC1
P1DC0
0000 0000
ECCP1AS2 ECCP1AS1
P1DC6
P1DC5
-000 0000
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
P1M1
P1M0
DC1B1
DC1B0
CCP1M3
CCP1M2
CCP1M1
CCP1M0
0000 0000
PIR5
TMR7GIF(3)
TMR12IF(3)
TMR10IF(3)
TMR8IF
TMR7IF(3)
TMR6IF
TMR5IF
TMR4IF
0000 0000
FB9h
PIE5
TMR7GIE(3)
TMR12IE(3)
TMR10IE
TMR8IE
TMR7IE(3)
TMR6IE
TMR5IE
TMR4IE
0000 0000
FB8h
IPR4
CCP10IP(3)
CCP9IP(3)
CCP8IP
CCP7IP
CCP6IP
CCP5IP
CCP4IP
CCP3IP
1111 1111
FB7h
PIR4
CCP10IF(3)
CCP9IF(3)
CCP8IF
CCP7IF
CCP6IF
CCP5IF
CCP4IF
CCP3IF
0000 0000
Note 1:
2:
3:
The bit is available when Master Clear is disabled (MCLRE = 0). When MCLRE is set, the bit is unimplemented.
Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 99
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 6-2:
Address
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
CCP10IE(3)
CCP9IE(3)
0000 0000
FB6h
PIE4
CCP8IE
CCP7IE
CCP6IE
CCP5IE
CCP4IE
CCP3IE
FB5h
CVRCON
CVREN
CVROE
CVRSS
CVR4
CVR3
CVR2
CVR1
CVR0
0000 0000
FB4h
CMSTAT
CMP3OUT
CMP2OUT
CMP1OUT
—
—
—
—
—
xxx- ----
FB3h
TMR3H
Timer3 Register High Byte
FB2h
TMR3L
Timer3 Register Low Byte
FB1h
T3CON
TMR3CS1
TMR3CS0
T3CKPS1
T3CKPS0
SOSCEN
T3SYNC
RD16
TMR3ON
0000 0000
FB0h
T3GCON
TMR3GE
T3GPOL
T3GTM
T3GSPM
T3GGO/
T3DONE
T3GVAL
T3GSS1
T3GSS0
0000 0x00
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
FAFh
SPBRG1
USART1 Baud Rate Generator
0000 0000
FAEh
RCREG1
USART1 Receive Register
0000 0000
FADh
TXREG1
USART1 Transmit Register
FACh
TXSTA1
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
FABh
RCSTA1
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x
FAAh
T1GCON
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1GTM
T1GSPM
T1GGO/
T1DONE
T1GVAL
T1GSS1
T1GSS0
0000 0x00
FA9h
IPR6
—
—
—
EEIP
—
CMP3IP
CMP2IP
CMP1IP
---1 -111
FA8h
HLVDCON
VDIRMAG
BGVST
IRVST
HLVDEN
HLVDL3
HLVDL2
HLVDL1
HLVDL0
0000 0000
FA7h
PSPCON
IBF
OBF
IBOV
PSPMODE
—
—
—
—
0000 ----
FA6h
PIR6
—
—
—
EEIF
—
CMP3IF
CMP2IF
CMP1IF
---0 -000
FA5h
IPR3
TMR5GIP
—
RC2IP
TX2IP
CTMUIP
CCP2IP
CCP1IP
RTCCIP
1-11 1111
xxxx xxxx
0000 0010
FA4h
PIR3
TMR5GiF
—
RC2IF
TX2IF
CTMUIF
CCP2IF
CCP1IF
RTCCIF
0-00 0000
FA3h
PIE3
TMR5GIE
—
RC2IE
TX2IE
CTMUIE
CCP2IE
CCP1IE
RTCCIE
0-00 0000
FA2h
IPR2
OSCFIP
—
SSP2IP
BCL2IP
BCL1IP
HLVDIP
TMR3IP
TMR3GIP
1-11 1111
FA1h
PIR2
OSCFIF
—
SSP2IF
BCL2IF
BCL1IF
HLVDIF
TMR3IF
TMR3GIF
0-10 0000
FA0h
PIE2
OSCFIE
—
SSP2IE
BCL2IE
BCL1IE
HLVDIE
TMR3IE
TMR3GIE
0-00 0000
F9Fh
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
TMR1GIP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111
F9Eh
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
TMR1GIF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000
F9Dh
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
TMR1GIE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000
F9Ch
PSTR1CON
CMPL1
CMPL0
—
STRSYNC
STRD
STRC
STRB
STRA
00-0 0001
F9Bh
OSCTUNE
INTSRC
PLLEN
TUN5
TUN4
TUN3
TUN2
TUN1
TUN0
0000 0000
F9Ah
TRISJ(2)
TRISJ7
TRISJ6
TRISJ5
TRISJ4
TRISJ3
TRISJ2
TRISJ1
TRISJ0
1111 1111
F99h
TRISH(2)
TRISH7
TRISH6
TRISH5
TRISH4
TRISH3
TRISH2
TRISH1
TRISH0
1111 1111
F98h
TRISG
—
—
—
TRISG4
TRISG3
TRISG2
TRISG1
TRISG0
---1 1111
F97h
TRISF
TRISF7
TRISF6
TRISF5
TRISF4
TRISF3
TRISF2
TRISF1
—
1111 111-
F96h
TRISE
TRISE7
TRISE6
TRISE5
TRISE4
TRISE3
TRISE2
TRISE1
—
1111 111-
F95h
TRISD
TRISD7
TRISD6
TRISD5
TRISD4
TRISD3
TRISD2
TRISD1
TRISD0
1111 1111
F94h
TRISC
TRISC7
TRISC6
TRISC5
TRISC4
TRISC3
TRISC2
TRISC1
TRISC0
1111 1111
F93h
TRISB
TRISB7
TRISB6
TRISB5
TRISB4
TRISB3
TRISB2
TRISB1
TRISB0
1111 1111
F92h
TRISA
TRISA7
TRISA6
TRISA5
TRISA4
TRISA3
TRISA2
TRISA1
TRISA0
1111 1111
F91h
LATJ(2)
LATJ7
LATJ6
LATJ5
LATJ4
LATJ3
LATJ2
LATJ1
LATJ0
xxxx xxxx
F90h
LATH(2)
LATH7
LATH6
LATH5
LATH4
LATH3
LATH2
LATH1
LATH0
xxxx xxxx
F8Fh
LATG
—
—
—
LATG4
LATG3
LATG2
LATG1
LATG0
---x xxxx
F8Eh
LATF
LATF7
LATF6
LATF5
LATF4
LATF3
LATF2
LATF1
—
xxxx xxx-
F8Dh
LATE
LATE7
LATE6
LATE5
LATE4
LATE3
LATE2
LATE1
LATE0
xxxx xxxx
F8Ch
LATD
LATD7
LATD6
LATD5
LATD4
LATD3
LATD2
LATD1
LATD0
xxxx xxxx
F8Bh
LATC
LATC7
LATC6
LATC5
LATC4
LATC3
LATC2
LATC1
LATC0
xxxx xxxx
F8Ah
LATB
LATB7
LATB6
LATB5
LATB4
LATB3
LATB2
LATB1
LATB0
xxxx xxxx
F89h
LATA
LATA7
LATA6
LATA5
LATA4
LATA3
LATA2
LATA1
LATA0
xxxx xxxx
F88h
PORTJ(2)
RJ7
RJ6
RJ5
RJ4
RJ3
RJ2
RJ1
RJ0
xxxx xxxx
F87h
PORTH(2)
RH7
RH6
RH5
RH4
RH3
RH2
RH1
RH0
xxxx xxxx
Note 1:
2:
3:
The bit is available when Master Clear is disabled (MCLRE = 0). When MCLRE is set, the bit is unimplemented.
Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
DS39960C-page 100
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 6-2:
Address
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
F86h
PORTG
—
—
RG5
RG4
RG3
RG2
RG1
RG0
--xx xxxx
F85h
PORTF
RF7
RF6
RF5
RF4
RF3
RF2
RF1
—
xxxx xxx-
F84h
PORTE
RE7
RE6
RE5
RE4
RE3
RE2
RE1
RE0
xxxx xxxx
F83h
PORTD
RD7
RD6
RD5
RD4
RD3
RD2
RD1
RD0
xxxx xxxx
F82h
PORTC
RC7
RC6
RC5
RC4
RC3
RC2
RC1
RC0
xxxx xxxx
F81h
PORTB
RB7
RB6
RB5
RB4
RB3
RB2
RB1
RB0
xxxx xxxx
F80h
PORTA
RA7
RA6
RA5
RA4
RA3
RA2
RA1
RA0
xxxx xxxx
F7Fh
EECON1
EEPGD
CFGS
—
FREE
WRERR
WREN
WR
RD
xx-0 x000
F7Eh
EECON2
EEPROM Control Register 2 (not a physical register)
---- ----
F7Dh
TMR5H
Timer5 Register High Byte
xxxx xxxx
F7Ch
TMR5L
Timer5 Register Low Byte
F7Bh
T5CON
TMR5CS1
TMR5CS0
T5CKPS1
T5CKPS0
SOSCEN
T5SYNC
RD16
TMR5ON
0000 0000
F7Ah
T5GCON
TMR5GE
T5GPOL
T5GTM
T5GSPM
T5GGO/
T5DONE
T5GVAL
T5GSS1
T5GSS0
0000 0x00
F79h
CCPR4H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 4 High Byte
F78h
CCPR4L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 4 Low Byte
F77h
CCP4CON
F76h
CCPR5H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 5 High Byte
F75h
CCPR5L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 5 Low Byte
F74h
CCP5CON
F73h
CCPR6H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 6 High Byte
F72h
CCPR6L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 6 Low Byte
F71h
CCP6CON
F70h
CCPR7H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 7 High Byte
F6Fh
CCPR7L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 7 Low Byte
F6Eh
CCP7CON
F6Dh
TMR4
Timer4 Register
F6Ch
PR4
Timer4 Period Register
F6Bh
T4CON
F6Ah
SSP2BUF
MSSP Receive Buffer/Transmit Register
F69h
SSP2ADD
MSSP Address Register in I2C™ Slave Mode. MSSP1 Baud Rate Reload Register in I2C Master Mode.
F68h
SSP2STAT
SMP
CKE
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
0000 0000
F67h
SSP2CON1
WCOL
SSPOV
SSPEN
CKP
SSPM3
SSPM2
SSPM1
SSPM0
0000 0000
F66h
SSP2CON2
GCEN
ACKSTAT
ACKDT
ACKEN
RCEN
PEN
RSEN
SEN
0100 0000
F65h
BAUDCON1
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
0100 0-00
—
SOSCRUN
—
—
SOSCGO
—
MFIOFS
MFIOSEL
-0-- 0-x0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
xxxx xxxx
DC4B1
xxxx xxxx
DC4B0
DC5B1
CCP4M3
CCP4M2
CCP4M1
CCP4M0
--00 0000
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
DC5B0
DC6B1
DC7B1
xxxx xxxx
CCP5M3
CCP5M2
CCP5M1
CCP5M0
--00 0000
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
DC6B0
CCP6M3
CCP6M2
CCP6M1
CCP6M0
--00 0000
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
DC7B0
CCP7M3
CCP7M2
CCP7M1
CCP7M0
--00 0000
xxxx xxxx
T4OUTPS3
1111 1111
T4OUTPS2
T4OUTPS1
T4OUTPS0
TMR4ON
T4CKPS1
T4CKPS0
-111 1111
xxxx xxxx
0000 0000
F64h
OSCCON2
F63h
EEADRH
EEPROM Address Register High Byte
0000 0000
F62h
EEADR
EEPROM Address Register Low Byte
0000 0000
F61h
EEDATA
EEPROM Data Register
F60h
PIE6
—
0000 0000
—
—
EEIE
—
CMP3IE
CMP2IE
CMP1IE
---0 -000
F5Fh
RTCCFG
RTCEN
—
RTCWREN
RTCSYNC
HALFSEC
RTCOE
RTCPTR1
RTCPTR0
0-00 0000
F5Eh
RTCCAL
CAL7
CAL6
CAL5
CAL4
CAL3
CAL2
CAL1
CAL0
0000 0000
F5Dh
RTCVALH
Note 1:
2:
3:
RTCC Value High Register Window Based on RTCPTR<1:0>
xxxx xxxx
The bit is available when Master Clear is disabled (MCLRE = 0). When MCLRE is set, the bit is unimplemented.
Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 101
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 6-2:
Address
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
RTCC Value Low Register Window Based on RTCPTR<1:0>
Value on
POR, BOR
F5Ch
RTCVALL
F5Bh
ALRMCFG
ALRMEN
CHIME
AMASK3
AMASK2
AMASK1
AMASK0
ALRMPTR1
ALRMPTR0
0000 0000
F5Ah
ALRMRPT
ARPT7
ARPT6
ARPT5
ARPT4
ARPT3
ARPT2
ARPT1
ARPT0
0000 0000
F59h
ALRMVALH
Alarm Value High Register Window Based on APTR<1:0>
xxxx xxxx
F58h
ALRMVALL
Alarm Value Low Register Window Based on APTR<1:0>
xxxx xxxx
0000 0000
F57h
CTMUCONH
CTMUEN
—
CTMUSIDL
TGEN
EDGEN
EDGSEQEN
IDISSEN
CTTRIG
0-00 0000
F56h
CTMUCONL
EDG2POL
EDG2SEL1
EDG2SEL0
EDG1POL
EDG1SEL1
EDG1SEL0
EDG2STAT
EDG1STAT
0000 0000
F55h
CTMUICONH
ITRIM5
ITRIM4
ITRIM3
ITRIM2
ITRIM1
ITRIM0
IRNG1
IRNG0
0000 0000
F54h
CM1CON
CON
COE
CPOL
EVPOL1
EVPOL0
CREF
CCH1
CCH0
0001 1111
F53h
PADCFG1
RDPU
REPU
RJPU(2)
—
—
—
000- -00-
F52h
ECCP2AS
ECCP2ASE
ECCP2AS0
PSS2AC1
PSS2AC0
PSS2BD1
PSS2BD0
0000 0000
F51h
ECCP2DEL
P2DC4
P2DC3
P2DC2
P2DC1
P2DC0
0000 0000
F50h
CCPR2H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 High Byte
F4Fh
CCPR2L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 Low Byte
F4Eh
CCP2CON
P2M1
F4Dh
ECCP3AS
ECCP3ASE
F4Ch
ECCP3DEL
P3RSEN
F4Bh
CCPR3H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 3 High Byte
F4Ah
CCPR3L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 3 Low Byte
F49h
CCP3CON
F48h
CCPR8H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 8 High Byte
F47h
CCPR8L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 8 Low Byte
F46h
CCP8CON
F45h
CCPR9H(3)
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 9 High Byte
F44h
CCPR9L(3)
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 9 Low Byte
F43h
CCP9CON(3)
F42h
CCPR10H(3)
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 10 High Byte
F41h
CCPR10L(3)
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 10 Low Byte
F40h
CCP10CON(3)
F3Fh
TMR7H(3)
Timer7 Register High Byte
xxxx xxxx
F3Eh
TMR7L(3)
Timer7 Register Low Byte
0000 0000
F3Dh
(3)
T7CON
TMR7CS1
TMR7CS0
T7CKPS1
T7CKPS0
SOSCEN
T7SYNC
RD16
TMR7ON
0000 0000
F3Ch
T7GCON(3)
TMR7GE
T7GPOL
T7GTM
T7GSPM
T7GGO/
T7DONE
T7GVAL
T7GSS1
T7GSS0
0000 0x00
F3Bh
TMR6
Timer6 Register
F3Ah
PR6
Timer6 Period Register
F39h
T6CON
F38h
TMR8
Timer8 Register
F37h
PR8
Timer8 Period Register
F36h
T8CON
F35h
TMR1(3)0
TMR10 Register
F34h
PR10(3)
Timer10 Period Register
F33h
T10CON(3)
F32h
TMR12(3)
TMR12 Register
F31h
PR12(3)
Timer12 Period Register
F30h
T12CON(3)
ECCP2AS2 ECCP2AS1
P2RSEN
P2DC6
P2M0
P3DC6
P3M0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
DC2B1
ECCP3AS2 ECCP3AS1
P3M1
—
P2DC5
DC2B0
CCP2M3
CCP2M2
CCP2M1
CCP2M0
0000 0000
ECCP3AS0
PSS3AC1
PSS3AC0
PSS3BD1
PSS3BD0
0000 0000
P3DC4
P3DC3
P3DC2
P3DC1
P3DC0
0000 0000
P3DC5
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
DC3B1
DC3B0
CCP3M3
CCP3M2
CCP3M1
CCP3M0
0000 0000
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
DC8B1
DC8B0
CCP8M3
CCP8M2
CCP8M1
CCP8M0
--00 0000
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
DC9B1
DC10B1
RTSECSEL1 RTSECSEL0
DC9B0
DC10B0
CCP9M3
CCP9M2
CCP9M1
CCP9M0
--00 0000
xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx
CCP10M3
CCP10M2
CCP10M1
CCP10M0
--00 0000
0000 0000
T6OUTPS3
1111 1111
T6OUTPS2
T6OUTPS1
T6OUTPS0
TMR6ON
T6CKPS1
T6CKPS0
-000 0000
0000 0000
T8OUTPS3
1111 1111
T8OUTPS2
T8OUTPS1
T8OUTPS0
TMR8ON
T8CKPS1
T8CKPS0
-000 0000
0000 0000
1111 1111
T10OUTPS3 T10OUTPS2 T10OUTPS1 T10OUTPS0
TMR10ON
T10CKPS1
T10CKPS0
-000 0000
0000 0000
1111 1111
T12OUTPS3 T12OUTPS2 T12OUTPS1 T12OUTPS0
TMR12ON
T12CKPS1
T12CKPS0
-000 0000
F2Fh
CM2CON
CON
COE
CPOL
EVPOL1
EVPOL0
CREF
CCH1
CCH0
0001 1111
F2Eh
CM3CON
CON
COE
CPOL
EVPOL1
EVPOL0
CREF
CCH1
CCH0
0001 1111
F2Dh
CCPTMRS0
C3TSEL1
C3TSEL0
C2TSEL2
C2TSEL1
C2TSEL0
C1TSEL2
C1TSEL1
C1TSEL0
0000 0000
Note 1:
2:
3:
The bit is available when Master Clear is disabled (MCLRE = 0). When MCLRE is set, the bit is unimplemented.
Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
DS39960C-page 102
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 6-2:
Address
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
F2Ch
CCPTMRS1
C7TSEL1
C7TSEL0
—
C6TSEL0
—
C5TSEL0
C4TSEL1
C4TSEL0
00-0 -000
F2Bh
CCPTMRS2
—
—
—
C10TSEL0(3)
—
C9TSEL0(3)
C8TSEL1
C8TSEL0
---0 -000
F2Ah
REFOCON
F29h
ODCON1
ROON
—
ROSSLP
ROSEL
RODIV3
RODIV2
RODIV1
RODIV0
0-00 0000
SSP1OD
CCP2OD
CCP1OD
—
—
—
—
SSP2OD
000- ---0
CCP10OD(3) CCP9OD(3)
F28h
ODCON2
CCP8OD
CCP7OD
CCP6OD
CCP5OD
CCP4OD
CCP3OD
0000 0000
F27h
ODCON3
U2OD
U1OD
—
—
—
—
—
CTMUDS
00-- ---0
F26h
MEMCON(2)
EBDIS
—
WAIT1
WAIT0
—
—
WM1
WM0
0-00 --00
F25h
ANCON0
ANSEL7
ANSEL6
ANSEL5
ANSEL4
ANSEL3
ANSEL2
ANSEL1
ANSEL0
1111 1111
F24h
ANCON1
ANSEL15
ANSEL14
ANSEL13
ANSEL12
ANSEL11
ANSEL10
ANSEL9
ANSEL8
1111 1111
F23h
ANCON2
ANSEL23
ANSEL22
ANSEL21
ANSEL20
ANSEL19
ANSEL18
ANSEL17
ANSEL16
1111 1111
F22h
RCSTA2
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x
F21h
TXSTA2
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 0010
F20h
BAUDCON2
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
0100 0-00
F1Fh
SPBRGH2
USART2 Baud Rate Generator High Byte
0000 0000
F1Eh
SPBRG2
USART2 Baud Rate Generator
0000 0000
F1Dh
RCREG2
Receive Data FIFO
0000 0000
F1Ch
TXREG2
Transmit Data FIFO
F1Bh
PSTR2CON
CMPL1
CMPL0
—
STRSYNC
STRD
STRC
STRB
STRA
00-0 0001
F1Ah
PSTR3CON
CMPL1
CMPL0
—
STRSYNC
STRD
STRC
STRB
STRA
00-0 0001
F19h
PMD0
CCP3MD
CCP2MD
CCP1MD
UART2MD
UART1MD
SSP2MD
SSP1MD
ADCMD
0000 0000
F18h
PMD1
PSPMD
CTMUMD
RTCCMD
TMR4MD
TMR3MD
TMR2MD
TMR1MD
EMBMD
0000 0000
F17h
PMD2
TMR10MD(3)
TMR8MD
TMR7MD(3)
TMR6MD
TMR5MD
CMP3MD
CMP2MD
CMP1MD
0000 0000
F16h
PMD3
CCP10MD(3) CCP9MD(3)
CCP8MD
CCP7MD
CCP6MD
CCP5MD
CCP4MD
Note 1:
2:
3:
xxxx xxxx
TMR12MD(3) 0000 0000
The bit is available when Master Clear is disabled (MCLRE = 0). When MCLRE is set, the bit is unimplemented.
Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 103
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
6.3.5
STATUS REGISTER
The STATUS register, shown in Register 6-2, contains
the arithmetic status of the ALU. The STATUS register
can be the operand for any instruction, as with any
other register. If the STATUS register is the destination
for an instruction that affects the Z, DC, C, OV or N bits,
the write to these five bits is disabled.
These bits are set or cleared according to the device
logic. Therefore, the result of an instruction with the
STATUS register as destination may be different than
intended. For example, CLRF STATUS will set the Z bit
but leave the other bits unchanged. The STATUS
register then reads back as ‘000u u1uu’.
REGISTER 6-2:
U-0
For other instructions not affecting any Status bits, see
the instruction set summaries in Table 29-2 and
Table 29-3.
Note:
The C and DC bits operate, in subtraction,
as borrow and digit borrow bits, respectively.
STATUS REGISTER
U-0
—
It is recommended, therefore, that only BCF, BSF,
SWAPF, MOVFF and MOVWF instructions be used to
alter the STATUS register because these instructions
do not affect the Z, C, DC, OV or N bits in the STATUS
register.
—
U-0
—
R/W-x
N
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
Z
DC(1)
C(2)
OV
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
N: Negative bit
This bit is used for signed arithmetic (2’s complement). It indicates whether the result was negative
(ALU MSB = 1).
1 = Result was negative
0 = Result was positive
bit 3
OV: Overflow bit
This bit is used for signed arithmetic (2’s complement). It indicates an overflow of the seven-bit
magnitude which causes the sign bit (bit 7) to change state.
1 = Overflow occurred for signed arithmetic (in this arithmetic operation)
0 = No overflow occurred
bit 2
Z: Zero bit
1 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero
0 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero
bit 1
DC: Digit Carry/Borrow bit(1)
For ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW and SUBWF instructions:
1 = A carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result
bit 0
C: Carry/Borrow bit(2)
For ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW and SUBWF instructions:
1 = A carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
Note 1:
2:
For borrow, the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the 2’s complement of the second
operand. For rotate (RRF, RLF) instructions, this bit is loaded with either bit 4 or bit 3 of the source register.
For borrow, the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the 2’s complement of the second
operand. For rotate (RRF, RLF) instructions, this bit is loaded with either the high or low-order bit of the
source register.
DS39960C-page 104
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
6.4
Data Addressing Modes
Note:
The execution of some instructions in the
core PIC18 instruction set are changed
when the PIC18 extended instruction set is
enabled. For more information, see
Section 6.6 “Data Memory and the
Extended Instruction Set”.
While the program memory can be addressed in only
one way, through the program counter, information in
the data memory space can be addressed in several
ways. For most instructions, the addressing mode is
fixed. Other instructions may use up to three modes,
depending on which operands are used and whether or
not the extended instruction set is enabled.
The addressing modes are:
•
•
•
•
Inherent
Literal
Direct
Indirect
An additional addressing mode, Indexed Literal Offset,
is available when the extended instruction set is
enabled (XINST Configuration bit = 1). For details on
this mode’s operation, see Section 6.6.1 “Indexed
Addressing with Literal Offset”.
6.4.1
INHERENT AND LITERAL
ADDRESSING
Many PIC18 control instructions do not need any
argument at all. They either perform an operation that
globally affects the device or they operate implicitly on
one register. This addressing mode is known as Inherent
Addressing. Examples of this mode include SLEEP,
RESET and DAW.
Other instructions work in a similar way, but require an
additional explicit argument in the opcode. This method
is known as the Literal Addressing mode because the
instructions require some literal value as an argument.
Examples of this include ADDLW and MOVLW which,
respectively, add or move a literal value to the W
register. Other examples include CALL and GOTO,
which include a 20-bit program memory address.
6.4.2
DIRECT ADDRESSING
Direct Addressing specifies all or part of the source
and/or destination address of the operation within the
opcode itself. The options are specified by the
arguments accompanying the instruction.
In the core PIC18 instruction set, bit-oriented and
byte-oriented instructions use some version of Direct
Addressing by default. All of these instructions include
some 8-bit literal address as their Least Significant
Byte. This address specifies the instruction’s data
source as either a register address in one of the banks
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
of data RAM (see Section 6.3.3 “General Purpose
Register File”) or a location in the Access Bank (see
Section 6.3.2 “Access Bank”).
The Access RAM bit, ‘a’, determines how the address
is interpreted. When ‘a’ is ‘1’, the contents of the BSR
(Section 6.3.1 “Bank Select Register”) are used with
the address to determine the complete 12-bit address
of the register. When ‘a’ is ‘0’, the address is interpreted
as being a register in the Access Bank. Addressing that
uses the Access RAM is sometimes also known as
Direct Forced Addressing mode.
A few instructions, such as MOVFF, include the entire
12-bit address (either source or destination) in their
opcodes. In these cases, the BSR is ignored entirely.
The destination of the operation’s results is determined
by the destination bit, ‘d’. When ‘d’ is ‘1’, the results are
stored back in the source register, overwriting its original contents. When ‘d’ is ‘0’, the results are stored in
the W register. Instructions without the ‘d’ argument
have a destination that is implicit in the instruction,
either the target register being operated on or the W
register.
6.4.3
INDIRECT ADDRESSING
Indirect Addressing allows the user to access a location
in data memory without giving a fixed address in the
instruction. This is done by using File Select Registers
(FSRs) as pointers to the locations to be read or written
to. Since the FSRs are themselves located in RAM as
Special Function Registers, they can also be directly
manipulated under program control. This makes FSRs
very useful in implementing data structures such as
tables and arrays in data memory.
The registers for Indirect Addressing are also
implemented with Indirect File Operands (INDFs) that
permit automatic manipulation of the pointer value with
auto-incrementing, auto-decrementing or offsetting
with another value. This allows for efficient code using
loops, such as the example of clearing an entire RAM
bank in Example 6-5. It also enables users to perform
Indexed Addressing and other Stack Pointer
operations for program memory in data memory.
EXAMPLE 6-5:
NEXT
LFSR
CLRF
BTFSS
BRA
CONTINUE
HOW TO CLEAR RAM
(BANK 1) USING
INDIRECT ADDRESSING
FSR0, 100h ;
POSTINC0
; Clear INDF
; register then
; inc pointer
FSR0H, 1
; All done with
; Bank1?
NEXT
; NO, clear next
; YES, continue
DS39960C-page 105
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
6.4.3.1
FSR Registers and the
INDF Operand
mapped in the SFR space, but are not physically implemented. Reading or writing to a particular INDF register
actually accesses its corresponding FSR register pair.
A read from INDF1, for example, reads the data at the
address indicated by FSR1H:FSR1L.
At the core of Indirect Addressing are three sets of
registers: FSR0, FSR1 and FSR2. Each represents a
pair of 8-bit registers: FSRnH and FSRnL. The four
upper bits of the FSRnH register are not used, so each
FSR pair holds a 12-bit value. This represents a value
that can address the entire range of the data memory
in a linear fashion. The FSR register pairs, then, serve
as pointers to data memory locations.
Instructions that use the INDF registers as operands
actually use the contents of their corresponding FSR as
a pointer to the instruction’s target. The INDF operand
is just a convenient way of using the pointer.
Because Indirect Addressing uses a full 12-bit address,
data RAM banking is not necessary. Thus, the current
contents of the BSR and the Access RAM bit have no
effect on determining the target address.
Indirect Addressing is accomplished with a set of Indirect File Operands, INDF0 through INDF2. These can
be thought of as “virtual” registers. The operands are
FIGURE 6-8:
INDIRECT ADDRESSING
000h
Using an instruction with one of the
Indirect Addressing registers as the
operand....
Bank 0
ADDWF, INDF1, 1
100h
Bank 1
200h
...uses the 12-bit address stored in
the FSR pair associated with that
register....
300h
FSR1H:FSR1L
7
0
x x x x 1 1 1 1
7
Bank 2
0
1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
Bank 3
through
Bank 13
...to determine the data memory
location to be used in that operation.
In this case, the FSR1 pair contains
FCCh. This means the contents of
location FCCh will be added to that
of the W register and stored back in
FCCh.
E00h
Bank 14
F00h
FFFh
Bank 15
Data Memory
DS39960C-page 106
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
6.4.3.2
FSR Registers and POSTINC,
POSTDEC, PREINC and PLUSW
In addition to the INDF operand, each FSR register pair
also has four additional indirect operands. Like INDF,
these are “virtual” registers that cannot be indirectly
read or written to. Accessing these registers actually
accesses the associated FSR register pair, but also
performs a specific action on its stored value.
These operands are:
• POSTDEC – Accesses the FSR value, then
automatically decrements it by ‘1’ afterwards
• POSTINC – Accesses the FSR value, then
automatically increments it by ‘1’ afterwards
• PREINC – Increments the FSR value by ‘1’, then
uses it in the operation
• PLUSW – Adds the signed value of the W register
(range of -127 to 128) to that of the FSR and uses
the new value in the operation
In this context, accessing an INDF register uses the
value in the FSR registers without changing them.
Similarly, accessing a PLUSW register gives the FSR
value, offset by the value in the W register, with neither
value actually changed in the operation. Accessing the
other virtual registers changes the value of the FSR
registers.
Operations on the FSRs with POSTDEC, POSTINC
and PREINC affect the entire register pair. Rollovers of
the FSRnL register, from FFh to 00h, carry over to the
FSRnH register. On the other hand, results of these
operations do not change the value of any flags in the
STATUS register (for example, Z, N and OV bits).
The PLUSW register can be used to implement a form
of Indexed Addressing in the data memory space. By
manipulating the value in the W register, users can
reach addresses that are fixed offsets from pointer
addresses. In some applications, this can be used to
implement some powerful program control structure,
such as software stacks, inside of data memory.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
6.4.3.3
Operations by FSRs on FSRs
Indirect Addressing operations that target other FSRs
or virtual registers represent special cases. For
example, using an FSR to point to one of the virtual
registers will not result in successful operations.
As a specific case, assume that the FSR0H:FSR0L
registers contain FE7h, the address of INDF1.
Attempts to read the value of the INDF1, using INDF0
as an operand, will return 00h. Attempts to write to
INDF1, using INDF0 as the operand, will result in a
NOP.
On the other hand, using the virtual registers to write to
an FSR pair may not occur as planned. In these cases,
the value will be written to the FSR pair, but without any
incrementing or decrementing. Thus, writing to INDF2
or POSTDEC2 will write the same value to the
FSR2H:FSR2L.
Since the FSRs are physical registers mapped in the
SFR space, they can be manipulated through all direct
operations. Users should proceed cautiously when
working on these registers, however, particularly if their
code uses Indirect Addressing.
Similarly, operations by Indirect Addressing are generally permitted on all other SFRs. Users should exercise
the appropriate caution, so that they do not inadvertently
change settings that might affect the operation of the
device.
6.5
Program Memory and the
Extended Instruction Set
The operation of program memory is unaffected by the
use of the extended instruction set.
Enabling the extended instruction set adds five
additional two-word commands to the existing PIC18
instruction set: ADDFSR, CALLW, MOVSF, MOVSS and
SUBFSR. These instructions are executed as described
in Section 6.2.4 “Two-Word Instructions”.
DS39960C-page 107
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
6.6
Data Memory and the Extended
Instruction Set
Enabling the PIC18 extended instruction set (XINST
Configuration bit = 1) significantly changes certain
aspects of data memory and its addressing. Using the
Access Bank for many of the core PIC18 instructions
introduces a new addressing mode for the data memory
space. This mode also alters the behavior of Indirect
Addressing using FSR2 and its associated operands.
Under these conditions, the file address of the
instruction is not interpreted as the lower byte of an
address (used with the BSR in Direct Addressing) or as
an 8-bit address in the Access Bank. Instead, the value
is interpreted as an offset value to an Address Pointer
specified by FSR2. The offset and the contents of FSR2
are added to obtain the target address of the operation.
6.6.2
INSTRUCTIONS AFFECTED BY
INDEXED LITERAL OFFSET MODE
What does not change is just as important. The size of
the data memory space is unchanged, as well as its
linear addressing. The SFR map remains the same.
Core PIC18 instructions can still operate in both Direct
and Indirect Addressing mode. Inherent and literal
instructions do not change at all. Indirect Addressing
with FSR0 and FSR1 also remains unchanged.
Any of the core PIC18 instructions that can use Direct
Addressing are potentially affected by the Indexed
Literal Offset Addressing mode. This includes all
byte-oriented and bit-oriented instructions, or almost
one-half of the standard PIC18 instruction set. Instructions that only use Inherent or Literal Addressing
modes are unaffected.
6.6.1
Additionally, byte-oriented and bit-oriented instructions
are not affected if they do not use the Access Bank
(Access RAM bit = 1), or include a file address of 60h
or above. Instructions meeting these criteria will
continue to execute as before. A comparison of the
different possible addressing modes when the
extended instruction set is enabled is shown in
Figure 6-9.
INDEXED ADDRESSING WITH
LITERAL OFFSET
Enabling the PIC18 extended instruction set changes
the behavior of Indirect Addressing using the FSR2
register pair and its associated file operands. Under the
proper conditions, instructions that use the Access
Bank – that is, most bit-oriented and byte-oriented
instructions – can invoke a form of Indexed Addressing
using an offset specified in the instruction. This special
addressing mode is known as Indexed Addressing with
Literal Offset or the Indexed Literal Offset mode.
When using the extended instruction set, this
addressing mode requires the following:
Those who desire to use byte-oriented or bit-oriented
instructions in the Indexed Literal Offset mode should
note the changes to assembler syntax for this mode.
This is described in more detail in Section 29.2.1
“Extended Instruction Syntax”.
• Use of the Access Bank (‘a’ = 0)
• A file address argument that is less than or equal
to 5Fh
DS39960C-page 108
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 6-9:
COMPARING ADDRESSING OPTIONS FOR BIT-ORIENTED AND
BYTE-ORIENTED INSTRUCTIONS (EXTENDED INSTRUCTION SET ENABLED)
EXAMPLE INSTRUCTION: ADDWF, f, d, a (Opcode: 0010 01da ffff ffff)
When a = 0 and f  60h:
The instruction executes in
Direct Forced mode. ‘f’ is
interpreted as a location in the
Access RAM between 060h
and FFFh. This is the same as
locations, F60h to FFFh
(Bank 15), of data memory.
Locations below 060h are not
available in this addressing
mode.
000h
060h
Bank 0
100h
00h
Bank 1
through
Bank 14
60h
Valid range
for ‘f’
FFh
F00h
Access RAM
Bank 15
F40h
SFRs
FFFh
Data Memory
When a = 0 and f5Fh:
The instruction executes in
Indexed Literal Offset mode. ‘f’
is interpreted as an offset to the
address value in FSR2. The
two are added together to
obtain the address of the target
register for the instruction. The
address can be anywhere in
the data memory space.
Note that in this mode, the
correct syntax is now:
ADDWF [k], d
where ‘k’ is the same as ‘f’.
000h
Bank 0
060h
100h
001001da ffffffff
Bank 1
through
Bank 14
FSR2H
FSR2L
F00h
Bank 15
F40h
SFRs
FFFh
Data Memory
When a = 1 (all values of f):
The instruction executes in
Direct mode (also known as
Direct Long mode). ‘f’ is
interpreted as a location in
one of the 16 banks of the data
memory space. The bank is
designated by the Bank Select
Register (BSR). The address
can be in any implemented
bank in the data memory
space.
BSR
00000000
000h
Bank 0
060h
100h
Bank 1
through
Bank 14
001001da ffffffff
F00h
Bank 15
F40h
SFRs
FFFh
Data Memory
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 109
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
6.6.3
MAPPING THE ACCESS BANK IN
INDEXED LITERAL OFFSET MODE
The use of Indexed Literal Offset Addressing mode
effectively changes how the lower part of Access RAM
(00h to 5Fh) is mapped. Rather than containing just the
contents of the bottom part of Bank 0, this mode maps
the contents from Bank 0 and a user-defined “window”
that can be located anywhere in the data memory
space.
The value of FSR2 establishes the lower boundary of
the addresses mapped into the window, while the
upper boundary is defined by FSR2 plus 95 (5Fh).
Addresses in the Access RAM above 5Fh are mapped
as previously described. (See Section 6.3.2 “Access
Bank”.) An example of Access Bank remapping in this
addressing mode is shown in Figure 6-10.
FIGURE 6-10:
Remapping the Access Bank applies only to operations
using the Indexed Literal Offset mode. Operations that
use the BSR (Access RAM bit = 1) will continue to use
Direct Addressing as before. Any Indirect or Indexed
Addressing operation that explicitly uses any of the
indirect file operands (including FSR2) will continue to
operate as standard Indirect Addressing. Any instruction that uses the Access Bank, but includes a register
address of greater than 05Fh, will use Direct
Addressing and the normal Access Bank map.
6.6.4
BSR IN INDEXED LITERAL
OFFSET MODE
Although the Access Bank is remapped when the
extended instruction set is enabled, the operation of the
BSR remains unchanged. Direct Addressing, using the
BSR to select the data memory bank, operates in the
same manner as previously described.
REMAPPING THE ACCESS BANK WITH INDEXED LITERAL
OFFSET ADDRESSING
Example Situation:
ADDWF f, d, a
FSR2H:FSR2L = 120h
Locations in the region
from the FSR2 Pointer
(120h) to the pointer plus
05Fh (17Fh) are mapped
to the bottom of the
Access RAM (000h-05Fh).
000h
05Fh
Bank 0
100h
120h
17Fh
200h
Window
Bank 1
00h
Bank 1 “Window”
5Fh
60h
Special Function Registers
at F60h through FFFh are
mapped to 60h through
FFh, as usual.
Bank 0 addresses below
5Fh are not available in
this mode. They can still
be addressed by using the
BSR.
Not Accessible
Bank 2
through
Bank 14
SFRs
FFh
Access Bank
F00h
Bank 15
F60h
FFFh
SFRs
Data Memory
DS39960C-page 110
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
7.0
FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
7.1
Table Reads and Table Writes
The Flash program memory is readable, writable and
erasable during normal operation over the entire VDD
range.
In order to read and write program memory, there are
two operations that allow the processor to move bytes
between the program memory space and the data RAM:
A read from program memory is executed on one byte
at a time. For execution of a write to or erasure of
program memory:
• Table Read (TBLRD)
• Table Write (TBLWT)
• Memory of 32 Kbytes and 64 Kbytes
(PIC18FX5K22 and PIC18FX6K22 devices) –
Blocks of 64 bytes
• Memory of 128 Kbytes (PIC18FX7K22 devices) –
Blocks of 128 bytes
Writing or erasing program memory will cease
instruction fetches until the operation is complete. The
program memory cannot be accessed during the write
or erase, therefore, code cannot execute. An internal
programming timer terminates program memory writes
and erases.
A value written to program memory does not need to be
a valid instruction. Executing a program memory
location that forms an invalid instruction results in a
NOP.
FIGURE 7-1:
The program memory space is 16 bits wide, while the
data RAM space is 8 bits wide. Table reads and table
writes move data between these two memory spaces
through an 8-bit register (TABLAT).
Table read operations retrieve data from program
memory and place it into the data RAM space.
Figure 7-1 shows the operation of a table read with
program memory and data RAM.
Table write operations store data from the data memory
space into holding registers in program memory. The
procedure to write the contents of the holding registers
into program memory is detailed in Section 7.5 “Writing
to Flash Program Memory”. Figure 7-2 shows the
operation of a table write with program memory and data
RAM.
Table operations work with byte entities. A table block
containing data, rather than program instructions, is not
required to be word-aligned. Therefore, a table block can
start and end at any byte address. If a table write is being
used to write executable code into program memory,
program instructions will need to be word-aligned.
TABLE READ OPERATION
Instruction: TBLRD*
Program Memory
Table Pointer(1)
TBLPTRU
TBLPTRH
Table Latch (8-bit)
TBLPTRL
TABLAT
Program Memory
(TBLPTR)
Note 1: Table Pointer register points to a byte in program memory.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 111
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 7-2:
TABLE WRITE OPERATION
Instruction: TBLWT*
Program Memory
Holding Registers
Table Pointer(1)
TBLPTRU
TBLPTRH
Table Latch (8-bit)
TBLPTRL
TABLAT
Program Memory
(TBLPTR)
Note 1: The Table Pointer actually points to one of 64 holding registers; the address of which is determined by
TBLPTRL<5:0>. The process for physically writing data to the program memory array is discussed in
Section 7.5 “Writing to Flash Program Memory”.
7.2
Control Registers
Several control registers are used in conjunction with
the TBLRD and TBLWT instructions. These include the:
•
•
•
•
EECON1 register
EECON2 register
TABLAT register
TBLPTR registers
7.2.1
EECON1 AND EECON2 REGISTERS
The FREE bit, when set, allows a program memory
erase operation. When FREE is set, the erase
operation is initiated on the next WR command. When
FREE is clear, only writes are enabled.
The WREN bit, when set, allows a write operation. On
power-up, the WREN bit is clear. The WRERR bit is set
in hardware when the WR bit is set and cleared when
the internal programming timer expires and the write
operation is complete.
Note:
The EECON1 register (Register 7-1) is the control
register for memory accesses. The EECON2 register,
not a physical register, is used exclusively in the
memory write and erase sequences. Reading
EECON2 will read all ‘0’s.
The EEPGD control bit determines if the access is a
program or data EEPROM memory access. When
clear, any subsequent operations operate on the data
EEPROM memory. When set, any subsequent
operations operate on the program memory.
The CFGS control bit determines if the access is to the
Configuration/Calibration registers or to program
memory/data EEPROM memory. When set,
subsequent operations operate on Configuration
registers regardless of EEPGD (see Section 28.0
“Special Features of the CPU”). When clear, memory
selection access is determined by EEPGD.
DS39960C-page 112
During normal operation, the WRERR is
read as ‘1’. This can indicate that a write
operation was prematurely terminated by
a Reset or a write operation was
attempted improperly.
The WR control bit initiates write operations. The bit
cannot be cleared, only set, in software. It is cleared in
hardware at the completion of the write operation.
Note:
The EEIF interrupt flag bit (PIR6<4>) is
set when the write is complete. It must be
cleared in software.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 7-1:
R/W-x
EEPGD
EECON1: EEPROM CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-x
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-x
R/W-0
R/S-0
R/S-0
CFGS
—
FREE
WRERR(1)
WREN
WR
RD
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
S = Settable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
EEPGD: Flash Program or Data EEPROM Memory Select bit
1 = Access Flash program memory
0 = Access data EEPROM memory
bit 6
CFGS: Flash Program/Data EEPROM or Configuration Select bit
1 = Access Configuration registers
0 = Access Flash program or data EEPROM memory
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
FREE: Flash Row Erase Enable bit
1 = Erase the program memory row addressed by TBLPTR on the next WR command
(cleared by completion of erase operation)
0 = Perform write-only
bit 3
WRERR: Flash Program/Data EEPROM Error Flag bit(1)
1 = A write operation is prematurely terminated (any Reset during self-timed programming in normal
operation or an improper write attempt)
0 = The write operation completed
bit 2
WREN: Flash Program/Data EEPROM Write Enable bit
1 = Allows write cycles to Flash program/data EEPROM
0 = Inhibits write cycles to Flash program/data EEPROM
bit 1
WR: Write Control bit
1 = Initiates a data EEPROM erase/write cycle or a program memory erase cycle or write cycle.
(The operation is self-timed and the bit is cleared by hardware once the write is complete.
The WR bit can only be set (not cleared) in software.)
0 = Write cycle to the EEPROM is complete
bit 0
RD: Read Control bit
1 = Initiates an EEPROM read (Read takes one cycle. RD is cleared in hardware. The RD bit can only
be set (not cleared) in software. The RD bit cannot be set when EEPGD = 1 or CFGS = 1.)
0 = Does not initiate an EEPROM read
Note 1:
When a WRERR occurs, the EEPGD and CFGS bits are not cleared. This allows tracing of the error
condition.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 113
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
7.2.2
TABLAT – TABLE LATCH REGISTER
7.2.4
The Table Latch (TABLAT) is an eight-bit register
mapped into the SFR space. The Table Latch register
is used to hold 8-bit data during data transfers between
program memory and data RAM.
7.2.3
TBLPTR is used in reads, writes and erases of the
Flash program memory.
When a TBLRD is executed, all 22 bits of the TBLPTR
determine which byte is read from program memory
into TABLAT.
TBLPTR – TABLE POINTER
REGISTER
When a TBLWT is executed, the six LSbs of the Table
Pointer register (TBLPTR<5:0>) determine which of
the 64 program memory holding registers is written to.
When the timed write to program memory begins (via
the WR bit), the 16 MSbs of the TBLPTR
(TBLPTR<21:6>) determine which program memory
block of 64 bytes is written to. For more detail, see
Section 7.5 “Writing to Flash Program Memory”.
The Table Pointer (TBLPTR) register addresses a byte
within the program memory. The TBLPTR is comprised
of three SFR registers: Table Pointer Upper Byte, Table
Pointer High Byte and Table Pointer Low Byte
(TBLPTRU:TBLPTRH:TBLPTRL). These three registers join to form a 22-bit wide pointer. The low-order
21 bits allow the device to address up to 2 Mbytes of
program memory space. The 22nd bit allows access to
the Device ID, the User ID and the Configuration bits.
When an erase of program memory is executed, the
16 MSbs of the Table Pointer register (TBLPTR<21:6>)
point to the 64-byte block that will be erased. The Least
Significant bits (TBLPTR<5:0>) are ignored.
The Table Pointer register, TBLPTR, is used by the
TBLRD and TBLWT instructions. These instructions can
update the TBLPTR in one of four ways, based on the
table operation. These operations are shown in
Table 7-1 and only affect the low-order 21 bits.
TABLE 7-1:
TABLE POINTER BOUNDARIES
Figure 7-3 describes the relevant boundaries of the
TBLPTR based on Flash program memory operations.
TABLE POINTER OPERATIONS WITH TBLRD AND TBLWT INSTRUCTIONS
Example
Operation on Table Pointer
TBLRD*
TBLWT*
TBLPTR is not modified
TBLRD*+
TBLWT*+
TBLPTR is incremented after the read/write
TBLRD*TBLWT*-
TBLPTR is decremented after the read/write
TBLRD+*
TBLWT+*
TBLPTR is incremented before the read/write
FIGURE 7-3:
21
TABLE POINTER BOUNDARIES BASED ON OPERATION
TBLPTRU
16
15
TBLPTRH
8
TABLE ERASE/WRITE
TBLPTR<21:6>
7
TBLPTRL
0
TABLE WRITE
TBLPTR<5:0>
TABLE READ – TBLPTR<21:0>
DS39960C-page 114
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
7.3
TBLPTR points to a byte address in program space.
Executing TBLRD places the byte pointed to into
TABLAT. In addition, the TBLPTR can be modified
automatically for the next table read operation.
Reading the Flash Program
Memory
The TBLRD instruction is used to retrieve data from
program memory and places it into data RAM. Table
reads from program memory are performed one byte at
a time.
FIGURE 7-4:
The internal program memory is typically organized by
words. The Least Significant bit of the address selects
between the high and low bytes of the word. Figure 7-4
shows the interface between the internal program
memory and the TABLAT.
READS FROM FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
Program Memory
(Even Byte Address)
(Odd Byte Address)
TBLPTR = xxxxx1
Instruction Register
(IR)
EXAMPLE 7-1:
FETCH
TBLRD
TBLPTR = xxxxx0
TABLAT
Read Register
READING A FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WORD
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
CODE_ADDR_UPPER
TBLPTRU
CODE_ADDR_HIGH
TBLPTRH
CODE_ADDR_LOW
TBLPTRL
; Load TBLPTR with the base
; address of the word
READ_WORD
TBLRD*+
MOVF
MOVWF
TBLRD*+
MOVF
MOVF
TABLAT, W
WORD_EVEN
TABLAT, W
WORD_ODD
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
; read into TABLAT and increment
; get data
; read into TABLAT and increment
; get data
DS39960C-page 115
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
7.4
Erasing Flash Program Memory
The erase blocks are:
• PIC18FX5K22 and PIC18FX6K22 – 32 words or
64 bytes
• PIC18FX7K22 – 64 words or 128 bytes
Word erase in the Flash array is not supported.
When initiating an erase sequence from the microcontroller itself, a block of 64 or 128 bytes of program
memory is erased. The Most Significant 16 bits of the
TBLPTR<21:6> point to the block being erased. The
TBLPTR<5:0> bits are ignored.
The EECON1 register commands the erase operation.
The EEPGD bit must be set to point to the Flash
program memory. The WREN bit must be set to enable
write operations. The FREE bit is set to select an erase
operation.
7.4.1
The sequence of events for erasing a block of internal
program memory location is:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
For protection, the write initiate sequence for EECON2
must be used.
A long write is necessary for erasing the internal Flash.
Instruction execution is halted while in a long write
cycle. The long write will be terminated by the internal
programming timer.
EXAMPLE 7-2:
FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
ERASE SEQUENCE
7.
Load the Table Pointer register with the address
of row to be erased.
Set the EECON1 register for the erase operation:
• Set the EEPGD bit to point to program memory
• Clear the CFGS bit to access program memory
• Set the WREN bit to enable writes
• Set the FREE bit to enable the erase
Disable the interrupts.
Write 0x55 to EECON2.
Write 0xAA to EECON2.
Set the WR bit.
This begins the row erase cycle.
The CPU will stall for the duration of the erase
for TIW. (See Parameter D133A.)
Re-enable interrupts.
ERASING A FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY ROW
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
CODE_ADDR_UPPER
TBLPTRU
CODE_ADDR_HIGH
TBLPTRH
CODE_ADDR_LOW
TBLPTRL
; load TBLPTR with the base
; address of the memory block
BSF
BCF
BSF
BSF
BCF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
BSF
BSF
EECON1,
EECON1,
EECON1,
EECON1,
INTCON,
0x55
EECON2
0xAA
EECON2
EECON1,
INTCON,
;
;
;
;
;
ERASE_ROW
Required
Sequence
DS39960C-page 116
EEPGD
CFGS
WREN
FREE
GIE
point to Flash program memory
access Flash program memory
enable write to memory
enable Row Erase operation
disable interrupts
; write 55h
WR
GIE
; write 0AAh
; start erase (CPU stall)
; re-enable interrupts
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
7.5
The long write is necessary for programming the
internal Flash. Instruction execution is halted while in a
long write cycle. The long write is terminated by the
internal programming timer.
Writing to Flash Program Memory
The programming blocks are:
• PIC18FX5K22 and PIC18FX6K22 – 32 words or
64 bytes
• PIC18FX7K22 – 64 words or 128 bytes
Word or byte programming is not supported.
Table writes are used internally to load the holding
registers needed to program the Flash memory. The
number of holding registers used for programming by
the table writes are:
The EEPROM on-chip timer controls the write time.
The write/erase voltages are generated by an on-chip
charge pump, rated to operate over the voltage range
of the device.
Note:
• PIC18FX5K22 and PIC18FX6K22 – 64
• PIC18FX7K22 – 128
Since the Table Latch (TABLAT) is only a single byte, the
TBLWT instruction may need to be executed 64 times for
each programming operation. All of the table write operations will essentially be short writes because only the
holding registers are written. At the end of updating the
64 or 128 holding registers, the EECON1 register must
be written to in order to start the programming operation
with a long write.
FIGURE 7-5:
The default value of the holding registers
on device Resets and after write operations is FFh. A write of FFh to a holding
register does not modify that byte. This
means that individual bytes of program
memory may be modified, provided that
the change does not attempt to change
any bit from a ‘0’ to a ‘1’. When modifying
individual bytes, it is not necessary to load
all 64 or 128 holding registers before
executing a write operation.
TABLE WRITES TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
TABLAT
Write Register
8
8
TBLPTR = xxxxx0
TBLPTR = xxxxx1
Holding Register
8
TBLPTR = xxxxx2
Holding Register
Holding Register
8
TBLPTR = xxxx3F
Holding Register
Program Memory
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 117
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
7.5.1
FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WRITE
SEQUENCE
The sequence of events for programming an internal
program memory location should be:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Read the 64 or 128 bytes into RAM.
Update the data values in RAM as necessary.
Load the Table Pointer register with the address
being erased.
Execute the row erase procedure.
Load the Table Pointer register with the address
of the first byte being written.
Write the 64 or 128 bytes into the holding
registers with auto-increment.
Set the EECON1 register for the write operation:
• Set the EEPGD bit to point to program memory
• Clear the CFGS bit to access program memory
• Set the WREN to enable byte writes
Disable the interrupts.
Write 0x55 to EECON2.
Write 0xAA to EECON2.
Set the WR bit. This will begin the write cycle.
The CPU will stall for duration of the write for TIW
(see Parameter D133A).
Re-enable the interrupts.
Verify the memory (table read).
DS39960C-page 118
An example of the required code is shown in
Example 7-3 on the following page 119.
Note:
Before setting the WR bit, the Table
Pointer address needs to be within the
intended address range of the 64 or
128 bytes in the holding register.
Note:
Self-write execution to Flash and
EEPROM memory cannot be done while
running in LP Oscillator mode (Low-Power
mode). Therefore, executing a self-write
will put the device into High-Power mode.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
EXAMPLE 7-3:
WRITING TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
SIZE_OF_BLOCK
COUNTER
BUFFER_ADDR_HIGH
FSR0H
BUFFER_ADDR_LOW
FSR0L
CODE_ADDR_UPPER
TBLPTRU
CODE_ADDR_HIGH
TBLPTRH
CODE_ADDR_LOW
TBLPTRL
; number of bytes in erase block
TBLRD*+
MOVF
MOVWF
DECFSZ
BRA
TABLAT, W
POSTINC0
COUNTER
READ_BLOCK
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
DATA_ADDR_HIGH
FSR0H
DATA_ADDR_LOW
FSR0L
NEW_DATA_LOW
POSTINC0
NEW_DATA_HIGH
INDF0
; point to buffer
CODE_ADDR_UPPER
TBLPTRU
CODE_ADDR_HIGH
TBLPTRH
CODE_ADDR_LOW
TBLPTRL
EECON1, EEPGD
EECON1, CFGS
EECON1, WREN
EECON1, FREE
INTCON, GIE
0x55
EECON2
0xAA
EECON2
EECON1, WR
INTCON, GIE
; load TBLPTR with the base
; address of the memory block
; point to buffer
; Load TBLPTR with the base
; address of the memory block
READ_BLOCK
;
;
;
;
;
read into TABLAT, and inc
get data
store data
done?
repeat
MODIFY_WORD
; update buffer word
ERASE_BLOCK
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
BSF
BCF
BSF
BSF
BCF
MOVLW
Required
MOVWF
Sequence
MOVLW
MOVWF
BSF
BSF
TBLRD*MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
WRITE_BUFFER_BACK
MOVLW
MOVWF
WRITE_BYTE_TO_HREGS
MOVFF
MOVWF
TBLWT+*
BUFFER_ADDR_HIGH
FSR0H
BUFFER_ADDR_LOW
FSR0L
;
;
;
;
;
point to Flash program memory
access Flash program memory
enable write to memory
enable Row Erase operation
disable interrupts
; write 55h
;
;
;
;
;
write 0AAh
start erase (CPU stall)
re-enable interrupts
dummy read decrement
point to buffer
SIZE_OF_BLOCK
COUNTER
; number of bytes in holding register
POSTINC0, WREG
TABLAT
;
;
;
;
;
DECFSZ COUNTER
BRA
WRITE_BYTE_TO_HREGS
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
get low byte of buffer data
present data to table latch
write data, perform a short write
to internal TBLWT holding register.
loop until buffers are full
DS39960C-page 119
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
EXAMPLE 7-3:
WRITING TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY (CONTINUED)
PROGRAM_MEMORY
BSF
BCF
BSF
BCF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
BSF
BSF
BCF
Required
Sequence
7.5.2
EECON1,
EECON1,
EECON1,
INTCON,
0x55
EECON2
0xAA
EECON2
EECON1,
INTCON,
EECON1,
EEPGD
CFGS
WREN
GIE
;
;
;
;
point to Flash program memory
access Flash program memory
enable write to memory
disable interrupts
; write 55h
;
;
;
;
WR
GIE
WREN
write 0AAh
start program (CPU stall)
re-enable interrupts
disable write to memory
WRITE VERIFY
7.5.4
Depending on the application, good programming
practice may dictate that the value written to the
memory should be verified against the original value.
This should be used in applications where excessive
writes can stress bits near the specification limit.
7.5.3
To protect against spurious writes to Flash program
memory, the write initiate sequence must also be
followed. See Section 28.0 “Special Features of the
CPU” for more detail.
UNEXPECTED TERMINATION OF
WRITE OPERATION
7.6
If a write is terminated by an unplanned event, such as
loss of power or an unexpected Reset, the memory
location just programmed should be verified and reprogrammed if needed. If the write operation is interrupted
by a MCLR Reset or a WDT Time-out Reset during
normal operation, the user can check the WRERR bit
and rewrite the location(s) as needed.
TABLE 7-2:
Name
TBLPTRU
PROTECTION AGAINST
SPURIOUS WRITES
Flash Program Operation During
Code Protection
See Section 28.6 “Program Verification and Code
Protection” for details on code protection of Flash
program memory.
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PROGRAM FLASH MEMORY
Bit 7
—
Bit 6
—
Bit 5
bit
21(1)
Bit 4
Bit 3
Program Memory Table Pointer High Byte (TBLPTR<15:8>)
TBLPTRL
Program Memory Table Pointer Low Byte (TBLPTR<7:0>)
TABLAT
Program Memory Table Latch
EECON2
EECON1
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
Bit 1
Bit 0
Program Memory Table Pointer Upper Byte (TBLPTR<20:16>)
TBPLTRH
INTCON
Bit 2
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
EEPROM Control Register 2 (not a physical register)
EEPGD
CFGS
—
FREE
WRERR
WREN
WR
RD
IPR6
—
—
—
EEIP
—
CMP3IP
CMP2IP
CMP1IP
PIR6
—
—
—
EEIF
—
CMP3IF
CMP2IF
CMP1IF
PIE6
—
—
—
EEIE
—
CMP3IE
CMP2IE
CMP1IE
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used during Flash/EEPROM access.
Note 1: Bit 21 of the TBLPTRU allows access to the device Configuration bits.
DS39960C-page 120
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
8.0
EXTERNAL MEMORY BUS
Note:
The external memory bus
implemented on 64-pin devices.
is
not
The External Memory Bus (EMB) allows the device to
access external memory devices (such as Flash,
EPROM or SRAM) as program or data memory. It
supports both 8 and 16-Bit Data Width modes and
three address widths of up to 20 bits.
TABLE 8-1:
The bus is implemented with 28 pins, multiplexed
across four I/O ports. Three ports (PORTD, PORTE
and PORTH) are multiplexed with the address/data bus
for a total of 20 available lines, while PORTJ is
multiplexed with the bus control signals.
A list of the pins and their functions is provided in
Table 8-1.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY EXTERNAL BUS – I/O PORT FUNCTIONS
Name
Port
Bit
External Memory Bus Function
RD0/AD0
PORTD
0
Address bit 0 or Data bit 0
RD1/AD1
PORTD
1
Address bit 1 or Data bit 1
RD2/AD2
PORTD
2
Address bit 2 or Data bit 2
RD3/AD3
PORTD
3
Address bit 3 or Data bit 3
RD4/AD4
PORTD
4
Address bit 4 or Data bit 4
RD5/AD5
PORTD
5
Address bit 5 or Data bit 5
RD6/AD6
PORTD
6
Address bit 6 or Data bit 6
RD7/AD7
PORTD
7
Address bit 7 or Data bit 7
RE0/AD8
PORTE
0
Address bit 8 or Data bit 8
RE1/AD9
PORTE
1
Address bit 9 or Data bit 9
RE2/AD10
PORTE
2
Address bit 10 or Data bit 10
RE3/AD11
PORTE
3
Address bit 11 or Data bit 11
RE4/AD12
PORTE
4
Address bit 12 or Data bit 12
RE5/AD13
PORTE
5
Address bit 13 or Data bit 13
RE6/AD14
PORTE
6
Address bit 14 or Data bit 14
RE7/AD15
PORTE
7
Address bit 15 or Data bit 15
RH0/A16
PORTH
0
Address bit 16
RH1/A17
PORTH
1
Address bit 17
RH2/A18
PORTH
2
Address bit 18
RH3/A19
PORTH
3
Address bit 19
RJ0/ALE
PORTJ
0
Address Latch Enable (ALE) Control pin
RJ1/OE
PORTJ
1
Output Enable (OE) Control pin
RJ2/WRL
PORTJ
2
Write Low (WRL) Control pin
RJ3/WRH
PORTJ
3
Write High (WRH) Control pin
RJ4/BA0
PORTJ
4
Byte Address bit 0 (BA0)
RJ5/CE
PORTJ
5
Chip Enable (CE) Control pin
RJ6/LB
PORTJ
6
Lower Byte Enable (LB) Control pin
RJ7/UB
PORTJ
7
Upper Byte Enable (UB) Control pin
Note:
For the sake of clarity, only I/O port and external bus assignments are shown here. One or more additional
multiplexed features may be available on some pins.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 121
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
8.1
External Memory Bus Control
The operation of the interface is controlled by the
MEMCON register (Register 8-1). This register is
available in all program memory operating modes
except Microcontroller mode. In this mode, the register
is disabled and cannot be written to.
The EBDIS bit (MEMCON<7>) controls the operation
of the bus and related port functions. Clearing EBDIS
enables the interface and disables the I/O functions of
the ports, as well as any other functions multiplexed to
those pins. Setting the bit enables the I/O ports and
other functions, but allows the interface to override
everything else on the pins when an external memory
operation is required. By default, the external bus is
always enabled and disables all other I/O.
REGISTER 8-1:
The operation of the EBDIS bit is also influenced by the
program memory mode being used. This is discussed
in more detail in Section 8.5 “Program Memory
Modes and the External Memory Bus”.
The WAIT bits allow for the addition of Wait states to
external memory operations. The use of these bits is
discussed in Section 8.3 “Wait States”.
The WM bits select the particular operating mode used
when the bus is operating in 16-Bit Data Width mode.
These are discussed in more detail in Section 8.6
“16-Bit Data Width Modes”. These bits have no effect
when an 8-Bit Data Width mode is selected.
MEMCON: EXTERNAL MEMORY BUS CONTROL REGISTER(1)
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
EBDIS
—
WAIT1
WAIT0
—
—
WM1
WM0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
EBDIS: External Bus Disable bit
1 = External bus is enabled when microcontroller accesses external memory; otherwise, all external
bus drivers are mapped as I/O ports
0 = External bus is always enabled, I/O ports are disabled
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-4
WAIT<1:0>: Table Reads and Writes Bus Cycle Wait Count bits
11 = Table reads and writes will wait 0 TCY
10 = Table reads and writes will wait 1 TCY
01 = Table reads and writes will wait 2 TCY
00 = Table reads and writes will wait 3 TCY
bit 3-2
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1-0
WM<1:0>: TBLWT Operation with 16-Bit Data Bus Width Select bits
1x = Word Write mode: TABLAT word output, WRH active when TABLAT is written
01 = Byte Select mode: TABLAT data copied on both MSB and LSB, WRH and (UB or LB) will activate
00 = Byte Write mode: TABLAT data copied on both MSB and LSB, WRH or WRL will activate
Note 1: Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
DS39960C-page 122
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
8.2
8.2.1
Address and Data Width
The PIC18F87K22 family of devices can be independently configured for different address and data widths
on the same memory bus. Both address and data width
are set by Configuration bits in the CONFIG3L register.
As Configuration bits, this means that these options
can only be configured by programming the device and
are not controllable in software.
The BW bit selects an 8-bit or 16-bit data bus width.
Setting this bit (default) selects a data width of 16 bits.
The ABW<1:0> bits determine both the program memory operating mode and the address bus width. The
available options are 20-bit, 16-bit and 12-bit, as well
as Microcontroller mode (external bus disabled).
Selecting a 16-bit or 12-bit width makes a corresponding number of high-order lines available for I/O
functions. These pins are no longer affected by the
setting of the EBDIS bit. For example, selecting a
16-Bit Addressing mode (ABW<1:0> = 01) disables
A<19:16> and allows PORTH<3:0> to function without
interruptions from the bus. Using the smaller address
widths allows users to tailor the memory bus to the size
of the external memory space for a particular design
while freeing up pins for dedicated I/O operation.
Because the ABW bits have the effect of disabling pins
for memory bus operations, it is important to always
select an address width at least equal to the data width.
If a 12-bit address width is used with a 16-bit data
width, the upper four bits of data will not be available on
the bus.
All combinations of address and data widths require
multiplexing of address and data information on the
same lines. The address and data multiplexing, as well
as I/O ports made available by the use of smaller
address widths, are summarized in Table 8-2.
TABLE 8-2:
Data Width
By default, the address presented on the external bus
is the value of the PC. In practical terms, this means
that addresses in the external memory device below
the top of on-chip memory are unavailable to the microcontroller. To access these physical locations, the glue
logic between the microcontroller and the external
memory must somehow translate addresses.
To simplify the interface, the external bus offers an
extension of Extended Microcontroller mode that
automatically performs address shifting. This feature is
controlled by the EASHFT Configuration bit. Setting
this bit offsets addresses on the bus by the size of the
microcontroller’s on-chip program memory and sets
the bottom address at 0000h. This allows the device to
use the entire range of physical addresses of the
external memory.
8.2.2
This addressing mode is available in both 8-bit and
certain 16-Bit Data Width modes. Additional details are
provided in Section 8.6.3 “16-Bit Byte Select Mode”
and Section 8.7 “8-Bit Data Width Mode”.
ADDRESS AND DATA LINES FOR DIFFERENT ADDRESS AND DATA WIDTHS
Address Width
Multiplexed Data and
Address Lines (and
Corresponding Ports)
16-bit
AD<7:0>
(PORTD<7:0>)
20-bit
16-bit
16-bit
21-BIT ADDRESSING
As an extension of 20-bit address width operation, the
external memory bus can also fully address a 2-Mbyte
memory space. This is done by using the Bus Address
bit 0 (BA0) control line as the Least Significant bit of the
address. The UB and LB control signals may also be
used with certain memory devices to select the upper
and lower bytes within a 16-bit wide data word.
12-bit
8-bit
ADDRESS SHIFTING ON THE
EXTERNAL BUS
20-bit
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
AD<15:0>
(PORTD<7:0>,
PORTE<7:0>)
Address Only Lines
(and Corresponding
Ports)
Ports Available
for I/O
AD<11:8>
(PORTE<3:0>)
PORTE<7:4>,
All of PORTH
AD<15:8>
(PORTE<7:0>)
All of PORTH
A<19:16>, AD<15:8>
(PORTH<3:0>,
PORTE<7:0>)
—
—
All of PORTH
A<19:16>
(PORTH<3:0>)
—
DS39960C-page 123
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
8.3
Wait States
While it may be assumed that external memory devices
will operate at the microcontroller clock rate, this is
often not the case. In fact, many devices require longer
times to write or retrieve data than the time allowed by
the execution of table read or table write operations.
To compensate for this, the external memory bus can
be configured to add a fixed delay to each table operation using the bus. Wait states are enabled by setting
the WAIT Configuration bit. When enabled, the amount
of delay is set by the WAIT<1:0> bits (MEMCON<5:4>).
The delay is based on multiples of microcontroller
instruction cycle time and is added following the
instruction cycle when the table operation is executed.
The range is from no delay to 3 TCY (default value).
8.4
Port Pin Weak Pull-ups
With the exception of the upper address lines,
A<19:16>, the pins associated with the external memory bus are equipped with weak pull-ups. The pull-ups
are controlled by the upper three bits of the PADCFG1
register (PADCFG1<7:5>). They are named RDPU,
REPU and RJPU and control pull-ups on PORTD,
PORTE and PORTJ, respectively. Setting one of these
bits enables the corresponding pull-ups for that port. All
pull-ups are disabled by default on all device Resets.
functions. When EBDIS = 0, the pins function as the
external bus. When EBDIS = 1, the pins function as I/O
ports.
If the device fetches or accesses external memory
while EBDIS = 1, the pins will switch to the external
bus. If the EBDIS bit is set by a program executing from
external memory, the action of setting the bit will be
delayed until the program branches into the internal
memory. At that time, the pins will change from external
bus to I/O ports.
If the device is executing out of internal memory when
EBDIS = 0, the memory bus address/data and control
pins will not be active. They will go to a state where the
active address/data pins are tri-state; the CE, OE,
WRH, WRL, UB and LB signals are ‘1’, and ALE and
BA0 are ‘0’. Note that only those pins associated with
the current address width are forced to tri-state; the
other pins continue to function as I/O. In the case of
16-bit address width, for example, only AD<15:0>
(PORTD and PORTE) are affected; A<19:16>
(PORTH<3:0>) continue to function as I/O.
In all external memory modes, the bus takes priority
over any other peripherals that may share pins with it.
This includes the Parallel Master Port and serial
communication modules which would otherwise take
priority over the I/O port.
In Extended Microcontroller mode, the port pull-ups
can be useful in preserving the memory state on the
external bus while the bus is temporarily disabled
(EBDIS = 1).
8.6
8.5
• 16-Bit Byte Write
• 16-Bit Word Write
• 16-Bit Byte Select
Program Memory Modes and the
External Memory Bus
The PIC18F87K22 family of devices is capable of
operating in one of two program memory modes, using
combinations of on-chip and external program memory.
The functions of the multiplexed port pins depend on
the program memory mode selected, as well as the
setting of the EBDIS bit.
In Microcontroller Mode, the bus is not active and the
pins have their port functions only. Writes to the
MEMCOM register are not permitted. The Reset value
of EBDIS (‘0’) is ignored and the ABW pins behave as
I/O ports.
In Extended Microcontroller Mode, the external
program memory bus shares I/O port functions on the
pins. When the device is fetching or doing table
read/table write operations on the external program
memory space, the pins will have the external bus
function.
If the device is fetching and accessing internal program
memory locations only, the EBDIS control bit will
change the pins from external memory to I/O port
DS39960C-page 124
16-Bit Data Width Modes
In 16-Bit Data Width mode, the external memory
interface can be connected to external memories in
three different configurations:
The configuration to be used is determined by the
WM<1:0>
bits
in
the
MEMCON
register
(MEMCON<1:0>). These three different configurations
allow the designer maximum flexibility in using both
8-bit and 16-bit devices with 16-bit data.
For all 16-bit modes, the Address Latch Enable (ALE)
pin indicates that the address bits, AD<15:0>, are available on the external memory interface bus. Following
the address latch, the Output Enable (OE) signal will
enable both bytes of program memory at once to form
a 16-bit instruction word. The Chip Enable (CE signal)
is active at any time that the microcontroller accesses
external memory, whether reading or writing; it is
inactive (asserted high) whenever the device is in
Sleep mode.
In Byte Select mode, JEDEC standard Flash memories
will require BA0 for the byte address line and one I/O
line to select between Byte and Word mode. The other
16-bit modes do not need BA0. JEDEC standard static
RAM memories will use the UB or LB signals for byte
selection.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
8.6.1
16-BIT BYTE WRITE MODE
Figure 8-1 shows an example of 16-Bit Byte Write
mode for PIC18F87K22 family devices. This mode is
used for two separate 8-bit memories connected for
16-bit operation. This generally includes basic EPROM
and Flash devices. It allows table writes to byte-wide
external memories.
FIGURE 8-1:
During a TBLWT instruction cycle, the TABLAT data is
presented on the upper and lower bytes of the
AD<15:0> bus. The appropriate WRH or WRL control
line is strobed on the LSb of the TBLPTR.
16-BIT BYTE WRITE MODE EXAMPLE
D<7:0>
(MSB)
PIC18F87K22
AD<7:0>
373
A<19:0>
D<15:8>
(LSB)
A<x:0>
A<x:0>
D<7:0>
D<7:0>
CE
AD<15:8>
373
OE
D<7:0>
CE
WR(2)
OE
WR(2)
ALE
A<19:16>(1)
CE
OE
WRH
WRL
Address Bus
Data Bus
Control Lines
Note 1:
2:
Upper order address lines are used only for 20-bit address widths.
This signal only applies to table writes. See Section 7.1 “Table Reads and Table Writes”.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 125
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
8.6.2
16-BIT WORD WRITE MODE
Figure 8-2 shows an example of 16-Bit Word Write
mode for PIC18F87K22 family devices. This mode is
used for word-wide memories, which includes some of
the EPROM and Flash-type memories. This mode
allows opcode fetches and table reads from all forms of
16-bit memory and table writes to any type of
word-wide external memories. This method makes a
distinction between TBLWT cycles to even or odd
addresses.
During a TBLWT cycle to an even address
(TBLPTR<0> = 0), the TABLAT data is transferred to a
holding latch and the external address data bus is
tri-stated for the data portion of the bus cycle. No write
signals are activated.
FIGURE 8-2:
During a TBLWT cycle to an odd address
(TBLPTR<0> = 1), the TABLAT data is presented on
the upper byte of the AD<15:0> bus. The contents of
the holding latch are presented on the lower byte of the
AD<15:0> bus.
The WRH signal is strobed for each write cycle; the
WRL pin is unused. The signal on the BA0 pin indicates
the LSb of the TBLPTR, but it is left unconnected.
Instead, the UB and LB signals are active to select both
bytes. The obvious limitation to this method is that the
table write must be done in pairs on a specific word
boundary to correctly write a word location.
16-BIT WORD WRITE MODE EXAMPLE
PIC18F87K22
AD<7:0>
373
A<20:1>
D<15:0>
AD<15:8>
A<x:0>
JEDEC Word
EPROM Memory
D<15:0>
CE
OE
WR(2)
373
ALE
A<19:16>(1)
CE
OE
WRH
Address Bus
Data Bus
Control Lines
Note 1:
2:
Upper order address lines are used only for 20-bit address widths.
This signal only applies to table writes. See Section 7.1 “Table Reads and Table Writes”.
DS39960C-page 126
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
8.6.3
16-BIT BYTE SELECT MODE
Figure 8-3 shows an example of 16-Bit Byte Select
mode. This mode allows table write operations to
word-wide external memories with byte selection
capability. This generally includes both word-wide
Flash and SRAM devices.
During a TBLWT cycle, the TABLAT data is presented
on the upper and lower byte of the AD<15:0> bus. The
WRH signal is strobed for each write cycle; the WRL
pin is not used. The BA0 or UB/LB signals are used to
select the byte to be written, based on the Least
Significant bit of the TBLPTR register.
FIGURE 8-3:
Flash and SRAM devices use different control signal
combinations to implement Byte Select mode. JEDEC
standard Flash memories require that a controller I/O
port pin be connected to the memory’s BYTE/WORD
pin to provide the select signal. They also use the BA0
signal from the controller as a byte address. JEDEC
standard static RAM memories, on the other hand, use
the UB or LB signals to select the byte.
16-BIT BYTE SELECT MODE EXAMPLE
PIC18F87K22
AD<7:0>
373
A<20:1>
A<x:1>
JEDEC Word
FLASH Memory
D<15:0>
D<15:0>
138(3)
AD<15:8>
373
CE
A0
BYTE/WORD
ALE
OE WR(1)
A<19:16>(2)
OE
WRH
WRL
A<20:1>
A<x:1>
BA0
JEDEC Word
SRAM Memory
I/O
D<15:0>
LB
CE
LB
UB
UB
D<15:0>
OE WR(1)
Address Bus
Data Bus
Control Lines
Note 1:
This signal only applies to table writes. See Section 7.1 “Table Reads and Table Writes”.
2:
Upper order address lines are used only for 20-bit address width.
3:
Demultiplexing is only required when multiple memory devices are accessed.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 127
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
8.6.4
16-BIT MODE TIMING
The presentation of control signals on the external
memory bus is different for the various operating
modes. Typical signal timing diagrams are shown in
Figure 8-4 and Figure 8-5.
FIGURE 8-4:
EXTERNAL MEMORY BUS TIMING FOR TBLRD
(EXTENDED MICROCONTROLLER MODE)
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
0Ch
A<19:16>
CF33h
AD<15:0>
9256h
CE
ALE
OE
Memory
Cycle
Opcode Fetch
TBLRD *
from 000100h
Opcode Fetch
MOVLW 55h
from 000102h
TBLRD 92h
from 199E67h
Opcode Fetch
ADDLW 55h
from 000104h
Instruction
Execution
INST(PC – 2)
TBLRD Cycle 1
TBLRD Cycle 2
MOVLW
FIGURE 8-5:
EXTERNAL MEMORY BUS TIMING FOR SLEEP
(EXTENDED MICROCONTROLLER MODE)
Q1
Q2
Q4
Q1
Q2
3AAAh
Q3
Q4
Q1
00h
00h
A<19:16>
AD<15:0>
Q3
0003h
3AABh
0E55h
CE
ALE
OE
Memory
Cycle
Instruction
Execution
DS39960C-page 128
Opcode Fetch
SLEEP
from 007554h
Opcode Fetch
MOVLW 55h
from 007556h
INST(PC – 2)
SLEEP
Sleep Mode, Bus Inactive
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
8.7
will enable one byte of program memory for a portion of
the instruction cycle, then BA0 will change and the
second byte will be enabled to form the 16-bit instruction word. The Least Significant bit of the address, BA0,
must be connected to the memory devices in this
mode. The Chip Enable (CE) signal is active at any
time that the microcontroller accesses external
memory, whether reading or writing. It is inactive
(asserted high) whenever the device is in Sleep mode.
8-Bit Data Width Mode
In 8-Bit Data Width mode, the external memory bus
operates only in Multiplexed mode; that is, data shares
the 8 Least Significant bits of the address bus.
Figure 8-6 shows an example of 8-Bit Multiplexed
mode for PIC18F8XK22 devices. This mode is used for
a single, 8-bit memory connected for 16-bit operation.
The instructions will be fetched as two 8-bit bytes on a
shared data/address bus. The two bytes are sequentially fetched within one instruction cycle (TCY).
Therefore, the designer must choose external memory
devices according to timing calculations based on
1/2 TCY (2 times the instruction rate). For proper memory speed selection, glue logic propagation delay times
must be considered, along with setup and hold times.
This generally includes basic EPROM and Flash
devices. It allows table writes to byte-wide external
memories.
During a TBLWT instruction cycle, the TABLAT data is
presented on the upper and lower bytes of the
AD<15:0> bus. The appropriate level of the BA0 control
line is strobed on the LSb of the TBLPTR.
The Address Latch Enable (ALE) pin indicates that the
address bits, AD<15:0>, are available on the external
memory interface bus. The Output Enable (OE) signal
FIGURE 8-6:
8-BIT MULTIPLEXED MODE EXAMPLE
D<7:0>
PIC18F87K22
AD<7:0>
ALE
373
A<19:0>
A<x:1>
A0
D<15:8>
D<7:0>
AD<15:8>(1)
A<19:16>
CE
(1)
OE
WR(2)
BA0
CE
OE
WRL
Address Bus
Data Bus
Control Lines
Note 1:
2:
Upper order address bits are only used for 20-bit address width. The upper AD byte is used for all
address widths except 8-bit.
This signal only applies to table writes. See Section 7.1 “Table Reads and Table Writes”.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 129
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
8.7.1
8-BIT MODE TIMING
The presentation of control signals on the external
memory bus is different for the various operating
modes. Typical signal timing diagrams are shown in
Figure 8-7 and Figure 8-8.
FIGURE 8-7:
EXTERNAL MEMORY BUS TIMING FOR TBLRD
(EXTENDED MICROCONTROLLER MODE)
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
A<19:16>
0Ch
AD<15:8>
CFh
33h
AD<7:0>
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
92h
CE
ALE
OE
Memory
Cycle
Instruction
Execution
FIGURE 8-8:
Opcode Fetch
TBLRD *
from 000100h
Opcode Fetch
MOVLW 55h
from 000102h
TBLRD 92h
from 199E67h
Opcode Fetch
ADDLW 55h
from 000104h
INST(PC – 2)
TBLRD Cycle 1
TBLRD Cycle 2
MOVLW
EXTERNAL MEMORY BUS TIMING FOR SLEEP
(EXTENDED MICROCONTROLLER MODE)
Q1
Q2
Q4
Q1
Q2
3Ah
AD<15:8>
AAh
00h
Q3
Q4
Q1
00h
00h
A<19:16>
AD<7:0>
Q3
3Ah
03h
ABh
0Eh
55h
BA0
CE
ALE
OE
Memory
Cycle
Instruction
Execution
DS39960C-page 130
Opcode Fetch
SLEEP
from 007554h
Opcode Fetch
MOVLW 55h
from 007556h
INST(PC – 2)
SLEEP
Sleep Mode, Bus Inactive
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
8.8
In Sleep and Idle modes, the microcontroller core does
not need to access data; bus operations are
suspended. The state of the external bus is frozen, with
the address/data pins and most of the control pins holding at the same state they were in when the mode was
invoked. The only potential changes are to the CE, LB
and UB pins, which are held at logic high.
Operation in Power-Managed
Modes
In alternate, power-managed Run modes, the external
bus continues to operate normally. If a clock source
with a lower speed is selected, bus operations will run
at that speed. In these cases, excessive access times
for the external memory may result if Wait states have
been enabled and added to external memory operations. If operations in a lower power Run mode are
anticipated, users should provide in their applications
for adjusting memory access times at the lower clock
speeds.
TABLE 8-3:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE EXTERNAL MEMORY BUS
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
MEMCON(1)
EBDIS
—
WAIT1
WAIT0
—
—
—
PADCFG1
PMD1
RDPU
REPU
PSPMD
CTMUMD
(1)
RJPU
RTCCMD TMR4MD
TMR3MD
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
—
WM1
WM0
RTSECSEL1 RTSECSEL0
TMR2MD
TMR1MD
—
EMBMD
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used during external memory bus access.
Note 1: Unimplemented in 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 131
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39960C-page 132
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
9.0
DATA EEPROM MEMORY
The data EEPROM is a nonvolatile memory array,
separate from the data RAM and program memory, that
is used for long-term storage of program data. It is not
directly mapped in either the register file or program
memory space, but is indirectly addressed through the
Special Function Registers (SFRs). The EEPROM is
readable and writable during normal operation over the
entire VDD range.
Five SFRs are used to read and write to the data
EEPROM, as well as the program memory. They are:
•
•
•
•
•
EECON1
EECON2
EEDATA
EEADR
EEADRH
The data EEPROM allows byte read and write. When
interfacing to the data memory block, EEDATA holds
the 8-bit data for read/write and the EEADRH:EEADR
register pair holds the address of the EEPROM location
being accessed.
The EEPROM data memory is rated for high erase/write
cycle endurance. A byte write automatically erases the
location and writes the new data (erase-before-write).
The write time is controlled by an on-chip timer; it will
vary with voltage and temperature, as well as from chipto-chip. Please refer to Parameter D122 (Table 31-1 in
Section 31.0 “Electrical Characteristics”) for exact
limits.
9.1
EEADR and EEADRH Registers
The EEADRH:EEADR register pair is used to address
the data EEPROM for read and write operations.
EEADRH holds the two MSbs of the address; the upper
6 bits are ignored. The 10-bit range of the pair can
address a memory range of 1024 bytes (00h to 3FFh).
9.2
EECON1 and EECON2 Registers
Access to the data EEPROM is controlled by two
registers: EECON1 and EECON2. These are the same
registers which control access to the program memory
and are used in a similar manner for the data
EEPROM.
The EECON1 register (Register 9-1) is the control
register for data and program memory access. Control
bit, EEPGD, determines if the access will be to program
memory or data EEPROM memory. When clear,
operations will access the data EEPROM memory.
When set, program memory is accessed.
Control bit, CFGS, determines if the access will be to
the Configuration registers or to program memory/data
EEPROM memory. When set, subsequent operations
access Configuration registers. When CFGS is clear,
the EEPGD bit selects either program Flash or data
EEPROM memory.
The WREN bit, when set, will allow a write operation.
On power-up, the WREN bit is clear. The WRERR bit is
set in hardware when the WREN bit is set, and cleared,
when the internal programming timer expires and the
write operation is complete.
Note:
During normal operation, the WRERR is
read as ‘1’. This can indicate that a write
operation was prematurely terminated by
a Reset or a write operation was
attempted improperly.
The WR control bit initiates write operations. The bit
cannot be cleared, only set, in software; it is cleared in
hardware at the completion of the write operation.
Note:
The EEIF interrupt flag bit (PIR6<4>) is
set when the write is complete; it must be
cleared in software.
Control bits, RD and WR, start read and erase/write
operations, respectively. These bits are set by firmware
and cleared by hardware at the completion of the
operation.
The RD bit cannot be set when accessing program
memory (EEPGD = 1). Program memory is read using
table read instructions. See Section 7.1 “Table Reads
and Table Writes” regarding table reads.
The EECON2 register is not a physical register. It is
used exclusively in the memory write and erase
sequences. Reading EECON2 will read all ‘0’s.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 133
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 9-1:
R/W-x
EEPGD
EECON1: DATA EEPROM CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-x
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-x
R/W-0
R/S-0
R/S-0
CFGS
—
FREE
WRERR(1)
WREN
WR
RD
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
S = Settable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
EEPGD: Flash Program or Data EEPROM Memory Select bit
1 = Access Flash program memory
0 = Access data EEPROM memory
bit 6
CFGS: Flash Program/Data EEPROM or Configuration Select bit
1 = Access Configuration registers
0 = Access Flash program or data EEPROM memory
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
FREE: Flash Row Erase Enable bit
1 = Erase the program memory row addressed by TBLPTR on the next WR command (cleared by
completion of erase operation)
0 = Perform write-only
bit 3
WRERR: Flash Program/Data EEPROM Error Flag bit(1)
1 = A write operation is prematurely terminated (any Reset during self-timed programming in normal
operation or an improper write attempt)
0 = The write operation has completed
bit 2
WREN: Flash Program/Data EEPROM Write Enable bit
1 = Allows write cycles to Flash program/data EEPROM
0 = Inhibits write cycles to Flash program/data EEPROM
bit 1
WR: Write Control bit
1 = Initiates a data EEPROM erase/write cycle, or a program memory erase cycle or write cycle.
(The operation is self-timed and the bit is cleared by hardware once the write is complete.
The WR bit can only be set (not cleared) in software.)
0 = Write cycle to the EEPROM is complete
bit 0
RD: Read Control bit
1 = Initiates an EEPROM read
(Read takes one cycle. RD is cleared in hardware. The RD bit can only be set (not cleared) in
software. The RD bit cannot be set when EEPGD = 1 or CFGS = 1.)
0 = Does not initiate an EEPROM read
Note 1:
When a WRERR occurs, the EEPGD and CFGS bits are not cleared. This allows tracing of the error
condition.
DS39960C-page 134
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
9.3
Reading the Data EEPROM
Memory
To read a data memory location, the user must write the
address to the EEADRH:EEADR register pair, clear the
EEPGD control bit (EECON1<7>) and then set control
bit, RD (EECON1<0>). The data is available in the
EEDATA register after one cycle; therefore, it can be
read after one NOP instruction. EEDATA will hold this
value until another read operation or until it is written to
by the user (during a write operation).
After a write sequence has been initiated, EECON1,
EEADRH:EEADR and EEDATA cannot be modified.
The WR bit will be inhibited from being set unless the
WREN bit is set. The WREN bit must be set on a
previous instruction. Both WR and WREN cannot be
set with the same instruction.
At the completion of the write cycle, the WR bit is
cleared in hardware and the EEPROM Interrupt Flag bit
(EEIF) is set. The user may either enable this interrupt,
or poll this bit. EEIF must be cleared by software.
The basic process is shown in Example 9-1.
9.5
9.4
Depending on the application, good programming
practice may dictate that the value written to the
memory should be verified against the original value.
This should be used in applications where excessive
writes can stress bits near the specification limit.
Writing to the Data EEPROM
Memory
To write an EEPROM data location, the address must
first be written to the EEADRH:EEADR register pair
and the data written to the EEDATA register. The
sequence in Example 9-2 must be followed to initiate
the write cycle.
The write will not begin if this sequence is not exactly
followed (write 0x55 to EECON2, write 0xAA to
EECON2, then set WR bit) for each byte. It is strongly
recommended that interrupts be disabled during this
code segment.
Note:
Write Verify
Self-write execution to Flash and
EEPROM memory cannot be done while
running in LP Oscillator mode (Low-Power
mode). Therefore, executing a self-write
will put the device into High-Power mode.
Additionally, the WREN bit in EECON1 must be set to
enable writes. This mechanism prevents accidental
writes to data EEPROM due to unexpected code execution (i.e., runaway programs). The WREN bit should
be kept clear at all times, except when updating the
EEPROM. The WREN bit is not cleared by hardware.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 135
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
EXAMPLE 9-1:
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
BCF
BCF
BSF
NOP
MOVF
EXAMPLE 9-2:
Required
Sequence
DS39960C-page 136
DATA EEPROM READ
DATA_EE_ADDRH
EEADRH
DATA_EE_ADDR
EEADR
EECON1, EEPGD
EECON1, CFGS
EECON1, RD
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
EEDATA, W
; W = EEDATA
Upper bits of Data Memory Address to read
Lower bits of Data Memory Address to read
Point to DATA memory
Access EEPROM
EEPROM Read
DATA EEPROM WRITE
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
BCF
BCF
BSF
DATA_EE_ADDRH
EEADRH
DATA_EE_ADDR
EEADR
DATA_EE_DATA
EEDATA
EECON1, EEPGD
EECON1, CFGS
EECON1, WREN
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
BCF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
BSF
BTFSC
BSF
INTCON,
0x55
EECON2
0xAA
EECON2
EECON1,
EECON1,
INTCON,
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
BCF
EECON1, WREN
GIE
WR
WR
GIE
Upper bits of Data Memory Address to write
Lower bits of Data Memory Address to write
Data Memory Value to write
Point to DATA memory
Access EEPROM
Enable writes
Disable Interrupts
Write 55h
Write 0AAh
Set WR bit to begin write
Wait for write to complete GOTO $-2
Enable Interrupts
; User code execution
; Disable writes on write complete (EEIF set)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
9.6
Operation During Code-Protect
Data EEPROM memory has its own code-protect bits in
Configuration Words. External read and write
operations are disabled if code protection is enabled.
The microcontroller itself can both read and write to the
internal data EEPROM, regardless of the state of the
code-protect Configuration bit. Refer to Section 28.0
“Special Features of the CPU” for additional
information.
9.7
Protection Against Spurious Write
There are conditions when the device may not want to
write to the data EEPROM memory. To protect against
spurious EEPROM writes, various mechanisms have
been implemented. On power-up, the WREN bit is
cleared. In addition, writes to the EEPROM are blocked
during the Power-up Timer period (TPWRT,
Parameter 33).
9.8
Using the Data EEPROM
The data EEPROM is a high-endurance, byte addressable array that has been optimized for the storage of
frequently changing information (e.g., program
variables or other data that is updated often).
Frequently changing values will typically be updated
more often than specification, D124. If this is not the
case, an array refresh must be performed. For this
reason, variables that change infrequently (such as
constants, IDs, calibration, etc.) should be stored in
Flash program memory.
A simple data EEPROM refresh routine is shown in
Example 9-3.
Note:
If data EEPROM is only used to store
constants and/or data that changes often,
an array refresh is likely not required. See
specification, D124.
The write initiate sequence, and the WREN bit
together, help prevent an accidental write during
brown-out, power glitch or software malfunction.
EXAMPLE 9-3:
DATA EEPROM REFRESH ROUTINE
CLRF
CLRF
BCF
BCF
BCF
BSF
EEADR
EEADRH
EECON1,
EECON1,
INTCON,
EECON1,
BSF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
BSF
BTFSC
BRA
INCFSZ
BRA
INCFSZ
BRA
EECON1, RD
0x55
EECON2
0xAA
EECON2
EECON1, WR
EECON1, WR
$-2
EEADR, F
LOOP
EEADRH, F
LOOP
BCF
BSF
EECON1, WREN
INTCON, GIE
CFGS
EEPGD
GIE
WREN
LOOP
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Start at address 0
Set for memory
Set for Data EEPROM
Disable interrupts
Enable writes
Loop to refresh array
Read current address
Write 55h
Write 0AAh
Set WR bit to begin write
Wait for write to complete
Increment
Not zero,
Increment
Not zero,
address
do it again
the high address
do it again
; Disable writes
; Enable interrupts
DS39960C-page 137
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 9-1:
Name
INTCON
EEADRH
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH DATA EEPROM MEMORY
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
EEPROM Address Register High Byte
EEADR
EEPROM Address Register Low Byte
EEDATA
EEPROM Data Register
EECON2
EEPROM Control Register 2 (not a physical register)
EEPGD
CFGS
—
FREE
WRERR
WREN
WR
RD
IPR6
—
—
—
EEIP
—
CMP3IP
CMP2IP
CMP1IP
PIR6
—
—
—
EEIF
—
CMP3IF
CMP2IF
CMP1IF
PIE6
—
—
—
EEIE
—
CMP3IE
CMP2IE
CMP1IE
EECON1
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used during Flash/EEPROM access.
DS39960C-page 138
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
10.0
8 x 8 HARDWARE MULTIPLIER
10.1
Introduction
EXAMPLE 10-1:
MOVF
MULWF
All PIC18 devices include an 8 x 8 hardware multiplier
as part of the ALU. The multiplier performs an unsigned
operation and yields a 16-bit result that is stored in the
product register pair, PRODH:PRODL. The multiplier’s
operation does not affect any flags in the STATUS
register.
ARG1, W
ARG2
;
; ARG1 * ARG2 ->
; PRODH:PRODL
EXAMPLE 10-2:
Making multiplication a hardware operation allows it to
be completed in a single instruction cycle. This has the
advantages of higher computational throughput and
reduced code size for multiplication algorithms and
allows PIC18 devices to be used in many applications
previously reserved for digital-signal processors. A
comparison of various hardware and software multiply
operations, along with the savings in memory and
execution time, is shown in Table 10-1.
10.2
8 x 8 UNSIGNED
MULTIPLY ROUTINE
8 x 8 SIGNED MULTIPLY
ROUTINE
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1, W
ARG2
BTFSC
SUBWF
ARG2, SB
PRODH, F
MOVF
BTFSC
SUBWF
ARG2, W
ARG1, SB
PRODH, F
;
;
;
;
;
ARG1 * ARG2 ->
PRODH:PRODL
Test Sign Bit
PRODH = PRODH
- ARG1
; Test Sign Bit
; PRODH = PRODH
;
- ARG2
Operation
Example 10-1 shows the instruction sequence for an 8 x
8 unsigned multiplication. Only one instruction is
required when one of the arguments is already loaded in
the WREG register.
Example 10-2 shows the sequence to do an 8 x 8
signed multiplication. To account for the sign bits of the
arguments, each argument’s Most Significant bit (MSb)
is tested and the appropriate subtractions are done.
TABLE 10-1:
Routine
8 x 8 unsigned
8 x 8 signed
16 x 16
unsigned
16 x 16 signed
PERFORMANCE COMPARISON FOR VARIOUS MULTIPLY OPERATIONS
Multiply Method
Without hardware multiply
Program
Cycles
Memory
(Max)
(Words)
13
Time
@ 64 MHz
@ 48 MHz
@ 10 MHz
@ 4 MHz
69
4.3 s
5.7 s
27.6 s
69 s
Hardware multiply
1
1
62.5 ns
83.3 ns
400 ns
1 s
Without hardware multiply
33
91
5.6 s
7.5 s
36.4 s
91 s
Hardware multiply
6
6
375 ns
500 ns
2.4 s
6 s
Without hardware multiply
21
242
15.1 s
20.1 s
96.8 s
242 s
Hardware multiply
28
28
1.7 s
2.3 s
11.2 s
28 s
Without hardware multiply
52
254
15.8 s
21.2 s
101.6 s
254 s
Hardware multiply
35
40
2.5 s
3.3 s
16.0 s
40 s
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 139
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
Example 10-3 shows the sequence to do a 16 x 16
unsigned multiplication. Equation 10-1 shows the
algorithm that is used. The 32-bit result is stored in four
registers (RES3:RES0).
EQUATION 10-1:
RES3:RES0
=
=
EXAMPLE 10-3:
EQUATION 10-2:
RES3:RES0=
=
16 x 16 UNSIGNED
MULTIPLICATION
ALGORITHM
ARG1H:ARG1L  ARG2H:ARG2L
(ARG1H  ARG2H  216) +
(ARG1H  ARG2L  28) +
(ARG1L  ARG2H  28) +
(ARG1L  ARG2L)
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1L, W
ARG2L
MOVFF
MOVFF
PRODH, RES1
PRODL, RES0
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1H, W
ARG2H
MOVFF
MOVFF
PRODH, RES3
PRODL, RES2
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1L, W
ARG2H
MOVF
ADDWF
MOVF
ADDWFC
CLRF
ADDWFC
PRODL, W
RES1, F
PRODH, W
RES2, F
WREG
RES3, F
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1H, W
ARG2L
MOVF
ADDWF
MOVF
ADDWFC
CLRF
ADDWFC
PRODL, W
RES1, F
PRODH, W
RES2, F
WREG
RES3, F
; ARG1L * ARG2L->
; PRODH:PRODL
;
;
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1L * ARG2H->
PRODH:PRODL
Add cross
products
ARG1H * ARG2L->
PRODH:PRODL
Add cross
products
Example 10-4 shows the sequence to do a 16 x 16
signed multiply. Equation 10-2 shows the algorithm
used. The 32-bit result is stored in four registers
(RES3:RES0). To account for the sign bits of the
arguments, the MSb for each argument pair is tested
and the appropriate subtractions are done.
DS39960C-page 140
MOVFF
MOVFF
; ARG1L * ARG2L ->
; PRODH:PRODL
PRODH, RES1 ;
PRODL, RES0 ;
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1H, W
ARG2H
MOVFF
MOVFF
; ARG1H * ARG2H ->
; PRODH:PRODL
PRODH, RES3 ;
PRODL, RES2 ;
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1L, W
ARG2H
MOVF
ADDWF
MOVF
ADDWFC
CLRF
ADDWFC
PRODL, W
RES1, F
PRODH, W
RES2, F
WREG
RES3, F
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1H, W
ARG2L
MOVF
ADDWF
MOVF
ADDWFC
CLRF
ADDWFC
PRODL, W
RES1, F
PRODH, W
RES2, F
WREG
RES3, F
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
ARG1L * ARG2H ->
PRODH:PRODL
Add cross
products
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
ARG1L, W
ARG2L
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
16 x 16 SIGNED
MULTIPLY ROUTINE
;
;
; ARG1H * ARG2H->
; PRODH:PRODL
;
;
ARG1H:ARG1L  ARG2H:ARG2L
(ARG1H  ARG2H  216) +
(ARG1H  ARG2L  28) +
(ARG1L  ARG2H  28) +
(ARG1L  ARG2L) +
(-1  ARG2H<7>  ARG1H:ARG1L  216) +
(-1  ARG1H<7>  ARG2H:ARG2L  216)
EXAMPLE 10-4:
16 x 16 UNSIGNED
MULTIPLY ROUTINE
16 x 16 SIGNED
MULTIPLICATION
ALGORITHM
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
ARG1H * ARG2L ->
PRODH:PRODL
Add cross
products
;
BTFSS
ARG2H, 7
BRA SIGN_ARG1
MOVF
ARG1L, W
SUBWF
RES2
MOVF
ARG1H, W
SUBWFB RES3
SIGN_ARG1
BTFSS
ARG1H, 7
BRA
CONT_CODE
MOVF
ARG2L, W
SUBWF
RES2
MOVF
ARG2H, W
SUBWFB RES3
;
CONT_CODE
:
; ARG2H:ARG2L neg?
; no, check ARG1
;
;
;
;
; ARG1H:ARG1L neg?
; no, done
;
;
;
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
11.0
INTERRUPTS
Members of the PIC18F87K22 family of devices have
multiple interrupt sources and an interrupt priority
feature that allows most interrupt sources to be
assigned a high-priority level or a low-priority level. The
high-priority interrupt vector is at 0008h and the
low-priority interrupt vector is at 0018h. High-priority
interrupt events will interrupt any low-priority interrupts
that may be in progress.
The registers for controlling interrupt operation are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
RCON
INTCON
INTCON2
INTCON3
PIR1, PIR2, PIR3
PIE1, PIE2, PIE3
IPR1, IPR2, IPR3
It is recommended that the Microchip header files
supplied with MPLAB® IDE be used for the symbolic bit
names in these registers. This allows the
assembler/compiler to automatically take care of the
placement of these bits within the specified register.
In general, interrupt sources have three bits to control
their operation. They are:
• Flag bit – Indicating that an interrupt event
occurred
• Enable bit – Enabling program execution to
branch to the interrupt vector address when the
flag bit is set
• Priority bit – Specifying high priority or low priority
The interrupt priority feature is enabled by setting the
IPEN bit (RCON<7>). When interrupt priority is
enabled, there are two bits that enable interrupts
globally. Setting the GIEH bit (INTCON<7>) enables all
interrupts that have the priority bit set (high priority).
Setting the GIEL bit (INTCON<6>) enables all
interrupts that have the priority bit cleared (low priority).
When the interrupt flag, enable bit and appropriate
global interrupt enable bit are set, the interrupt will
vector immediately to address, 0008h or 0018h,
depending on the priority bit setting. Individual
interrupts can be disabled through their corresponding
enable bits.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
When the IPEN bit is cleared (default state), the
interrupt priority feature is disabled and interrupts are
compatible with PIC® mid-range devices. In
Compatibility mode, the interrupt priority bits for each
source have no effect. INTCON<6> is the PEIE bit that
enables/disables all peripheral interrupt sources.
INTCON<7> is the GIE bit that enables/disables all
interrupt sources. All interrupts branch to address
0008h in Compatibility mode.
When an interrupt is responded to, the global interrupt
enable bit is cleared to disable further interrupts. If the
IPEN bit is cleared, this is the GIE bit. If interrupt priority
levels are used, this will be either the GIEH or GIEL bit.
High-priority interrupt sources can interrupt a
low-priority interrupt. Low-priority interrupts are not
processed while high-priority interrupts are in progress.
The return address is pushed onto the stack and the
PC is loaded with the interrupt vector address (0008h
or 0018h). Once in the Interrupt Service Routine, the
source(s) of the interrupt can be determined by polling
the interrupt flag bits. The interrupt flag bits must be
cleared in software before re-enabling interrupts to
avoid recursive interrupts.
The “return from interrupt” instruction, RETFIE, exits
the interrupt routine and sets the GIE bit (GIEH or GIEL
if priority levels are used) that re-enables interrupts.
For external interrupt events, such as the INTx pins or
the PORTB input change interrupt, the interrupt latency
will be three to four instruction cycles. The exact
latency is the same for one or two-cycle instructions.
Individual interrupt flag bits are set regardless of the
status of their corresponding enable bit or the GIE bit.
Note:
Do not use the MOVFF instruction to modify
any of the Interrupt Control registers while
any interrupt is enabled. Doing so may
cause erratic microcontroller behavior.
DS39960C-page 141
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 11-1:
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY INTERRUPT LOGIC
PIR1<7:0>
PIE1<7:0>
IPR1<7:0>
PIR2<7,5:0>
PIE2<7,5:0>
IPR2<7,5:0>
PIR3<7,5>
PIE3<7,5>
IPR3<7,5>
PIR4<7:0>
PIE4<7:0>
IPR4<7:0>
PIR5<7:0>
PIE5<7:0>
IPR5<7:0>
Wake-up if in
Idle or Sleep modes
TMR0IF
TMR0IE
TMR0IP
RBIF
RBIE
RBIP
INT0IF
INT0IE
INT1IF
INT1IE
INT1IP
INT2IF
INT2IE
INT2IP
INT3IF
INT3IE
INT3IP
Interrupt to CPU
Vector to Location
0008h
GIE/GIEH
IPEN
PIR6<4, 2:0>
PIE6<4, 2:0>
IPR6<4, 2:0>
IPEN
PEIE/GIEL
IPEN
High-Priority Interrupt Generation
Low-Priority Interrupt Generation
PIR1<7:0>
PIE1<7:0>
IPR1<7:0>
PIR2<7, 5:0>
PIE2<7, 5:0>
IPR2<7, 5:0>
PIR3<7, 5:0>
PIE3<7, 5:0>
IPR3<7, 5:0>
PIR4<7:0>
PIE4<7:0>
IPR4<7:0>
PIR5<7:0>
PIE5<7:0>
IPR5<7:0>
PIR6<4, 2:0>
PIE6<4, 2:0>
IPR6<4, 2:0>
DS39960C-page 142
TMR0IF
TMR0IE
TMR0IP
RBIF
RBIE
RBIP
INT1IF
INT1IE
INT1IP
INT2IF
INT2IE
INT2IP
INT3IF
INT3IE
INT3IP
Interrupt to CPU
Vector to Location
0018h
IPEN
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
11.1
INTCON Registers
Note:
The INTCON registers are readable and writable
registers that contain various enable, priority and flag
bits.
REGISTER 11-1:
Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the global
interrupt enable bit. User software should
ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits
are clear prior to enabling an interrupt.
This feature allows for software polling.
INTCON: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-x
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF(1)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
GIE/GIEH: Global Interrupt Enable bit
When IPEN = 0:
1 = Enables all unmasked interrupts
0 = Disables all interrupts
When IPEN = 1:
1 = Enables all high-priority interrupts
0 = Disables all interrupts
bit 6
PEIE/GIEL: Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit
When IPEN = 0:
1 = Enables all unmasked peripheral interrupts
0 = Disables all peripheral interrupts
When IPEN = 1:
1 = Enables all low-priority peripheral interrupts
0 = Disables all low-priority peripheral interrupts
bit 5
TMR0IE: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the TMR0 overflow interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR0 overflow interrupt
bit 4
INT0IE: INT0 External Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the INT0 external interrupt
0 = Disables the INT0 external interrupt
bit 3
RBIE: RB Port Change Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the RB port change interrupt
0 = Disables the RB port change interrupt
bit 2
TMR0IF: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR0 register has overflowed (Bit must be cleared in software.)
0 = TMR0 register did not overflow
bit 1
INT0IF: INT0 External Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The INT0 external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = The INT0 external interrupt did not occur
bit 0
RBIF: RB Port Change Interrupt Flag bit(1)
1 = At least one of the RB<7:4> pins changed state (must be cleared in software)
0 = None of the RB<7:4> pins have changed state
Note 1:
A mismatch condition will continue to set this bit. Reading PORTB, and then waiting one additional instruction
cycle, will end the mismatch condition and allow the bit to be cleared.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 143
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-2:
INTCON2: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER 2
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
RBPU
INTEDG0
INTEDG1
INTEDG2
INTEDG3
TMR0IP
INT3IP
RBIP
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
RBPU: PORTB Pull-up Enable bit
1 = All PORTB pull-ups are disabled
0 = PORTB pull-ups are enabled by individual port latch values
bit 6
INTEDG0: External Interrupt 0 Edge Select bit
1 = Interrupt on rising edge
0 = Interrupt on falling edge
bit 5
INTEDG1: External Interrupt 1 Edge Select bit
1 = Interrupt on rising edge
0 = Interrupt on falling edge
bit 4
INTEDG2: External Interrupt 2 Edge Select bit
1 = Interrupt on rising edge
0 = Interrupt on falling edge
bit 3
INTEDG3: External Interrupt 3 Edge Select bit
1 = Interrupt on rising edge
0 = Interrupt on falling edge
bit 2
TMR0IP: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 1
INT3IP: INT3 External Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 0
RBIP: RB Port Change Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
Note:
x = Bit is unknown
Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs regardless of the state of its corresponding
enable bit or the global interrupt enable bit. User software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits
are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. This feature allows for software polling.
DS39960C-page 144
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-3:
INTCON3: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER 3
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
INT2IP
INT1IP
INT3IE
INT2IE
INT1IE
INT3IF
INT2IF
INT1IF
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
INT2IP: INT2 External Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 6
INT1IP: INT1 External Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 5
INT3IE: INT3 External Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the INT3 external interrupt
0 = Disables the INT3 external interrupt
bit 4
INT2IE: INT2 External Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the INT2 external interrupt
0 = Disables the INT2 external interrupt
bit 3
INT1IE: INT1 External Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the INT1 external interrupt
0 = Disables the INT1 external interrupt
bit 2
INT3IF: INT3 External Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The INT3 external interrupt occurred (Bit must be cleared in software.)
0 = The INT3 external interrupt did not occur
bit 1
INT2IF: INT2 External Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The INT2 external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = The INT2 external interrupt did not occur
bit 0
INT1IF: INT1 External Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The INT1 external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = The INT1 external interrupt did not occur
Note:
Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs regardless of the state of its corresponding
enable bit or the global interrupt enable bit. User software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits
are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. This feature allows for software polling.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 145
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
11.2
PIR Registers
The PIR registers contain the individual flag bits for the
peripheral interrupts. Due to the number of peripheral
interrupt sources, there are six Peripheral Interrupt
Request (Flag) registers (PIR1 through PIR6).
REGISTER 11-4:
Note 1: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Interrupt Enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>).
2: User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are cleared
prior to enabling an interrupt and after
servicing that interrupt.
PIR1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 1
U-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
PSPIF
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
TMR1GIF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
PSPIF: Parallel Slave Port Read/Write Interrupt Flag bit
1 = A read or write operation has taken place (must be cleared in software)
0 = No read or write operation has occurred
bit 6
ADIF: A/D Converter Interrupt Flag bit
1 = An A/D conversion completed (must be cleared in software)
0 = The A/D conversion is not complete
bit 5
RC1IF: EUSART Receive Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The EUSART receive buffer, RCREG1, is full (cleared when RCREG1 is read)
0 = The EUSART receive buffer is empty
bit 4
TX1IF: EUSART Transmit Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The EUSART transmit buffer, TXREG1, is empty (cleared when TXREG1 is written)
0 = The EUSART transmit buffer is full
bit 3
SSP1IF: Master Synchronous Serial Port Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The transmission/reception is complete (must be cleared in software)
0 = Waiting to transmit/receive
bit 2
TMR1GIF: Timer1 Gate Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Timer gate interrupt occurred (This must be cleared in software.)
0 = No timer gate interrupt occurred
bit 1
TMR2IF: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR2 to PR2 match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR2 to PR2 match occurred
bit 0
TMR1IF: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR1 register overflowed (must be cleared in software)
0 = TMR1 register did not overflow
DS39960C-page 146
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-5:
PIR2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 2
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
OSCFIF
—
SSP2IF
BCL2IF
BCL1IF
HLVDIF
TMR3IF
TMR3GIF
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
OSCFIF: Oscillator Fail Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Device oscillator failed, clock input has changed to INTOSC (bit must be cleared in software)
0 = Device clock is operating
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5
SSP2IF: Master Synchronous Serial Port Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The transmission/reception has been completed (bit must be cleared in software)
0 = Waiting to transmit/receive
bit 4
BCL2IF: Bus Collision Interrupt Flag bit
1 = A bus collision occurred (bit must be cleared in software)
0 = No bus collision occurred
bit 3
BCL1IF: Bus Collision Interrupt Flag bit
1 = A bus collision occurred (bit must be cleared in software)
0 = No bus collision occurred
bit 2
HLVDIF: High/Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Flag bit
1 = A low-voltage condition occurred (bit must be cleared in software)
0 = The device voltage is above the regulator’s low-voltage trip point
bit 1
TMR3IF: TMR3 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR3 register overflowed (bit must be cleared in software)
0 = TMR3 register did not overflow
bit 0
TMR3GIF: TMR3 Gate Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Timer gate interrupt occurred (bit must be cleared in software)
0 = No timer gate interrupt occurred
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 147
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-6:
PIR3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 3
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
TMR5GIF
—
RC2IF
TX2IF
CTMUIF
CCP2IF
CCP1IF
RTCCIF
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
TMR5GIF: Timer5 Gate Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Timer gate interrupt occurred (bit must be cleared in software)
0 = No timer gate interrupt occurred
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5
RC2IF: EUSART Receive Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The EUSART receive buffer, RCREG2, is full (cleared when RCREG2 is read)
0 = The EUSART receive buffer is empty
bit 4
TX2IF: EUSART Transmit Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The EUSART transmit buffer, TXREG2, is empty (cleared when TXREG2 is written)
0 = The EUSART transmit buffer is full
bit 3
CTMUIF: CTMU Interrupt Flag bit
1 = CTMU interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No CTMU interrupt occurred
bit 2
CCP2IF: ECCP2 Interrupt Flag bit
Capture mode:
1 = A TMR register capture occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR register capture occurred
Compare mode:
1 = A TMR register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR register compare match occurred
PWM mode:
Unused in this mode.
bit 1
CCP1IF: ECCP1 Interrupt Flag bit
Capture mode:
1 = A TMR register capture occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR register capture occurred
Compare mode:
1 = A TMR register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR register compare match occurred
PWM mode:
Unused in this mode.
bit 0
RTCCIF: RTCC Interrupt Flag bit
1 = RTCC interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No RTCC interrupt occurred
DS39960C-page 148
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-7:
R/W-0
CCP10IF
(1)
PIR4: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 4
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CCP9IF(1)
CCP8IF
CCP7IF
CCP6IF
CCP5IF
CCP4IF
CCP3IF
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-1
CCP<10:4>IF: CCP<10:4> Interrupt Flag bits(1)
Capture Mode:
1 = A TMR register capture occurred (bit must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR register capture occurred
Compare Mode:
1 = A TMR register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR register compare match occurred
PWM Mode:
Not used in PWM mode.
bit 0
CCP3IF: ECCP3 Interrupt Flag bits
Capture Mode:
1 = A TMR register capture occurred (bit must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR register capture occurred
Compare Mode:
1 = A TMR register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR register compare match occurred
PWM Mode:
Not used in PWM mode.
Note 1:
Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 149
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-8:
PIR5: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 5
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
TMR7GIF(1)
TMR12IF(1)
TMR10IF(1)
TMR8IF
TMR7IF(1)
TMR6IF
TMR5IF
TMR4IF
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
TMR7GIF: TMR7 Gate Interrupt Flag bits(1)
1 = TMR gate interrupt occurred (bit must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR gate occurred
bit 6
TMR12IF: TMR12 to PR12 Match Interrupt Flag bit(1)
1 = TMR12 to PR12 match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR12 to PR12 match occurred
bit 5
TMR10IF: TMR10 to PR10 Match Interrupt Flag bit(1)
1 = TMR10 to PR10 match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR10 to PR10 match occurred
bit 4
TMR8IF: TMR8 to PR8 Match Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR8 to PR8 match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR8 to PR8 match occurred
bit 3
TMR7IF: TMR7 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit(1)
1 = TMR7 register overflowed (must be cleared in software)
0 = TMR7 register did not overflow
bit 2
TMR6IF: TMR6 to PR6 Match Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR6 to PR6 match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR6 to PR6 match occurred
bit 1
TMR5IF: TMR5 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR5 register overflowed (must be cleared in software)
0 = TMR5 register did not overflow
bit 0
TMR4IF: TMR4 to PR4 Match Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR4 to PR4 match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR4 to PR4 match occurred
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
DS39960C-page 150
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-9:
PIR6: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 6
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
EEIF
—
CMP3IF
CMP2IF
CMP1IF
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
EEIF: Data EEDATA/Flash Write Operation Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The write operation is complete (must be cleared in software)
0 = The write operation is not complete or has not been started
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2
CMP3IF: CMP3 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = CMP3 interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No CMP3 interrupt occurred
bit 1
CMP2IF: CMP2 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = CMP2 interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No CMP2 interrupt occurred
bit 0
CMP1IF: CM1 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = CMP1 interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No CMP1 interrupt occurred
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
x = Bit is unknown
DS39960C-page 151
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
11.3
PIE Registers
The PIE registers contain the individual enable bits for
the peripheral interrupts. Due to the number of
peripheral interrupt sources, there are six Peripheral
Interrupt Enable registers (PIE1 through PIE6). When
IPEN (RCON<7>) = 0, the PEIE bit must be set to
enable any of these peripheral interrupts.
REGISTER 11-10: PIE1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 1
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
PSPIE
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
TMR1GIE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
PSPIE: Parallel Slave Port Read/Write Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the PSP read/write interrupt
0 = Disables the PSP read/write interrupt
bit 6
ADIE: A/D Converter Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the A/D interrupt
0 = Disables the A/D interrupt
bit 5
RC1IE: EUSART Receive Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the EUSART receive interrupt
0 = Disables the EUSART receive interrupt
bit 4
TX1IE: EUSART Transmit Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the EUSART transmit interrupt
0 = Disables the EUSART transmit interrupt
bit 3
SSP1IE: Master Synchronous Serial Port Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the MSSP interrupt
0 = Disables the MSSP interrupt
bit 2
TMR1GIE: TMR1 Gate Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the gate
0 = Disabled the gate
bit 1
TMR2IE: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the TMR2 to PR2 match interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR2 to PR2 match interrupt
bit 0
TMR1IE: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the TMR1 overflow interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR1 overflow interrupt
DS39960C-page 152
x = Bit is unknown
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-11: PIE2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 2
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
OSCFIE
—
SSP2IE
BCL2IE
BCL1IE
HLVDIE
TMR3IE
TMR3GIE
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
OSCFIE: Oscillator Fail Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5
SSP2IE: Master Synchronous Serial Port 2 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the MSSP interrupt
0 = Disables the MSSP interrupt
bit 4
BCL2IE: Bus Collision Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the bus collision interrupt
0 = Disables the bus collision interrupt
bit 3
BCL1IE: Bus Collision Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 2
HLVDIE: High/Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 1
TMR3IE: TMR3 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 0
TMR3GIE: Timer3 Gate Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
x = Bit is unknown
DS39960C-page 153
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-12: PIE3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 3
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
TMR5GIE
—
RC2IE
TX2IE
CTMUIE
CCP2IE
CCP1IE
RTCCIE
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
TMR5GIE: Timer5 Gate Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5
RC2IE: EUSART Receive Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 4
TX2IE: EUSART Transmit Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 3
CTMUIE: CTMU Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 2
CCP2IE: ECCP2 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 1
CCP1IE: ECCP1 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 0
RTCCIE: RTCC Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
x = Bit is unknown
REGISTER 11-13: PIE4: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 4
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CCP10IE(1)
CCP9IE(1)
CCP8IE
CCP7IE
CCP6IE
CCP5IE
CCP4IE
CCP3IE
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
CCP<10:3>IE: CCP<10:3> Interrupt Enable bits(1)
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
DS39960C-page 154
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-14: PIE5: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 5
R/W-0
(1)
TMR7GIE
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
TMR12IE(1)
TMR10IE(1)
TMR8IE
TMR7IE(1)
TMR6IE
TMR5IE
TMR4IE
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
TMR7GIE: TMR7 Gate Interrupt Enable bit(1)
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 6
TMR12IE: TMR12 to PR12 Match Interrupt Enable bit(1)
1 = Enables the TMR12 to PR12 match interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR12 to PR12 match interrupt
bit 5
TMR10IE: TMR10 to PR10 Match Interrupt Enable bit(1)
1 = Enables the TMR10 to PR10 match interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR10 to PR10 match interrupt
bit 4
TMR8IE: TMR8 to PR8 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the TMR8 to PR8 match interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR8 to PR8 match interrupt
bit 3
TMR7IE: TMR7 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit(1)
1 = Enables the TMR7 overflow interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR7 overflow interrupt
bit 2
TMR6IE: TMR6 to PR6 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the TMR6 to PR6 match interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR6 to PR6 match interrupt
bit 1
TMR5IE: TMR5 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the TMR5 overflow interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR5 overflow interrupt
bit 0
TMR4IE: TMR4 to PR4 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the TMR4 to PR4 match interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR4 to PR4 match interrupt
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 155
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-15: PIE6: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 6
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
EEIE
—
CMP3IE
CMP2IE
CMP1IE
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
EEIE: Data EEDATA/Flash Write Operation Enable bit
1 = Interrupt is enabled
0 = interrupt is disabled
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2
CMP3IE: CMP3 Enable bit
1 = Interrupt is enabled
0 = interrupt is disabled
bit 1
CMP2E: CMP2 Enable bit
1 = Interrupt is enabled
0 = interrupt is disabled
bit 0
CMP1IE: CMP1 Enable bit
1 = Interrupt is enabled
0 = interrupt is disabled
DS39960C-page 156
x = Bit is unknown
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
11.4
IPR Registers
The IPR registers contain the individual priority bits for
the peripheral interrupts. Due to the number of
peripheral interrupt sources, there are six Peripheral
Interrupt Priority registers (IPR1 through IPR6). Using
the priority bits requires that the Interrupt Priority
Enable (IPEN) bit (RCON<7>) be set.
REGISTER 11-16: IPR1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
PSPIP
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
TMR1GIP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
PSPIP: Parallel Slave Port Read/Write Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 6
ADIP: A/D Converter Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 5
RC1IP: EUSART Receive Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 4
TX1IP: EUSART Transmit Interrupt Priority bit
x = Bit is unknown
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 3
SSP1IP: Master Synchronous Serial Port Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 2
TMR1GIP: Timer1 Gate Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 1
TMR2IP: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 0
TMR1IP: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 157
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-17: IPR2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 2
R/W-1
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
OSCFIP
—
SSP2IP
BCL2IP
BCL1IP
HLVDIP
TMR3IP
TMR3GIP
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
OSCFIP: Oscillator Fail Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5
SSP2IP: Master Synchronous Serial Port 2 Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 4
BCL2IP: Bus Collision Interrupt priority bit (MSSP)
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 3
BCL1IP: Bus Collision Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 2
HLVDIP: High/Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 1
TMR3IP: TMR3 Overflow Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 0
TMR3GIP: TMR3 Gate Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
DS39960C-page 158
x = Bit is unknown
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-18: IPR3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 3
R/W-1
U-0
R-1
R-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
TMR5GIP
—
RC2IP
TX2IP
CTMUIP
CCP2IP
CCP1IP
RTCCIP
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
TMR5GIP: Timer5 Gate interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5
RC2IP: EUSART Receive Priority Flag bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 4
TX2IP: EUSART Transmit Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 3
CTMUIP: CTMU Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 2
CCP2IP: ECCP2 Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 1
CCP1IP: ECCP1 Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 0
RTCCIP: RTCC Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
x = Bit is unknown
REGISTER 11-19: IPR4: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 4
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
CCP10IP(1)
CCP9IP(1)
CCP8IP
CCP7IP
CCP6IP
CCP5IP
CCP4IP
CCP3IP
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
CCP<10:3>IP: CCP<10:3> Interrupt Priority bit(1)
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 159
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-20: IPR5: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 5
R/W-1
(1)
TMR7GIP
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
TMR12IP(1)
TMR10IP(1)
TMR8IP
TMR7IP(1)
TMR6IP
TMR5IP
TMR4IP
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
TMR7GIP: TMR7 Gate Interrupt Priority bit(1)
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 6
TMR12IP: TMR12 to PR12 Match Interrupt Priority bit(1)
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 5
TMR10IP: TMR10 to PR10 Match Interrupt Priority bit(1)
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 4
TMR8IP: TMR8 to PR8 Match Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 3
TMR7IP: TMR7 Overflow Interrupt Priority bit(1)
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 2
TMR6IP: TMR6 to PR6 Match Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 1
TMR5IP: TMR5 Overflow Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 0
TMR4IP: TMR4 to PR4 Match Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
DS39960C-page 160
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-21: IPR6: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 6
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
—
—
—
EEIP
—
CMP3IP
CMP2IP
CMP1IP
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
EEIP: EE Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2
CMP3IP: CMP3 Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 1
CMP2IP: CMP2 Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 0
CMP1IP: CMP1 Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
x = Bit is unknown
DS39960C-page 161
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
11.5
RCON Register
The RCON register contains bits used to determine the
cause of the last Reset or wake-up from Idle or Sleep
modes. RCON also contains the bit that enables
interrupt priorities (IPEN).
REGISTER 11-22: RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R-1
R-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
IPEN
SBOREN
CM
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
IPEN: Interrupt Priority Enable bit
1 = Enable priority levels on interrupts
0 = Disable priority levels on interrupts (PIC16CXXX Compatibility mode)
bit 6
SBOREN: Software BOR Enable bit
For details of bit operation, see Register 5-1.
bit 5
CM: Configuration Mismatch Flag bit
1 = A Configuration Mismatch Reset has not occurred
0 = A Configuration Mismatch Reset has occurred (must be subsequently set in software)
bit 4
RI: RESET Instruction Flag bit
For details of bit operation, see Register 5-1.
bit 3
TO: Watchdog Timer Time-out Flag bit
For details of bit operation, see Register 5-1.
bit 2
PD: Power-Down Detection Flag bit
For details of bit operation, see Register 5-1.
bit 1
POR: Power-on Reset Status bit
For details of bit operation, see Register 5-1.
bit 0
BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit
For details of bit operation, see Register 5-1.
DS39960C-page 162
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
11.6
INTx Pin Interrupts
11.7
External interrupts on the RB0/INT0, RB1/INT1,
RB2/INT2 and RB3/INT3 pins are edge-triggered. If the
corresponding INTEDGx bit in the INTCON2 register is
set (= 1), the interrupt is triggered by a rising edge. If
that bit is clear, the trigger is on the falling edge.
When a valid edge appears on the RBx/INTx pin, the
corresponding flag bit, INTxIF, is set. This interrupt can
be disabled by clearing the corresponding enable bit,
INTxIE. Before re-enabling the interrupt, the flag bit
(INTxIF) must be cleared in software in the Interrupt
Service Routine.
All external interrupts (INT0, INT1, INT2 and INT3) can
wake up the processor from the power-managed
modes, if bit, INTxIE, was set prior to going into the
power-managed modes. If the Global Interrupt Enable
bit (GIE) is set, the processor will branch to the interrupt
vector following wake-up.
The interrupt priority for INT1, INT2 and INT3 is
determined by the value contained in the Interrupt
Priority bits, INT1IP (INTCON3<6>), INT2IP
(INTCON3<7>) and INT3IP (INTCON2<1>).
There is no priority bit associated with INT0. It is always
a high-priority interrupt source.
TMR0 Interrupt
In 8-bit mode (the default), an overflow in the TMR0
register (FFh  00h) will set flag bit, TMR0IF. In 16-bit
mode, an overflow in the TMR0H:TMR0L register pair
(FFFFh  0000h) will set TMR0IF.
The interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing
enable bit, TMR0IE (INTCON<5>). Interrupt priority for
Timer0 is determined by the value contained in the interrupt priority bit, TMR0IP (INTCON2<2>). For further
details on the Timer0 module, see Section 13.0 “Timer0
Module”.
11.8
PORTB Interrupt-on-Change
An input change on PORTB<7:4> sets flag bit, RBIF
(INTCON<0>). The interrupt can be enabled/disabled
by setting/clearing enable bit, RBIE (INTCON<3>).
Interrupt priority for PORTB interrupt-on-change is
determined by the value contained in the interrupt
priority bit, RBIP (INTCON2<0>).
11.9
Context Saving During Interrupts
During interrupts, the return PC address is saved on
the stack. Additionally, the WREG, STATUS and BSR
registers are saved on the Fast Return Stack.
If a fast return from interrupt is not used (see
Section 6.3 “Data Memory Organization”), the user
may need to save the WREG, STATUS and BSR registers on entry to the Interrupt Service Routine (ISR).
Depending on the user’s application, other registers
also may need to be saved.
Example 11-1 saves and restores the WREG, STATUS
and BSR registers during an Interrupt Service Routine.
EXAMPLE 11-1:
MOVWF
MOVFF
MOVFF
;
; USER
;
MOVFF
MOVF
MOVFF
SAVING STATUS, WREG AND BSR REGISTERS IN RAM
W_TEMP
STATUS, STATUS_TEMP
BSR, BSR_TEMP
; W_TEMP is in virtual bank
; STATUS_TEMP located anywhere
; BSR_TMEP located anywhere
ISR CODE
BSR_TEMP, BSR
W_TEMP, W
STATUS_TEMP, STATUS
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
; Restore BSR
; Restore WREG
; Restore STATUS
DS39960C-page 163
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 11-1:
Name
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERRUPTS
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
INTCON2
RBPU
INTEDG0
INTEDG1
INTEDG2
INTEDG3
TMR0IP
INT3IP
RBIP
INTCON3
INT2IP
INT1IP
INT3IE
INT2IE
INT1IE
INT3IF
INT2IF
INT1IF
PIR1
PSPIP
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
TMR1GIF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
PIR2
OSCFIF
—
SSP2IF
BCL2IF
BCL1IF
HLVDIF
TMR3IF
TMR3GIF
INTCON
PIR3
TMR5GIF
—
RC2IF
TX2IF
CTMUIF
CCP2IF
CCP1IF
RTCCIF
PIR4
CCP10IF(1)
CCP9IF(1)
CCP8IF
CCP7IF
CCP6IF
CCP5IF
CCP4IF
CCP3IF
PIR5
TMR7GIF(1)
PIR6
—
—
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
PIE2
OSCFIE
—
TMR12IF
(1)
TMR10IF
(1)
TMR6IF
TMR5IF
TMR4IF
EEIF
—
CMP3IF
CMP2IF
CMP1IF
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
TMR1GIE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
SSP2IE
BCL2IE
BCL1IE
HLVDIE
TMR3IE
TMR3GIE
—
TMR8IF
TMR7IF
(1)
PIE3
TMR5GIE
—
RC2IE
TX2IE
CTMUIE
CCP2IE
CCP1IE
RTCCIE
PIE4
CCP10IE(1)
CCP9IE(1)
CCP8IE
CCP7IE
CCP6IE
CCP5IE
CCP4IE
CCP3IE
PIE5
TMR7GIE(1)
TMR12IE(1)
TMR10IE(1)
TMR8IE
TMR7IE(1)
TMR6IE
TMR5IE
TMR4IE
PIE6
—
—
—
EEIE
—
CMP3IE
CMP2IE
CMP1IE
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
TMR1GIP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
IPR2
OSCFIP
—
SSP2IP
BCL2IP
BCL1IP
HLVDIP
TMR3IP
TMR3GIP
IPR3
TMR5GIP
—
RC2IP
TX2IP
CTMUIP
CCP2IP
CCP1IP
RTCCIP
IPR4
CCP10IP(1)
CCP9IP(1)
CCP8IP
CCP7IP
CCP6IP
CCP5IP
CCP4IP
CCP3IP
IPR5
TMR7GIP(1)
TMR12IP(1)
TMR10IP(1)
TMR8IP
TMR7IP(1)
TMR6IP
TMR5IP
TMR4IP
IPR6
—
—
—
EEIP
—
CMP3IP
CMP2IP
CMP1IP
IPEN
SBOREN
CM
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
RCON
Legend: Shaded cells are not used by the interrupts.
Note 1: Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
DS39960C-page 164
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
12.0
I/O PORTS
12.1
Depending on the device selected and features
enabled, there are up to nine ports available. Some
pins of the I/O ports are multiplexed with an alternate
function from the peripheral features on the device. In
general, when a peripheral is enabled, that pin may not
be used as a general purpose I/O pin.
Each port has three memory mapped registers for its
operation:
• TRIS register (Data Direction register)
• PORT register (reads the levels on the pins of the
device)
• LAT register (Output Latch register)
Reading the PORT register reads the current status of
the pins, whereas writing to the PORT register writes to
the Output Latch (LAT) register.
I/O Port Pin Capabilities
When developing an application, the capabilities of the
port pins must be considered. Outputs on some pins
have higher output drive strength than others. Similarly,
some pins can tolerate higher than VDD input levels.
All of the digital ports are 5.5V input tolerant. The analog ports have the same tolerance – having clamping
diodes implemented internally.
12.1.1
PIN OUTPUT DRIVE
When used as digital I/O, the output pin drive strengths
vary, according to the pins’ grouping to meet the needs
for a variety of applications. In general, there are two
classes of output pins, in terms of drive capability:
The Output Latch (LAT register) is useful for
read-modify-write operations on the value that the I/O
pins are driving. Read-modify-write operations on the
LAT register read and write the latched output value for
the PORT register.
• Outputs designed to drive higher current loads
such as LEDs:
- PORTA
- PORTB
- PORTC
• Outputs with lower drive levels, but capable of
driving normal digital circuit loads with a high input
impedance. Able to drive LEDs, but only those
with smaller current requirements:
- PORTD
- PORTE
- PORTF
- PORTG
- PORTH(†)
- PORTJ(†)
† These ports are not available on 64-pin
devices.
A simplified model of a generic I/O port, without the
interfaces to other peripherals, is shown in Figure 12-1.
12.1.2
Setting a TRIS bit (= 1) makes the corresponding
PORT pin an input (putting the corresponding output
driver in a High-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRIS bit
(= 0) makes the corresponding port pin an output (i.e.,
put the contents of the corresponding LAT bit on the
selected pin).
FIGURE 12-1:
GENERIC I/O PORT
OPERATION
RD LAT
Data
Bus
WR LAT
or PORT
D
PULL-UP CONFIGURATION
Four of the I/O ports (PORTB, PORTD, PORTE and
PORTJ) implement configurable weak pull-ups on all
pins. These are internal pull-ups that allow floating
digital input signals to be pulled to a consistent level
without the use of external resistors.
The pull-ups are enabled with a single bit for each of the
ports: RBPU (INTCON2<7>) for PORTB, and RDPU,
REPU and RJPU (PADCFG1<7:5>) for the other ports.
Q
I/O Pin
CKx
Data Latch
D
WR TRIS
Q
CKx
TRIS Latch
Input
Buffer
RD TRIS
Q
D
ENEN
RD PORT
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 165
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 12-1:
PADCFG1: PAD CONFIGURATION REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
RDPU
REPU
RJPU(2)
—
—
RTSECSEL1(1)
RTSECSEL0(1)
—
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
RDPU: PORTD Pull-up Enable bit
1 = PORTD pull-up resistors are enabled by individual port latch values
0 = All PORTD pull-up resistors are disabled
bit 6
REPU: PORTE Pull-up Enable bit
1 = PORTE pull-up resistors are enabled by individual port latch values
0 = All PORTE pull-up resistors are disabled
bit 5
RJPU: PORTJ Pull-up Enable bit(2)
1 = PORTJ pull-up resistors are enabled by individual port latch values
0 = All PORTJ pull-up resistors are disabled
bit 4-3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-1
RTSECSEL<1:0>: RTCC Seconds Clock Output Select bits(1)
11 = Reserved; do not use
10 = RTCC source clock is selected for the RTCC pin (pin can be LF-INTOSC or SOSC, depending on
the RTCOSC (CONFIG3L<1>) bit setting)
01 = RTCC seconds clock is selected for the RTCC pin
00 = RTCC alarm pulse is selected for the RTCC pin
bit 0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1:
2:
To enable the actual RTCC output, the RTCOE (RTCCFG<2>) bit must be set.
Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
DS39960C-page 166
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
12.1.3
OPEN-DRAIN OUTPUTS
FIGURE 12-2:
The output pins for several peripherals are also
equipped with a configurable, open-drain output option.
This allows the peripherals to communicate with
external digital logic, operating at a higher voltage
level, without the use of level translators.
USING THE OPEN-DRAIN
OUTPUT (USART SHOWN
AS EXAMPLE)
3.3V
+5V
PIC18F87K22
The open-drain option is implemented on port pins
specifically associated with the data and clock outputs
of the USARTs, the MSSP module (in SPI mode) and
the CCP modules. This option is selectively enabled by
setting the open-drain control bits in the registers
ODCON1, ODCON2 and ODCON3.
VDD
TXX
(at logic ‘1’)
3.3V
5V
When the open-drain option is required, the output pin
must also be tied through an external pull-up resistor
provided by the user to a higher voltage level, up to 5V
(Figure 12-2). When a digital logic high signal is output,
it is pulled up to the higher voltage level.
REGISTER 12-2:
ODCON1: PERIPHERAL OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
SSP1OD
CCP2OD
CCP1OD
—
—
—
—
SSP2OD
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
SSP1OD: MSSP1 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability is enabled
0 = Open-drain capability is disabled
bit 6
CCP2OD: ECCP2 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability is enabled
0 = Open-drain capability is disabled
bit 5
CCP1OD: CCP10 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability is enabled
0 = Open-drain capability is disabled
bit 4-1
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0
SSP2OD: MSSP2 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability is enabled
0 = Open-drain capability is disabled
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
x = Bit is unknown
DS39960C-page 167
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 12-3:
R/W-0
(1)
CCP10OD
ODCON2: PERIPHERAL OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL REGISTER 2
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CCP9OD(1)
CCP8OD
CCP7OD
CCP6OD
CCP5OD
CCP4OD
CCP3OD
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
CCP10OD: CCP10 Open-Drain Output Enable bit(1)
1 = Open-drain capability is enabled
0 = Open-drain capability is disabled
bit 6
CCP9OD: CCP9 Open-Drain Output Enable bit(1)
1 = Open-drain capability is enabled
0 = Open-drain capability is disabled
bit 5
CCP8OD: CCP8 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability is enabled
0 = Open-drain capability is disabled
bit 4
CCP7OD: CCP7 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability is enabled
0 = Open-drain capability is disabled
bit 3
CCP6OD: CCP6 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability is enabled
0 = Open-drain capability is disabled
bit 2
CCP5OD: CCP5 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability is enabled
0 = Open-drain capability is disabled
bit 1
CCP4OD: CCP4 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability is enabled
0 = Open-drain capability is disabled
bit 0
CCP3OD: ECCP3 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability is enabled
0 = Open-drain capability is disabled
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
Not implemented on devices with 32-byte program memory (PIC18FX5K22).
DS39960C-page 168
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 12-4:
R/W-0
U2OD
ODCON3: PERIPHERAL OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL REGISTER 3
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
U1OD
—
—
—
—
—
CTMUDS
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
U2OD: EUSART2 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability is enabled
0 = Open-drain capability is disabled
bit 6
U1OD: EUSART1 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability is enabled
0 = Open-drain capability is disabled
bit 5-1
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0
CTMUDS: CTMU Pulse Delay Enable bit
1 = Pulse delay input for CTMU is enabled on pin, RF1
0 = Pulse delay input for CTMU is disabled on pin, RF1
12.1.4
ANALOG AND DIGITAL PORTS
Many of the ports multiplex analog and digital functionality, providing a lot of flexibility for hardware designers.
PIC18F87K22 family devices can make any analog pin
analog or digital, depending on an application’s needs.
The ports’ analog/digital functionality is controlled by
the registers: ANCON0, ANCON1 and ANCON2.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
x = Bit is unknown
Setting these registers makes the corresponding pins
analog and clearing the registers makes the ports digital. For details on these registers, see Section 23.0
“12-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converter (A/D) Module”
DS39960C-page 169
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
12.2
PORTA, TRISA and
LATA Registers
PORTA is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corresponding Data Direction and Output Latch registers are
TRISA and LATA.
RA4/T0CKI is a Schmitt Trigger input. All other PORTA
pins have TTL input levels and full CMOS output
drivers.
RA5 and RA<3:0> are multiplexed with analog inputs
for the A/D Converter.
The operation of the analog inputs as A/D Converter
inputs is selected by clearing or setting the ANSEL
control bits in the ANCON1 register. The corresponding
TRISA bits control the direction of these pins, even
when they are being used as analog inputs. The user
must ensure the bits in the TRISA register are
maintained set when using them as analog inputs.
Note:
RA5 and RA<3:0> are configured as
analog inputs on any Reset and are read
as ‘0’. RA4 is configured as a digital input.
DS39960C-page 170
OSC2/CLKO/RA6 and OSC1/CLKI/RA7 normally
serve as the external circuit connections for the external (primary) oscillator circuit (HS Oscillator modes), or
the external clock input and output (EC Oscillator
modes). In these cases, RA6 and RA7 are not available
as digital I/O and their corresponding TRIS and LAT
bits are read as ‘0’. When the device is configured to
use HF-INTOSC, MF-INTOSC or LF-INTOSC as the
default oscillator mode, RA6 and RA7 are automatically
configured as digital I/O; the oscillator and clock
in/clock out functions are disabled.
RA5 has additional functionality for Timer1 and Timer3.
It can be configured as the Timer1 clock input or the
Timer3 external clock gate input.
EXAMPLE 12-1:
CLRF
PORTA
CLRF
LATA
BANKSEL
MOVLW
MOVWF
BANKSEL
MOVLW
ANCON1
00h
ANCON1
TRISA
0BFh
MOVWF
TRISA
INITIALIZING PORTA
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Initialize PORTA by
clearing output latches
Alternate method to
clear output data latches
Select bank with ANCON1 register
Configure A/D
for digital inputs
Select bank with TRISA register
Value used to initialize
data direction
Set RA<7, 5:0> as inputs,
RA<6> as output
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 12-1:
PORTA FUNCTIONS
Pin Name
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RA0/AN0/ULPWU
RA0
0
O
DIG
1
I
TTL
PORTA<0> data input; disabled when analog input enabled.
AN0
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 0. Default input configuration on POR; does not
affect digital output.
ULPWU
1
I
ANA
Ultra low-power wake-up input.
RA1
0
O
DIG
LATA<1> data output; not affected by analog input.
1
I
TTL
PORTA<1> data input; disabled when analog input enabled.
AN1
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 1. Default input configuration on POR; does not
affect digital output.
RA2
0
O
DIG
LATA<2> data output; not affected by analog input.
1
I
TTL
PORTA<2> data input; disabled when analog functions are enabled.
RA1/AN1
RA2/AN2/VREF-
AN2
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 2. Default input configuration on POR.
1
I
ANA
A/D and comparator low reference voltage input.
RA3
0
O
DIG
LATA<3> data output; not affected by analog input.
1
I
TTL
PORTA<3> data input; disabled when analog input is enabled.
AN3
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 3. Default input configuration on POR.
VREF+
1
I
ANA
A/D and comparator high reference voltage input.
RA4
0
O
DIG
LATA<4> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTA<4> data input. Default configuration on POR.
RA4/T0CKI
T0CKI
x
I
ST
Timer0 clock input.
RA5
0
O
DIG
LATA<5> data output; not affected by analog input.
1
I
TTL
PORTA<5> data input; disabled when analog input enabled.
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 4. Default configuration on POR.
RA5/AN4/T1CKI/
T3G/HLVDIN
AN4
T1CKI
x
I
ST
Timer1 Clock Input.
T3G
x
I
ST
Timer3 External clock gate input.
HLVDIN
1
I
ANA
High/Low-Voltage Detect external trip point input.
OSC2
x
O
ANA
Main oscillator feedback output connection (HS, XT and LP modes).
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
OSC1/CLKI/RA7
PORTA
CLKO
x
O
DIG
System cycle clock output (FOSC/4) (EC and INTOSC modes).
RA6
0
O
DIG
LATA<6> data output; disabled when FOSC2 Configuration bit is set.
1
I
TTL
PORTA<6> data input; disabled when FOSC2 Configuration bit is set.
x
I
ANA
Main oscillator input connection (HS, XT and LP modes).
Main external clock source input (EC modes).
OSC1
CLKI
x
I
ANA
RA7
0
O
DIG
LATA<7> data output; disabled when FOSC2 Configuration bit is set.
1
I
TTL
PORTA<7> data input; disabled when FOSC2 Configuration bit is set.
O = Output, I = Input, ANA = Analog Signal, DIG = Digital Output, ST = Schmitt Trigger Buffer Input,
TTL = TTL Buffer Input, x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
TABLE 12-2:
Name
LATA<0> data output; not affected by analog input.
VREFRA3/AN3/VREF+
Legend:
Description
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTA
Bit 7
RA7(1)
Bit 6
RA6
(1)
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
RA5
RA4
RA3
RA2
RA1
RA0
LATA5
LATA4
LATA3
LATA2
LATA1
LATA0
LATA
LATA7(1)
LATA6(1)
TRISA
TRISA7(1)
TRISA6(1)
TRISA5
TRISA4
TRISA3
TRISA2
TRISA1
TRISA0
ANSEL7
ANSEL6
ANSEL5
ANSEL4
ANSEL3
ANSEL2
ANSEL1
ANSEL0
ANCON0
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTA.
Note 1: These bits are enabled depending on the oscillator mode selected. When not enabled as PORTA pins,
they are disabled and read as ‘x’.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 171
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
12.3
PORTB, TRISB and
LATB Registers
PORTB is an eight-bit wide, bidirectional port. The
corresponding Data Direction and Output Latch registers
are TRISB and LATB. All pins on PORTB are digital only.
EXAMPLE 12-2:
CLRF
PORTB
CLRF
LATB
MOVLW
0CFh
MOVWF
TRISB
INITIALIZING PORTB
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Initialize PORTB by
clearing output
data latches
Alternate method
to clear output
data latches
Value used to
initialize data
direction
Set RB<3:0> as inputs
RB<5:4> as outputs
RB<7:6> as inputs
Four of the PORTB pins (RB<7:4>) have an
interrupt-on-change feature. Only pins configured as
inputs can cause this interrupt to occur; any RB<7:4>
pin configured as an output being excluded from the
interrupt-on-change comparison.
Comparisons with the input pins (of RB<7:4>) are
made with the old value latched on the last read of
PORTB. The “mismatch” outputs of RB<7:4> are ORed
together to generate the RB Port Change Interrupt with
Flag bit, RBIF (INTCON<0>).
This interrupt can wake the device from
power-managed modes. To clear the interrupt in the
Interrupt Service Routine:
a)
b)
c)
Each of the PORTB pins has a weak internal pull-up. A
single control bit can turn on all the pull-ups. This is
performed by clearing bit, RBPU (INTCON2<7>). The
weak pull-up is automatically turned off when the port
pin is configured as an output. The pull-ups are
disabled on a Power-on Reset.
Any read or write of PORTB (except with the
MOVFF (ANY), PORTB instruction). This will
end the mismatch condition.
Wait one instruction cycle (such as executing a
NOP instruction).
Clear flag bit, RBIF.
A mismatch condition will continue to set flag bit, RBIF.
Reading PORTB will end the mismatch condition and
allow flag bit, RBIF, to be cleared after one TCY delay.
The interrupt-on-change feature is recommended for
wake-up on key depression operation and operations
where PORTB is only used for the interrupt-on-change
feature. Polling of PORTB is not recommended while
using the interrupt-on-change feature.
The RB<3:2> pins are multiplexed as CTMU edge
inputs. RB5 has an additional function for Timer3 and
Timer1. It can be configured for Timer3 clock input or
Timer1 external clock gate input.
TABLE 12-3:
PORTB FUNCTIONS
Pin Name
RB0/INT0/FLT0
RB1/INT1
RB2/INT2/CTED1
Legend:
Note 1:
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RB0
0
O
DIG
1
I
TTL
PORTB<0> data input; weak pull-up when RBPU bit is cleared.
INT0
1
I
ST
External Interrupt 0 input.
Description
LATB<0> data output.
FLT0
x
I
ST
Enhanced PWM Fault input for ECCPx.
RB1
0
O
DIG
LATB<1> data output.
PORTB<1> data input; weak pull-up when RBPU bit is cleared.
1
I
TTL
INT1
1
I
ST
External Interrupt 1 input.
RB2
0
O
DIG
LATB<2> data output.
1
I
TTL
PORTB<2> data input; weak pull-up when RBPU bit is cleared.
INT2
1
I
ST
External Interrupt 2 input.
CTED1
x
I
ST
CTMU Edge 1 input.
O = Output, I = Input, ANA = Analog Signal, DIG = Digital Output, ST = Schmitt Trigger Buffer Input,
TTL = TTL Buffer Input, x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared and in Extended Microcontroller mode.
DS39960C-page 172
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 12-3:
PORTB FUNCTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RB3
0
O
DIG
1
I
TTL
PORTB<3> data input; weak pull-up when RBPU bit is cleared.
INT3
1
I
ST
External Interrupt 3 input.
x
I
ST
CTMU Edge 2 input.
0
O
DIG
ECCP2 compare output and ECCP2 PWM output.
Takes priority over port data.
1
I
ST
ECCP2 capture input.
P2A
0
O
DIG
ECCP2 Enhanced PWM output, Channel A.
May be configured for tri-state during Enhanced PWM shutdown
events. Takes priority over port data.
RB4
0
O
DIG
LATB<4> data output.
1
I
TTL
PORTB<4> data input; weak pull-up when RBPU bit is cleared.
RB3/INT3/CTED2/
ECCP2/P2A
CTED2
ECCP2
RB4/KBI0
1
I
TTL
Interrupt-on-pin change.
RB5
0
O
DIG
LATB<5> data output.
1
I
TTL
PORTB<5> data input; weak pull-up when RBPU bit is cleared.
KBI1
1
I
TTL
Interrupt-on-pin change.
T3CKI
x
I
ST
Timer3 clock input.
T1G
x
I
ST
Timer1 external clock gate input.
RB6
0
O
DIG
LATB<6> data output.
RB6/KBI2/PGC
1
I
TTL
PORTB<6> data input; weak pull-up when RBPU bit is cleared.
KBI2
1
I
TTL
Interrupt-on-pin change.
PGC
x
I
ST
Serial execution (ICSP™) clock input for ICSP and ICD operation.
RB7
0
O
DIG
LATB<7> data output.
1
I
TTL
PORTB<7> data input; weak pull-up when RBPU bit is cleared.
KBI3
1
I
TTL
Interrupt-on-pin change.
PGD
x
O
DIG
Serial execution data output for ICSP and ICD operation.
x
I
ST
Serial execution data input for ICSP and ICD operation.
RB7/KBI3/PGD
Note 1:
O = Output, I = Input, ANA = Analog Signal, DIG = Digital Output, ST = Schmitt Trigger Buffer Input,
TTL = TTL Buffer Input, x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared and in Extended Microcontroller mode.
TABLE 12-4:
Name
PORTB
LATB
TRISB
LATB<3> data output.
KBI0
RB5/KBI1/T3CKI/
T1G
Legend:
(1)
Description
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTB
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
RB7
RB6
RB5
RB4
RB3
RB2
RB1
RB0
LATB7
LATB6
LATB5
LATB4
LATB3
LATB2
LATB1
LATB0
TRISB7
TRISB6
TRISB5
TRISB4
TRISB3
TRISB2
TRISB1
TRISB0
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
INTCON2
RBPU
INTEDG0
INTEDG1
INTEDG2
INTEDG3
TMR0IP
INT3IP
RBIP
INTCON3
INT2IP
INT1IP
INT3IE
INT2IE
INT1IE
INT3IF
INT2IF
INT1IF
ODCON1
SSP1OD
CCP2OD
CCP1OD
—
—
—
—
SSP2OD
Legend: Shaded cells are not used by PORTB.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 173
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
12.4
PORTC, TRISC and
LATC Registers
PORTC is an eight-bit wide, bidirectional port. The
corresponding Data Direction and Output Latch registers
are TRISC and LATC. Only PORTC pins, RC2 through
RC7, are digital only pins.
PORTC is multiplexed with ECCP, MSSP and EUSART
peripheral functions (Table 12-5). The pins have
Schmitt Trigger input buffers. The pins for ECCP, SPI
and EUSART are also configurable for open-drain output whenever these functions are active. Open-drain
configuration is selected by setting the SPIOD,
CCPxOD and U1OD control bits in the registers,
ODCON1 and ODCON3.
RC1 is normally configured as the default peripheral
pin for the ECCP2 module. Assignment of ECCP2 is
controlled by Configuration bit, CCP2MX (default state,
CCP2MX = 1).
TABLE 12-5:
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RC0/SOSCO/
SCLKI/
RC0
0
O
DIG
RC2/ECCP1/
P1A
The contents of the TRISC register are affected by
peripheral overrides. Reading TRISC always returns
the current contents, even though a peripheral device
may be overriding one or more of the pins.
EXAMPLE 12-3:
CLRF
PORTC
CLRF
LATC
MOVLW
0CFh
MOVWF
TRISC
INITIALIZING PORTC
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Initialize PORTC by
clearing output
data latches
Alternate method
to clear output
data latches
Value used to
initialize data
direction
Set RC<3:0> as inputs
RC<5:4> as outputs
RC<7:6> as inputs
Description
LATC<0> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTC<0> data input.
1
I
ST
SOSC oscillator output.
SCLKI
1
I
ST
Digital clock input; enabled when SOSC oscillator disabled.
RC1
0
O
DIG
LATC<1> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTC<1> data input.
SOSCI
x
I
ANA
SOSC oscillator input.
ECCP2(1)
0
O
DIG
ECCP2 compare output and ECCP2 PWM output.
Takes priority over port data.
1
I
ST
ECCP2 Capture input.
P2A
0
O
DIG
ECCP2 Enhanced PWM output, Channel A.
May be configured for tri-state during Enhanced PWM shutdown events. Takes
priority over port data.
RC2
0
O
DIG
LATC<2> data output.
P1A
Note 1:
These pins are configured as digital inputs
on any device Reset.
SOSCO
ECCP1
Legend:
Note:
PORTC FUNCTIONS
Pin Name
RC1/SOSCI/
ECCP2/P2A
When enabling peripheral functions, use care in defining TRIS bits for each PORTC pin. Some peripherals
can override the TRIS bit to make a pin an output or
input. Consult the corresponding peripheral section for
the correct TRIS bit settings.
1
I
ST
PORTC<2> data input.
0
O
DIG
ECCP1 compare output and ECCP1 PWM output. Takes priority over port data.
1
I
ST
ECCP1 capture input.
0
O
DIG
ECCP1 enhanced PWM output, Channel A.
May be configured for tri-state during Enhanced PWM shutdown events. Takes
priority over port data.
O = Output, I = Input, ANA = Analog Signal, DIG = Digital Output, ST = Schmitt Trigger Buffer Input, TTL = TTL Buffer Input,
I2C = I2C™/SMBus Buffer Input, x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
DS39960C-page 174
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 12-5:
Pin Name
RC3/SCK1/
SCL1
PORTC FUNCTIONS (CONTINUED)
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RC3
0
O
DIG
SCK1
1
I
ST
PORTC<3> data input.
0
O
DIG
SPI clock output (MSSP module); takes priority over port data.
I
ST
SPI clock input (MSSP module).
0
O
DIG
I2C clock output (MSSP module); takes priority over port data.
1
I
I2C
I2C clock input (MSSP module); input type depends on module setting.
0
O
DIG
LATC<4> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTC<4> data input.
I
ST
SPI data input (MSSP module).
O
DIG
I2C data output (MSSP module); takes priority over port data.
1
I
2
I C
I2C data input (MSSP module); input type depends on module setting.
0
O
DIG
LATC<5> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTC<5> data input.
SDO1
0
O
DIG
SPI data output (MSSP module).
RC6
0
O
DIG
LATC<6> data output.
RC4
SDI1
SDA1
RC5/SDO1
RC5
RC6/TX1/CK1
RC7/RX1/DT1
Legend:
Note 1:
1
1
I
ST
PORTC<6> data input.
TX1
1
O
DIG
Synchronous serial data output (EUSART module); takes priority over port data.
CK1
1
O
DIG
Synchronous serial data input (EUSART module); user must configure as an input.
1
I
ST
Synchronous serial clock input (EUSART module).
0
O
DIG
LATC<7> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTC<7> data input.
RC7
RX1
1
I
ST
Asynchronous serial receive data input (EUSART module).
DT1
1
O
DIG
Synchronous serial data output (EUSART module); takes priority over port data.
1
I
ST
Synchronous serial data input (EUSART module); user must configure as an input.
O = Output, I = Input, ANA = Analog Signal, DIG = Digital Output, ST = Schmitt Trigger Buffer Input, TTL = TTL Buffer Input,
I2C = I2C™/SMBus Buffer Input, x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
Default assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is set.
TABLE 12-6:
Name
LATC<3> data output.
1
SCL1
RC4/SDI1/
SDA1
Description
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTC
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
RC7
RC6
RC5
RC4
RC3
RC2
RC1
RC0
LATC
LATC7
LATBC6
LATC5
LATCB4
LATC3
LATC2
LATC1
LATC0
TRISC
TRISC7
TRISC6
TRISC5
TRISC4
TRISC3
TRISC2
TRISC1
TRISC0
ODCON1
SSP1OD
CCP2OD
CCP1OD
—
—
—
—
SSP2OD
ODCON3
U2OD
U1OD
—
—
—
—
—
CTMUDS
PORTC
Legend: Shaded cells are not used by PORTC.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 175
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
12.5
PORTD, TRISD and
LATD Registers
PORTD is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The
corresponding Data Direction and Output Latch registers
are TRISD and LATD.
All pins on PORTD are implemented with Schmitt
Trigger input buffers. Each pin is individually
configurable as an input or output.
These pins are configured as digital inputs
on any device Reset.
Note:
Each of the PORTD pins has a weak internal pull-up. A
single control bit can turn off all the pull-ups. This is
performed by setting bit, RDPU (PADCFG1<7>). The
weak pull-up is automatically turned off when the port
pin is configured as an output. The pull-ups are
disabled on all device Resets.
On 80-pin devices, PORTD is multiplexed with the
system bus as part of the external memory interface.
I/O port and other functions are only available when the
interface is disabled by setting the EBDIS bit
(MEMCON<7>). When the interface is enabled,
PORTD is the low-order byte of the multiplexed
address/data bus (AD<7:0>). The TRISD bits are also
overridden.
TABLE 12-7:
Pin Name
Function
RD0
EXAMPLE 12-4:
CLRF
PORTD
CLRF
LATD
MOVLW
0CFh
MOVWF
TRISD
INITIALIZING PORTD
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
Initialize PORTD by
clearing output
data latches
Alternate method
to clear output
data latches
Value used to
initialize data
direction
Set RD<3:0> as inputs
RD<5:4> as outputs
RD<7:6> as inputs
Description
0
O
DIG
LATD<0> data output.
I
ST
PORTD<0> data input.
x
I/O
TTL
Parallel Slave Port data.
(2)
x
I/O
TTL
External Memory Address/Data 0.
CTPLS
x
O
DIG
CTMU pulse generator output.
RD1
0
O
DIG
LATD<1> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTD<1> data input.
PSP1(1)
x
I/O
TTL
Parallel Slave Port data.
AD1(2)
x
I/O
TTL
External Memory Address/Data 1.
T5CKI
x
I
ST
Timer5 clock input.
T7G
x
I
ST
Timer7 external clock gate input.
RD2
0
O
DIG
LATD<2> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTD<2> data input.
PSP2(1)
x
I/O
TTL
Parallel Slave Port data.
AD2(2)
x
I/O
TTL
External Memory Address/Data 2.
AD0
RD2/PSP2/AD2
Note 1:
2:
RD0 has a CTMU functionality. RD1 has the functionality for the Timer5 clock input and Timer7 external clock
gate input.
1
PSP0(1)
Legend:
The PORTD also has the I2C and SPI functionality on
RD4, RD5 and RD6. The pins for SPI are also configurable for open-drain output. Open-drain configuration is
selected by setting bit, SSP2OD (ODCON1<0>).
PORTD FUNCTIONS
RD0/PSP0/
AD0/CTPLS
RD1/PSP1/
AD1/T5CKI/
T7G
PORTD can also be configured as an 8-bit wide microprocessor port (Parallel Slave Port) by setting control
bit, PSPMODE (TRISE<4>). In this mode, the input
buffers are TTL. For additional information, see
Section 12.11 “Parallel Slave Port”.
O = Output, I = Input, ANA = Analog Signal, DIG = Digital Output, ST = Schmitt Trigger Buffer Input,
I2C = I2C™/SMBus Buffer Input, x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
PSP is available only in Microcontroller mode.
This feature is available only on PIC18F8XK22 devices.
DS39960C-page 176
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 12-7:
PORTD FUNCTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RD3/PSP3/AD3
RD3
0
O
DIG
LATD<3> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTD<3> data input.
PSP3(1)
x
I/O
TTL
Parallel Slave Port data.
AD3(2)
x
I/O
TTL
External Memory Address/Data 3.
RD4
0
O
DIG
LATD<4> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTD<4> data input.
PSP4(1)
x
I/O
TTL
Parallel Slave Port data.
AD4(2)
x
I/O
TTL
External Memory Address/Data 4.
SDO2
0
P
DOG
SPI data output (MSSP module).
RD5
0
O
DIG
LATD<5> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTD<5> data input.
PSP5(1)
x
I/O
TTL
Parallel Slave Port data.
AD5(2)
x
I/O
TTL
External Memory Address/Data 5.
RD4/PSP4/
AD4/SDO2
RD5/PSP5/
AD5/SDI2/
SDA2
RD6/PSP6/
AD6/SCK2/
SCL2
SDI2
1
I
ST
SPI data input (MSSP module).
SDA2
0
O
I2C
I2C data input (MSSP module). Input type depends on module setting.
RD6
0
O
DIG
LATD<6> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTD<6> data input.
Parallel Slave Port data.
(1)
x
I/O
TTL
AD6(2)
x
I/O
TTL
External Memory Address/Data 6.
SCK2
0
O
DIG
SPI clock output (MSSP module). Takes priority over port data.
1
I
ST
SPI clock input (MSSP module).
0
O
DIG
I2C clock output (MSSP module). Takes priority over port data.
1
I
2
I C
I2C clock input (MSSP module). Input type depends on module
setting.
0
O
DIG
LATD<7> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTD<7> data input.
PSP7(1)
x
I/O
TTL
Parallel Slave Port data.
AD7(2)
x
I/O
TTL
External Memory Address/Data 7.
SS2
1
I
TTL
Slave select input for MSSP module.
PSP6
SCL2
RD7
RD7/PSP7/
AD7/SS2
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
O = Output, I = Input, ANA = Analog Signal, DIG = Digital Output, ST = Schmitt Trigger Buffer Input,
I2C = I2C™/SMBus Buffer Input, x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
PSP is available only in Microcontroller mode.
This feature is available only on PIC18F8XK22 devices.
TABLE 12-8:
Name
PORTD
Description
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTD
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
RD7
RD6
RD5
RD4
RD3
RD2
RD1
RD0
LATD
LATD7
LATD6
LATD5
LATD4
LATD3
LATD2
LATD1
LATD0
TRISD
TRISD7
TRISD6
TRISD5
TRISD4
TRISD3
TRISD2
TRISD1
TRISD0
—
—
—
—
PADCFG1
RDPU
REPU
RJPU(1)
ODCON1
SSP1OD
CCP2OD
CCP1OD
RTSECSEL1 RESECSEL0
—
—
—
SSP2OD
Legend: Shaded cells are not used by PORTD.
Note 1: Unimplemented on PIC18F6XK22 devices, read as ‘0’.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 177
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
12.6
PORTE, TRISE and
LATE Registers
PORTE is a eight-bit wide, bidirectional port. The
corresponding Data Direction and Output Latch registers
are TRISE and LATE.
All pins on PORTE are implemented with Schmitt
Trigger input buffers. Each pin is individually
configurable as an input or output. The RE7 pin is also
configurable for open-drain output when ECCP2 is
active on this pin. Open-drain configuration is selected
by setting the CCP2OD control bit (ODCON1<6>)
Note:
These pins are configured as digital inputs
on any device Reset.
Each of the PORTE pins has a weak internal pull-up. A
single control bit can turn off all the pull-ups. This is
performed by setting bit, REPU (PADCFG1<6>). The
weak pull-up is automatically turned off when the port
pin is configured as an output. The pull-ups are
disabled on any device Reset.
PORTE is also multiplexed with Enhanced PWM Outputs B and C, for ECCP1 and ECCP3, and Outputs B,
C and D, for ECCP2. For all devices, their default
assignments are on PORTE<6:0>.
TABLE 12-9:
Pin Name
RE3 can also be configured as the Reference Clock
Output (REFO) from the system clock. For further
details, see Section 3.7 “Reference Clock Output”.
EXAMPLE 12-5:
CLRF
PORTE
CLRF
LATE
MOVLW
03h
MOVWF
TRISE
INITIALIZING PORTE
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Initialize PORTE by
clearing output
data latches
Alternate method
to clear output
data latches
Value used to
initialize data
direction
Set RE<1:0> as inputs
RE<7:2> as outputs
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RE0
0
O
DIG
1
I
ST
PORTE<0> data input.
P2D
0
O
—
ECCP2 PWM Output D.
May be configured for tri-state during Enhanced PWM shutdown events.
RD
x
O
DIG
RE1/P2C/WR/
AD9
Description
LATE<0> data output.
Parallel Slave Port read strobe pin.
x
I
TTL
Parallel Slave Port read pin.
x
O
DIG
External memory interface, Data Bit 8 output.
x
I
TTL
External memory interface, Data Bit 8 input.
0
O
DIG
LATE<1> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTE<1> data input.
P2C
0
O
—
ECCP2 PWM Output C.
May be configured for tri-state during Enhanced PWM shutdown events.
WR
x
O
DIG
Parallel Slave Port write strobe pin.
x
I
TTL
Parallel Slave Port write pin.
x
O
DIG
External memory interface, Data Bit 9 output.
x
I
TTL
External memory interface, Data Bit 9 input.
AD8(2)
RE1
(2)
AD9
Note 1:
2:
For devices operating in Microcontroller mode, pin, RE7,
can be configured as the alternate peripheral pin for the
ECCP2 module and Enhanced PWM Output 2A. This is
done by clearing the CCP2MX Configuration bit. PORTE
is also multiplexed with the Parallel Slave Port address
lines. RE1 and RE0 are multiplexed with the control
signals, WR and RD.
PORTE FUNCTIONS
RE0/P2D/RD/
AD8
Legend:
On 80-pin devices, the multiplexing for the outputs of
ECCP1 and ECCP3 is controlled by the ECCPMX Configuration bit. Clearing this bit reassigns the P1B/P1C
and P3B/P3C outputs to PORTH.
O = Output, I = Input, ANA = Analog Signal, DIG = Digital Output, ST = Schmitt Trigger Buffer Input,
x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared and in Microcontroller mode.
This feature is only available on PIC18F8XKXX devices.
DS39960C-page 178
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 12-9:
Pin Name
RE2/P2B/
CCP10/CS/
AD10
RE3/P3C/
CCP9/REFO/
AD11
RE4/P3B/
CCP8/AD12
PORTE FUNCTIONS (CONTINUED)
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RE2
0
O
DIG
1
I
ST
PORTE<2> data input.
0
O
—
ECCP2 PWM Output B.
May be configured for tri-state during Enhanced PWM shutdown events.
CCP10
1
I/O
ST
Capture 10 input/Compare 10 output/PWM10 output.
CS
x
I
TTL
Parallel Slave Port chip select.
AD10(2)
x
O
DIG
External memory interface, Address/Data Bit 10 output.
x
I
TTL
External memory interface, Data Bit 10 input.
RE3
0
O
DIG
LATE<3> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTE<3> data input.
P3C
0
O
—
ECCP3 PWM Output C.
May be configured for tri-state during Enhanced PWM shutdown events.
CCP9
0
O
DIG
CCP9 Compare/PWM output. Takes priority over port data.
1
I
ST
CCP9 capture input.
REFO
x
O
DIG
Reference output clock.
AD11(2)
x
O
DIG
External memory interface, Address/Data Bit 11 output.
RE4
TTL
External memory interface, Data Bit 11 input.
O
DIG
LATE<4> data output.
I
ST
PORTE<4> data input.
0
O
—
ECCP3 PWM Output B.
May be configured for tri-state during Enhanced PWM shutdown events.
CCP8
0
O
DIG
1
I
ST
CCP8 capture input.
x
O
DIG
External memory interface, Address/Data Bit 12 output.
x
I
TTL
External memory interface, Data Bit 12 input.
0
O
DIG
LATE<5> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTE<5> data input.
P1C
0
O
—
ECCP1 PWM Output C.
May be configured for tri-state during Enhanced PWM shutdown events.
CCP7
0
O
DIG
1
I
ST
CCP7 capture input.
x
O
DIG
External memory interface, Address/Data Bit 13 output.
RE5
RE6
CCP8 compare/PWM output. Takes priority over port data.
CCP7 compare/PWM output. Takes priority over port data.
x
I
TTL
External memory interface, Data bit 13 input.
0
O
DIG
LATE<6> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTE<6> data input.
P1B
0
O
—
ECCP1 PWM Output B.
May be configured for tri-state during Enhanced PWM shutdown events.
CCP6
0
O
DIG
CCP6 compare/PWM output. Takes priority over port data.
1
I
ST
CCP9 capture input.
x
O
DIG
External memory interface, Address/Data Bit 14 output.
x
I
TTL
External memory interface, Data Bit 14 input.
AD14
Note 1:
2:
I
0
1
(2)
Legend:
x
P3B
AD13(2)
RE6/P1B/
CCP6/AD14
LATE<2> data output.
P2B
AD12(2)
RE5/P1C/
CCP7/AD13
Description
O = Output, I = Input, ANA = Analog Signal, DIG = Digital Output, ST = Schmitt Trigger Buffer Input,
x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared and in Microcontroller mode.
This feature is only available on PIC18F8XKXX devices.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 179
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 12-9:
Pin Name
PORTE FUNCTIONS (CONTINUED)
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RE7
0
O
DIG
RE7/ECCP2/
P2A/AD15
ECCP2(1)
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
Description
LATE<7> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTE<7> data input.
0
O
DIG
ECCP2 compare/PWM output; takes priority over port data.
1
I
ST
ECCP2 Capture input.
P2A
0
O
—
ECCP2 PWM Output A.
May be configured for tri-state during Enhanced PWM shutdown event.
AD15(2)
x
O
DIG
External memory interface, Address/Data Bit 15 output.
x
I
TTL
External memory interface, Data Bit 15 input.
O = Output, I = Input, ANA = Analog Signal, DIG = Digital Output, ST = Schmitt Trigger Buffer Input,
x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
Alternate assignment for ECCP2 when the CCP2MX Configuration bit is cleared and in Microcontroller mode.
This feature is only available on PIC18F8XKXX devices.
TABLE 12-10: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTE
Name
PORTE
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
RE7
RE6
RE5
RE4
RE3
RE2
RE1
RE0
LATE
LATE7
LATE6
LATE5
LATE4
LATE3
LATE2
LATE1
LATE0
TRISE
TRISE7
TRISE6
TRISE5
TRISE4
TRISE3
TRISE2
TRISE1
TRISE0
—
—
—
—
PADCFG1
RDPU
REPU
RJPU(2)
ODCON1
SSP1OD
CCP2OD
CCP1OD
ODCON2
CCP10OD(1) CCP9OD(1)
CCP8OD
CCP7OD CCP6OD
RTSECSEL1 RTSECSEL0
—
—
—
SSP2OD
CCP5OD
CCP4OD
CCP3OD
Legend: Shaded cells are not used by PORTE.
Note 1: Unimplemented on PIC18FX5K22 devices, read as ‘0’.
2: Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
DS39960C-page 180
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
12.7
PORTF, LATF and TRISF Registers
EXAMPLE 12-6:
PORTF is a 7-bit wide, bidirectional port. The
corresponding Data Direction and Output Latch registers
are TRISF and LATF. All pins on PORTF are
implemented with Schmitt Trigger input buffers. Each pin
is individually configurable as an input or output.
CLRF
PORTF
CLRF
LATF
Pins, RF1 through RF6, may be used as comparator
inputs or outputs by setting the appropriate bits in the
CMCON register. To use RF<7:1> as digital inputs, it is
also necessary to turn off the comparators.
BANKSEL
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
ANCON1
1Fh
ANCON1
0Fh
MOVWF
BANKSEL
MOVLW
ANCON
TRISF
0CEh
MOVWF
TRISF
Note 1: On device Resets, pins, RF<7:1>, are
configured as analog inputs and are read
as ‘0’.
2: To configure PORTF as a digital I/O, turn
off the comparators and clear ANCON1
and ANCON2 to digital.
INITIALIZING PORTF
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Initialize PORTF by
clearing output
data latches
Alternate method
to clear output
data latches
Select bank with ANCON1 register
Make AN6, AN7 and AN5 digital
Make AN8, AN9, AN10 and AN11
digital
Set PORTF as digital I/O
Select bank with TRISF register
Value used to
initialize data
direction
Set RF3:RF1 as inputs
RF5:RF4 as outputs
RF7:RF6 as inputs
TABLE 12-11: PORTF FUNCTIONS
Pin Name
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RF1/AN6/C2OUT/
CTDIN
RF1
0
O
DIG
1
I
ST
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 6. Default configuration on POR.
C2OUT
0
O
DIG
Comparator 2 output; takes priority over port data.
CTDIN
1
I
ST
CTMU pulse delay input.
RF2
0
O
DIG
LATF<2> data output; not affected by analog input.
1
I
ST
AN7
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 7. Default configuration on POR.
C1OUT
0
O
DIG
Comparator 1 output; takes priority over port data.
RF3
0
O
DIG
LATF<3> data output; not affected by analog input.
1
I
ST
PORTF<3> data input; disabled when analog input is enabled.
AN8
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 8 and Comparator C2+ input. Default input
configuration on POR; not affected by analog output.
Comparator 2 Input B.
AN6
RF2/AN7/C1OUT
RF3/AN8/C2INB/
CTMUI
RF4/AN9/C2INA
Legend:
LATF<1> data output; not affected by analog input.
PORTF<1> data input; disabled when analog input is enabled.
PORTF<2> data input; disabled when analog input is enabled.
C2INB
1
I
ANA
CTMUI
x
O
—
RF4
0
O
DIG
1
I
ST
PORTF<4> data input; disabled when analog input is enabled.
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 9 and Comparator C2- input. Default input
configuration on POR; does not affect digital output.
AN9
RF5/AN10/CVREF/
C1INB
Description
CTMU pulse generator charger for the C2INB comparator input.
LATF<4> data output; not affected by analog input.
C2INA
1
I
ANA
Comparator 2 Input A.
RF5
0
O
DIG
LATF<5> data output; not affected by analog input. Disabled when
CVREF output is enabled.
1
I
ST
PORTF<5> data input; disabled when analog input is enabled.
Disabled when CVREF output is enabled.
AN10
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 10 and Comparator C1+ input. Default input
configuration on POR.
CVREF
x
O
ANA
Comparator voltage reference output. Enabling this feature disables
digital I/O.
C1INB
1
I
ANA
Comparator 1 Input B.
O = Output, I = Input, ANA = Analog Signal, DIG = Digital Output, ST = Schmitt Trigger Buffer Input,
TTL = TTL Buffer Input, x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 181
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 12-11: PORTF FUNCTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
RF6/AN11/C1INA
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RF6
0
O
DIG
1
I
ST
PORTF<6> data input; disabled when analog input is enabled.
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 11 and Comparator C1- input. Default input
configuration on POR; does not affect digital output.
AN11
RF7/AN5/SS1
Legend:
Description
LATF<6> data output; not affected by analog input.
C1INA
1
I
ANA
Comparator 1 Input A.
RF7
0
O
DIG
LATF<7> data output; not affected by analog input.
1
I
ST
PORTF<7> data input; disabled when analog input is enabled.
AN5
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 5. Default configuration on POR.
SS1
1
I
TTL
Slave select input for MSSP module.
O = Output, I = Input, ANA = Analog Signal, DIG = Digital Output, ST = Schmitt Trigger Buffer Input,
TTL = TTL Buffer Input, x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
TABLE 12-12: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTF
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
RF7
RF6
RF5
RF4
RF3
RF2
RF1
—
PORTF
LATF
LATF7
LATF6
LATF5
LATF4
LATF3
LATF2
LATF1
—
TRISF
TRISF7
TRISF6
TRISF5
TRISF4
TRISF3
TRISF2
TRISF1
—
ANCON0
ANSEL7
ANSEL6
ANSEL5
ANSEL4
ANSEL3
ANSEL2
ANSEL1
ANSEL0
ANCON1
ANSEL15
ANSEL14
ANSEL13
ANSEL12
ANSEL11
ANSEL10
ANSEL9
ANSEL8
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTF.
DS39960C-page 182
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
12.8
PORTG, TRISG and
LATG Registers
PORTG is a 5-bit wide, bidirectional port. The
corresponding Data Direction and Output Latch registers
are TRISG and LATG.
PORTG is multiplexed with AUSART and CCP, ECCP,
Analog, Comparator, RTCC and Timer input functions
(Table 12-13). When operating as I/O, all PORTG pins
have Schmitt Trigger input buffers. The open-drain
functionality for the CCPx and UART can be configured
using ODCONx.
When enabling peripheral functions, care should be
taken in defining TRIS bits for each PORTG pin. Some
peripherals override the TRIS bit to make a pin an
output, while other peripherals override the TRIS bit to
make a pin an input. The user should refer to the
corresponding peripheral section for the correct TRIS bit
settings. The pin override value is not loaded into the
TRIS register. This allows read-modify-write of the TRIS
register without concern due to peripheral overrides.
EXAMPLE 12-7:
CLRF
PORTG
;
;
;
BCF
CM1CON, CON ;
;
CLRF
LATG
;
;
;
BANKSEL ANCON2
;
MOVLW
0F0h
;
;
MOVWF
ANCON2
BANKSEL TRISG
;
MOVLW
04h
;
;
;
MOVWF
TRISG
;
;
;
;
INITIALIZING PORTG
Initialize PORTG by
clearing output
data latches
disable
comparator 1
Alternate method
to clear output
data latches
Select bank with ACON2 register
make AN16 to AN19
digital
Select bank with TRISG register
Value used to
initialize data
direction
Set RG1:RG0 as
outputs
RG2 as input
RG4:RG3 as inputs
TABLE 12-13: PORTG FUNCTIONS
Pin Name
RG0/ECCP3/
P3A
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RG0
0
O
DIG
LATG<0> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTG<0> data input.
0
O
DIG
ECCP3 compare output and ECCP3 PWM output. Takes priority over
port data.
1
I
ST
ECCP3 capture input.
P3A
0
O
—
ECCP3 PWM Output A.
May be configured for tri-state during Enhanced PWM shutdown
events.
RG1
0
O
DIG
1
I
ST
PORTG<1> data input.
TX2
1
O
DIG
Synchronous serial data output (EUSART module); takes priority over
port data.
CK2
1
O
DIG
Synchronous serial data input (EUSART module); user must configure
as an input.
ECCP3
RG1/TX2/CK2/
AN19/C3OUT
Legend:
Description
LATG<1> data output.
1
I
ST
AN19
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 19.
Default input configuration on POR. Does not affect digital output.
Synchronous serial clock input (EUSART module).
C3OUT
x
O
DIG
Comparator 3 output.
O = Output, I = Input, ANA = Analog Signal, DIG = Digital Output, ST = Schmitt Trigger Buffer Input,
x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 183
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 12-13: PORTG FUNCTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RG2
0
O
DIG
LATG<2> data output.
PORTG<2> data input.
RG2/RX2/DT2/
AN18/C3INA
RG3/CCP4/AN17/
P3D/C3INB
1
I
ST
RX2
1
I
ST
Asynchronous serial receive data input (EUSART module).
DT2
1
O
DIG
Synchronous serial data output (EUSART module); takes priority over
port data.
1
I
ST
Synchronous serial data input (EUSART module); user must configure
as an input.
AN18
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 18.
Default input configuration on POR. Does not affect digital output.
C3INA
x
I
ANA
Comparator 3 Input A.
RG3
0
O
DIG
LATG<3> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTG<3> data input.
0
O
DIG
CCP4 compare/PWM output. Takes priority over port data.
1
I
ST
CCP4 capture input.
AN17
1
I
ANA
P3D
0
O
—
C3INB
x
I
ANA
Comparator 3 Input B.
RG4
0
O
DIG
LATG<4> data output.
CCP4
RG4/RTCC/
T7CKI/T5G/
CCP5/AN16/
P1D/C3INC
Legend:
Description
A/D Input Channel 17.
Default input configuration on POR. Does not affect digital output.
ECCP3 PWM Output D.
May be configured for tri-state during enhanced PWM.
1
I
ST
PORTG<4> data input.
RTCC
x
O
DIG
RTCC output.
T7CKI
x
I
ST
Timer7 clock input.
T5G
x
I
ST
Timer5 external clock gate input.
CCP5
0
O
DIG
CCP5 compare/PWM output. Takes priority over port data.
1
I
ST
AN16
1
I
ANA
P1D
0
O
—
C3INC
x
I
ANA
CCP5 capture input.
A/D Input Channel 17.
Default input configuration on POR. Does not affect digital output.
ECCP1 PWM Output D.
May be configured for tri-state during Enhanced PWM.
Comparator 3 Input C.
O = Output, I = Input, ANA = Analog Signal, DIG = Digital Output, ST = Schmitt Trigger Buffer Input,
x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
TABLE 12-14: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTG
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
PORTG
—
—
RG5(2)
RG4
RG3
RG2
RG1
RG0
TRISG
—
—
—
TRISG4
TRISG3
TRISG2
TRISG1
TRISG0
ANCON2
ANSEL23
ANSEL22
ANSEL21
ANSEL20
ANSEL19
ANSEL18
ANSEL17
ANSEL16
ODCON1
SSP1OD
CCP2OD
CCP1OD
—
—
—
—
SSP2OD
CCP8OD
CCP7OD
CCP6OD
CCP5OD
CCP4OD
CCP3OD
—
—
—
—
—
CTMUDS
ODCON2
ODCON3
CCP10OD
U2OD
(1)
CCP9OD
U1OD
(1)
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTG.
Note 1: Unimplemented on PIC18FX5K22 devices, read as ‘0’.
2: Bit is available when Master Clear is disabled (MCLRE = 0). When MCLRE is set, the bit is unimplemented.
DS39960C-page 184
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
12.9
Note:
EXAMPLE 12-8:
PORTH, LATH and
TRISH Registers
PORTH is available only on the 80-pin
devices.
PORTH is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional I/O port. The
corresponding Data Direction and Output Latch registers
are TRISH and LATH.
All pins on PORTH are implemented with Schmitt
Trigger input buffers. Each pin is individually
configurable as an input or output.
CLRF
PORTH
CLRF
LATH
BANKSEL
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
BANKSEL
MOVLW
ANCON2
0Fh
ANCON2
0Fh
ANCON1
TRISH
0CFh
MOVWF
TRISH
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
INITIALIZING PORTH
Initialize PORTH by
clearing output
data latches
Alternate method
to clear output
data latches
Select bank with ANCON2 register
Configure PORTH as
digital I/O
Configure PORTH as
digital I/O
Select bank with TRISH register
Value used to
initialize data
direction
Set RH3:RH0 as inputs
RH5:RH4 as outputs
RH7:RH6 as inputs
TABLE 12-15: PORTH FUNCTIONS
Pin Name
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RH0/AN23/A16
RH0
0
O
DIG
1
I
ST
AN23
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 23.
Default input configuration on POR. Does not affect digital input.
A16
x
O
DIG
External memory interface, address line 16. Takes priority over port
data.
RH1
0
O
DIG
LATH<1> data output.
1
I
ST
AN22
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 22.
Default input configuration on POR. Does not affect digital input.
A17
x
O
DIG
External memory interface, address line 17. Takes priority over port
data.
RH2
0
O
DIG
LATH<2> data output.
1
I
ST
AN21
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 21.
Default input configuration on POR. Does not affect digital input.
A18
x
O
DIG
External memory interface, address line 18. Takes priority over port
data.
RH3
0
O
DIG
LATH<3> data output.
1
I
ST
AN20
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 20.
Default input configuration on POR. Does not affect digital input.
A19
x
O
DIG
External memory interface, address line 19. Takes priority over port
data.
RH1/AN22/A17
RH2/AN21/A18
RH3/AN20/A19
Legend:
Description
LATH<0> data output.
PORTH<0> data input.
PORTH<1> data input.
PORTH<2> data input.
PORTH<3> data input.
O = Output, I = Input, ANA = Analog Signal, DIG = Digital Output, ST = Schmitt Trigger Buffer Input,
x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 185
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 12-15: PORTH FUNCTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RH4
0
O
DIG
LATH<4> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTH<4> data input.
0
O
DIG
CCP9 compare/PWM output. Takes priority over port data.
1
I
ST
CCP9 capture input.
P3C
0
O
—
ECCP3 PWM Output C.
May be configured for tri-state during Enhanced PWM.
AN12
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 12.
Default input configuration on POR. Does not affect digital input.
C2INC
x
I
ANA
Comparator 2 Input C.
RH5
0
O
DIG
LATH<5> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTH<5> data input.
0
O
DIG
CCP8 compare/PWM output. Takes priority over port data.
1
I
ST
CCP8 capture input.
P3B
0
O
—
ECCP3 PWM Output B.
May be configured for tri-state during Enhanced PWM.
AN13
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 13.
Default input configuration on POR. Does not affect digital input.
C2IND
x
I
ANA
Comparator 2 Input D.
RH6
0
O
DIG
LATH<6> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTH<6> data input.
0
O
DIG
CCP7 compare/PWM output. Takes priority over port data.
RH4/CCP9/
P3C/AN12/
C2INC
CCP9
RH5/CCP8/
P3B/AN13/
C2IND
CCP8
RH6/CCP7/
P1C/AN14/
C1INC
CCP7
RH7/CCP6/
P1B/AN15
1
I
ST
CCP7 capture input.
P1C
0
O
—
ECCP1 PWM Output C.
May be configured for tri-state during Enhanced PWM.
AN14
1
I
ANA
A/D Input Channel 14.
Default input configuration on POR. Does not affect digital input.
C1INC
x
I
ANA
Comparator 1 Input C.
RH7
0
O
DIG
LATH<7> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTH<7> data input.
0
O
DIG
CCP6 compare/PWM output. Takes priority over port data.
1
I
ST
CCP6 capture input.
P1B
0
O
—
ECCP1 PWM Output B.
May be configured for tri-state during Enhanced PWM.
AN15
1
I
ANA
CCP6
Legend:
Description
A/D Input Channel 15.
Default input configuration on POR. Does not affect digital input.
O = Output, I = Input, ANA = Analog Signal, DIG = Digital Output, ST = Schmitt Trigger Buffer Input,
x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
DS39960C-page 186
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 12-16: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTH
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
PORTH(1)
RH7
RH6
RH5
RH4
RH3
RH2
RH1
RH0
LATH7
LATH6
LATH5
LATH4
LATH3
LATH2
LATH1
LATH0
LATH(1)
TRISH
(1)
ANCON1
ANCON2
ODCON2
Note 1:
2:
TRISH7
TRISH6
TRISH5
TRISH4
TRISH3
TRISH2
TRISH1
TRISH0
ANSEL15
ANSEL14
ANSEL13
ANSEL12
ANSEL11
ANSEL10
ANSEL9
ANSEL8
ANSEL23
ANSEL22
ANSEL21
ANSEL20
ANSEL19
ANSEL18
ANSEL17
ANSEL16
CCP8OD
CCP7OD
CCP6OD
CCP5OD
CCP4OD
CCP3OD
CCP10OD(2) CCP9OD(2)
Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
Unimplemented on PIC18FX5K22 devices, read as ‘0’.
12.10 PORTJ, TRISJ and
LATJ Registers
Note:
PORTJ is available only on 80-pin devices.
PORTJ is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The
corresponding Data Direction and Output Latch registers
are TRISJ and LATJ.
All pins on PORTJ are implemented with Schmitt
Trigger input buffers. Each pin is individually
configurable as an input or output.
Note:
These pins are configured as digital inputs
on any device Reset.
When the external memory interface is enabled, all of
the PORTJ pins function as control outputs for the interface. This occurs automatically when the interface is
enabled by clearing the EBDIS control bit
(MEMCON<7>). The TRISJ bits are also overridden.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Each of the PORTJ pins has a weak internal pull-up.
The pull-ups are provided to keep the inputs at a known
state for the external memory interface while powering
up. A single control bit can turn off all the pull-ups. This
is performed by clearing bit, RJPU (PADCFG1<5>).
The weak pull-up is automatically turned off when the
port pin is configured as an output. The pull-ups are
disabled on any device Reset.
EXAMPLE 12-9:
CLRF
PORTJ
CLRF
LATJ
MOVLW
0CFh
MOVWF
TRISJ
INITIALIZING PORTJ
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Initialize PORTJ by
clearing output latches
Alternate method
to clear output latches
Value used to
initialize data
direction
Set RJ3:RJ0 as inputs
RJ5:RJ4 as output
RJ7:RJ6 as inputs
DS39960C-page 187
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 12-17: PORTJ FUNCTIONS
Pin Name
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RJ0
0
O
DIG
RJ0/ALE
RJ1/OE
RJ2/WRL
RJ3/WRH
RJ4/BA0
RJ5/CE
RJ6/LB
RJ7/UB
LATJ<0> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTJ<0> data input.
ALE
x
O
DIG
External memory interface address latch enable control output. Takes
priority over digital I/O.
RJ1
0
O
DIG
LATJ<1> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTJ<1> data input.
OE
x
O
DIG
External memory interface output enable control output. Takes priority
over digital I/O.
RJ2
0
O
DIG
LATJ<2> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTJ<2> data input.
WRL
x
O
DIG
External Memory Bus write low byte control. Takes priority over
digital I/O.
RJ3
0
O
DIG
LATJ<3> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTJ<3> data input.
WRH
x
O
DIG
External memory interface write high-byte control. Takes priority over
digital I/O.
RJ4
0
O
DIG
LATJ<4> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTJ<4> data input.
BA0
x
O
DIG
External memory interface byte address 0 control output. Takes
priority over digital I/O.
RJ5
0
O
DIG
LATJ<5> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTJ<5> data input.
CE
x
O
DIG
External memory interface chip enable control output. Takes priority
over digital I/O.
RJ6
0
O
DIG
LATJ<6> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTJ<6> data input.
LB
x
O
DIG
External memory interface lower byte enable control output. Takes
priority over digital I/O.
RJ7
0
O
DIG
LATJ<7> data output.
1
I
ST
PORTJ<7> data input.
x
O
DIG
External memory interface upper byte enable control output. Takes
priority over digital I/O.
UB
Legend:
Description
O = Output, I = Input, ANA = Analog Signal, DIG = Digital Output, ST = Schmitt Trigger Buffer Input,
x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
TABLE 12-18: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTJ
Name
Bit 7
PORTJ(1)
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
RJ7
RJ6
RJ5
RJ4
RJ3
RJ2
RJ1
RJ0
LATJ(1)
LATJ7
LATJ6
LATJ5
LATJ4
LATJ3
LATJ2
LATJ1
LATJ0
TRISJ(1)
TRISJ7
TRISJ6
TRISJ5
TRISJ4
TRISJ3
TRISJ2
TRISJ1
TRISJ0
PADCFG1
RDPU
REPU
RJPU(1)
—
—
RTSECSEL1 RTSECSEL0
—
Legend: Shaded cells are not used by PORTJ.
Note 1: Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
DS39960C-page 188
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
12.11 Parallel Slave Port
PORTD can function as an 8-bit-wide Parallel Slave
Port (PSP), or microprocessor port, when control bit,
PSPMODE (PSPCON<4>), is set. The port is asynchronously readable and writable by the external world
through the RD control input pin (RE0/P2D/RD/AD8)
and WR control input pin (RE1/P2C/WR/AD9).
Note:
The Parallel Slave Port is available only in
Microcontroller mode.
The PSP can directly interface to an 8-bit microprocessor data bus. The external microprocessor can
read or write the PORTD latch as an eight-bit latch.
Setting bit, PSPMODE, enables port pin,
to
be
the
RD
input,
RE0/P2D/RD/AD8,
RE1/P2C/WR/AD9 to be the WR input and
RE2/P2B/CCP10/CS/AD10 to be the CS (Chip Select)
input. For this functionality, the corresponding data
direction bits of the TRISE register (TRISE<2:0>) must
be configured as inputs (= 111).
A write to the PSP occurs when both the CS and WR
lines are first detected low and ends when either are
detected high. The PSPIF and IBF flag bits (PIR1<7>
and PSPCON<7>, respectively) are set when the write
ends.
A read from the PSP occurs when both the CS and RD
lines are first detected low. The data in PORTD is read
out and the OBF bit (PSPCON<6>) is set. If the user
writes new data to PORTD to set OBF, the data is
immediately read out, but the OBF bit is not set.
When either the CS or RD line is detected high, the
PORTD pins return to the input state and the PSPIF bit
is set. User applications should wait for PSPIF to be set
before servicing the PSP. When this happens, the IBF
and OBF bits can be polled and the appropriate action
taken.
FIGURE 12-3:
Data Bus
WR LATD
or
PORTD
PORTD AND PORTE
BLOCK DIAGRAM
(PARALLEL SLAVE PORT)
D
Q
RDx
Pin
CK
Data Latch
Q
RD PORTD
TTL
D
ENEN
TRIS Latch
RD LATD
One Bit of PORTD
Set Interrupt Flag
PSPIF (PIR1<7>)
Read
TTL
RD
Chip Select
TTL
CS
Write
TTL
WR
Note: The I/O pin has protection diodes to VDD and VSS.
The timing for the control signals in Write and Read
modes is shown in Figure 12-4 and Figure 12-5,
respectively.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 189
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 12-5:
PSPCON: PARALLEL SLAVE PORT CONTROL REGISTER
R-0
R-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
IBF
OBF
IBOV
PSPMODE
—
—
—
—
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
IBF: Input Buffer Full Status bit
1 = A word has been received and is waiting to be read by the CPU
0 = No word has been received
bit 6
OBF: Output Buffer Full Status bit
1 = The output buffer still holds a previously written word
0 = The output buffer has been read
bit 5
IBOV: Input Buffer Overflow Detect bit
1 = A write occurred when a previously input word had not been read (must be cleared in software)
0 = No overflow occurred
bit 4
PSPMODE: Parallel Slave Port Mode Select bit
1 = Parallel Slave Port mode
0 = General Purpose I/O mode
bit 3-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
FIGURE 12-4:
PARALLEL SLAVE PORT WRITE WAVEFORMS
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
CS
WR
RD
PORTD<7:0>
IBF
OBF
PSPIF
DS39960C-page 190
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 12-5:
PARALLEL SLAVE PORT READ WAVEFORMS
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
CS
WR
RD
PORTD<7:0>
IBF
OBF
PSPIF
TABLE 12-19: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PARALLEL SLAVE PORT
Name
PORTD
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
RD7
RD6
RD5
RD4
RD3
RD2
RD1
RD0
LATD
LATD7
LATD6
LATD5
LATD4
LATD3
LATD2
LATD1
LATD0
TRISD
TRISD7
TRISD6
TRISD5
TRISD4
TRISD3
TRISD2
TRISD1
TRISD0
PORTE
RE7
RE6
RE5
RE4
RE3
RE2
RE1
RE0
LATE
LATE7
LATE6
LATE5
LATE4
LATE3
LATE2
LATE1
LATE0
TRISE
TRISE7
TRISE6
TRISE5
TRISE4
TRISE3
TRISE2
TRISE1
TRISE0
PSPCON
IBF
OBF
IBOV
PSPMODE
—
—
—
—
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
TMR1GIF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
TMR1GIE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
TMR1GIP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
PMD1
PSPMD
CTMUMD
RTCCMD
TMR4MD
TMR3MD
TMR2MD
TMR1MD
EMBDM
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Parallel Slave Port.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 191
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39960C-page 192
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
13.0
TIMER0 MODULE
The Timer0 module incorporates the following features:
• Software-selectable operation as a timer or
counter in both 8-bit or 16-bit modes
• Readable and writable registers
• Dedicated 8-bit, software programmable
prescaler
• Selectable clock source (internal or external)
• Edge select for external clock
• Interrupt-on-overflow
REGISTER 13-1:
The T0CON register (Register 13-1) controls all
aspects of the module’s operation, including the
prescale selection. It is both readable and writable.
Figure 13-1 provides a simplified block diagram of the
Timer0 module in 8-bit mode. Figure 13-2 provides a
simplified block diagram of the Timer0 module in 16-bit
mode.
T0CON: TIMER0 CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
TMR0ON
T08BIT
T0CS
T0SE
PSA
T0PS2
T0PS1
T0PS0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
TMR0ON: Timer0 On/Off Control bit
1 = Enables Timer0
0 = Stops Timer0
bit 6
T08BIT: Timer0 8-Bit/16-Bit Control bit
1 = Timer0 is configured as an 8-bit timer/counter
0 = Timer0 is configured as a 16-bit timer/counter
bit 5
T0CS: Timer0 Clock Source Select bit
1 = Transition on T0CKI pin input edge
0 = Internal clock (FOSC/4)
bit 4
T0SE: Timer0 Source Edge Select bit
1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on T0CKI pin
0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on T0CKI pin
bit 3
PSA: Timer0 Prescaler Assignment bit
1 = Timer0 prescaler is not assigned. Timer0 clock input bypasses prescaler
0 = Timer0 prescaler is assigned. Timer0 clock input comes from prescaler output
bit 2-0
T0PS<2:0>: Timer0 Prescaler Select bits
111 = 1:256 Prescale value
110 = 1:128 Prescale value
101 = 1:64 Prescale value
100 = 1:32 Prescale value
011 = 1:16 Prescale value
010 = 1:8 Prescale value
001 = 1:4 Prescale value
000 = 1:2 Prescale value
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 193
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
13.1
Timer0 Operation
Timer0 can operate as either a timer or a counter. The
mode is selected with the T0CS bit (T0CON<5>). In
Timer mode (T0CS = 0), the module increments on
every clock by default unless a different prescaler value
is selected (see Section 13.3 “Prescaler”). If the
TMR0 register is written to, the increment is inhibited
for the following two instruction cycles. The user can
work around this by writing an adjusted value to the
TMR0 register.
The Counter mode is selected by setting the T0CS bit
(= 1). In this mode, Timer0 increments either on every
rising edge or falling edge of the T0CKI pin. The
incrementing edge is determined by the Timer0 Source
Edge Select bit, T0SE (T0CON<4>); clearing this bit
selects the rising edge. Restrictions on the external
clock input are discussed below.
An external clock source can be used to drive Timer0;
however, it must meet certain requirements to ensure
that the external clock can be synchronized with the
FIGURE 13-1:
internal phase clock (TOSC). There is a delay between
synchronization and the onset of incrementing the
timer/counter.
13.2
Timer0 Reads and Writes in 16-Bit
Mode
TMR0H is not the actual high byte of Timer0 in 16-bit
mode. It is actually a buffered version of the real high
byte of Timer0, which is not directly readable nor
writable. (See Figure 13-2.) TMR0H is updated with the
contents of the high byte of Timer0 during a read of
TMR0L. This provides the ability to read all 16 bits of
Timer0 without having to verify that the read of the high
and low byte were valid, due to a rollover between
successive reads of the high and low byte.
Similarly, a write to the high byte of Timer0 must also
take place through the TMR0H Buffer register. The high
byte is updated with the contents of TMR0H when a
write occurs to TMR0L. This allows all 16 bits of Timer0
to be updated at once.
TIMER0 BLOCK DIAGRAM (8-BIT MODE)
FOSC/4
0
1
1
Programmable
Prescaler
T0CKI Pin
T0SE
T0CS
0
Sync with
Internal
Clocks
Set
TMR0IF
on Overflow
TMR0L
(2 TCY Delay)
8
3
T0PS<2:0>
8
PSA
Internal Data Bus
Note: Upon Reset, Timer0 is enabled in 8-bit mode with clock input from T0CKI max. prescale.
FIGURE 13-2:
FOSC/4
TIMER0 BLOCK DIAGRAM (16-BIT MODE)
0
1
1
T0CKI Pin
T0SE
T0CS
Programmable
Prescaler
0
Sync with
Internal
Clocks
TMR0
High Byte
TMR0L
8
Set
TMR0IF
on Overflow
(2 TCY Delay)
3
Read TMR0L
T0PS<2:0>
Write TMR0L
PSA
8
8
TMR0H
8
8
Internal Data Bus
Note: Upon Reset, Timer0 is enabled in 8-bit mode with clock input from T0CKI max. prescale.
DS39960C-page 194
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
13.3
13.3.1
Prescaler
An 8-bit counter is available as a prescaler for the Timer0
module. The prescaler is not directly readable or writable.
Its value is set by the PSA and T0PS<2:0> bits
(T0CON<3:0>), which determine the prescaler
assignment and prescale ratio.
The prescaler assignment is fully under software
control and can be changed “on-the-fly” during program
execution.
13.4
Clearing the PSA bit assigns the prescaler to the
Timer0 module. When it is assigned, prescale values
from 1:2 through 1:256 in power-of-two increments are
selectable.
Writing to TMR0 when the prescaler is
assigned to Timer0 will clear the prescaler
count but will not change the prescaler
assignment.
TABLE 13-1:
Name
Timer0 Interrupt
The TMR0 interrupt is generated when the TMR0
register overflows from FFh to 00h in 8-bit mode, or
from FFFFh to 0000h in 16-bit mode. This overflow sets
the TMR0IF flag bit. The interrupt can be masked by
clearing the TMR0IE bit (INTCON<5>). Before reenabling the interrupt, the TMR0IF bit must be cleared
in software by the Interrupt Service Routine (ISR).
When assigned to the Timer0 module, all instructions
writing to the TMR0 register (for example, CLRF TMR0,
MOVWF TMR0, BSF TMR0) clear the prescaler count.
Note:
SWITCHING PRESCALER
ASSIGNMENT
Since Timer0 is shutdown in Sleep mode, the TMR0
interrupt cannot awaken the processor from Sleep.
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0
Bit 7
Bit 6
TMR0L
Timer0 Register Low Byte
TMR0H
Timer0 Register High Byte
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
T0CON
TMR0ON
T08BIT
T0CS
T0SE
PSA
T0PS2
T0PS1
T0PS0
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Timer0.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 195
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39960C-page 196
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
14.0
TIMER1 MODULE
The Timer1 timer/counter module incorporates these
features:
• Software-selectable operation as a 16-bit timer or
counter
• Readable and writable 8-bit registers (TMR1H
and TMR1L)
• Selectable clock source (internal or external) with
device clock or SOSC oscillator internal options
• Interrupt-on-overflow
• Reset on ECCP Special Event Trigger
• Timer with gated control
REGISTER 14-1:
Figure 14-1 displays a simplified block diagram of the
Timer1 module.
The Timer1 oscillator can also be used as a low-power
clock source for the microcontroller in power-managed
operation. The Timer1 can also work on the SOSC
oscillator.
Timer1 is controlled through the T1CON Control
register (Register 14-1). It also contains the Secondary
Oscillator Enable bit (SOSCEN). Timer1 can be
enabled or disabled by setting or clearing control bit,
TMR1ON (T1CON<0>).
The FOSC clock source should not be used with the
ECCP capture/compare features. If the timer will be
used with the capture or compare features, always
select one of the other timer clocking options.
T1CON: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
TMR1CS1
TMR1CS0
T1CKPS1
T1CKPS0
SOSCEN
T1SYNC
RD16
TMR1ON
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
TMR1CS<1:0>: Timer1 Clock Source Select bits
10 = Timer1 clock source is either from a pin or oscillator, depending on the SOSCEN bit:
SOSCEN = 0:
External clock from the T1CKI pin (on the rising edge).
SOSCEN = 1:
Depending on the SOSCSEL Configuration bit the clock source is either a crystal oscillator on the
SOSCI/SOSCO pins or an internal clock from the SCLKI pin.
01 = Timer1 clock source is the system clock (FOSC)(1)
00 = Timer1 clock source is the instruction clock (FOSC/4)
bit 5-4
T1CKPS<1:0>: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits
11 = 1:8 Prescale value
10 = 1:4 Prescale value
01 = 1:2 Prescale value
00 = 1:1 Prescale value
bit 3
SOSCEN: SOSC Oscillator Enable bit
1 = SOSC is enabled and available for Timer1
0 = SOSC is disabled for Timer1
The oscillator inverter and feedback resistor are turned off to eliminate power drain.
bit 2
T1SYNC: Timer1 External Clock Input Synchronization Select bit
TMR1CS<1:0> = 10:
1 = Do not synchronize external clock input
0 = Synchronize external clock input
TMR1CS<1:0> = 0x:
This bit is ignored. Timer1 uses the internal clock when TMR1CS<1:0> = 1x.
bit 1
RD16: 16-Bit Read/Write Mode Enable bit
1 = Enables register read/write of Timer1 in one 16-bit operation
0 = Enables register read/write of Timer1 in two 8-bit operations
bit 0
TMR1ON: Timer1 On bit
1 = Enables Timer1
0 = Stops Timer1
Note 1:
The FOSC clock source should not be selected if the timer will be used with the ECCP capture/compare features.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 197
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
14.1
Timer1 Gate Control Register
The Timer1 Gate Control register (T1GCON),
displayed in Register 14-2, is used to control the
Timer1 gate.
REGISTER 14-2:
T1GCON: TIMER1 GATE CONTROL REGISTER(1)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-x
R/W-0
R/W-0
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1GTM
T1GSPM
T1GGO/T1DONE
T1GVAL
T1GSS1
T1GSS0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
TMR1GE: Timer1 Gate Enable bit
If TMR1ON = 0:
This bit is ignored.
If TMR1ON = 1:
1 = Timer1 counting is controlled by the Timer1 gate function
0 = Timer1 counts regardless of Timer1 gate function
bit 6
T1GPOL: Timer1 Gate Polarity bit
1 = Timer1 gate is active-high (Timer1 counts when gate is high)
0 = Timer1 gate is active-low (Timer1 counts when gate is low)
bit 5
T1GTM: Timer1 Gate Toggle Mode bit
1 = Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled
0 = Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is disabled and toggle flip-flop is cleared
Timer1 gate flip-flop toggles on every rising edge.
bit 4
T1GSPM: Timer1 Gate Single Pulse Mode bit
1 = Timer1 Gate Single Pulse mode is enabled and is controlling Timer1 gate
0 = Timer1 Gate Single Pulse mode is disabled
bit 3
T1GGO/T1DONE: Timer1 Gate Single Pulse Acquisition Status bit
1 = Timer1 gate single pulse acquisition is ready, waiting for an edge
0 = Timer1 gate single pulse acquisition has completed or has not been started
This bit is automatically cleared when T1GSPM is cleared.
bit 2
T1GVAL: Timer1 Gate Current State bit
Indicates the current state of the Timer1 gate that could be provided to TMR1H:TMR1L; unaffected by
Timer1 Gate Enable (TMR1GE) bit.
bit 1-0
T1GSS<1:0>: Timer1 Gate Source Select bits
11 = Comparator 2 output
10 = Comparator 1 output
01 = TMR2 to match PR2 output
00 = Timer1 gate pin
Note 1:
Programming the T1GCON prior to T1CON is recommended.
DS39960C-page 198
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
14.2
14.3.2
Timer1 Operation
The Timer1 module is an 8 or 16-bit incrementing
counter that is accessed through the TMR1H:TMR1L
register pair.
When used with an internal clock source, the module is
a timer and increments on every instruction cycle.
When used with an external clock source, the module
can be used as either a timer or counter. It increments
on every selected edge of the external source.
Timer1 is enabled by configuring the TMR1ON and
TMR1GE bits in the T1CON and T1GCON registers,
respectively.
When the external clock source is selected, the Timer1
module may work as a timer or a counter.
When enabled to count, Timer1 is incremented on the
rising edge of the external clock input, T1CKI. Either of
these external clock sources can be synchronized to the
microcontroller system clock or they can run
asynchronously.
When used as a timer with a clock oscillator, an
external, 32.768 kHz crystal can be used in conjunction
with the dedicated internal oscillator circuit.
Note:
When SOSC is selected as Crystal mode (by
SOSCSEL), the RC1/SOSCI/ECCP2/P2A and RC0/
SOSCO/SCLKI pins become inputs. This means the
values of TRISC<1:0> are ignored and the pins are
read as ‘0’.
14.3
Clock Source Selection
The TMR1CS<1:0> and SOSCEN bits of the T1CON
register are used to select the clock source for Timer1.
Register 14-1 displays the clock source selections.
14.3.1
EXTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE
In Counter mode, a falling edge must be
registered by the counter prior to the first
incrementing rising edge after any one or
more of the following conditions:
• Timer1 enabled after POR Reset
• Write to TMR1H or TMR1L
• Timer1 is disabled
• Timer1 is disabled (TMR1ON = 0)
When T1CKI is high, Timer1 is enabled
(TMR1ON = 1) when T1CKI is low.
INTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE
When the internal clock source is selected, the
TMR1H:TMR1L register pair will increment on multiples
of FOSC as determined by the Timer1 prescaler.
TABLE 14-1:
TIMER1 CLOCK SOURCE SELECTION
TMR1CS1
TMR1CS0
SOSCEN
0
1
x
Clock Source (FOSC)
0
0
x
Instruction Clock (FOSC/4)
1
0
0
External Clock on T1CKI Pin
1
0
1
Oscillator Circuit on SOSCI/SOSCO Pins
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Clock Source
DS39960C-page 199
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 14-1:
TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
T1GSS<1:0>
T1G
00
From TMR2
Match PR2
01
From Comparator 1
Output
10
From Comparator 2
Output
11
T1GSPM
0
T1G_IN
T1GVAL
0
Single Pulse
TMR1ON
T1GPOL
D
Q
CK
R
Q
1
Acq. Control
1
Q1
Q
EN
Interrupt
T1GGO/T1DONE
det
T1GTM
Set Flag bit,
TMR1IF, on
Overflow
Data Bus
D
RD
T1GCON
Set
TMR1GIF
TMR1GE
TMR1ON
TMR1(2)
TMR1H
EN
TMR1L
Q
D
T1CLK
Synchronized
Clock Input
0
1
TMR1CS<1:0>
SOSCO/SCLKI
SOSC
SOSCI
T1SYNC
OUT(4)
10
1
EN
0
T1CON.SOSCEN
T3CON.SOSCEN
SOSCGO
SCS<1:0> = 01
FOSC
Internal
Clock
01
FOSC/4
Internal
Clock
00
Synchronize(3)
Prescaler
1, 2, 4, 8
det
2
T1CKPS<1:0>
FOSC/2
Internal
Clock
Sleep Input
(1)
T1CKI
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
ST Buffer is high-speed type when using T1CKI.
Timer1 register increments on rising edge.
Synchronize does not operate while in Sleep.
The output of SOSC is determined by the SOSCSEL<1:0> Configuration bits.
DS39960C-page 200
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
14.4
Timer1 16-Bit Read/Write Mode
FIGURE 14-2:
Timer1 can be configured for 16-bit reads and writes.
When the RD16 control bit (T1CON<1>) is set, the
address for TMR1H is mapped to a buffer register for
the high byte of Timer1. A read from TMR1L loads the
contents of the high byte of Timer1 into the Timer1 High
Byte Buffer register. This provides the user with the
ability to accurately read all 16 bits of Timer1 without
having to determine whether a read of the high byte,
followed by a read of the low byte, has become invalid
due to a rollover between reads.
A write to the high byte of Timer1 must also take place
through the TMR1H Buffer register. The Timer1 high
byte is updated with the contents of TMR1H when a
write occurs to TMR1L. This allows a user to write all
16 bits at once to both the high and low bytes of Timer1.
The high byte of Timer1 is not directly readable or
writable in this mode. All reads and writes must take
place through the Timer1 High Byte Buffer register.
Writes to TMR1H do not clear the Timer1 prescaler.
The prescaler is only cleared on writes to TMR1L.
14.5
SOSC Oscillator
An on-chip crystal oscillator circuit is incorporated
between pins, SOSCI (input) and SOSCO (amplifier
output). It is enabled by any peripheral that requests it.
There are eight ways the SOSC can be enabled: if the
SOSC is selected as the source by any of the odd
timers, which is done by each respective SOSCEN bit
(TxCON<3>), if the SOSC is selected as the RTCC
source by the RTCOSC Configuration bit
(CONFIG3L<1>), if the SOSC is selected as the CPU
clock source by the SCS bits (OSCCON<1:0>) or if the
SOSCGO bit is set (OSCCON2<3>). The SOSCGO bit
is used to warm up the SOSC so that it is ready before
any peripheral requests it. The oscillator is a low-power
circuit, rated for 32 kHz crystals. It will continue to run
during all power-managed modes. The circuit for a typical low-power oscillator is depicted in Figure 14-2.
Table 14-2 provides the capacitor selection for the
SOSC oscillator.
The user must provide a software time delay to ensure
proper start-up of the SOSC oscillator.
EXTERNAL COMPONENTS
FOR THE SOSC
LOW-POWER
OSCILLATOR
C1
12 pF
PIC18F87K22
SOSCI
XTAL
32.768 kHz
SOSCO
C2
12 pF
Note:
See the Notes with Table 14-2 for additional
information about capacitor selection.
TABLE 14-2:
CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR
THE TIMER
OSCILLATOR(2,3,4,5)
Oscillator
Type
Freq.
C1
C2
LP
32 kHz
12 pF(1)
12 pF(1)
Note 1: Microchip suggests these values as a
starting point in validating the oscillator
circuit.
2: Higher capacitance increases the stability of the oscillator, but also increases the
start-up time.
3: Since each resonator/crystal has its own
characteristics, the user should consult
the resonator/crystal manufacturer for
appropriate
values
of
external
components.
4: Capacitor values are for design guidance only. Values listed would be typical
of a CL = 10 pF rated crystal, when
SOSCSEL = 11.
5: Incorrect capacitance value may result in
a frequency not meeting the crystal
manufacturer’s tolerance specification.
The SOSC crystal oscillator drive level is determined
based on the SOSCSEL (CONFIG1L<4:3>) Configuration bits. The Higher Drive Level mode,
SOSCSEL<1:0> = 11, is intended to drive a wide variety
of 32.768 kHz crystals with a variety of Capacitance
Load (CL) ratings.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 201
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
The Lower Drive Level mode is highly optimized for
extremely low-power consumption. It is not intended to
drive all types of 32.768 kHz crystals. In the Low Drive
Level mode, the crystal oscillator circuit may not work
correctly if excessively large discrete capacitors are
placed on the SOSCO and SOSCI pins. This mode is
designed to work only with discrete capacitances of
approximately 3 pF-10 pF on each pin.
Crystal manufacturers usually specify a CL (Load
Capacitance) rating for their crystals. This value is
related to, but not necessarily the same as, the values
that should be used for C1 and C2 in Figure 14-2.
If a high-speed circuit must be located near the
oscillator, it may help to have a grounded guard ring
around the oscillator circuit. The guard, as displayed in
Figure 14-3, could be used on a single-sided PCB or in
addition to a ground plane. (Examples of a high-speed
circuit include the ECCP1 pin, in Output Compare or
PWM mode, or the primary oscillator, using the
OSC2 pin.)
FIGURE 14-3:
OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT
WITH GROUNDED
GUARD RING
For more details on selecting the optimum C1 and C2
for a given crystal, see the crystal manufacturer’s applications information. The optimum value depends in
part on the amount of parasitic capacitance in the
circuit, which is often unknown. For that reason, it is
highly recommended that thorough testing and validation of the oscillator be performed after values have
been selected.
14.5.1
VSS
OSC1
OSC2
RC0
USING SOSC AS A
CLOCK SOURCE
The SOSC oscillator is also available as a clock source
in power-managed modes. By setting the clock select
bits, SCS<1:0> (OSCCON<1:0>), to ‘01’, the device
switches to SEC_RUN mode and both the CPU and
peripherals are clocked from the SOSC oscillator. If the
IDLEN bit (OSCCON<7>) is cleared and a SLEEP
instruction is executed, the device enters SEC_IDLE
mode. Additional details are available in Section 4.0
“Power-Managed Modes”.
Whenever the SOSC oscillator is providing the clock
source, the SOSC System Clock Status flag,
SOSCRUN (OSCCON2<6>), is set. This can be used
to determine the controller’s current clocking mode. It
can also indicate the clock source currently being used
by the Fail-Safe Clock Monitor.
If the Clock Monitor is enabled and the SOSC oscillator
fails while providing the clock, polling the SOCSRUN
bit will indicate whether the clock is being provided by
the SOSC oscillator or another source.
14.5.2
VDD
SOSC OSCILLATOR LAYOUT
CONSIDERATIONS
The SOSC oscillator circuit draws very little power
during operation. Due to the low-power nature of the
oscillator, it may also be sensitive to rapidly changing
signals in close proximity. This is especially true when
the oscillator is configured for extremely low-power
mode, SOSCSEL<1:0> (CONFIG1L<4:3>) = 01.
The oscillator circuit, displayed in Figure 14-2, should
be located as close as possible to the microcontroller.
There should be no circuits passing within the oscillator
circuit boundaries other than VSS or VDD.
DS39960C-page 202
RC1
RC2
Note: Not drawn to scale.
In the Low Drive Level mode, SOSCSEL<1:0> = 01, it is
critical that RC2 I/O pin signals be kept away from the
oscillator circuit. Configuring RC2 as a digital output, and
toggling it, can potentially disturb the oscillator circuit,
even with a relatively good PCB layout. If possible, either
leave RC2 unused or use it as an input pin with a slew
rate limited signal source. If RC2 must be used as a
digital output, it may be necessary to use the Higher
Drive Level Oscillator mode (SOSCSEL<1:0> = 11) with
many PCB layouts.
Even in the Higher Drive Level mode, careful layout
procedures should still be followed when designing the
oscillator circuit.
In addition to dV/dt induced noise considerations, it is
important to ensure that the circuit board is clean. Even
a very small amount of conductive soldering flux
residue can cause PCB leakage currents that can
overwhelm the oscillator circuit.
14.6
Timer1 Interrupt
The TMR1 register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) increments
from 0000h to FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. The
Timer1 interrupt, if enabled, is generated on overflow
which is latched in interrupt flag bit, TMR1IF
(PIR1<0>). This interrupt can be enabled or disabled
by setting or clearing the Timer1 Interrupt Enable bit,
TMR1IE (PIE1<0>).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
14.7
Resetting Timer1 Using the ECCP
Special Event Trigger
If ECCP modules are configured to use Timer1 and to
generate a Special Event Trigger in Compare mode
(CCPxM<3:0> = 1011), this signal will reset Timer1. The
trigger from ECCP2 will also start an A/D conversion, if
the A/D module is enabled. (For more information, see
Section 20.3.4 “Special Event Trigger”.)
To take advantage of this feature, the module must be
configured as either a timer or a synchronous counter.
When used this way, the CCPRxH:CCPRxL register
pair effectively becomes a period register for Timer1.
If Timer1 is running in Asynchronous Counter mode,
this Reset operation may not work.
In the event that a write to Timer1 coincides with a
Special Event Trigger, the write operation will take
precedence.
Note:
14.8
The Special Event Trigger from the
ECCPx module will only clear the TMR1
register’s content, but not set the TMR1IF
interrupt flag bit (PIR1<0>).
Timer1 Gate
Timer1 can be configured to count freely or the count can
be enabled and disabled using the Timer1 gate circuitry.
This is also referred to as Timer1 gate count enable.
Timer1 gate can also be driven by multiple selectable
sources.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
14.8.1
TIMER1 GATE COUNT ENABLE
The Timer1 Gate Enable mode is enabled by setting
the TMR1GE bit of the T1GCON register. The polarity
of the Timer1 Gate Enable mode is configured using
the T1GPOL bit (T1GCON<6>).
When Timer1 Gate Enable mode is enabled, Timer1
will increment on the rising edge of the Timer1 clock
source. When Timer1 Gate Enable mode is disabled,
no incrementing will occur and Timer1 will hold the
current count. See Figure 14-4 for timing details.
TABLE 14-3:
T1CLK(†)
TIMER1 GATE ENABLE
SELECTIONS
T1GPOL
T1G Pin
(T1GCON<6>)
Timer1
Operation

0
0
Counts

0
1
Holds Count

1
0
Holds Count

1
1
Counts
† The clock on which TMR1 is running. For more
information, see Figure 14-1.
Note:
The CCP and ECCP modules use Timers,
1 through 8, for some modes. The assignment of a particular timer to a CCP/ECCP
module is determined by the Timer to CCP
enable bits in the CCPTMRSx registers.
For more details, see Register 20-2,
Register 19-2 and Register 19-3.
DS39960C-page 203
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 14-4:
TIMER1 GATE COUNT ENABLE MODE
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1G_IN
T1CKI
T1GVAL
Timer1
14.8.2
N
TIMER1 GATE SOURCE
SELECTION
The Timer1 gate source can be selected from one of
four sources. Source selection is controlled by the
T1GSSx (T1GCON<1:0>) bits (see Table 14-4).
TABLE 14-4:
TIMER1 GATE SOURCES
T1GSS<1:0>
Timer1 Gate Source
00
Timer1 Gate Pin
01
TMR2 to Match PR2
(TMR2 increments to match PR2)
10
Comparator 1 Output
(comparator logic high output)
11
Comparator 2 Output
(comparator logic high output)
N+1
N+2
N+3
N+4
occurs, a low-to-high pulse will automatically be generated and internally supplied to the Timer1 gate circuitry.
The pulse will remain high for one instruction cycle and
will return back to a low state until the next match.
The T1GPOL bit determines when the Timer1 counter
increments based on this pulse. When T1GPOL = 1,
Timer1 increments for a single instruction cycle following a TMR2 match with PR2. When T1GPOL = 0,
Timer1 increments continuously, except for the cycle
following the match, when the gate signal goes from
low-to-high.
14.8.2.3
Comparator 1 Output Gate
Operation
The polarity for each available source is also selectable,
controlled by the T1GPOL bit (T1GCON<6>).
The output of Comparator 1 can be internally supplied
to the Timer1 gate circuitry. After setting up
Comparator 1 with the CM1CON register, Timer1 will
increment depending on the transitions of the
CMP1OUT (CMSTAT<5>) bit.
14.8.2.1
14.8.2.4
T1G Pin Gate Operation
The T1G pin is one source for Timer1 gate control. It
can be used to supply an external source to the Timer1
gate circuitry.
14.8.2.2
Timer2 Match Gate Operation
The TMR2 register will increment until it matches the
value in the PR2 register. On the very next increment
cycle, TMR2 will be reset to 00h. When this Reset
DS39960C-page 204
Comparator 2 Output Gate
Operation
The output of Comparator 2 can be internally supplied
to the Timer1 gate circuitry. After setting up
Comparator 2 with the CM2CON register, Timer1 will
increment depending on the transitions of the
CMP2OUT (CMSTAT<6>) bit.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
14.8.3
TIMER1 GATE TOGGLE MODE
When Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled, it is
possible to measure the full cycle length of a Timer1
gate signal, as opposed to the duration of a single level
pulse.
The Timer1 gate source is routed through a flip-flop that
changes state on every incrementing edge of the
signal. (For timing details, see Figure 14-5.)
FIGURE 14-5:
The T1GVAL bit (T1GCON<2>) indicates when the
Toggled mode is active and the timer is counting.
The Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled by setting the
T1GTM bit (T1GCON<5>). When T1GTM is cleared,
the flip-flop is cleared and held clear. This is necessary
in order to control which edge is measured.
TIMER1 GATE TOGGLE MODE
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1GTM
T1G_IN
T1CKI
T1GVAL
Timer1
N
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
N+1 N+2 N+3
N+4
N+5 N+6 N+7
N+8
DS39960C-page 205
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
14.8.4
TIMER1 GATE SINGLE PULSE
MODE
When Timer1 Gate Single Pulse mode is enabled, it is
possible to capture a single pulse gate event. Timer1
Gate Single Pulse mode is enabled by setting the
T1GSPM bit (T1GCON<4>) and the T1GGO/T1DONE
bit (T1GCON<3>). The Timer1 will be fully enabled on
the next incrementing edge.
On the next trailing edge of the pulse, the T1GGO/
T1DONE bit will automatically be cleared. No other
gate events will be allowed to increment Timer1 until
the T1GGO/T1DONE bit is once again set in software.
FIGURE 14-6:
Clearing the T1GSPM bit of the T1GCON register will
also clear the T1GGO/T1DONE bit. (For timing details,
see Figure 14-6.)
Simultaneously enabling the Toggle and Single Pulse
modes will permit both sections to work together. This
allows the cycle times on the Timer1 gate source to be
measured. (For timing details, see Figure 14-7.)
14.8.5
TIMER1 GATE VALUE STATUS
When the Timer1 gate value status is utilized, it is
possible to read the most current level of the gate
control value. The value is stored in the T1GVAL bit
(T1GCON<2>). This bit is valid even when the Timer1
gate is not enabled (TMR1GE bit is cleared).
TIMER1 GATE SINGLE PULSE MODE
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1GSPM
T1GGO/
Cleared by Hardware on
Falling Edge of T1GVAL
Set by Software
T1DONE
Counting Enabled on
Rising Edge of T1G
T1G_IN
T1CKI
T1GVAL
Timer1
RTCCIF
DS39960C-page 206
N
Cleared by Software
N+1
N+2
Set by Hardware on
Falling Edge of T1GVAL
Cleared by
Software
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 14-7:
TIMER1 GATE SINGLE PULSE AND TOGGLE COMBINED MODE
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1GSPM
T1GTM
T1GGO/
Cleared by Hardware on
Falling Edge of T1GVAL
Set by Software
T1DONE
Counting Enabled on
Rising Edge of T1G
T1G_IN
T1CKI
T1GVAL
Timer1
TABLE 14-5:
Name
INTCON
N+4
N+3
Set by Hardware on
Falling Edge of T1GVAL
Cleared by Software
RTCCIF
N+2
N+1
N
Cleared by
Software
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER1 AS A TIMER/COUNTER
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
TMR1GIF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
TMR1GIE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
PSPIP
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
TMR1GIP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
T1CKPS0
SOSCEN
T1SYNC
RD16
TMR1ON
IPR1
TMR1L
Timer1 Register Low Byte
TMR1H
Timer1 Register High Byte
T1CON
TMR1CS1
T1GCON
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1GTM
T1GSPM
T1GGO/
T1DONE
T1GVAL
T1GSS1
T1GSS0
—
SOSCRUN
—
—
SOSCGO
—
MFIOFS
MFIOSEL
PSPMD
CTMUMD
RTCCMD
TMR4MD
TMR3MD
TMR2MD
TMR1MD
EMBDM
OSCCON2
PMD1
TMR1CS0 T1CKPS1
Legend: Shaded cells are not used by the Timer1 module.
Note 1: Unimplemented on 32-Kbyte devices (PIC18FX5K22).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 207
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39960C-page 208
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
15.0
TIMER2 MODULE
The Timer2 module incorporates the following features:
• Eight-bit Timer and Period registers (TMR2 and
PR2, respectively)
• Both registers readable and writable
• Software programmable prescaler
(1:1, 1:4 and 1:16)
• Software programmable postscaler
(1:1 through 1:16)
• Interrupt on TMR2 to PR2 match
• Optional use as the shift clock for the
MSSP modules
The module is controlled through the T2CON register
(Register 15-1) that enables or disables the timer, and
configures the prescaler and postscaler. Timer2 can be
shut off by clearing control bit, TMR2ON (T2CON<2>),
to minimize power consumption.
The value of TMR2 is compared to that of the Period register, PR2, on each clock cycle. When the two values
match, the comparator generates a match signal as the
timer output. This signal also resets the value of TMR2
to 00h on the next cycle and drives the output counter/
postscaler. (See Section 15.2 “Timer2 Interrupt”.)
The TMR2 and PR2 registers are both directly readable
and writable. The TMR2 register is cleared on any
device Reset, while the PR2 register initializes at FFh.
Both the prescaler and postscaler counters are cleared
on the following events:
• A write to the TMR2 register
• A write to the T2CON register
• Any device Reset – Power-on Reset (POR),
MCLR Reset, Watchdog Timer Reset (WDTR) or
Brown-out Reset (BOR)
TMR2 is not cleared when T2CON is written.
Note:
A simplified block diagram of the module is shown in
Figure 15-1.
15.1
Timer2 Operation
In normal operation, TMR2 is incremented from 00h on
each clock (FOSC/4). A four-bit counter/prescaler on the
clock input gives the prescale options of direct input,
divide-by-4 or divide-by-16. These are selected by the
prescaler control bits, T2CKPS<1:0> (T2CON<1:0>).
REGISTER 15-1:
The CCP and ECCP modules use Timers,
1 through 8, for some modes. The assignment of a particular timer to a CCP/ECCP
module is determined by the Timer to CCP
enable bits in the CCPTMRSx registers.
For more details, see Register 20-2,
Register 19-2 and Register 19-3.
T2CON: TIMER2 CONTROL REGISTER
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
T2OUTPS3
T2OUTPS2
T2OUTPS1
T2OUTPS0
TMR2ON
T2CKPS1
T2CKPS0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-3
T2OUTPS<3:0>: Timer2 Output Postscale Select bits
0000 = 1:1 Postscale
0001 = 1:2 Postscale
•
•
•
1111 = 1:16 Postscale
bit 2
TMR2ON: Timer2 On bit
1 = Timer2 is on
0 = Timer2 is off
bit 1-0
T2CKPS<1:0>: Timer2 Clock Prescale Select bits
00 = Prescaler is 1
01 = Prescaler is 4
1x = Prescaler is 16
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
x = Bit is unknown
DS39960C-page 209
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
15.2
Timer2 Interrupt
15.3
Timer2 can also generate an optional device interrupt.
The Timer2 output signal (TMR2 to PR2 match) provides
the input for the 4-bit output counter/postscaler. This
counter generates the TMR2 match interrupt flag, which
is latched in TMR2IF (PIR1<1>). The interrupt is enabled
by setting the TMR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit, TMR2IE
(PIE1<1>).
Timer2 Output
The unscaled output of TMR2 is available primarily to
the ECCP modules, where it is used as a time base for
operations in PWM mode.
Timer2 can optionally be used as the shift clock source
for the MSSP modules operating in SPI mode.
Additional information is provided in Section 21.0
“Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) Module”.
A range of 16 postscaler options (from 1:1 through 1:16
inclusive) can be selected with the postscaler control
bits, T2OUTPS<3:0> (T2CON<6:3>).
FIGURE 15-1:
TIMER2 BLOCK DIAGRAM
4
1:1 to 1:16
Postscaler
T2OUTPS<3:0>
Set TMR2IF
2
T2CKPS<1:0>
Reset
1:1, 1:4, 1:16
Prescaler
FOSC/4
TMR2 Output
(to PWM or MSSPx)
TMR2/PR2
Match
Comparator
TMR2
8
PR2
8
8
Internal Data Bus
TABLE 15-1:
Name
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER2 AS A TIMER/COUNTER
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
TMR1GIF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
TMR1GIE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
PSPIP
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
TMR1GIP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
T2OUTPS0
TMR2ON
T2CKPS1
T2CKPS0
TMR3MD
TMR2MD
TMR1MD
EMBDM
INTCON
IPR1
TMR2
T2CON
PR2
PMD1
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Timer2 Register
—
T2OUTPS3 T2OUTPS2 T2OUTPS1
Timer2 Period Register
PSPMD
CTMUMD
RTCCMD
TMR4MD
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer2 module.
DS39960C-page 210
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
16.0
TIMER3/5/7 MODULES
The Timer3/5/7 timer/counter modules incorporate
these features:
• Software-selectable operation as a 16-bit timer or
counter
• Readable and writable eight-bit registers (TMRxH
and TMRxL)
• Selectable clock source (internal or external) with
device clock or SOSC oscillator internal options
• Interrupt-on-overflow
• Module Reset on ECCP Special Event Trigger
A simplified block diagram of the Timer3/5/7 module is
shown in Figure 16-1.
The Timer3/5/7 module is controlled through the
TxCON register (Register 16-1). It also selects the
clock source options for the ECCP modules. (For more
information, see Section 20.1.1 “ECCP Module and
Timer Resources”.)
The FOSC clock source should not be used with the
ECCP capture/compare features. If the timer will be
used with the capture or compare features, always
select one of the other timer clocking options.
Timer7 is unimplemented for devices with program
memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
Note: Throughout this section, generic references
are used for register and bit names that are the
same – except for an ‘x’ variable that indicates
the item’s association with the Timer3, Timer5
or Timer7 module. For example, the control
register is named TxCON and refers to
T3CON, T5CON and T7CON.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 211
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 16-1:
TxCON: TIMERx CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
TMRxCS1
TMRxCS0
TxCKPS1
TxCKPS0
SOSCEN
TxSYNC
RD16
TMRxON
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
TMRxCS<1:0>: Timerx Clock Source Select bits
10 = Timer1 clock source depends on the SOSCEN bit:
SOSCEN = 0:
External clock from the T1CKI pin (on the rising edge).
SOSCEN = 1:
Depending on the SOSCSEL fuses, either a crystal oscillator on the SOSCI/SOSCO pins or an external
clock from the SCLKI pin.
01 = Timerx clock source is the system clock (FOSC)(1)
00 = Timerx clock source is the instruction clock (FOSC/4)
bit 5-4
TxCKPS<1:0>: Timerx Input Clock Prescale Select bits
11 = 1:8 Prescale value
10 = 1:4 Prescale value
01 = 1:2 Prescale value
00 = 1:1 Prescale value
bit 3
SOSCEN: SOSC Oscillator Enable bit
1 = SOSC/SCLKI are enabled for Timerx (based on the SOSCSEL fuses)
0 = SOSC/SCLKI are disabled for Timerx and TxCKI is enabled
bit 2
TxSYNC: Timerx External Clock Input Synchronization Control bit
(Not usable if the device clock comes from Timer1/Timer3.)
When TMRxCS<1:0> = 10:
1 = Do not synchronize external clock input
0 = Synchronize external clock input
When TMRxCS<1:0> = 0x:
This bit is ignored; Timer3 uses the internal clock.
bit 1
RD16: 16-Bit Read/Write Mode Enable bit
1 = Enables register read/write of Timerx in one 16-bit operation
0 = Enables register read/write of Timerx in two eight-bit operations
bit 0
TMRxON: Timerx On bit
1 = Enables Timerx
0 = Stops Timerx
Note 1:
The FOSC clock source should not be selected if the timer will be used with the ECCP capture/compare
features.
DS39960C-page 212
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
16.1
Timer3/5/7 Gate Control Register
The Timer3/5/7 Gate Control register (TxGCON),
provided in Register 14-2, is used to control the Timerx
gate.
REGISTER 16-2:
TxGCON: TIMERx GATE CONTROL REGISTER(1)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-x
R/W-0
R/W-0
TMRxGE
TxGPOL
TxGTM
TxGSPM
TxGGO/TxDONE
TxGVAL
TxGSS1
TxGSS0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
TMRxGE: Timerx Gate Enable bit
If TMRxON = 0:
This bit is ignored.
If TMRxON = 1:
1 = Timerx counting is controlled by the Timerx gate function
0 = Timerx counts regardless of Timerx gate function
bit 6
TxGPOL: Timerx Gate Polarity bit
1 = Timerx gate is active-high (Timerx counts when gate is high)
0 = Timerx gate is active-low (Timerx counts when gate is low)
bit 5
TxGTM: Timerx Gate Toggle Mode bit
1 = Timerx Gate Toggle mode is enabled.
0 = Timerx Gate Toggle mode is disabled and toggle flip-flop is cleared
Timerx gate flip-flop toggles on every rising edge.
bit 4
TxGSPM: Timerx Gate Single Pulse Mode bit
1 = Timerx Gate Single Pulse mode is enabled and is controlling Timerx gate
0 = Timerx Gate Single Pulse mode is disabled
bit 3
TxGGO/TxDONE: Timerx Gate Single Pulse Acquisition Status bit
1 = Timerx gate single pulse acquisition is ready, waiting for an edge
0 = Timerx gate single pulse acquisition has completed or has not been started
This bit is automatically cleared when TxGSPM is cleared.
bit 2
TxGVAL: Timerx Gate Current State bit
Indicates the current state of the Timerx gate that could be provided to TMRxH:TMRxL. Unaffected by the
Timerx Gate Enable (TMRxGE) bit.
bit 1-0
TxGSS<1:0>: Timerx Gate Source Select bits
11 = Comparator 2 output
10 = Comparator 1 output
01 = TMR(x+1) to match PR(x+1) output(2)
00 = Timer1 gate pin
The Watchdog Timer oscillator is turned on if TMRxGE = 1, regardless of the state of TMRxON.
Note 1:
2:
Programming the TxGCON prior to TxCON is recommended.
Timer(x+1) will be Timer4/6/8 for Timerx (Timer3/5/7), respectively.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 213
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 16-3:
OSCCON2: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER 2
U-0
R-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
U-0
R-x
R/W-0
—
SOSCRUN
—
—
SOSCGO
—
MFIOFS
MFIOSEL
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6
SOSCRUN: SOSC Run Status bit
1 = System clock comes from a secondary SOSC
0 = System clock comes from an oscillator other than SOSC
bit 5-4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3
SOSCGO: Oscillator Start Control bit
1 = Oscillator is running, even if no other sources are requesting it
0 = Oscillator is shut off, if no other sources are requesting it (When the SOSC is selected to run from
a digital clock input, rather than an external crystal, this bit has no effect.)
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1
MFIOFS: MF-INTOSC Frequency Stable bit
1 = MF-INTOSC is stable
0 = MF-INTOSC is not stable
bit 0
MFIOSEL: MF-INTOSC Select bit
1 = MF-INTOSC is used in place of HF-INTOSC frequencies of 500 kHz, 250 kHz and 31.25 kHz
0 = MF-INTOSC is not used
DS39960C-page 214
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
16.2
The operating mode is determined by the clock select
bits, TMRxCSx (TxCON<7:6>). When the TMRxCSx bits
are cleared (= 00), Timer3/5/7 increments on every internal instruction cycle (FOSC/4). When TMRxCSx = 01, the
Timer3/5/7 clock source is the system clock (FOSC), and
when it is ‘10’, Timer3/5/7 works as a counter from the
external clock from the TxCKI pin (on the rising edge after
the first falling edge) or the SOSC oscillator.
Timer3/5/7 Operation
Timer3, Timer5 and Timer7 can operate in these
modes:
•
•
•
•
Timer
Synchronous Counter
Asynchronous Counter
Timer with Gated Control
FIGURE 16-1:
TIMER3/5/7 BLOCK DIAGRAM
T3GSS<1:0>
T3G
00
From TMR4
Match PR4
01
From Comparator 1
Output
10
From Comparator 2
Output
11
T3GSPM
0
T3G_IN
T3GVAL
0
Single Pulse
TMR3ON
T3GPOL
D
Q
CK
R
Q
1
Acq. Control
1
Q1
Data Bus
D
Q
RD
T3GCON
EN
Interrupt
T3GGO/T3DONE
Set
TMR3GIF
det
T3GTM
TMR3GE
Set flag bit
TMR3IF on
Overflow
TMR3ON
TMR3(2)
TMR3H
EN
TMR3L
Q
D
T3CLK
Synchronized
Clock Input
0
1
TMR3CS<1:0>
SOSCO/SCLKI
SOSC
SOSCI
T3SYNC
OUT(4)
Synchronize(3)
Prescaler
1, 2, 4, 8
1
det
10
EN
0
T1CON.SOSCEN
T3CON.SOSCEN
SOSCGO
SCS<1:0> = 01
(1)
FOSC
Internal
Clock
01
FOSC/4
Internal
Clock
00
2
T3CKPS<1:0>
FOSC/2
Internal
Clock
Sleep Input
T3CKI
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
ST Buffer is high-speed type when using T3CKI.
Timer3 registers increment on rising edge.
Synchronization does not operate while in Sleep.
The output of SOSC is determined by the SOSCSEL<1:0> Configuration bits.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 215
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
16.3
Timer3/5/7 16-Bit Read/Write Mode
Timer3/5/7 can be configured for 16-bit reads and
writes (see Figure 16.3). When the RD16 control bit
(TxCON<1>) is set, the address for TMRxH is mapped
to a buffer register for the high byte of Timer3/5/7. A
read from TMRxL will load the contents of the high byte
of Timer3/5/7 into the Timerx High Byte Buffer register.
This provides users with the ability to accurately read
all 16 bits of Timer3/5/7 without having to determine
whether a read of the high byte, followed by a read of
the low byte, has become invalid due to a rollover
between reads.
A write to the high byte of Timer3/5/7 must also take
place through the TMRxH Buffer register. The Timer3/
5/7 high byte is updated with the contents of TMRxH
when a write occurs to TMRxL. This allows users to
write all 16 bits to both the high and low bytes of
Timer3/5/7 at once.
The high byte of Timer3/5/7 is not directly readable or
writable in this mode. All reads and writes must take
place through the Timerx High Byte Buffer register.
16.4
Using the SOSC Oscillator as the
Timer3/5/7 Clock Source
The SOSC internal oscillator may be used as the clock
source for Timer3/5/7. The SOSC oscillator is enabled
by any peripheral that requests it. There are eight ways
the SOSC can be enabled: if the SOSC is selected as
the source by any of the odd timers, which is done by
each respective SOSCEN bit (TxCON<3>), if the
SOSC is selected as the RTCC source by the RTCOSC
Configuration bit (CONFIG3L<1>), if the SOSC is
selected as the CPU clock source by the SCS bits
(OSCCON<1:0>) or if the SOSCGO bit is set
(OSCCON2<3>). The SOSCGO bit is used to warm up
the SOSC so that it is ready before any peripheral
requests it. To use it as the Timer3/5/7 clock source, the
TMRxCS bit must also be set. As previously noted, this
also configures Timer3/5/7 to increment on every rising
edge of the oscillator source.
The SOSC oscillator is described in Section 14.5
“SOSC Oscillator”.
Writes to TMRxH do not clear the Timer3/5/7 prescaler.
The prescaler is only cleared on writes to TMRxL.
DS39960C-page 216
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
16.5
When Timerx Gate Enable mode is enabled, Timer3/5/7
will increment on the rising edge of the Timer3/5/7 clock
source. When Timerx Gate Enable mode is disabled, no
incrementing will occur and Timer3/5/7 will hold the
current count. See Figure 16-2 for timing details.
Timer3/5/7 Gates
Timer3/5/7 can be configured to count freely or the count
can be enabled and disabled using the Timer3/5/7 gate
circuitry. This is also referred to as the Timer3/5/7 gate
count enable.
The Timer3/5/7 gate can also be driven by multiple
selectable sources.
16.5.1
TABLE 16-1:
TIMER3/5/7 GATE COUNT ENABLE
TxCLK(†)
The Timerx Gate Enable mode is enabled by setting
the TMRxGE bit (TxGCON<7>). The polarity of the
Timerx Gate Enable mode is configured using the
TxGPOL bit (TxGCON<6>).
TIMER3/5/7 GATE ENABLE
SELECTIONS
TxGPOL
TxG Pin
(TxGCON<6>)
Timerx
Operation

0
0
Counts

0
1
Holds Count

1
0
Holds Count

1
1
Counts
† The clock on which TMR3/5/7 is running. For
more information, see TxCLK in Figure 16-1.
FIGURE 16-2:
TIMER3/5/7 GATE COUNT ENABLE MODE
TMRxGE
TxGPOL
TxG_IN
TxCKI
TxGVAL
Timer3/5/7
N
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
N+1
N+2
N+3
N+4
DS39960C-page 217
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
16.5.2
TIMER3/5/7 GATE SOURCE
SELECTION
The Timer3/5/7 gate source can be selected from one
of four different sources. Source selection is controlled
by the TxGSS<1:0> bits (TxGCON<1:0>). The polarity
for each available source is also selectable and is
controlled by the TxGPOL bit (TxGCON <6>).
TABLE 16-2:
TIMER3/5/7 GATE SOURCES
TxGSS<1:0>
Timerx Gate Source
00
Timerx Gate Pin
01
TMR(x+1) to Match PR(x+1)
(TMR(x+1) increments to match
PR(x+1))
10
Comparator 1 Output
(comparator logic high output)
11
Comparator 2 Output
(comparator logic high output)
16.5.2.1
TxG Pin Gate Operation
The TxG pin is one source for Timer3/5/7 gate control. It
can be used to supply an external source to the Timerx
gate circuitry.
16.5.2.2
Timer4/6/8 Match Gate Operation
The TMR(x+1) register will increment until it matches the
value in the PR(x+1) register. On the very next increment
cycle, TMR2 will be reset to 00h. When this Reset
occurs, a low-to-high pulse will automatically be generated and internally supplied to the Timerx gate circuitry.
The pulse will remain high for one instruction cycle and
will return back to a low state until the next match.
Depending on TxGPOL, Timerx increments differently
when
TMR(x+1)
matches
PR(x+1).
When
TxGPOL = 1, Timerx increments for a single instruction
cycle following a TMR(x+1) match with PR(x+1). When
FIGURE 16-3:
TxGPOL = 0, Timerx increments continuously, except
for the cycle following the match, when the gate signal
goes from low-to-high.
16.5.2.3
Comparator 1 Output Gate
Operation
The output of Comparator1 can be internally supplied
to the Timerx gate circuitry. After setting up
Comparator 1 with the CM1CON register, Timerx will
increment depending on the transitions of the
CMP1OUT (CMSTAT<5>) bit.
16.5.2.4
Comparator 2 Output Gate
Operation
The output of Comparator 2 can be internally supplied
to the Timerx gate circuitry. After setting up
Comparator 2 with the CM2CON register, Timerx will
increment depending on the transitions of the
CMP2OUT (CMSTAT<6>) bit.
16.5.3
TIMER3/5/7 GATE TOGGLE MODE
When Timer3/5/7 Gate Toggle mode is enabled, it is
possible to measure the full cycle length of a Timer3/5/7
gate signal, as opposed to the duration of a single level
pulse.
The Timerx gate source is routed through a flip-flop that
changes state on every incrementing edge of the
signal. (For timing details, see Figure 16-3.)
The TxGVAL bit will indicate when the Toggled mode is
active and the timer is counting.
Timer3/5/7 Gate Toggle mode is enabled by setting the
TxGTM bit (TxGCON<5>). When the TxGTM bit is
cleared, the flip-flop is cleared and held clear. This is
necessary in order to control which edge is measured.
TIMER3/5/7 GATE TOGGLE MODE
TMRxGE
TxGPOL
TxGTM
TxG_IN
TxCKI
TxGVAL
Timer3/5/7
DS39960C-page 218
N
N+1 N+2 N+3
N+4
N+5 N+6 N+7
N+8
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
16.5.4
TIMER3/5/7 GATE SINGLE PULSE
MODE
No other gate events will be allowed to increment
Timer3/5/7 until the TxGGO/TxDONE bit is once again
set in software.
When Timer3/5/7 Gate Single Pulse mode is enabled,
it is possible to capture a single pulse gate event.
Timer3/5/7 Gate Single Pulse mode is first enabled by
setting the TxGSPM bit (TxGCON<4>). Next, the
TxGGO/TxDONE bit (TxGCON<3>) must be set.
Clearing the TxGSPM bit also will clear the TxGGO/
TxDONE bit. (For timing details, see Figure 16-4.)
Simultaneously enabling the Toggle mode and the
Single Pulse mode will permit both sections to work
together. This allows the cycle times on the Timer3/5/7
gate source to be measured. (For timing details, see
Figure 16-5.)
The Timer3/5/7 will be fully enabled on the next incrementing edge. On the next trailing edge of the pulse,
the TxGGO/TxDONE bit will automatically be cleared.
FIGURE 16-4:
TIMER3/5/7 GATE SINGLE PULSE MODE
TMRxGE
TxGPOL
TxGSPM
TxGGO/
Cleared by Hardware on
Falling Edge of TxGVAL
Set by Software
TxDONE
Counting Enabled on
Rising Edge of TxG
TxG_IN
TxCKI
TxGVAL
Timer3/5/7
TMRxGIF
N
Cleared by Software
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
N+1
N+2
Set by Hardware on
Falling Edge of TxGVAL
Cleared by
Software
DS39960C-page 219
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 16-5:
TIMER3/5/7 GATE SINGLE PULSE AND TOGGLE COMBINED MODE
TMRxGE
TxGPOL
TxGSPM
TxGTM
TxGGO/
Cleared by Hardware on
Falling Edge of TxGVAL
Set by Software
TxDONE
Counting Enabled on
Rising Edge of TxG
TxG_IN
TxCKI
TxGVAL
Timer3/5/7
TMRxGIF
16.5.5
N
N+1
Cleared by Software
TIMER3/5/7 GATE VALUE STATUS
When Timer3/5/7 gate value status is utilized, it is
possible to read the most current level of the gate control value. The value is stored in the TxGVAL bit
(TxGCON<2>). The TxGVAL bit is valid even when the
Timer3/5/7 gate is not enabled (TMRxGE bit is
cleared).
N+2
N+3
Set by Hardware on
Falling Edge of TxGVAL
16.5.6
N+4
Cleared by
Software
TIMER3/5/7 GATE EVENT
INTERRUPT
When the Timer3/5/7 gate event interrupt is enabled, it
is possible to generate an interrupt upon the completion of a gate event. When the falling edge of TxGVAL
occurs, the TMRxGIF flag bit in the PIRx register will be
set. If the TMRxGIE bit in the PIEx register is set, then
an interrupt will be recognized.
The TMRxGIF flag bit operates even when the
Timer3/5/7 gate is not enabled (TMRxGE bit is
cleared).
DS39960C-page 220
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
16.6
Timer3/5/7 Interrupt
The TMRx register pair (TMRxH:TMRxL) increments
from 0000h to FFFFh and overflows to 0000h. The
Timerx interrupt, if enabled, is generated on overflow
and is latched in the interrupt flag bit, TMRxIF.
Table 16-3 gives each module’s flag bit.
TABLE 16-3:
TIMER3/5/7 INTERRUPT
FLAG BITS
Timer Module
Flag Bit
3
PIR2<1>
5
PIR5<1>
7
PIR5<3>
This interrupt can be enabled or disabled by setting or
clearing the TMRxIE bit, respectively. Table 16-4 gives
each module’s enable bit.
TABLE 16-4:
TIMER3/5/7 INTERRUPT
ENABLE BITS
Timer Module
Flag Bit
3
PIE2<1>
5
PIE5<1>
7
PIE5<3>
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.7
Resetting Timer3/5/7 Using the
ECCP Special Event Trigger
If the ECCP modules are configured to use Timerx and
to generate a Special Event Trigger in Compare mode
(CCPxM<3:0> = 1011), this signal will reset Timerx. The
trigger from ECCP2 will also start an A/D conversion if
the A/D module is enabled (For more information, see
Section 20.3.4 “Special Event Trigger”.)
The module must be configured as either a timer or
synchronous counter to take advantage of this feature.
When used this way, the CCPRxH:CCPRxL register
pair effectively becomes a Period register for Timerx.
If Timerx is running in Asynchronous Counter mode,
the Reset operation may not work.
In the event that a write to Timerx coincides with a
Special Event Trigger from an ECCP module, the write
will take precedence.
Note:
The Special Event Triggers from the
ECCPx module will only clear the TMR3
register’s content, but not set the TMR3IF
interrupt flag bit (PIR1<0>).
Note:
The CCP and ECCP modules use Timers,
1 through 8, for some modes. The assignment of a particular timer to a CCP/ECCP
module is determined by the Timer to CCP
enable bits in the CCPTMRSx registers.
For more details, see Register 19-2,
Register 19-3 and Register 20-2
DS39960C-page 221
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 16-5:
Name
INTCON
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER3/5/7 AS A TIMER/COUNTER
Bit 7
Bit 6
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
PIR5
TMR7GIF(1)
(1)
TMR12IF
Bit 5
(1)
(1)
TMR0IE
TMR10IF
(1)
Bit 4
Bit 3
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR8IF
TMR7IF
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
(1)
TMR6IF
TMR5IF
TMR4IF
(1)
IPR5
TMR7GIP
(1)
TMR8IP
TMR7IP
TMR6IP
TMR5IP
TMR4IP
PIE5
TMR7GIE(1) TMR12IE(1) TMR10IE(1)
TMR8IE
TMR7IE(1)
TMR6IE
TMR5IE
TMR4IE
TMR12IP
TMR10IP
PIE3
TMR5GIE
—
RC2IE
TX2IE
CTMUIE
CCP2IE
CCP1IE
RTCCIE
IPR3
TMR5GIP
—
RC2IP
TX2IP
CTMUIP
CCP2IP
CCP1IP
RTCCIP
PIR3
TMR5GIF
—
RC2IF
TX2IF
CTMUIF
CCP2IF
CCP1IF
RTCCIF
PIE2
OSCFIE
—
SSP2IE
BCL2IE
BCL1IE
HLVDIE
TMR3IE
TMR3GIE
PIR2
OSCFIF
—
SSP2IF
BCL2IF
BCL1IF
HLVDIF
TMR3IF
TMR3GIF
IPR2
OSCFIP
—
SSP2IP
BCL2IP
BCL1IP
HLVDIP
TMR3IP
TMR3GIP
TMR3H
Timer3 Register High Byte
TMR3L
Timer3 Register Low Byte
T3GCON
TMR3GE
T3GPOL
T3GTM
T3GSPM
T3GGO/
T3DONE
T3GVAL
T3GSS1
T3GSS0
T3CON
TMR3CS1
TMR3CS0
T3CKPS1
T3CKPS0
SOSCEN
T3SYNC
RD16
TMR3ON
TMR5H
Timer5 Register High Byte
TMR5L
Timer5 Register Low Byte
T5GCON
T5CON
TMR5GE
T5GPOL
T5GTM
T5GSPM
T5GGO/
T5DONE
T5GVAL
T5GSS1
T5GSS0
TMR5CS1
TMR5CS0
T5CKPS1
T5CKPS0
SOSCEN
T5SYNC
RD16
TMR5ON
(1)
Timer7 Register High Byte
TMR7L(1)
Timer7 Register Low Byte
TMR7H
T7GCON(1)
TMR7GE
T7GPOL
T7GTM
T7GSPM
T7GGO/
T7DONE
T7GVAL
T7GSS1
T7GSS0
T7CON(1)
TMR7CS1
TMR7CS0
T7CKPS1
T7CKPS0
SOSCEN
T7SYNC
RD16
TMR7ON
MFIOSEL
—
SOSCRUN
—
—
SOSCGO
—
MFIOFS
PMD1
OSCCON2
PSPMD
CTMUMD
RTCCMD
TMR4MD
TMR3MD
TMR2MD
TMR1MD
EMBMD
PMD2
TMR10MD(1)
TMR8MD
TMR7MD(1)
TMR6MD
TMR5MD
CMP3MD
CMP2MD
CMP2MD
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer3/5/7 module.
Note 1: Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
DS39960C-page 222
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
17.0
TIMER4/6/8/10/12 MODULES
The Timer4/6/8/10/12 timer modules have the following
features:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Eight-bit Timer register (TMRx)
Eight-bit Period register (PRx)
Readable and writable (all registers)
Software programmable prescaler (1:1, 1:4, 1:16)
Software programmable postscaler (1:1 to 1:16)
Interrupt on TMRx match of PRx
Timer10 and Timer12 are unimplemented for devices
with program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
Note: Throughout this section, generic references
are used for register and bit names that are the
same, except for an ‘x’ variable that indicates
the item’s association with the Timer4, Timer6,
Timer8, Timer10 or Timer12 module. For
example, the control register is named TxCON
and refers to T4CON, T6CON, T8CON,
T10CON and T12CON.
The Timer4/6/8/10/12 modules have a control register
shown in Register 17-1. Timer4/6/8/10/12 can be shut
off by clearing control bit, TMRxON (TxCON<2>), to
minimize power consumption. The prescaler and postscaler selection of Timer4/6/8/10/12 also are controlled
by this register. Figure 17-1 is a simplified block
diagram of the Timer4/6/8/10/12 modules.
17.1
Timer4/6/8/10/12 Operation
Timer4/6/8/10/12 can be used as the PWM time base
for the PWM mode of the ECCP modules. The TMRx
registers are readable and writable, and are cleared on
any device Reset. The input clock (FOSC/4) has a
prescale option of 1:1, 1:4 or 1:16, selected by control
bits, TxCKPS<1:0> (TxCON<1:0>). The match output
of TMRx goes through a four-bit postscaler (that gives
a 1:1 to 1:16 inclusive scaling) to generate a TMRx
interrupt, latched in the flag bit, TMRxIF. Table 17-1
gives each module’s flag bit.
TABLE 17-1:
TIMER4/6/8/10/12 FLAG BITS
Timer
Module
Flag Bit
PIR5<x>
Timer
Module
Flag Bit
PIR5<x>
4
0
10
5
6
2
12
6
8
4
The interrupt can be enabled or disabled by setting or
clearing the Timerx Interrupt Enable bit (TMRxIE),
shown in Table 17-2.
TABLE 17-2:
TIMER4/6/8/10/12 INTERRUPT
ENABLE BITS
Timer
Module
Flag Bit
PIE5<x>
Timer
Module
Flag Bit
PIE5<x>
4
0
10
5
6
2
12
6
8
4
The prescaler and postscaler counters are cleared
when any of the following occurs:
• A write to the TMRx register
• A write to the TxCON register
• Any device Reset – Power-on Reset (POR),
MCLR Reset, Watchdog Timer Reset (WDTR) or
Brown-out Reset (BOR)
A TMRx is not cleared when a TxCON is written.
Note:
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
The CCP and ECCP modules use Timers,
1 through 8, for some modes. The assignment of a particular timer to a CCP/ECCP
module is determined by the Timer to CCP
enable bits in the CCPTMRSx registers.
For more details, see Register 19-2,
Register 19-3 and Register 20-2.
DS39960C-page 223
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 17-1:
TxCON: TIMERx CONTROL REGISTER
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
TxOUTPS3
TxOUTPS2
TxOUTPS1
TxOUTPS0
TMRxON
TxCKPS1
TxCKPS0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-3
TxOUTPS<3:0>: Timerx Output Postscale Select bits
0000 = 1:1 Postscale
0001 = 1:2 Postscale
•
•
•
1111 = 1:16 Postscale
bit 2
TMRxON: Timerx On bit
1 = Timerx is on
0 = Timerx is off
bit 1-0
TxCKPS<1:0>: Timerx Clock Prescale Select bits
00 = Prescaler is 1
01 = Prescaler is 4
1x = Prescaler is 16
17.2
Timer4/6/8/10/12 Interrupt
17.3
The Timer4/6/8/10/12 modules have eight-bit period
registers, PRx, that are both readable and writable.
Timer4/6/8/10/12 increment from 00h until they match
PR4/6/8/10/12 and then reset to 00h on the next
increment cycle. The PRx registers are initialized to
FFh upon Reset.
FIGURE 17-1:
The outputs of TMRx (before the postscaler) are used
only as a PWM time base for the ECCP modules. They
are not used as baud rate clocks for the MSSP
modules as is the Timer2 output.
4
1:1 to 1:16
Postscaler
Set TMRxIF
2
TMRx Output
(to PWM)
Reset
FOSC/4
Output of TMRx
TIMER4 BLOCK DIAGRAM
TxOUTPS<3:0>
TxCKPS<1:0>
x = Bit is unknown
1:1, 1:4, 1:16
Prescaler
TMRx
8
TMRx/PRx
Match
Comparator
8
PRx
8
Internal Data Bus
DS39960C-page 224
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 17-3:
Name
INTCON
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER4/6/8/10/12 AS A TIMER/COUNTER
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
IPR5
TMR7GIP(1) TMR12IP(1) TMR10IP(1)
TMR8IP
TMR7IP(1)
TMR6IP
TMR5IP
TMR4IP
PIR5
TMR7GIF(1) TMR12IF(1) TMR10IF(1)
TMR8IF
TMR7IF(1)
TMR6IF
TMR5IF
TMR4IF
TMR8IE
TMR7IE(1)
TMR6IE
TMR5IE
TMR4IE
(1)
PIE5
TMR7GIE
TMR4
TMR12IE
(1)
TMR10IE
Timer4 Register
—
T4CON
T4OUTPS3 T4OUTPS2 T4OUTPS1 T4OUTPS0 TMR4ON T4CKPS1
PR4
Timer4 Period Register
TMR6
Timer6 Register
T6CON
—
T6OUTPS3 T6OUTPS2 T6OUTPS1 T6OUTPS0 TMR6ON T6CKPS1
PR6
Timer6 Period Register
TMR8
Timer8 Register
—
T8CON
PR8
T8OUTPS3 T8OUTPS2 T8OUTPS1 T8OUTPS0 TMR8ON T8CKPS1
T4CKPS0
T6CKPS0
T8CKPS0
Timer8 Period Register
TMR10(1)
(1)
T10CON
Timer10 Register
—
T10OUTPS3 T10OUTPS2 T10OUTPS1 T10OUTPS0 TMR10ON T10CKPS1
PR10(1)
Timer10 Period Register
TMR12(1)
Timer12 Register
T12CON(1)
PR12
(1)
(1)
PMD1
—
T12OUTPS3 T12OUTPS2 T12OUTPS1 T12OUTPS0 TMR12ON T12CKPS1
T10CKPS0
T12CKPS0
Timer12 Period Register
PSPMD
(1)
CTMUMD
RTCCMD
TMR4MD
TMR3MD
TMR8MD
TMR7MD(1)
TMR6MD
CCP8MD
CCP7MD
PMD2
TMR10MD
PMD3
CCP10MD(1) CCP9MD(1)
TMR2MD TMR1MD
EMBMD
TMR5MD
CMP3MD CMP2MD
CMP2MD
CCP6MD
CCP5MD CCP4MD TMR12MD(1)
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer4/6/8/10/12 module.
Note 1: Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18FX5K22).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 225
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39960C-page 226
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
18.0
REAL-TIME CLOCK AND
CALENDAR (RTCC)
The key features of the Real-Time Clock and Calendar
(RTCC) module are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Time: hours, minutes and seconds
Twenty-four hour format (military time)
Calendar: weekday, date, month and year
Alarm configurable
Year range: 2000 to 2099
Leap year correction
BCD format for compact firmware
Optimized for low-power operation
User calibration with auto-adjust
Calibration range: 2.64 seconds error per month
Requirements: external 32.768 kHz clock crystal
Alarm pulse or seconds clock output on RTCC pin
FIGURE 18-1:
The RTCC module is intended for applications where
accurate time must be maintained for extended period
with minimum to no intervention from the CPU. The
module is optimized for low-power usage in order to
provide extended battery life while keeping track of
time.
The module is a 100-year clock and calendar with automatic leap year detection. The range of the clock is
from 00:00:00 (midnight) on January 1, 2000 to
23:59:59 on December 31, 2099.
Hours are measured in 24-hour (military time) format.
The clock provides a granularity of one second with
half-second visibility to the user.
RTCC BLOCK DIAGRAM
RTCC Clock Domain
CPU Clock Domain
32.768 kHz Input
from SOSC Oscillator
RTCCFG
RTCC Prescalers
Internal RC
(LF-INTOSC)
ALRMRPT
YEAR
0.5s
RTCC Timer
Alarm
Event
MTHDY
RTCVALx
WKDYHR
MINSEC
Comparator
ALMTHDY
Compare Registers
with Masks
ALRMVALx
ALWDHR
ALMINSEC
Repeat Counter
RTCC Interrupt
RTCC Interrupt Logic
Alarm Pulse
RTCC Pin
RTCOE
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 227
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
18.1
RTCC MODULE REGISTERS
The RTCC module registers are divided into the
following categories:
RTCC Control Registers
•
•
•
•
•
RTCCFG
RTCCAL
PADCFG1
ALRMCFG
ALRMRPT
Alarm Value Registers
• ALRMVALH
• ALRMVALL
Both registers access the following registers:
- ALRMMNTH
- ALRMDAY
- ALRMWD
- ALRMHR
- ALRMMIN
- ALRMSEC
Note:
RTCC Value Registers
• RTCVALH
• RTCVALL
Both registers access the following registers:
- YEAR
- MONTH
- DAY
- WEEKDAY
- HOUR
- MINUTE
- SECOND
DS39960C-page 228
The RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers
can be accessed through RTCRPT<1:0>
(RTCCFG<1:0>).
ALRMVALH
and
ALRMVALL can be accessed through
ALRMPTR<1:0> (ALRMCFG<1:0>).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
18.1.1
RTCC CONTROL REGISTERS
REGISTER 18-1:
R/W-0
RTCCFG: RTCC CONFIGURATION REGISTER(1)
U-0
RTCEN(2)
—
R/W-0
R-0
(4)
RTCWREN
R-0
(3)
RTCSYNC HALFSEC
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
RTCOE
RTCPTR1
RTCPTR0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
RTCEN: RTCC Enable bit(2)
1 = RTCC module is enabled
0 = RTCC module is disabled
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5
RTCWREN: RTCC Value Registers Write Enable bit(4)
1 = RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers can be written to by the user
0 = RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers are locked out from being written to by the user
bit 4
RTCSYNC: RTCC Value Registers Read Synchronization bit
1 = RTCVALH, RTCVALL and ALRMRPT registers can change while reading if a rollover ripple
results in an invalid data read. If the register is read twice and results in the same data, the data
can be assumed to be valid.
0 = RTCVALH, RTCVALL and ALCFGRPT registers can be read without concern over a rollover
ripple
bit 3
HALFSEC: Half-Second Status bit(3)
1 = Second half period of a second
0 = First half period of a second
bit 2
RTCOE: RTCC Output Enable bit
1 = RTCC clock output enabled
0 = RTCC clock output disabled
bit 1-0
RTCPTR<1:0>: RTCC Value Register Window Pointer bits
Points to the corresponding RTCC Value registers when reading the RTCVALH and RTCVALL
registers. The RTCPTR<1:0> value decrements on every read or write of RTCVALH<15:8> until it
reaches ‘00’.
RTCVALH:
00 = Minutes
01 = Weekday
10 = Month
11 = Reserved
RTCVALL:
00 = Seconds
01 = Hours
10 = Day
11 = Year
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
The RTCCFG register is only affected by a POR.
A write to the RTCEN bit is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
This bit is read-only; it is cleared to ‘0’ on a write to the lower half of the MINSEC register.
RTCWREN can only be written with the unlock sequence (see Example 18-1).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 229
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 18-2:
RTCCAL: RTCC CALIBRATION REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CAL7
CAL6
CAL5
CAL4
CAL3
CAL2
CAL1
CAL0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
x = Bit is unknown
CAL<7:0>: RTC Drift Calibration bits
01111111 = Maximum positive adjustment. Adds 508 RTC clock pulses every minute.
.
.
.
00000001 = Minimum positive adjustment. Adds four RTC clock pulses every minute.
00000000 = No adjustment
11111111 = Minimum negative adjustment. Subtracts four RTC clock pulses every minute.
.
.
.
10000000 = Maximum negative adjustment. Subtracts 512 RTC clock pulses every minute.
REGISTER 18-3:
R/W-0
PADCFG1: PAD CONFIGURATION REGISTER
R/W-0
RDPU
REPU
R/W-0
(2)
RJPU
U-0
—
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
—
RTSECSEL1(1)
RTSECSEL0(1)
—
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
RDPU: PORTD Pull-up Enable bit
1 = PORTD pull-up resistors are enabled by individual port latch values
0 = All PORTD pull-up resistors are disabled
bit 6
REPU: PORTE Pull-up Enable bit
1 = PORTE pull-up resistors are enabled by individual port latch values
0 = All PORTE pull-up resistors are disabled
bit 5
RJPU: PORTJ Pull-up Enable bit(2)
1 = PORTJ pull-up resistors are enabled by individual port latch values
0 = All PORTJ pull-up resistors are disabled
bit 2-1
RTSECSEL<1:0>: RTCC Seconds Clock Output Select bit(1)
11 = Reserved; do not use
10 = RTCC source clock is selected for the RTCC pin (pin can be LF-INTOSC or SOSC, depending on
the RTCOSC (CONFIG3L<1>) bit setting)
01 = RTCC seconds clock is selected for the RTCC pin
00 = RTCC alarm pulse is selected for the RTCC pin
bit 0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1:
2:
To enable the actual RTCC output, the RTCOE (RTCCFG<2>) bit must be set.
Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
DS39960C-page 230
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 18-4:
ALRMCFG: ALARM CONFIGURATION REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ALRMEN
CHIME
AMASK3
AMASK2
AMASK1
AMASK0
ALRMPTR1
ALRMPTR0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
ALRMEN: Alarm Enable bit
1 = Alarm is enabled (cleared automatically after an alarm event whenever ARPT<7:0> = 00
and CHIME = 0)
0 = Alarm is disabled
bit 6
CHIME: Chime Enable bit
1 = Chime is enabled; ALRMPTR<1:0> bits are allowed to roll over from 00h to FFh
0 = Chime is disabled; ALRMPTR<1:0> bits stop once they reach 00h
bit 5-2
AMASK<3:0>: Alarm Mask Configuration bits
0000 = Every half second
0001 = Every second
0010 = Every 10 seconds
0011 = Every minute
0100 = Every 10 minutes
0101 = Every hour
0110 = Once a day
0111 = Once a week
1000 = Once a month
1001 = Once a year (except when configured for February 29th, once every four years)
101x = Reserved – Do not use
11xx = Reserved – Do not use
bit 1-0
ALRMPTR<1:0>: Alarm Value Register Window Pointer bits
Points to the corresponding Alarm Value registers when reading the ALRMVALH and ALRMVALL
registers. The ALRMPTR<1:0> value decrements on every read or write of ALRMVALH until it reaches
‘00’.
ALRMVALH:
00 = ALRMMIN
01 = ALRMWD
10 = ALRMMNTH
11 = Unimplemented
ALRMVALL:
00 = ALRMSEC
01 = ALRMHR
10 = ALRMDAY
11 = Unimplemented
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 231
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 18-5:
ALRMRPT: ALARM REPEAT REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ARPT7
ARPT6
ARPT5
ARPT4
ARPT3
ARPT2
ARPT1
ARPT0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
18.1.2
x = Bit is unknown
ARPT<7:0>: Alarm Repeat Counter Value bits
11111111 = Alarm will repeat 255 more times
.
.
.
00000000 = Alarm will not repeat
The counter decrements on any alarm event. The counter is prevented from rolling over from 00h to
FFh unless CHIME = 1.
RTCVALH AND RTCVALL
REGISTER MAPPINGS
REGISTER 18-6:
RESERVED REGISTER
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
x = Bit is unknown
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
REGISTER 18-7:
YEAR: YEAR VALUE REGISTER(1)
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
YRTEN3
YRTEN2
YRTEN1
YRTEN0
YRONE3
YRONE2
YRONE1
YRONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4
YRTEN<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Year’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
bit 3-0
YRONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Year’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
A write to the YEAR register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
DS39960C-page 232
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 18-8:
MONTH: MONTH VALUE REGISTER(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
—
—
MTHTEN0
MTHONE3
MTHONE2
MTHONE1
MTHONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
MTHTEN0: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Tens Digit bit
Contains a value of 0 or 1.
bit 3-0
MTHONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1:
A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
REGISTER 18-9:
DAY: DAY VALUE REGISTER(1)
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
—
DAYTEN1
DAYTEN0
DAYONE3
DAYONE2
DAYONE1
DAYONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-4
DAYTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal value of Day’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 3.
bit 3-0
DAYONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1:
A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
REGISTER 18-10: WEEKDAY: WEEKDAY VALUE REGISTER(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
—
—
—
—
WDAY2
WDAY1
WDAY0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0
WDAY<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Weekday Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 6.
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 233
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 18-11: HOUR: HOUR VALUE REGISTER(1)
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
—
HRTEN1
HRTEN0
HRONE3
HRONE2
HRONE1
HRONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-4
HRTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 2.
bit 3-0
HRONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1:
A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
REGISTER 18-12: MINUTE: MINUTE VALUE REGISTER
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
MINTEN2
MINTEN1
MINTEN0
MINONE3
MINONE2
MINONE1
MINONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4
MINTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 5.
bit 3-0
MINONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
REGISTER 18-13: SECOND: SECOND VALUE REGISTER
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
SECTEN2
SECTEN1
SECTEN0
SECONE3
SECONE2
SECONE1
SECONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4
SECTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 5.
bit 3-0
SECONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
DS39960C-page 234
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
18.1.3
ALRMVALH AND ALRMVALL
REGISTER MAPPINGS
REGISTER 18-14: ALRMMNTH: ALARM MONTH VALUE REGISTER(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
—
—
MTHTEN0
MTHONE3
MTHONE2
MTHONE1
MTHONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
MTHTEN0: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value of 0 or 1.
bit 3-0
MTHONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1:
A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
REGISTER 18-15: ALRMDAY: ALARM DAY VALUE REGISTER(1)
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
—
DAYTEN1
DAYTEN0
DAYONE3
DAYONE2
DAYONE1
DAYONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-4
DAYTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 3.
bit 3-0
DAYONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1:
A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
REGISTER 18-16: ALRMWD: ALARM WEEKDAY VALUE REGISTER(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
—
—
—
—
WDAY2
WDAY1
WDAY0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0
WDAY<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Weekday Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 6.
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 235
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 18-17: ALRMHR: ALARM HOURS VALUE REGISTER(1)
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
—
HRTEN1
HRTEN0
HRONE3
HRONE2
HRONE1
HRONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-4
HRTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 2.
bit 3-0
HRONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1:
A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
REGISTER 18-18: ALRMMIN: ALARM MINUTES VALUE REGISTER
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
MINTEN2
MINTEN1
MINTEN0
MINONE3
MINONE2
MINONE1
MINONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4
MINTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 5.
bit 3-0
MINONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
REGISTER 18-19: ALRMSEC: ALARM SECONDS VALUE REGISTER
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
SECTEN2
SECTEN1
SECTEN0
SECONE3
SECONE2
SECONE1
SECONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4
SECTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 5.
bit 3-0
SECONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
DS39960C-page 236
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
18.1.4
RTCEN BIT WRITE
18.2
RTCWREN (RTCCFG<5>) must be set before a write
to RTCEN can take place. Any write to the RTCEN bit,
while RTCWREN = 0, will be ignored.
Like the RTCEN bit, the RTCVALH and RTCVALL
registers can only be written to when RTCWREN = 1.
A write to these registers, while RTCWREN = 0, will be
ignored.
FIGURE 18-2:
FIGURE 18-3:
The register interface for the RTCC and alarm values is
implemented using the Binary Coded Decimal (BCD)
format. This simplifies the firmware when using the
module, as each of the digits is contained within its own
4-bit value (see Figure 18-2 and Figure 18-3).
Day
Month
0-9
0-1
Hours
(24-hour format)
0-2
0-9
0-9
0-3
Minutes
0-5
Day Of Week
0-9
Seconds
0-9
0-5
0-9
0-6
1/2 Second Bit
(binary format)
0/1
ALARM DIGIT FORMAT
Day
Month
0-1
Hours
(24-hour format)
0-2
REGISTER INTERFACE
TIMER DIGIT FORMAT
Year
0-9
18.2.1
Operation
0-9
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
0-9
0-3
Minutes
0-5
Day Of Week
0-9
0-6
Seconds
0-9
0-5
0-9
DS39960C-page 237
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
18.2.2
CLOCK SOURCE
As mentioned earlier, the RTCC module is intended to
be clocked by an external Real-Time Clock crystal
oscillating at 32.768 kHz, but an internal oscillator can
be used. The RTCC clock selection is decided by the
RTCOSC bit (CONFIG3L<0>).
FIGURE 18-4:
Calibration of the crystal can be done through this
module to yield an error of 3 seconds or less per month.
(For further details, see Section 18.2.9 “Calibration”.)
CLOCK SOURCE MULTIPLEXING
32.768 kHz XTAL
from SOSC
1:16384
Half-Second
Clock
Clock Prescaler(1)
Internal RC
Half second(1)
One Second Clock
RTCCFG
Second
Note 1:
18.2.2.1
Hour:Minute
Day
Year
Writing to the lower half of the MINSEC register resets all counters, allowing fraction of a second synchronization;
clock prescaler is held in Reset when RTCEN = 0.
Real-Time Clock Enable
TABLE 18-1:
The RTCC module can be clocked by an external,
32.768 kHz crystal (SOSC oscillator) or the LF-INTOSC
oscillator, which can be selected in CONFIG3L<0>.
DIGIT CARRY RULES
This section explains which timer values are affected
when there is a rollover:
• Time of Day: From 23:59:59 to 00:00:00 with a
carry to the Day field
• Month: From 12/31 to 01/01 with a carry to the
Year field
• Day of Week: From 6 to 0 with no carry (see
Table 18-1)
• Year Carry: From 99 to 00; this also surpasses the
use of the RTCC
DAY OF WEEK SCHEDULE
Day of Week
If the external clock is used, the SOSC oscillator should
be enabled. If LF-INTOSC is providing the clock, the
INTOSC clock can be brought out to the RTCC pin by
the RTSECSEL<1:0> bits (PADCFG<2:1>).
18.2.3
Month
Day of Week
Sunday
0
Monday
1
Tuesday
2
Wednesday
3
Thursday
4
Friday
5
Saturday
6
TABLE 18-2:
DAY TO MONTH ROLLOVER
SCHEDULE
Month
Maximum Day Field
01 (January)
31
02 (February)
28 or 29(1)
03 (March)
31
04 (April)
30
For the day-to-month rollover schedule, see Table 18-2.
05 (May)
31
Because the following values are in BCD format, the
carry to the upper BCD digit occurs at the count of 10,
not 16 (SECONDS, MINUTES, HOURS, WEEKDAY,
DAYS and MONTHS).
06 (June)
30
07 (July)
31
08 (August)
31
09 (September)
30
10 (October)
31
11 (November)
30
12 (December)
31
Note 1:
DS39960C-page 238
See Section 18.2.4 “Leap Year”.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
18.2.4
LEAP YEAR
Since the year range on the RTCC module is 2000 to
2099, the leap year calculation is determined by any year
divisible by four in the above range. Only February is
affected in a leap year.
February will have 29 days in a leap year and 28 days in
any other year.
18.2.5
GENERAL FUNCTIONALITY
All Timer registers containing a time value of seconds or
greater are writable. The user configures the time by
writing the required year, month, day, hour, minutes and
seconds to the Timer registers, via register pointers.
(See Section 18.2.8 “Register Mapping”.)
The timer uses the newly written values and proceeds
with the count from the required starting point.
The RTCC is enabled by setting the RTCEN bit
(RTCCFG<7>). If enabled while adjusting these
registers, the timer still continues to increment. However,
any time the MINSEC register is written to, both of the
timer prescalers are reset to ‘0’. This allows fraction of a
second synchronization.
The Timer registers are updated in the same cycle as
the write instruction’s execution by the CPU. The user
must ensure that when RTCEN = 1, the updated
registers will not be incremented at the same time. This
can be accomplished in several ways:
18.2.7
WRITE LOCK
In order to perform a write to any of the RTCC Timer
registers, the RTCWREN bit (RTCCFG<5>) must be set.
To avoid accidental writes to the RTCC Timer register,
it is recommended that the RTCWREN bit
(RTCCFG<5>) be kept clear when not writing to the
register. For the RTCWREN bit to be set, there is only
one instruction cycle time window allowed between the
55h/AA sequence and the setting of RTCWREN. For
that reason, it is recommended that users follow the
code example in Example 18-1.
EXAMPLE 18-1:
movlw
movwf
movlw
movwf
bsf
18.2.8
SETTING THE RTCWREN
BIT
0x55
EECON2
0xAA
EECON2
RTCCFG,RTCWREN
REGISTER MAPPING
To limit the register interface, the RTCC Timer and
Alarm Timer registers are accessed through
corresponding register pointers. The RTCC Value
register window (RTCVALH and RTCVALL) uses the
RTCPTRx bits (RTCCFG<1:0>) to select the required
Timer register pair.
• By checking the RTCSYNC bit (RTCCFG<4>)
• By checking the preceding digits from which a
carry can occur
• By updating the registers immediately following
the seconds pulse (or an alarm interrupt)
By reading or writing to the RTCVALH register, the
RTCC Pointer value (RTCPTR<1:0>) decrements by ‘1’
until it reaches ‘00’. When ‘00’ is reached, the
MINUTES and SECONDS value is accessible through
RTCVALH and RTCVALL until the pointer value is
manually changed.
The user has visibility to the half-second field of the
counter. This value is read-only and can be reset only
by writing to the lower half of the SECONDS register.
TABLE 18-3:
18.2.6
SAFETY WINDOW FOR REGISTER
READS AND WRITES
The RTCSYNC bit indicates a time window during
which the RTCC clock domain registers can be safely
read and written without concern about a rollover.
When RTCSYNC = 0, the registers can be safely
accessed by the CPU.
Whether RTCSYNC = 1 or 0, the user should employ a
firmware solution to ensure that the data read did not
fall on a rollover boundary, resulting in an invalid or
partial read. This firmware solution would consist of
reading each register twice and then comparing the two
values. If the two values matched, then a rollover did
not occur.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
RTCVALH AND RTCVALL
REGISTER MAPPING
RTCC Value Register Window
RTCPTR<1:0>
RTCVALH
RTCVALL
00
MINUTES
SECONDS
01
WEEKDAY
HOURS
10
MONTH
DAY
11
—
YEAR
The Alarm Value register windows (ALRMVALH and
ALRMVALL) use the ALRMPTR bits (ALRMCFG<1:0>)
to select the desired alarm register pair.
By reading or writing to the ALRMVALH register, the
Alarm Pointer value, ALRMPTR<1:0>, decrements by ‘1’
until it reaches ‘00’. When it reaches ‘00’, the ALRMMIN
and ALRMSEC values are accessible through
ALRMVALH and ALRMVALL until the pointer value is
manually changed.
DS39960C-page 239
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 18-4:
ALRMVAL REGISTER
MAPPING
Alarm Value Register Window
ALRMPTR<1:0>
00
ALRMVALH
ALRMVALL
ALRMMIN
ALRMSEC
01
ALRMWD
ALRMHR
10
ALRMMNTH
ALRMDAY
11
—
—
Writes to the RTCCAL register should occur only when
the timer is turned off or immediately after the rising
edge of the seconds pulse.
Note:
18.3
In determining the crystal’s error value, it
is the user’s responsibility to include the
crystal’s initial error from drift due to
temperature or crystal aging.
Alarm
The Alarm features and characteristics are:
18.2.9
CALIBRATION
The real-time crystal input can be calibrated using the
periodic auto-adjust feature. When properly calibrated,
the RTCC can provide an error of less than three
seconds per month.
To perform this calibration, find the number of error
clock pulses and store the value into the lower half of
the RTCCAL register. The eight-bit, signed value,
loaded into RTCCAL, is multiplied by four and will be
either added or subtracted from the RTCC timer, once
every minute.
To calibrate the RTCC module:
1.
2.
Use another timer resource on the device to find
the error of the 32.768 kHz crystal.
Convert the number of error clock pulses per
minute (see Equation 18-1).
EQUATION 18-1:
CONVERTING ERROR
CLOCK PULSES
(Ideal Frequency (32,758) – Measured Frequency) * 60 =
Error Clocks per Minute
3.
• If the oscillator is faster than ideal (negative
result from Step 2), the RCFGCALL register
value needs to be negative. This causes the
specified number of clock pulses to be
subtracted from the timer counter once every
minute.
• If the oscillator is slower than ideal (positive
result from Step 2), the RCFGCALL register
value needs to be positive. This causes the
specified number of clock pulses to be added to
the timer counter once every minute.
Load the RTCCAL register with the correct
value.
DS39960C-page 240
• Configurable from half a second to one year
• Enabled using the ALRMEN bit (ALRMCFG<7>,
Register 18-4)
• Offers one-time and repeat alarm options
18.3.1
CONFIGURING THE ALARM
The alarm feature is enabled using the ALRMEN bit.
This bit is cleared when an alarm is issued. The bit will
not be cleared if the CHIME bit = 1 or if ALRMRPT  0.
The interval selection of the alarm is configured
through the ALRMCFG bits (AMASK<3:0>); see
Figure 18-5. These bits determine which and how
many digits of the alarm must match the clock value for
the alarm to occur.
The alarm can also be configured to repeat based on a
preconfigured interval. The number of times this
occurs, after the alarm is enabled, is stored in the
ALRMRPT register.
Note:
While the alarm is enabled (ALRMEN = 1),
changing any of the registers, other than
the RTCCAL, ALRMCFG and ALRMRPT
registers and the CHIME bit, can result in a
false alarm event leading to a false alarm
interrupt. To avoid this, only change the
timer and alarm values while the alarm is
disabled (ALRMEN = 0). It is recommended that the ALRMCFG and
ALRMRPT registers and CHIME bit be
changed when RTCSYNC = 0.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 18-5:
ALARM MASK SETTINGS
Alarm Mask Setting
AMASK<3:0>
Day of the
Week
Month
Day
Hours
Minutes
Seconds
0000 – Every half second
0001 – Every second
0010 – Every 10 seconds
s
0011 – Every minute
s
s
m
s
s
m
m
s
s
0100 – Every 10 minutes
0101 – Every hour
0110 – Every day
0111 – Every week
d
1000 – Every month
1001 – Every year(1)
Note 1:
m
m
h
h
m
m
s
s
h
h
m
m
s
s
d
d
h
h
m
m
s
s
d
d
h
h
m
m
s
s
Annually, except when configured for February 29.
When ALRMCFG = 00 and the CHIME bit = 0
(ALRMCFG<6>), the repeat function is disabled and
only a single alarm will occur. The alarm can be
repeated up to 255 times by loading the ALRMRPT
register with FFh.
After each alarm is issued, the ALRMRPT register is
decremented by one. Once the register has reached
‘00’, the alarm will be issued one last time.
After the alarm is issued a last time, the ALRMEN bit is
cleared automatically and the alarm turned off. Indefinite
repetition of the alarm can occur if the CHIME bit = 1.
When CHIME = 1, the alarm is not disabled when the
ALRMRPT register reaches ‘00’, but it rolls over to FF
and continues counting indefinitely.
18.3.2
ALARM INTERRUPT
At every alarm event, an interrupt is generated. Additionally, an alarm pulse output is provided that operates
at half the frequency of the alarm.
The alarm pulse output is completely synchronous with
the RTCC clock and can be used as a trigger clock to
other peripherals. This output is available on the RTCC
pin. The output pulse is a clock with a 50% duty cycle
and a frequency half that of the alarm event (see
Figure 18-6).
The RTCC pin also can output the seconds clock. The
user can select between the alarm pulse, generated by
the RTCC module, or the seconds clock output.
The RTSECSEL<1:0> bits (PADCFG1<2:1>) select
between these two outputs:
• Alarm pulse – RTSECSEL<1:0> = 00
• Seconds clock – RTSECSEL<1:0> = 01
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 241
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 18-6:
TIMER PULSE GENERATION
RTCEN bit
ALRMEN bit
RTCC Alarm Event
RTCC Pin
18.4
Sleep Mode
The timer and alarm continue to operate while in Sleep
mode. The operation of the alarm is not affected by
Sleep, as an alarm event can always wake up the CPU.
The Idle mode does not affect the operation of the timer
or alarm.
18.5
18.5.1
Reset
18.5.2
POWER-ON RESET (POR)
The RTCCFG and ALRMRPT registers are reset only
on a POR. Once the device exits the POR state, the
clock registers should be reloaded with the desired
values.
The timer prescaler values can be reset only by writing
to the SECONDS register. No device Reset can affect
the prescalers.
DEVICE RESET
When a device Reset occurs, the ALRMRPT register is
forced to its Reset state causing the alarm to be
disabled (if enabled prior to the Reset). If the RTCC
was enabled, it will continue to operate when a basic
device Reset occurs.
DS39960C-page 242
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
18.6
Register Maps
Table 18-5, Table 18-6 and Table 18-7 summarize the
registers associated with the RTCC module.
TABLE 18-5:
File Name
RTCC CONTROL REGISTERS
Bit 7
Bit 6
RTCCFG
RTCEN
—
RTCCAL
CAL7
CAL6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
RTCWREN RTCSYNC HALFSEC
CAL5
(1)
PADCFG1
RDPU
REPU
RJPU
ALRMCFG
ALRMEN
CHIME
AMASK3
CAL4
CAL3
—
—
AMASK2
AMASK1
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
RTCOE
RTCPTR1
RTCPTR0
CAL2
CAL1
CAL0
RTSECSEL1 RTSECSEL0
AMASK0
—
ALRMPTR1 ALRMPTR0
ALRMRPT
ARPT7
ARPT6
ARPT5
ARPT4
ARPT3
ARPT2
ARPT1
ARPT0
PMD1
PSPMD
CTMUMD
RTCCMD
TMR4MD
TMR3MD
TMR2MD
TMR1MD
EMBDM
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal for 80-pin devices.
Note 1: Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
TABLE 18-6:
File Name
RTCC VALUE REGISTERS
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
RTCVALH
RTCC Value High Register Window Based on RTCPTR<1:0>
RTCVALL
RTCC Value Low Register Window Based on RTCPTR<1:0>
TABLE 18-7:
File Name
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
ALARM VALUE REGISTERS
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
ALRMVALH Alarm Value High Register Window Based on ALRMPTR<1:0>
ALRMVALL Alarm Value Low Register Window Based on ALRMPTR<1:0>
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 243
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39960C-page 244
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
19.0
CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM
(CCP) MODULES
PIC18F87K22 family devices have seven CCP
(Capture/Compare/PWM) modules, designated CCP4
through CCP10. All the modules implement standard
Capture, Compare and Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM)
modes.
Note:
Each CCP module contains a 16-bit register that can
operate as a 16-bit Capture register, a 16-bit Compare
register or a PWM Master/Slave Duty Cycle register.
For the sake of clarity, all CCP module operation in the
following sections is described with respect to CCP4,
but is equally applicable to CCP5 through CCP10.
Note:
Throughout this section, generic references
are used for register and bit names that are
the same, except for an ‘x’ variable that
indicates the item’s association with the
specific CCP module. For example, the
control register is named CCPxCON and
refers to CCP4CON through CCP10CON.
REGISTER 19-1:
R/W-0
CCPxCON: CCPx CONTROL REGISTER (CCP4-CCP10 MODULES)(1)
R/W-0
PxM1
The CCP9 and CCP10 modules are
disabled on the devices with 32 Kbytes of
program memory (PIC18FX5K22).
R/W-0
PxM0
DCxB1
R/W-0
DCxB0
R/W-0
CCPxM3
(2)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CCPxM2(2)
CCPxM1(2)
CCPxM0(2)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
PxM<1:0>: PWM Output Configuration bits
If CCPxM<3:2> = 00, 01, 10:
xx = PxA is assigned as a capture/compare input/output; PxB, PxC and PxD are assigned as port pins
If CCPxM<3:2> = 11:
00 = Single output: PxA, PxB, PxC and PxD are controlled by steering
01 = Full-bridge output forward: PxD is modulated; PxA is active; PxB, PxC are inactive
10 = Half-bridge output: PxA, PxB are modulated with dead-band control; PxC and PxD are assigned
as port pins
11 = Full-bridge output reverse: PxB is modulated; PxC is active; PxA and PxD are inactive
bit 5-4
DCxB<1:0>: PWM Duty Cycle bit 1 and bit 0 for CCPx Module
Capture mode:
Unused.
Compare mode:
Unused.
PWM mode:
These bits are the two Least Significant bits (bit 1 and bit 0) of the 10-bit PWM duty cycle. The eight
Most Significant bits (DCx<9:2>) of the duty cycle are found in CCPRxL.
Note 1:
2:
The CCP9 and CCP10 modules are not available on the devices with 32 Kbytes of program memory
(PIC18FX5K22).
CCPxM<3:0> = 1011 will only reset the timer and not start A/D conversion on CCPx match.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 245
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 19-1:
CCPxCON: CCPx CONTROL REGISTER (CCP4-CCP10 MODULES)(1)
CCPxM<3:0>: CCPx Module Mode Select bits(2)
0000 = Capture/Compare/PWM disabled (resets CCPx module)
0001 = Reserved
0010 = Compare mode, toggle output on match (CCPxIF bit is set)
0011 = Reserved
0100 = Capture mode: every falling edge
0101 = Capture mode: every rising edge
0110 = Capture mode: every 4th rising edge
0111 = Capture mode: every 16th rising edge
1000 = Compare mode: initialize CCPx pin low; on compare match, force CCPx pin high (CCPxIF bit is set)
1001 = Compare mode: initialize CCPx pin high; on compare match, force CCPx pin low (CCPxIF bit is set)
1010 = Compare mode: generate software interrupt on compare match (CCPxIF bit is set, CCPx pin
reflects I/O state)
1011 = Compare mode: Special Event Trigger; reset timer on CCPx match (CCPxIF bit is set)
11xx = PWM mode
bit 3-0
Note 1:
2:
The CCP9 and CCP10 modules are not available on the devices with 32 Kbytes of program memory
(PIC18FX5K22).
CCPxM<3:0> = 1011 will only reset the timer and not start A/D conversion on CCPx match.
REGISTER 19-2:
CCPTMRS1: CCP TIMER SELECT REGISTER 1
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
C7TSEL1
C7TSEL0
—
C6TSEL0
—
C5TSEL0
C4TSEL1
C4TSEL0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6
C7TSEL<1:0>: CCP7 Timer Selection bits
00 = CCP7 is based off of TMR1/TMR2
01 = CCP7 is based off of TMR5/TMR4
10 = CCP7 is based off of TMR5/TMR6
11 = CCP7 is based off of TMR5/TMR8
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
C6TSEL0: CCP6 Timer Selection bit
0 = CCP6 is based off of TMR1/TMR2
1 = CCP6 is based off of TMR5/TMR2
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2
C5TSEL0: CCP5 Timer Selection bit
0 = CCP5 is based off of TMR1/TMR2
1 = CCP5 is based off of TMR5/TMR4
bit 1-0
C4TSEL<1:0>: CCP4 Timer Selection bits
00 = CCP4 is based off of TMR1/TMR2
01 = CCP4 is based off of TMR3/TMR4
10 = CCP4 is based off of TMR3/TMR6
11 = Reserved; do not use
DS39960C-page 246
x = Bit is unknown
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 19-3:
CCPTMRS2: CCP TIMER SELECT REGISTER 2
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
C10TSEL0(1)
—
C9TSEL0(1)
C8TSEL1
C8TSEL0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
C10TSEL0: CCP10 Timer Selection bit(1)
0 = CCP10 is based off of TMR1/TMR2
1 = CCP10 is based off of TMR7/TMR2
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2
C9TSEL0: CCP9 Timer Selection bit(1)
0 = CCP9 is based off of TMR1/TMR2
1 = CCP9 is based off of TMR7/TMR4
bit 1-0
C8TSEL<1:0>: CCP8 Timer Selection bits
On Non 32-Byte Device Variants:
00 = CCP8 is based off of TMR1/TMR2
01 = CCP8 is based off of TMR7/TMR4
10 = CCP8 is based off of TMR7/TMR6
11 = Reserved; do not use
On 32-Byte Device Variants (PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22):
00 = CCP8 is based off of TMR1/TMR2
01 = CCP8 is based off of TMR1/TMR4
10 = CCP8 is based off of TMR1/TMR6
11 = Reserved; do not use
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
Bit is unimplemented and reads as ‘0’ on the devices with 32 Kbytes of program memory (PIC18FX5K22).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 247
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 19-4:
CCPRxL: CCPx PERIOD LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
CCPRxL7
CCPRxL6
CCPRxL5
CCPRxL4
CCPRxL3
CCPRxL2
CCPRxL1
CCPRxL0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
x = Bit is unknown
CCPRxL<7:0>: CCPx Period Register Low Byte bits
Capture Mode: Capture Register Low Byte
Compare Mode: Compare Register Low Byte
PWM Mode: Duty Cycle Register
REGISTER 19-5:
CCPRxH: CCPx PERIOD HIGH BYTE REGISTER
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
CCPRxH7
CCPRxH6
CCPRxH5
CCPRxH4
CCPRxH3
CCPRxH2
CCPRxH1
CCPRxH0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
x = Bit is unknown
CCPRxH<7:0>: CCPx Period Register High Byte bits
Capture Mode: Capture Register High Byte
Compare Mode: Compare Register High Byte
PWM Mode: Duty Cycle Buffer Register
DS39960C-page 248
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
19.1
TABLE 19-1:
CCP Module Configuration
Each Capture/Compare/PWM module is associated
with a control register (generically, CCPxCON) and a
data register (CCPRx). The data register, in turn, is
comprised of two 8-bit registers: CCPRxL (low byte)
and CCPRxH (high byte). All registers are both
readable and writable.
19.1.1
CCP MODULES AND TIMER
RESOURCES
The CCP modules utilize Timers, 1 through 8, that vary
with the selected mode. Various timers are available to
the CCP modules in Capture, Compare or PWM
modes, as shown in Table 19-1.
CCP MODE – TIMER
RESOURCE
CCP Mode
Timer Resource
Capture
Timer1, Timer3, Timer 5 or Timer7
Compare
PWM
Timer2, Timer4, Timer 6 or Timer8
The assignment of a particular timer to a module is
determined by the Timer to CCP enable bits in the
CCPTMRSx registers. (See Register 19-2 and
Register 19-3.) All of the modules may be active at
once and may share the same timer resource if they
are configured to operate in the same mode
(Capture/Compare or PWM) at the same time.
The CCPTMRS1 register selects the timers for CCP
modules, 7, 6, 5 and 4, and the CCPTMRS2 register
selects the timers for CCP modules, 10, 9 and 8. The
possible configurations are shown in Table 19-2 and
Table 19-3.
TABLE 19-2:
TIMER ASSIGNMENTS FOR CCP MODULES 4, 5, 6 AND 7
CCPTMRS1 Register
CCP4
CCP5
CCP6
CCP7
Capture/
Capture/
Capture/
PWM
PWM
C4TSEL
C6TSEL0 Compare
C5TSEL0 Compare
Compare
Mode
Mode
<1:0>
Mode
Mode
Mode
Capture/
PWM
PWM C7TSEL
Compare
Mode
Mode <1:0>
Mode
0 0
TMR1
TMR2
0
TMR1
TMR2
0
TMR1
TMR2
0 0
TMR1
TMR2
0 1
TMR3
TMR4
1
TMR5
TMR4
1
TMR5
TMR2
0 1
TMR5
TMR4
1 0
TMR3
TMR6
1 0
TMR5
TMR6
1 1
TMR5
TMR8
1 1
Note 1:
Reserved(1)
Do not use the reserved bits.
TABLE 19-3:
TIMER ASSIGNMENTS FOR CCP MODULES 8, 9 AND 10
CCPTMRS2 Register
CCP8
Devices with 32 Kbytes
CCP8
CCP9(1)
CCP10(1)
Capture/
Capture/
Capture/
Capture/
C8TSEL
PWM C8TSEL
PWM
PWM
PWM
Compare
Compare
C9TSEL0 Compare
C10TSEL0 Compare
<1:0>
Mode <1:0>
Mode
Mode
Mode
Mode
Mode
Mode
Mode
0 0
TMR1
TMR2
0 0
TMR1
TMR2
0
TMR1
TMR2
0
TMR1
TMR2
0 1
TMR7
TMR4
0 1
TMR1
TMR4
1
TMR7
TMR4
1
TMR7
TMR2
1 0
TMR7
TMR6
1 0
TMR1
TMR6
1 1
Note 1:
2:
Reserved(2)
1 1
Reserved(2)
Module is not available for devices with 32 Kbytes of program memory (PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22).
Do not use the reserved setting.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 249
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
19.1.2
OPEN-DRAIN OUTPUT OPTION
When operating in Output mode (the Compare or PWM
modes), the drivers for the CCPx pins can be optionally
configured as open-drain outputs. This feature allows
the voltage level on the pin to be pulled to a higher level
through an external pull-up resistor and allows the
output to communicate with external circuits without the
need for additional level shifters.
The open-drain output option is controlled by the
CCPxOD bits (ODCON2<7:0>). Setting the appropriate bit configures the pin for the corresponding module
for open-drain operation.
19.1.3
PIN ASSIGNMENT FOR CCP6,
CCP7, CCP8 AND CCP9
The pin assignment for CCP6/7/8/9 (Capture input,
Compare and PWM output) can change, based on the
device configuration.
The ECCPMX Configuration bit (CONFIG3H<1>)
determines the pin to which CCP6/7/8/9 is multiplexed.
The pin assignments for these CCP modules are given
in Table 19-4.
TABLE 19-4:
ECCPMX
Value
CCP PIN ASSIGNMENT
19.2
In Capture mode, the CCPR4H:CCPR4L register pair
captures the 16-bit value of the Timer register selected
in the CCPTMRS1 when an event occurs on the CCP4
pin. An event is defined as one of the following:
•
•
•
•
Every falling edge
Every rising edge
Every 4th rising edge
Every 16th rising edge
The event is selected by the mode select bits,
CCP4M<3:0> (CCP4CON<3:0>). When a capture is
made, the interrupt request flag bit, CCP4IF (PIR4<1>),
is set. (It must be cleared in software.) If another
capture occurs before the value in CCPR4 is read, the
old captured value is overwritten by the new captured
value.
Figure 19-1 shows the Capture mode block diagram.
19.2.1
Note:
CCP7
CCP8
CC9
1
(Default)
RE6
RE5
RE4
RE3
0
RH7
RH6
RH5
RH4
CCP PIN CONFIGURATION
In Capture mode, the appropriate CCPx pin should be
configured as an input by setting the corresponding
TRIS direction bit.
Pin Mapped To
CCP6
Capture Mode
19.2.2
If RC1 or RE7 is configured as a CCP4
output, a write to the port causes a
capture condition.
TIMER1/3/5/7 MODE SELECTION
For the available timers (1/3/5/7) to be used for the
capture feature, the used timers must be running in Timer
mode or Synchronized Counter mode. In Asynchronous
Counter mode, the capture operation may not work.
The timer to be used with each CCP module is selected
in the CCPTMRSx registers. (See Section 19.1.1 “CCP
Modules and Timer Resources”.)
Details of the timer assignments for the CCP modules
are given in Table 19-2 and Table 19-3.
DS39960C-page 250
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 19-1:
CAPTURE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM
TMR5H
Set CCP5IF
C5TSEL0
CCP5 Pin
Prescaler
 1, 4, 16
and
Edge Detect
CCP5CON<3:0>
Q1:Q4
CCP4CON<3:0>
4
4
CCPR5L
TMR1
Enable
TMR1H
TMR1L
TMR3H
TMR3L
Set CCP4IF
4
C4TSEL1
C4TSEL0
TMR3
Enable
CCP4 Pin
Prescaler
 1, 4, 16
TMR5
Enable
CCPR5H
C5TSEL0
TMR5L
and
Edge Detect
CCPR4H
CCPR4L
TMR1
Enable
C4TSEL0
C4TSEL1
Note:
19.2.3
TMR1L
This block diagram uses CCP4 and CCP5, and their appropriate timers as an example. For details on all of
the CCP modules and their timer assignments, see Table 19-2 and Table 19-3.
SOFTWARE INTERRUPT
When the Capture mode is changed, a false capture
interrupt may be generated. The user should keep the
CCP4IE bit (PIE4<1>) clear to avoid false interrupts
and should clear the flag bit, CCP4IF, following any
such change in operating mode.
19.2.4
TMR1H
CCP PRESCALER
There are four prescaler settings in Capture mode.
They are specified as part of the operating mode
selected by the mode select bits (CCP4M<3:0>).
Whenever the CCP module is turned off, or the CCP
module is not in Capture mode, the prescaler counter
is cleared. This means that any Reset will clear the
prescaler counter.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Switching from one capture prescaler to another may
generate an interrupt. Doing that will also not clear the
prescaler counter – meaning the first capture may be
from a non-zero prescaler.
Example 19-1 shows the recommended method for
switching between capture prescalers. This example
also clears the prescaler counter and will not generate
the “false” interrupt.
EXAMPLE 19-1:
CHANGING BETWEEN
CAPTURE PRESCALERS
CLRFCCP4CON
; Turn CCP module off
MOVLWNEW_CAPT_PS; Load WREG with the
; new prescaler mode
; value and CCP ON
MOVWFCCP4CON
; Load CCP4CON with
; this value
DS39960C-page 251
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
19.3
Compare Mode
19.3.3
SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE
In Compare mode, the 16-bit CCPR4 register value is
constantly compared against the Timer register pair
value selected in the CCPTMR1 register. When a
match occurs, the CCP4 pin can be:
When the Generate Software Interrupt mode is chosen
(CCP4M<3:0> = 1010), the CCP4 pin is not affected.
Only a CCP interrupt is generated, if enabled, and the
CCP4IE bit is set.
•
•
•
•
19.3.4
Driven high
Driven low
Toggled (high-to-low or low-to-high)
Unchanged (that is, reflecting the state of the I/O
latch)
The action on the pin is based on the value of the mode
select bits (CCP4M<3:0>). At the same time, the
interrupt flag bit, CCP4IF, is set.
Figure 19-2 gives the Compare mode block diagram
19.3.1
CCP PIN CONFIGURATION
The user must configure the CCPx pin as an output by
clearing the appropriate TRIS bit.
Note:
19.3.2
Clearing the CCP4CON register will force
the RC1 or RE7 compare output latch
(depending on device configuration) to the
default low level. This is not the PORTC or
PORTE I/O data latch.
SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER
Both CCP modules are equipped with a Special Event
Trigger. This is an internal hardware signal generated
in Compare mode to trigger actions by other modules.
The Special Event Trigger is enabled by selecting
the Compare Special Event Trigger mode
(CCP4M<3:0> = 1011).
For either CCP module, the Special Event Trigger resets
the Timer register pair for whichever timer resource is
currently assigned as the module’s time base. This
allows the CCPRx registers to serve as a programmable
period register for either timer.
The Special Event Trigger for CCP4 cannot start an
A/D conversion.
Note:
The Special Event Trigger of ECCP2 can start
an A/D conversion, but the A/D Converter
must be enabled. For more information, see
Section 19.0
“Capture/Compare/PWM
(CCP) Modules”.
TIMER1/3/5/7 MODE SELECTION
If the CCP module is using the compare feature in
conjunction with any of the Timer1/3/5/7 timers, the
timers must be running in Timer mode or Synchronized
Counter mode. In Asynchronous Counter mode, the
compare operation may not work.
Note:
Details of the timer assignments for the
CCP modules are given in Table 19-2 and
Table 19-3.
DS39960C-page 252
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 19-2:
COMPARE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM
CCPR5H
Set CCP5IF
CCPR5L
Special Event Trigger
(Timer1/5 Reset)
CCP5 Pin
S
Output
Logic
Compare
Match
Comparator
Q
R
TRIS
Output Enable
4
CCP5CON<3:0>
TMR1H
TMR1L
0
TMR5H
TMR5L
1
C5TSEL0
0
TMR1H
TMR1L
1
TMR5H
TMR5L
Special Event Trigger
(Timer1/Timer3 Reset, A/D Trigger)
C4TSEL1
C4TSEL0
Set CCP4IF
Comparator
CCPR4H
Compare
Match
CCP4 Pin
Output
Logic
S
Q
R
TRIS
Output Enable
4
CCPR4L
CCP4CON<3:0>
Note:
TABLE 19-5:
Name
This block diagram uses CCP4 and CCP5 and their appropriate timers as an example. For details on all of
the CCP modules and their timer assignments, see Table 19-2 and Table 19-3.
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CAPTURE, COMPARE, TIMER1/3/5/7
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
IPEN
SBOREN
CM
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
PIR4
CCP10IF(1)
CCP9IF(1)
CCP8IF
CCP7IF
CCP6IF
CCP5IF
CCP4IF
CCP3IF
PIE4
CCP10IE(1)
CCP9IE(1)
CCP8IE
CCP7IE
CCP6IE
CCP5IE
CCP4IE
CCP3IE
IPR4
CCP10IP(1)
CCP9IP(1)
CCP8IP
CCP7IP
CCP6IP
CCP5IP
CCP4IP
CCP3IP
TRISB
TRISB7
TRISB6
TRISB5
TRISB4
TRISB3
TRISB2
TRISB1
TRISB0
TRISC
TRISC7
TRISC6
TRISC5
TRISC4
TRISC3
TRISC2
TRISC1
TRISC0
TRISE
TRISE7
TRISE6
TRISE5
TRISE4
TRISE3
TRISE2
TRISE1
TRISE0
TRISH7
TRISH6
TRISH5
TRISH4
TRISH3
TRISH2
TRISH1
TRISH0
INTCON
RCON
TRISH(2)
TMR1L
Timer1 Register Low Byte
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Capture/Compare or Timer1/3/5/7.
Note 1: Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22).
2: Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 253
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 19-5:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CAPTURE, COMPARE, TIMER1/3/5/7 (CONTINUED)
Name
TMR1H
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Timer1 Register High Byte
TMR3L
Timer3 Register Low Byte
TMR3H
Timer3 Register High Byte
TMR5L
Timer5 Register Low Byte
TMR5H
Timer5 Register High Byte
TMR7L(1)
Timer7 Register Low Byte
TMR7H(1)
Timer7 Register High Byte
T1CON
TMR1CS1
TMR1CS0 T1CKPS1
T1CKPS0
SOSCEN
T1SYNC
RD16
TMR1ON
T3CON
TMR3CS1
TMR3CS0 T3CKPS1
T3CKPS0
SOSCEN
T3SYNC
RD16
TMR3ON
T5CON
TMR5CS1
TMR5CS0 T5CKPS1
T5CKPS0
SOSCEN
T5SYNC
RD16
TMR5ON
T7CON(1)
TMR7CS1
TMR7CS0 T7CKPS1
T7CKPS0
SOSCEN
T7SYNC
RD16
TMR7ON
CCPR4L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 4 Low Byte
CCPR4H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 4 High Byte
CCPR5L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 5 Low Byte
CCPR5H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 5 High Byte
CCPR6L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 6 Low Byte
CCPR6H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 6 High Byte
CCPR7L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 7 Low Byte
CCPR7H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 7 High Byte
CCPR8L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 8 Low Byte
CCPR8H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 8 High Byte
(1)
CCPR9L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 9 Low Byte
CCPR9H(1)
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 9 High Byte
CCPR10L(1)
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 10 Low Byte
CCPR10H(1)
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 10 High Byte
CCP4CON
—
—
DC4B1
DC4B0
CCP4M3
CCP4M2
CCP4M1
CCP4M0
CCP5CON
—
—
DC5B1
DC5B0
CCP5M3
CCP5M2
CCP5M1
CCP5M0
CCP6CON
—
—
DC6B1
DC6B0
CCP6M3
CCP6M2
CCP6M1
CCP6M0
CCP7CON
—
—
DC7B1
DC7B0
CCP7M3
CCP7M2
CCP7M1
CCP7M0
CCP8CON
—
—
DC8B1
DC8B0
CCP8M3
CCP8M2
CCP8M1
CCP8M0
CCP9CON(1)
—
—
DC9B1
DC9B0
CCP9M3
CCP9M2
CCP9M1
CCP9M0
—
—
DC10B1
DC10B0
CCP10M3 CCP10M2 CCP10M1
CCP10M0
C7TSEL1
C7TSEL0
—
C6TSEL0
—
CCP10CON(1)
CCPTMRS1
—
CCPTMRS2
PMD3
—
CCP10MD(1) CCP9MD(1) CCP8MD
—
C5TSEL0
C4TSEL1
C4TSEL0
C10TSEL0(1)
—
C9TSEL0(1)
C8TSEL1
C8TSEL0
CCP7MD
CCP6MD
CCP5MD
CCP4MD TMR12MD(1)
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Capture/Compare or Timer1/3/5/7.
Note 1: Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22).
2: Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
DS39960C-page 254
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
19.4
PWM Mode
In Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) mode, the CCP4 pin
produces up to a 10-bit resolution PWM output. Since
the CCP4 pin is multiplexed with a PORTC or PORTE
data latch, the appropriate TRIS bit must be cleared to
make the CCP4 pin an output.
A PWM output (Figure 19-4) has a time base (period)
and a time that the output stays high (duty cycle). The
frequency of the PWM is the inverse of the period
(1/period).
FIGURE 19-4:
Period
Clearing the CCP4CON register will force
the RC1 or RE7 output latch (depending
on device configuration) to the default low
level. This is not the PORTC or PORTE
I/O data latch.
Note:
PWM OUTPUT
Duty Cycle
TMR2 = PR2
Figure 19-3 shows a simplified block diagram of the
ECCP1 module in PWM mode.
For a step-by-step procedure on how to set up the CCP
module for PWM operation, see Section 19.4.3
“Setup for PWM Operation”.
FIGURE 19-3:
SIMPLIFIED PWM BLOCK
DIAGRAM
Duty Cycle Registers
TMR2 = Duty Cycle
TMR2 = PR2
19.4.1
PWM PERIOD
The PWM period is specified by writing to the PR2
register. The PWM period can be calculated using the
following formula:
CCP4CON<5:4>
EQUATION 19-1:
CCPR4L
PWM Period = [(PR2) + 1] • 4 • TOSC •
(TMR2 Prescale Value)
PWM frequency is defined as 1/[PWM period].
CCPR4H (Slave)
R
Comparator
When TMR2 is equal to PR2, the following three events
occur on the next increment cycle:
Q
RC2/ECCP1
TMR2
Comparator
PR2
(Note 1)
S
TRISC<2>
Clear Timer,
ECCP1 Pin and
Latch D.C.
• TMR2 is cleared
• The CCP4 pin is set
(An exception: If PWM duty cycle = 0%, the CCP4
pin will not be set)
• The PWM duty cycle is latched from CCPR4L into
CCPR4H
Note:
Note 1: The 8-bit TMR2 value is concatenated with the 2-bit
internal Q clock, or 2 bits of the prescaler, to create
the 10-bit time base.
2:
CCP4 and its appropriate timers are used as an
example. For details on all of the CCP modules and
their timer assignments, see Table 19-2 and
Table 19-3.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
The
Timer2
postscalers
(see
Section 15.0 “Timer2 Module”) are not
used in the determination of the PWM frequency. The postscaler could be used to
have a servo update rate at a different frequency than the PWM output.
DS39960C-page 255
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
19.4.2
PWM DUTY CYCLE
The CCPR4H register and a two-bit internal latch are
used to double-buffer the PWM duty cycle. This
double-buffering is essential for glitchless PWM
operation.
The PWM duty cycle is specified, to use CCP4 as an
example, by writing to the CCPR4L register and to the
CCP4CON<5:4> bits. Up to 10-bit resolution is available. The CCPR4L contains the eight MSbs and the
CCP4CON<5:4> contains the two LSbs. This 10-bit
value is represented by CCPR4L:CCP4CON<5:4>.
The following equation is used to calculate the PWM
duty cycle in time:
When the CCPR4H and two-bit latch match TMR2,
concatenated with an internal two-bit Q clock or two
bits of the TMR2 prescaler, the CCP4 pin is cleared.
The maximum PWM resolution (bits) for a given PWM
frequency is given by the equation:
EQUATION 19-2:
EQUATION 19-3:
PWM Duty Cycle = (CCPR4L:CCP4CON<5:4>) •
TOSC • (TMR2 Prescale Value)
F OSC
log  ---------------
 F PWM
PWM Resolution (max) = -----------------------------bits
log  2 
CCPR4L and CCP4CON<5:4> can be written to at any
time, but the duty cycle value is not latched into
CCPR4H until after a match between PR2 and TMR2
occurs (that is, the period is complete). In PWM mode,
CCPR4H is a read-only register.
TABLE 19-6:
EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS AT 40 MHz
PWM Frequency
2.44 kHz
Timer Prescaler (1, 4, 16)
PR2 Value
9.77 kHz
39.06 kHz
2.
4
1
1
1
1
FFh
3Fh
1Fh
17h
10
10
10
8
7
6.58
3.
4.
Set the PWM period by writing to the PR2
register.
Set the PWM duty cycle by writing to the
CCPR4L register and CCP4CON<5:4> bits.
5.
Make the CCP4 pin an output by clearing the
appropriate TRIS bit.
Set the TMR2 prescale value, then enable
Timer2 by writing to T2CON.
Configure the CCP4 module for PWM operation.
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PWM AND TIMERS
Name
INTCON
416.67 kHz
FFh
SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION
TABLE 19-7:
312.50 kHz
16
To configure the CCP module for PWM operation,
using CCP4 as an example:
1.
156.25 kHz
FFh
Maximum Resolution (bits)
19.4.3
If the PWM duty cycle value is longer than
the PWM period, the CCP4 pin will not be
cleared.
Note:
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
IPEN
SBOREN
CM
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
PIR4
CCP10IF(1)
CCP9IF(1)
CCP8IF
CCP7IF
CCP6IF
CCP5IF
CCP4IF
CCP3IF
PIE4
CCP10IE(1)
CCP9IE(1)
CCP8IE
CCP7IE
CCP6IE
CCP5IE
CCP4IE
CCP3IE
IPR4
(1)
CCP9IP(1)
CCP8IP
CCP7IP
CCP6IP
CCP5IP
CCP4IP
CCP3IP
RCON
CCP10IP
TRISB
TRISB7
TRISB6
TRISB5
TRISB4
TRISB3
TRISB2
TRISB1
TRISB0
TRISC
TRISC7
TRISC6
TRISC5
TRISC4
TRISC3
TRISC2
TRISC1
TRISC0
TRISE
TRISE7
TRISE6
TRISE5
TRISE4
TRISE3
TRISE2
TRISE1
TRISE0
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PWM or Timer2/4/6/8.
Note 1: Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22).
2: Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
DS39960C-page 256
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 19-7:
Name
(2)
TRISH
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PWM AND TIMERS (CONTINUED)
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
TRISH7
TRISH6
TRISH5
TRISH4
TRISH3
TRISH2
TRISH1
TRISH0
TMR2
Timer2 Register
TMR4
Timer4 Register
TMR6
Timer6 Register
TMR8
Timer8 Register
PR2
Timer2 Period Register
PR4
Timer4 Period Register
PR6
Timer6 Period Register
PR8
Timer8 Period Register
T2CON
—
T2OUTPS3 T2OUTPS2 T2OUTPS1 T2OUTPS0
TMR2ON
T2CKPS1
T2CKPS0
T4CON
—
T4OUTPS3 T4OUTPS2 T4OUTPS1 T4OUTPS0
TMR4ON
T4CKPS1
T4CKPS0
T6CON
—
T6OUTPS3 T6OUTPS2 T6OUTPS1 T6OUTPS0
TMR6ON
T6CKPS1
T6CKPS0
—
T8OUTPS3 T8OUTPS2 T8OUTPS1 T8OUTPS0
TMR8ON
T8CKPS1
T8CKPS0
T8CON
CCPR4L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 4 Low Byte
CCPR4H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 4 High Byte
CCPR5L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 5 Low Byte
CCPR5H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 5 High Byte
CCPR6L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 6 Low Byte
CCPR6H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 6 High Byte
CCPR7L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 7 Low Byte
CCPR7H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 7 High Byte
CCPR8L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 8 Low Byte
CCPR8H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 8 High Byte
CCPR9L(1)
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 9 Low Byte
CCPR9H(1)
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 9 High Byte
CCPR10L(1)
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 10 Low Byte
CCPR10H(1)
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 10 High Byte
CCP4CON
—
—
DC4B1
DC4B0
CCP4M3
CCP4M2
CCP4M1
CCP4M0
CCP5CON
—
—
DC5B1
DC5B0
CCP5M3
CCP5M2
CCP5M1
CCP5M0
CCP6CON
—
—
DC6B1
DC6B0
CCP6M3
CCP6M2
CCP6M1
CCP6M0
CCP7CON
—
—
DC7B1
DC7B0
CCP7M3
CCP7M2
CCP7M1
CCP7M0
CCP8CON
—
—
DC8B1
DC8B0
CCP8M3
CCP8M2
CCP8M1
CCP8M0
CCP9CON(1)
—
—
DC9B1
DC9B0
CCP9M3
CCP9M2
CCP9M1
CCP9M0
CCP10CON(1)
—
—
DC10B1
DC10B0
CCP10M3
CCP10M2
CCP10M1
CCP10M0
CCPTMRS1
C7TSEL1
C7TSEL0
—
C6TSEL0
—
C5TSEL0
C4TSEL1
C4TSEL0
CCPTMRS2
—
—
—
C10TSEL0(1)
—
C9TSEL0(1) C8TSEL1
C8TSEL0
CCP8MD
CCP7MD
CCP6MD
PMD3
CCP10MD(1)
(1)
CCP9MD
CCP5MD
CCP4MD TMR12MD(1)
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PWM or Timer2/4/6/8.
Note 1: Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22).
2: Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 257
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39960C-page 258
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
20.0
ENHANCED
CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM
(ECCP) MODULE
PIC18F87K22 family devices have three Enhanced
Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP) modules: ECCP1,
ECCP2 and ECCP3. These modules contain a 16-bit
register, which can operate as a 16-bit Capture register,
a 16-bit Compare register or a PWM Master/Slave Duty
Cycle register. These ECCP modules are upward
compatible with CCP
Note:
Throughout this section, generic references
are used for register and bit names that are
the same, except for an ‘x’ variable that indicates the item’s association with the
ECCP1, ECCP2 or ECCP3 module. For
example, the control register is named
CCPxCON and refers to CCP1CON,
CCP2CON and CCP3CON.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
ECCP1, ECCP2 and ECCP3 are implemented as standard CCP modules with enhanced PWM capabilities.
These include:
•
•
•
•
•
Provision for two or four output channels
Output Steering modes
Programmable polarity
Programmable dead-band control
Automatic shutdown and restart
The enhanced features are discussed in detail in
Section 20.4 “PWM (Enhanced Mode)”.
The ECCP1, ECCP2 and ECCP3 modules use the
control registers CCP1CON, CCP2CON and
CCP3CON. The control registers, CCP4CON through
CCP10CON, are for the modules, CCP4 through
CCP10.
DS39960C-page 259
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 20-1:
CCPxCON: ENHANCED CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM x CONTROL
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
PxM1
PxM0
DCxB1
DCxB0
CCPxM3
CCPxM2
CCPxM1
CCPxM0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
PxM<1:0>: Enhanced PWM Output Configuration bits
If CCPxM<3:2> = 00, 01, 10:
xx = PxA assigned as capture/compare input/output; PxB, PxC and PxD assigned as port pins
If CCPxM<3:2> = 11:
00 = Single output: PxA, PxB, PxC and PxD are controlled by steering (see Section 20.4.7 “Pulse
Steering Mode”)
01 = Full-bridge output forward: PxD is modulated; PxA is active; PxB, PxC is inactive
10 = Half-bridge output: PxA, PxB are modulated with dead-band control; PxC and PxD are
assigned as port pins
11 = Full-bridge output reverse: PxB is modulated; PxC is active; PxA and PxD are inactive
bit 5-4
DCxB<1:0>: PWM Duty Cycle bit 1 and bit 0
Capture mode:
Unused.
Compare mode:
Unused.
PWM mode:
These bits are the two LSbs of the 10-bit PWM duty cycle. The eight MSbs of the duty cycle are found
in CCPRxL.
bit 3-0
CCPxM<3:0>: ECCPx Mode Select bits
0000 = Capture/Compare/PWM off (resets ECCPx module)
0001 = Reserved
0010 = Compare mode: toggle output on match
0011 = Capture mode
0100 = Capture mode: every falling edge
0101 = Capture mode: every rising edge
0110 = Capture mode: every fourth rising edge
0111 = Capture mode: every 16th rising edge
1000 = Compare mode: initialize ECCPx pin low, set output on compare match (set CCPxIF)
1001 = Compare mode: initialize ECCPx pin high, clear output on compare match (set CCPxIF)
1010 = Compare mode: generate software interrupt only, ECCPx pin reverts to I/O state
1011 = Compare mode: trigger special event (ECCPx resets TMR1 or TMR3, starts A/D conversion,
sets CCPxIF bit)
1100 = PWM mode: PxA and PxC are active-high; PxB and PxD are active-high
1101 = PWM mode: PxA and PxC are active-high; PxB and PxD are active-low
1110 = PWM mode: PxA and PxC are active-low; PxB and PxD are active-high
1111 = PWM mode: PxA and PxC are active-low; PxB and PxD are active-low
DS39960C-page 260
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 20-2:
CCPTMRS0: CCP TIMER SELECT 0 REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
C3TSEL1
C3TSEL0
C2TSEL2
C2TSEL1
C2TSEL0
C1TSEL2
C1TSEL1
C1TSEL0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
C3TSEL<1:0>: ECCP3 Timer Selection bit
00 = ECCP3 is based off of TMR1/TMR2
01 = ECCP3 is based off of TMR3/TMR4
10 = ECCP3 is based off of TMR3/TMR6
11 = ECCP3 is based off of TMR3/TMR8
bit 5-3
C2TSEL<2:0>: ECCP2 Timer Selection bit
000 = ECCP2 is based off of TMR1/TMR2
001 = ECCP2 is based off of TMR3/TMR4
010 = ECCP2 is based off of TMR3/TMR6
011 = ECCP2 is based off of TMR3/TMR8
100 = ECCP2 is based off of TMR3/TMR10: option reserved on the 32-Kbyte device variant; do not use
101 = Reserved; do not use
110 = Reserved; do not use
111 = Reserved; do not use
bit 2-0
C1TSEL<2:0>: ECCP1 Timer Selection bit
000 = ECCP1 is based off of TMR1/TMR2
001 = ECCP1 is based off of TMR3/TMR4
010 = ECCP1 is based off of TMR3/TMR6
011 = ECCP1 is based off of TMR3/TMR8
100 = ECCP1 is based off of TMR3/TMR10: option reserved on the 32-Kbyte device variant; do not use
101 = ECCP1 is based off of TMR3/TMR12: option reserved on the 32-Kbyte device variant; do not use
110 = Reserved; do not use
111 = Reserved; do not use
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 261
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
In addition to the expanded range of modes available
through the CCPxCON and ECCPxAS registers, the
ECCP modules have two additional registers associated
with Enhanced PWM operation and auto-shutdown
features. They are:
• ECCPxDEL – Enhanced PWM Control
• PSTRxCON – Pulse Steering Control
20.1
ECCP Outputs and Configuration
The Enhanced CCP module may have up to four PWM
outputs, depending on the selected operating mode.
The CCPxCON register is modified to allow control
over four PWM outputs: ECCPx/PxA, PxB, PxC and
PxD. Applications can use one, two or four of these
outputs.
The outputs that are active depend on the ECCP
operating mode selected. The pin assignments are
summarized in Table 20-3.
To configure the I/O pins as PWM outputs, the proper
PWM mode must be selected by setting the PxM<1:0>
and CCPxM<3:0> bits. The appropriate TRIS direction
bits for the port pins must also be set as outputs.
20.1.1
ECCP MODULE AND TIMER
RESOURCES
The ECCP modules use Timers, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 or 12,
depending on the mode selected. These timers are
available to CCP modules in Capture, Compare or PWM
modes, as shown in Table 20-1.
TABLE 20-1:
ECCP MODE – TIMER
RESOURCE
ECCP Mode
Timer Resource
Capture
Timer1 or Timer3
Compare
Timer1 or Timer3
PWM
Timer2, Timer4, Timer6, Timer8,
Timer10 or Timer12
DS39960C-page 262
The assignment of a particular timer to a module is
determined by the Timer to ECCP enable bits in the
CCPTMRSx register (Register 20-2). The interactions
between the two modules are depicted in Figure 20-1.
Capture operations are designed to be used when the
timer is configured for Synchronous Counter mode.
Capture operations may not work as expected if the
associated timer is configured for Asynchronous Counter
mode.
20.1.2
ECCP PIN ASSIGNMENT
The pin assignment for ECCPx (Capture input, Compare and PWM output) can change, based on device
configuration. The ECCPMX (CONFIG3H<1>) Configuration bit determines to which pin ECCP1 and ECCP3
are multiplexed.
• Default/ECCPMX = 1:
- ECCP1 (P1B/P1C) multiplexed onto RE6 and
RE5
- ECCP3 (P3B/P3C) multiplexed onto RE4 and
RE3
• ECCPMX = 0:
- ECCP1 (P1B/P1C) multiplexed onto RH7
and RH6
- ECCP3 (P3B/P3C) multiplexed onto RH5
and RH4.
The pin assignment for ECCP2 (Capture input,
Compare and PWM output) can change, based on the
device configuration.
The CCP2MX Configuration bit (CONFIG3H<0>)
determines to which pin ECCP2 is multiplexed.
• If CCP2MX = 1 (default) – ECCP2 is multiplexed
to RC1
• If CCP2MX = 0 – ECCP2 is multiplexed to RE7
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
20.2
20.2.2
Capture Mode
In Capture mode, the CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair
captures the 16-bit value of the TMR1 or TMR3
registers when an event occurs on the corresponding
ECCPx pin. An event is defined as one of the following:
•
•
•
•
Every falling edge
Every rising edge
Every fourth rising edge
Every 16th rising edge
TABLE 20-2:
ECCP1/2/3 INTERRUPT FLAG
BITS
ECCP Module
Flag Bit
1
PIR3<1>
2
PIR3<2>
3
PIR4<0>
20.2.1
ECCP PIN CONFIGURATION
In Capture mode, the appropriate ECCPx pin should be
configured as an input by setting the corresponding
TRIS direction bit.
Note:
The timers that are to be used with the capture feature
(Timer1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 or 12) must be running in Timer
mode or Synchronized Counter mode. In Asynchronous Counter mode, the capture operation may not
work. The timer to be used with each ECCP module is
selected in the CCPTMRS0 register (Register 20-2).
20.2.3
The event is selected by the mode select bits,
CCPxM<3:0> (CCPxCON<3:0>). When a capture is
made, the interrupt request flag bit, CCPxIF, is set (see
Table 20-2). The flag must be cleared by software. If
another capture occurs before the value in the
CCPRxH/L register is read, the old captured value is
overwritten by the new captured value.
If the ECCPx pin is configured as an output, a write to the port can cause a capture
condition.
SOFTWARE INTERRUPT
When the Capture mode is changed, a false capture
interrupt may be generated. The user should keep the
CCPxIE interrupt enable bit clear to avoid false interrupts.
The interrupt flag bit, CCPxIF, should also be cleared
following any such change in operating mode.
20.2.4
ECCP PRESCALER
There are four prescaler settings in Capture mode; they
are specified as part of the operating mode selected by
the mode select bits (CCPxM<3:0>). Whenever the
ECCP module is turned off, or Capture mode is disabled, the prescaler counter is cleared. This means
that any Reset will clear the prescaler counter.
Switching from one capture prescaler to another may
generate an interrupt. Also, the prescaler counter will
not be cleared; therefore, the first capture may be from
a non-zero prescaler. Example 20-1 provides the
recommended method for switching between capture
prescalers. This example also clears the prescaler
counter and will not generate the “false” interrupt.
EXAMPLE 20-1:
CLRF
MOVLW
MOVWF
FIGURE 20-1:
TIMER1/2/3/4/6/8/10/12 MODE
SELECTION
CHANGING BETWEEN
CAPTURE PRESCALERS
CCP1CON
; Turn ECCP module off
NEW_CAPT_PS ; Load WREG with the
; new prescaler mode
; value and ECCP ON
CCP1CON
; Load CCP1CON with
; this value
CAPTURE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM
Set CCP1IF
ECCP1 Pin
Prescaler
 1, 4, 16
TMR3H
C1TSEL0
C1TSEL1
C1TSEL2
and
Edge Detect
CCP1CON<3:0>
Q1:Q4
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
4
TMR3
Enable
CCPR1H
C1TSEL0
C1TSEL1
C1TSEL2
TMR3L
CCPR1L
TMR1
Enable
TMR1H
TMR1L
4
DS39960C-page 263
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
20.3
20.3.2
Compare Mode
In Compare mode, the 16-bit CCPRx register value is
constantly compared against the Timer register pair
value selected in the CCPTMR1 register. When a
match occurs, the ECCPx pin can be:
•
•
•
•
Driven high
Driven low
Toggled (high-to-low or low-to-high)
Unchanged (that is, reflecting the state of the I/O
latch)
The action on the pin is based on the value of the mode
select bits (CCPxM<3:0>). At the same time, the
interrupt flag bit, CCPxIF, is set.
20.3.1
ECCP PIN CONFIGURATION
Users must configure the ECCPx pin as an output by
clearing the appropriate TRIS bit.
Note:
Clearing the CCPxCON register will force
the ECCPx compare output latch
(depending on device configuration) to the
default low level. This is not the PORTx
I/O data latch.
TIMER1/2/3/4/6/8/10/12 MODE
SELECTION
Timer1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 or 12 must be running in Timer
mode or Synchronized Counter mode if the ECCP
module is using the compare feature. In Asynchronous
Counter mode, the compare operation will not work
reliably.
20.3.3
SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE
When the Generate Software Interrupt mode is chosen
(CCPxM<3:0> = 1010), the ECCPx pin is not affected;
only the CCPxIF interrupt flag is affected.
20.3.4
SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER
The ECCP module is equipped with a Special Event
Trigger. This is an internal hardware signal generated
in Compare mode to trigger actions by other modules.
The Special Event Trigger is enabled by selecting
the Compare Special Event Trigger mode
(CCPxM<3:0> = 1011).
The Special Event Trigger resets the Timer register pair
for whichever timer resource is currently assigned as the
module’s time base. This allows the CCPRx registers to
serve as a programmable period register for either timer.
The Special Event Trigger can also start an A/D conversion. In order to do this, the A/D Converter must
already be enabled.
FIGURE 20-2:
COMPARE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM
0
TMR1H
TMR1L
1
TMR3H
TMR3L
Special Event Trigger
(Timer1/Timer3 Reset, A/D Trigger)
C1TSEL0
C1TSEL1
C1TSEL2
Set CCP1IF
Comparator
CCPR1H
CCPR1L
Compare
Match
ECCP1 Pin
Output
Logic
4
S
Q
R
TRIS
Output Enable
CCP1CON<3:0>
DS39960C-page 264
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
20.4
The PWM outputs are multiplexed with I/O pins and are
designated: PxA, PxB, PxC and PxD. The polarity of the
PWM pins is configurable and is selected by setting the
CCPxM bits in the CCPxCON register appropriately.
PWM (Enhanced Mode)
The Enhanced PWM mode can generate a PWM signal
on up to four different output pins with up to 10 bits of
resolution. It can do this through four different PWM
Output modes:
•
•
•
•
Table 20-1 provides the pin assignments for each
Enhanced PWM mode.
Single PWM
Half-Bridge PWM
Full-Bridge PWM, Forward mode
Full-Bridge PWM, Reverse mode
Figure 20-3 provides an example of a simplified block
diagram of the Enhanced PWM module.
Note:
To select an Enhanced PWM mode, the PxM bits of the
CCPxCON register must be set appropriately.
FIGURE 20-3:
To prevent the generation of an
incomplete waveform when the PWM is
first enabled, the ECCP module waits until
the start of a new PWM period before
generating a PWM signal.
EXAMPLE SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE ENHANCED PWM MODE
Duty Cycle Registers
DC1B<1:0>
CCPxM<3:0>
4
PxM<1:0>
2
CCPR1L
ECCPx/PxA
ECCP1/Output Pin
TRIS
CCPR1H (Slave)
PxB
Comparator
R
Q
Output
Controller
Output Pin
TRIS
PxC
TMR2
Comparator
PR2
Note 1:
(1)
Output Pin
TRIS
S
PxD
Clear Timer2,
Toggle PWM Pin and
Latch Duty Cycle
Output Pin
TRIS
ECCP1DEL
The 8-bit TMR2 register is concatenated with the 2-bit internal Q clock, or 2 bits of the prescaler to create
the 10-bit time base.
Note 1: The TRIS register value for each PWM output must be configured appropriately.
2: Any pin not used by an Enhanced PWM mode is available for alternate pin functions.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 265
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 20-3:
EXAMPLE PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR VARIOUS PWM ENHANCED MODES
ECCP Mode
PxM<1:0>
PxA
PxB
PxC
PxD
Single
00
Yes(1)
Yes(1)
Yes(1)
Yes(1)
Half-Bridge
10
Yes
Yes
No
No
Full-Bridge, Forward
01
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Full-Bridge, Reverse
11
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Note 1:
Outputs are enabled by pulse steering in Single mode (see Register 20-5).
FIGURE 20-4:
EXAMPLE PWM (ENHANCED MODE) OUTPUT RELATIONSHIPS
(ACTIVE-HIGH STATE)
PxM<1:0>
Signal
0
PR2 + 1
Pulse Width
Period
00
(Single Output)
PxA Modulated
Delay(1)
Delay(1)
PxA Modulated
10
(Half-Bridge)
PxB Modulated
PxA Active
01
(Full-Bridge,
Forward)
PxB Inactive
PxC Inactive
PxD Modulated
PxA Inactive
11
(Full-Bridge,
Reverse)
PxB Modulated
PxC Active
PxD Inactive
Relationships:
• Period = 4 * TOSC * (PR2 + 1) * (TMR2 Prescale Value)
• Pulse Width = TOSC * (CCPRxL<7:0>:CCPxCON<5:4>) * (TMR2 Prescale Value)
• Delay = 4 * TOSC * (ECCPxDEL<6:0>)
Note 1: Dead-band delay is programmed using the ECCPxDEL register (Section 20.4.6 “Programmable Dead-Band
Delay Mode”).
DS39960C-page 266
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 20-5:
EXAMPLE ENHANCED PWM OUTPUT RELATIONSHIPS (ACTIVE-LOW STATE)
PxM<1:0>
Signal
PR2 + 1
Pulse
Width
0
Period
00
(Single Output)
PxA Modulated
PxA Modulated
10
(Half-Bridge)
Delay(1)
Delay(1)
PxB Modulated
PxA Active
01
(Full-Bridge,
Forward)
PxB Inactive
PxC Inactive
PxD Modulated
PxA Inactive
11
(Full-Bridge,
Reverse)
PxB Modulated
PxC Active
PxD Inactive
Relationships:
• Period = 4 * TOSC * (PR2 + 1) * (TMR2 Prescale Value)
• Pulse Width = TOSC * (CCPRxL<7:0>:CCPxCON<5:4>) * (TMR2 Prescale Value)
• Delay = 4 * TOSC * (ECCPxDEL<6:0>)
Note 1: Dead-band delay is programmed using the ECCP1DEL register (Section 20.4.6 “Programmable Dead-Band
Delay Mode”).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 267
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
20.4.1
HALF-BRIDGE MODE
In Half-Bridge mode, two pins are used as outputs to
drive push-pull loads. The PWM output signal is output
on the PxA pin, while the complementary PWM output
signal is output on the PxB pin (see Figure 20-6). This
mode can be used for half-bridge applications, as
shown in Figure 20-7, or for full-bridge applications,
where four power switches are being modulated with
two PWM signals.
Since the PxA and PxB outputs are multiplexed with the
PORT data latches, the associated TRIS bits must be
cleared to configure PxA and PxB as outputs.
FIGURE 20-6:
Period
Period
Pulse Width
In Half-Bridge mode, the programmable dead-band delay
can be used to prevent shoot-through current in
half-bridge power devices. The value of the PxDC<6:0>
bits of the ECCPxDEL register sets the number of
instruction cycles before the output is driven active. If the
value is greater than the duty cycle, the corresponding
output remains inactive during the entire cycle. For more
details on the dead-band delay operations, see
Section 20.4.6 “Programmable Dead-Band Delay
Mode”.
PxA(2)
td
td
PxB(2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
td = Dead-Band Delay
Note 1:
2:
FIGURE 20-7:
EXAMPLE OF
HALF-BRIDGE PWM
OUTPUT
At this time, the TMR2 register is equal to the
PR2 register.
Output signals are shown as active-high.
EXAMPLE OF HALF-BRIDGE APPLICATIONS
Standard Half-Bridge Circuit (“Push-Pull”)
FET
Driver
+
PxA
Load
FET
Driver
+
PxB
-
Half-Bridge Output Driving a Full-Bridge Circuit
V+
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
PxA
FET
Driver
Load
FET
Driver
PxB
DS39960C-page 268
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
20.4.2
FULL-BRIDGE MODE
In the Reverse mode, the PxC pin is driven to its active
state and the PxB pin is modulated, while the PxA and
PxD pins are driven to their inactive state, as provided
Figure 20-9.
In Full-Bridge mode, all four pins are used as outputs.
An example of a full-bridge application is provided in
Figure 20-8.
The PxA, PxB, PxC and PxD outputs are multiplexed
with the port data latches. The associated TRIS bits
must be cleared to configure the PxA, PxB, PxC and
PxD pins as outputs.
In the Forward mode, the PxA pin is driven to its active
state and the PxD pin is modulated, while the PxB and
PxC pins are driven to their inactive state, as provided in
Figure 20-9.
FIGURE 20-8:
EXAMPLE OF FULL-BRIDGE APPLICATION
V+
FET
Driver
QC
QA
FET
Driver
PxA
Load
PxB
FET
Driver
PxC
FET
Driver
QD
QB
VPxD
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 269
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 20-9:
EXAMPLE OF FULL-BRIDGE PWM OUTPUT
Forward Mode
Period
PxA
(2)
Pulse Width
PxB(2)
PxC(2)
PxD(2)
(1)
(1)
Reverse Mode
Period
Pulse Width
PxA(2)
PxB(2)
PxC(2)
PxD(2)
(1)
Note 1:
2:
(1)
At this time, the TMR2 register is equal to the PR2 register.
The output signal is shown as active-high.
DS39960C-page 270
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
20.4.2.1
Direction Change in Full-Bridge
Mode
In Full-Bridge mode, the PxM1 bit in the CCPxCON
register allows users to control the forward/reverse
direction. When the application firmware changes this
direction control bit, the module will change to the new
direction on the next PWM cycle.
A direction change is initiated in software by changing
the PxM1 bit of the CCPxCON register. The following
sequence occurs prior to the end of the current PWM
period:
• The modulated outputs (PxB and PxD) are placed
in their inactive state.
• The associated unmodulated outputs (PxA and
PxC) are switched to drive in the opposite
direction.
• PWM modulation resumes at the beginning of the
next period.
For an illustration of this sequence, see Figure 20-10.
The Full-Bridge mode does not provide a dead-band
delay. As one output is modulated at a time, a
dead-band delay is generally not required. There is a
situation where a dead-band delay is required. This
situation occurs when both of the following conditions
are true:
FIGURE 20-10:
• The direction of the PWM output changes when
the duty cycle of the output is at or near 100%.
• The turn-off time of the power switch, including
the power device and driver circuit, is greater than
the turn-on time.
Figure 20-11 shows an example of the PWM direction
changing from forward to reverse, at a near 100% duty
cycle. In this example, at time, t1, the PxA and PxD
outputs become inactive, while the PxC output
becomes active. Since the turn-off time of the power
devices is longer than the turn-on time, a shoot-through
current will flow through power devices, QC and QD
(see Figure 20-8), for the duration of ‘t’. The same
phenomenon will occur to power devices, QA and QB,
for PWM direction change from reverse to forward.
If changing PWM direction at high duty cycle is required
for an application, two possible solutions for eliminating
the shoot-through current are:
• Reduce PWM duty cycle for one PWM period
before changing directions.
• Use switch drivers that can drive the switches off
faster than they can drive them on.
Other options to prevent shoot-through current may
exist.
EXAMPLE OF PWM DIRECTION CHANGE
Period(1)
Signal
Period
PxA (Active-High)
PxB (Active-High)
Pulse Width
PxC (Active-High)
(2)
PxD (Active-High)
Pulse Width
Note 1:
2:
The direction bit, PxM1 of the CCPxCON register, is written any time during the PWM cycle.
When changing directions, the PxA and PxC signals switch before the end of the current PWM cycle. The
modulated PxB and PxD signals are inactive at this time. The length of this time is:
(1/FOSC) • TMR2 Prescale Value.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 271
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 20-11:
EXAMPLE OF PWM DIRECTION CHANGE AT NEAR 100% DUTY CYCLE
Forward Period
t1
Reverse Period
PxA
PxB
PW
PxC
PxD
PW
TON
External Switch C
TOFF
External Switch D
Potential
Shoot-Through Current
Note 1:
20.4.3
All signals are shown as active-high.
2:
TON is the turn-on delay of power switch QC and its driver.
3:
TOFF is the turn-off delay of power switch QD and its driver.
START-UP CONSIDERATIONS
When any PWM mode is used, the application
hardware must use the proper external pull-up and/or
pull-down resistors on the PWM output pins.
Note:
T = TOFF – TON
When the microcontroller is released from
Reset, all of the I/O pins are in the
high-impedance state. The external
circuits must keep the power switch
devices in the OFF state until the microcontroller drives the I/O pins with the
proper signal levels or activates the PWM
output(s).
pin output drivers. The completion of a full PWM cycle
is indicated by the TMR2IF or TMR4IF bit of the PIR1
or PIR5 register being set as the second PWM period
begins.
20.4.4
ENHANCED PWM
AUTO-SHUTDOWN MODE
The PWM mode supports an Auto-Shutdown mode that
will disable the PWM outputs when an external
shutdown event occurs. Auto-Shutdown mode places
the PWM output pins into a predetermined state. This
mode is used to help prevent the PWM from damaging
the application.
The CCPxM<1:0> bits of the CCPxCON register allow
the user to choose whether the PWM output signals are
active-high or active-low for each pair of PWM output
pins (PxA/PxC and PxB/PxD). The PWM output
polarities must be selected before the PWM pin output
drivers are enabled. Changing the polarity configuration while the PWM pin output drivers are enabled is
not recommended since it may result in damage to the
application circuits.
The auto-shutdown sources are selected using the
ECCPxAS<2:0> bits (ECCPxAS<6:4>). A shutdown
event may be generated by:
The PxA, PxB, PxC and PxD output latches may not be
in the proper states when the PWM module is
initialized. Enabling the PWM pin output drivers at the
same time as the Enhanced PWM modes may cause
damage to the application circuit. The Enhanced PWM
modes must be enabled in the proper Output mode and
complete a full PWM cycle before enabling the PWM
A shutdown condition is indicated by the ECCPxASE
(Auto-Shutdown Event Status) bit (ECCPxAS<7>). If
the bit is a ‘0’, the PWM pins are operating normally. If
the bit is a ‘1’, the PWM outputs are in the shutdown
state.
DS39960C-page 272
• A logic ‘0’ on the pin that is assigned the FLT0
input function
• Comparator C1
• Comparator C2
• Setting the ECCPxASE bit in firmware
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
When a shutdown event occurs, two things happen:
Each pin pair may be placed into one of three states:
• The ECCPxASE bit is set to ‘1’. The ECCPxASE
will remain set until cleared in firmware or an
auto-restart occurs. (See Section 20.4.5
“Auto-Restart Mode”.)
• The enabled PWM pins are asynchronously
placed in their shutdown states. The PWM output
pins are grouped into pairs (PxA/PxC) and
(PxB/PxD). The state of each pin pair is
determined by the PSSxAC and PSSxBD bits
(ECCPxAS<3:2> and <1:0>, respectively).
• Drive logic ‘1’
• Drive logic ‘0’
• Tri-state (high-impedance)
REGISTER 20-3:
ECCPxAS: ECCPx AUTO-SHUTDOWN CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ECCPxASE
ECCPxAS2
ECCPxAS1
ECCPxAS0
PSSxAC1
PSSxAC0
PSSxBD1
PSSxBD0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
ECCPxASE: ECCP Auto-Shutdown Event Status bit
1 = A shutdown event has occurred; ECCP outputs are in a shutdown state
0 = ECCP outputs are operating
bit 6-4
ECCPxAS<2:0>: ECCP Auto-Shutdown Source Select bits
000 = Auto-shutdown is disabled
001 = Comparator C1OUT output is high
010 = Comparator C2OUT output is high
011 = Either Comparator C1OUT or C2OUT is high
100 = VIL on FLT0 pin
101 = VIL on FLT0 pin or Comparator C1OUT output is high
110 = VIL on FLT0 pin or Comparator C2OUT output is high
111 = VIL on FLT0 pin or Comparator C1OUT or Comparator C2OUT is high
bit 3-2
PSSxAC<1:0>: PxA and PxC Pins Shutdown State Control bits
00 = Drive pins, PxA and PxC, to ‘0’
01 = Drive pins, PxA and PxC, to ‘1’
1x = PxA and PxC pins tri-state
bit 1-0
PSSxBD<1:0>: Pins PxB and PxD Shutdown State Control bits
00 = Drive pins, PxB and PxD, to ‘0’
01 = Drive pins, PxB and PxD, to ‘1’
1x = PxB and PxD pins tri-state
Note 1: The auto-shutdown condition is a level-based signal, not an edge-based signal. As long as the level is
present, the auto-shutdown will persist.
2: Writing to the ECCPxASE bit is disabled while an auto-shutdown condition persists.
3: Once the auto-shutdown condition has been removed and the PWM restarted (either through firmware or
auto-restart), the PWM signal will always restart at the beginning of the next PWM period.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 273
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 20-12:
PWM AUTO-SHUTDOWN WITH FIRMWARE RESTART (PxRSEN = 0)
PWM Period
Shutdown Event
ECCPxASE bit
PWM Activity
Normal PWM
Start of
PWM Period
20.4.5
Shutdown
Event Occurs
AUTO-RESTART MODE
The Enhanced PWM can be configured to automatically
restart the PWM signal once the auto-shutdown condition has been removed. Auto-restart is enabled by
setting the PxRSEN bit (ECCPxDEL<7>).
Shutdown
Event Clears
ECCPxASE
Cleared by
Firmware
PWM
Resumes
The module will wait until the next PWM period begins,
however, before re-enabling the output pin. This behavior allows the auto-shutdown with auto-restart features
to be used in applications based on current mode of
PWM control.
If auto-restart is enabled, the ECCPxASE bit will
remain set as long as the auto-shutdown condition is
active. When the auto-shutdown condition is removed,
the ECCPxASE bit will be cleared via hardware and
normal operation will resume.
FIGURE 20-13:
PWM AUTO-SHUTDOWN WITH AUTO-RESTART ENABLED (PxRSEN = 1)
PWM Period
Shutdown Event
ECCPxASE bit
PWM Activity
Normal PWM
Start of
PWM Period
DS39960C-page 274
Shutdown
Event Occurs
Shutdown
Event Clears
PWM
Resumes
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
20.4.6
PROGRAMMABLE DEAD-BAND
DELAY MODE
FIGURE 20-14:
In half-bridge applications, where all power switches are
modulated at the PWM frequency, the power switches
normally require more time to turn off than to turn on. If
both the upper and lower power switches are switched
at the same time (one turned on and the other turned
off), both switches may be on for a short period until one
switch completely turns off. During this brief interval, a
very high current (shoot-through current) will flow
through both power switches, shorting the bridge supply.
To avoid this potentially destructive shoot-through
current from flowing during switching, turning on either of
the power switches is normally delayed to allow the
other switch to completely turn off.
In Half-Bridge mode, a digitally programmable
dead-band delay is available to avoid shoot-through
current from destroying the bridge power switches. The
delay occurs at the signal transition from the non-active
state to the active state. For an illustration, see
Figure 20-14. The lower seven bits of the associated
ECCPxDEL register (Register 20-4) set the delay
period in terms of microcontroller instruction cycles
(TCY or 4 TOSC).
FIGURE 20-15:
EXAMPLE OF
HALF-BRIDGE PWM
OUTPUT
Period
Period
Pulse Width
PxA(2)
td
td
PxB(2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
td = Dead-Band Delay
Note 1:
2:
At this time, the TMR2 register is equal to the
PR2 register.
Output signals are shown as active-high.
EXAMPLE OF HALF-BRIDGE APPLICATIONS
V+
Standard Half-Bridge Circuit (“Push-Pull”)
FET
Driver
+
V
-
PxA
Load
FET
Driver
+
V
-
PxB
V-
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 275
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 20-4:
ECCPxDEL: ENHANCED PWM CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
PxRSEN
PxDC6
PxDC5
PxDC4
PxDC3
PxDC2
PxDC1
PxDC0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
PxRSEN: PWM Restart Enable bit
1 = Upon auto-shutdown, the ECCPxASE bit clears automatically once the shutdown event goes
away; the PWM restarts automatically
0 = Upon auto-shutdown, ECCPxASE must be cleared by software to restart the PWM
bit 6-0
PxDC<6:0>: PWM Delay Count bits
PxDCn = Number of FOSC/4 (4 * TOSC) cycles between the scheduled time when a PWM signal
should transition active and the actual time it does transition active.
20.4.7
PULSE STEERING MODE
In Single Output mode, pulse steering allows any of the
PWM pins to be the modulated signal. Additionally, the
same PWM signal can simultaneously be available on
multiple pins.
Once the Single Output mode is selected
(CCPxM<3:2> = 11 and PxM<1:0> = 00 of the
CCPxCON register), the user firmware can bring out
the same PWM signal to one, two, three or four output
pins by setting the appropriate STR<D:A> bits
(PSTRxCON<3:0>), as provided in Table 20-3.
Note:
While the PWM Steering mode is active, the
CCPxM<1:0> bits (CCPxCON<1:0>) select the PWM
output polarity for the Px<D:A> pins.
The PWM auto-shutdown operation also applies to the
PWM Steering mode, as described in Section 20.4.4
“Enhanced PWM Auto-shutdown mode”. An
auto-shutdown event will only affect pins that have
PWM outputs enabled.
The associated TRIS bits must be set to
output (‘0’) to enable the pin output driver
in order to see the PWM signal on the pin.
DS39960C-page 276
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 20-5:
R/W-0
CMPL1
PSTRxCON: PULSE STEERING CONTROL(1)
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-1
CMPL0
—
STRSYNC
STRD
STRC
STRB
STRA
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
CMPL<1:0>: Complementary Mode Output Assignment Steering Sync bits
00 = See STR<D:A>
01 = PA and PB are selected as the complementary output pair
10 = PA and PC are selected as the complementary output pair
11 = PA and PD are selected as the complementary output pair
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
STRSYNC: Steering Sync bit
1 = Output steering update occurs on the next PWM period
0 = Output steering update occurs at the beginning of the instruction cycle boundary
bit 3
STRD: Steering Enable bit D
1 = PxD pin has the PWM waveform with polarity control from CCPxM<1:0>
0 = PxD pin is assigned to port pin
bit 2
STRC: Steering Enable bit C
1 = PxC pin has the PWM waveform with polarity control from CCPxM<1:0>
0 = PxC pin is assigned to port pin
bit 1
STRB: Steering Enable bit B
1 = PxB pin has the PWM waveform with polarity control from CCPxM<1:0>
0 = PxB pin is assigned to port pin
bit 0
STRA: Steering Enable bit A
1 = PxA pin has the PWM waveform with polarity control from CCPxM<1:0>
0 = PxA pin is assigned to port pin
Note 1:
The PWM Steering mode is available only when the CCPxCON register bits, CCPxM<3:2> = 11 and
PxM<1:0> = 00.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 277
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 20-16:
20.4.7.1
SIMPLIFIED STEERING
BLOCK DIAGRAM
The STRSYNC bit of the PSTRxCON register gives the
user two choices for when the steering event will
happen. When the STRSYNC bit is ‘0’, the steering
event will happen at the end of the instruction that
writes to the PSTRxCON register. In this case, the output signal at the Px<D:A> pins may be an incomplete
PWM waveform. This operation is useful when the user
firmware needs to immediately remove a PWM signal
from the pin.
STRA(2)
PxA Signal
CCPxM1
1
PORT Data
0
Output Pin(1)
TRIS
STRB(2)
CCPxM0
1
PORT Data
0
STRC
Output Pin(1)
CCPxM1
1
PORT Data
0
When the STRSYNC bit is ‘1’, the effective steering
update will happen at the beginning of the next PWM
period. In this case, steering on/off the PWM output will
always produce a complete PWM waveform.
TRIS
(2)
Steering Synchronization
Figures 20-17 and 20-18 illustrate the timing diagrams
of the PWM steering depending on the STRSYNC
setting.
Output Pin(1)
TRIS
STRD(2)
CCPxM0
1
PORT Data
0
Output Pin(1)
TRIS
Port outputs are configured as displayed when
the CCPxCON register bits, PxM<1:0> = 00
and CCP1M<3:2> = 11.
Single PWM output requires setting at least
one of the STRx bits.
Note 1:
2:
FIGURE 20-17:
EXAMPLE OF STEERING EVENT AT END OF INSTRUCTION (STRSYNC = 0)
PWM Period
PWM
STRn
P1<D:A>
PORT Data
PORT Data
P1n = PWM
FIGURE 20-18:
EXAMPLE OF STEERING EVENT AT BEGINNING OF INSTRUCTION (STRSYNC = 1)
PWM
STRn
P1<D:A>
PORT Data
PORT Data
P1n = PWM
DS39960C-page 278
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
20.4.8
OPERATION IN POWER-MANAGED
MODES
20.4.8.1
Operation with Fail-Safe
Clock Monitor (FSCM)
In Sleep mode, all clock sources are disabled.
Timer2/4/6/8 will not increment and the state of the
module will not change. If the ECCPx pin is driving a
value, it will continue to drive that value. When the
device wakes up, it will continue from this state. If
Two-Speed Start-ups are enabled, the initial start-up
frequency from HF-INTOSC and the postscaler may
not be stable immediately.
If the Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) is enabled, a clock
failure will force the device into the power-managed
RC_RUN mode and the OSCFIF bit of the PIR2 register
will be set. The ECCPx will then be clocked from the
internal oscillator clock source, which may have a
different clock frequency than the primary clock.
In PRI_IDLE mode, the primary clock will continue to
clock the ECCPx module without change.
Both Power-on Reset and subsequent Resets will force
all ports to Input mode and the ECCP registers to their
Reset states.
20.4.9
EFFECTS OF A RESET
This forces the ECCP module to reset to a state
compatible with previous, non-enhanced CCP modules
used on other PIC18 and PIC16 devices.
TABLE 20-4:
File Name
INTCON
RCON
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ECCP1/2/3 MODULE AND
TIMER1/2/3/4/6/8/10/12
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
IPEN
SBOREN
CM
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
RTCCIF
PIR3
TMR5GIF
—
RC2IF
TX2IF
CTMUIF
CCP2IF
CCP1IF
PIR4
CCP10IF(1)
CCP9IF(1)
CCP8IF
CCP7IF
CCP6IF
CCP5IF
CCP4IF
CCP3IF
PIE3
TMR5GIE
—
RC2IE
TX2IE
CTMUIE
CCP2IE
CCP1IE
RTCCIE
PIE4
CCP10IE(1)
CCP9IE(1)
CCP8IE
CCP7IE
CCP6IE
CCP5IE
CCP4IE
CCP3IE
IPR3
TMR5GIP
—
RC2IP
TX2IP
CTMUIP
CCP2IP
CCP1IP
RTCCIP
IPR4
CCP10IP(1)
CCP9IP(1)
CCP8IP
CCP7IP
CCP6IP
CCP5IP
CCP4IP
CCP3IP
TRISB
TRISB7
TRISB6
TRISB5
TRISB4
TRISB3
TRISB2
TRISB1
TRISB0
TRISC
TRISC7
TRISC6
TRISC5
TRISC4
TRISC3
TRISC2
TRISC1
TRISC0
TRISE
TRISE7
TRISE6
TRISE5
TRISE4
TRISE3
TRISE2
TRISE1
TRISE0
TRISH(2)
TRISH7
TRISH6
TRISH5
TRISH4
TRISH3
TRISH2
TRISH1
TRISH0
TMR1H
Timer1 Register High Byte
TMR1L
Timer1 Register Low Byte
TMR2
Timer2 Register
TMR3H
Timer3 Register High Byte
TMR3L
Timer3 Register Low Byte
TMR4
Timer4 Register
TMR6
Timer6 Register
TMR8
Timer8 Register
TMR10(1)
TMR10 Register
TMR12(1)
TMR10 Register
PR2
Timer2 Period Register
PR4
Timer4 Period Register
PR6
Timer6 Period Register
PR8
PR10
Timer8 Period Register
(1)
PR12(1)
Note 1:
2:
Timer10 Period Register
Timer12 Period Register
Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22).
Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 279
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 20-4:
File Name
T1CON
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ECCP1/2/3 MODULE AND
TIMER1/2/3/4/6/8/10/12 (CONTINUED)
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
TMR1CS1
TMR1CS0
T1CKPS1
T1CKPS0
SOSCEN
T1SYNC
RD16
TMR1ON
T2CON
—
T2OUTPS3
T2OUTPS2
T2OUTPS1
T2OUTPS0
TMR2ON
T2CKPS1
T2CKPS0
T3CON
TMR3CS1
TMR3CS0
T3CKPS1
T3CKPS0
SOSCEN
T3SYNC
RD16
TMR3ON
T4CON
—
T4OUTPS3
T4OUTPS2
T4OUTPS1
T4OUTPS0
TMR4ON
T4CKPS1
T4CKPS0
T6CON
—
T6OUTPS3
T6OUTPS2
T6OUTPS1
T6OUTPS0
TMR6ON
T6CKPS1
T6CKPS0
T8CON
—
T8OUTPS3
T8OUTPS2
T8OUTPS1
T8OUTPS0
TMR8ON
T8CKPS1
T8CKPS0
(1)
T10CON
—
T10OUTPS3 T10OUTPS2 T10OUTPS1 T10OUTPS0 TMR10ON
T10CKPS1
T10CKPS0
T12CON(1)
—
T12OUTPS3 T12OUTPS2 T12OUTPS1 T12OUTPS0 TMR12ON
T12CKPS1
T12CKPS0
CCPR1H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 High Byte
CCPR1L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 Low Byte
CCPR2H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 High Byte
CCPR2L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 Low Byte
CCPR3H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 3 High Byte
CCPR3L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 3 Low Byte
CCP1CON
P1M1
P1M0
DC1B1
DC1B0
CCP1M3
CCP1M2
CCP1M1
CCP1M0
CCP2CON
P2M1
P2M0
DC2B1
DC2B0
CCP2M3
CCP2M2
CCP2M1
CCP2M0
CCP3CON
CCP3MD
CCP2MD
CCP1MD
UART2MD
UART1MD
SSP2MD
SSP1MD
ADCMD
PMD0
CCP3MD
CCP2MD
CCP1MD
UART2MD
UART1MD
SSP2MD
SSP1MD
ADCMD
Note 1:
2:
Unimplemented on devices with a program memory of 32 Kbytes (PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22).
Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
DS39960C-page 280
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.0
MASTER SYNCHRONOUS
SERIAL PORT (MSSP)
MODULE
21.1
Master SSP (MSSP) Module
Overview
The Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) module is
a serial interface, useful for communicating with other
peripheral or microcontroller devices. These peripheral
devices may be serial EEPROMs, shift registers,
display drivers, A/D Converters, etc. The MSSP
module can operate in one of two modes:
• Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
• Inter-Integrated Circuit™ (I2C™)
- Full Master mode
- Slave mode (with general address call)
The I2C interface supports the following modes in
hardware:
• Master mode
• Multi-Master mode
• Slave mode with 5-bit and 7-bit address masking
(with address masking for both 10-bit and 7-bit
addressing)
The SSPxBUF register cannot be used with
read-modify-write instructions, such as BCF,
COMF, etc.
To avoid lost data in Master mode, a read of
the SSPxBUF must be performed to clear the
Buffer Full (BF) detect bit (SSPSTAT<0>)
between each transmission.
Note:
21.3
SPI Mode
The SPI mode allows 8 bits of data to be synchronously
transmitted and received simultaneously. All four
modes of SPI are supported. To accomplish
communication, typically three pins are used:
• Serial Data Out (SDOx) – RC5/SDO1 or
RD4/PSP4/SDO2
• Serial Data In (SDIx) – RC4/SDI1/SDA1 or
RD5/PSP5/SDI2/SDA2
• Serial Clock (SCKx) – RC3/SCK1/SCL1 or
RD6/PSP6/SCK2/SCL2
Additionally, a fourth pin may be used when in a Slave
mode of operation:
• Slave Select (SSx) – RF7/AN5/SS1 or RD7/SS2
Figure 21-1 shows the block diagram of the MSSP
module when operating in SPI mode.
FIGURE 21-1:
All members of the PIC18F87K22 family have two
MSSP modules, designated as MSSP1 and MSSP2.
Each module operates independently of the other.
Note:
21.2
Throughout this section, generic references to an MSSP module in any of its
operating modes may be interpreted as
being equally applicable to MSSP1 or
MSSP2. Register names and module I/O
signals use the generic designator ‘x’ to
indicate the use of a numeral to distinguish
a particular module when required. Control
bit names are not individuated.
Internal
Data Bus
Read
SDIx
SSPxSR reg
bit 0
SSx
SSx Control
Enable
Edge
Select
2
Clock Select
Additional details are provided under the individual
sections.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Shift
Clock
SDOx
Control Registers
In devices with more than one MSSP
module, it is very important to pay close
attention to SSPxCON register names.
SSP1CON1 and SSP1CON2 control
different operational aspects of the same
module,
while
SSP1CON1
and
SSP2CON1 control the same features for
two different modules.
Write
SSPxBUF reg
Each MSSP module has three associated control registers. These include a status register (SSPxSTAT) and
two control registers (SSPxCON1 and SSPxCON2). The
use of these registers and their individual configuration
bits differ significantly depending on whether the MSSP
module is operated in SPI or I2C mode.
Note:
MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM
(SPI MODE)
SCKx
SSPM<3:0>
SMP:CKE 4
(TMR22Output )
2
Edge
Select
Prescaler TOSC
4, 16, 64
Data to TXx/RXx in SSPxSR
TRIS bit
Note:
Only port I/O names are used in this diagram for the
sake of brevity. Refer to the text for a full list of
multiplexed functions.
DS39960C-page 281
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.3.1
REGISTERS
Each MSSP module has four registers for SPI mode
operation. These are:
• MSSPx Control Register 1 (SSPxCON1)
• MSSPx Status Register (SSPxSTAT)
• Serial Receive/Transmit Buffer Register
(SSPxBUF)
• MSSPx Shift Register (SSPxSR) – Not directly
accessible
SSPxSR is the shift register used for shifting data in or
out. SSPxBUF is the buffer register to which data
bytes are written to or read from.
In receive operations, SSPxSR and SSPxBUF
together create a double-buffered receiver. When
SSPxSR receives a complete byte, it is transferred to
SSPxBUF and the SSPxIF interrupt is set.
During transmission, the SSPxBUF is not
double-buffered. A write to SSPxBUF will write to both
SSPxBUF and SSPxSR.
SSPxCON1 and SSPxSTAT are the control and status
registers in SPI mode operation. The SSPxCON1
register is readable and writable. The lower 6 bits of
the SSPxSTAT are read-only. The upper two bits of the
SSPxSTAT are read/write.
REGISTER 21-1:
SSPxSTAT: MSSPx STATUS REGISTER (SPI MODE)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
SMP
CKE(1)
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
SMP: Sample bit
SPI Master mode:
1 = Input data is sampled at the end of data output time
0 = Input data is sampled at the middle of data output time
SPI Slave mode:
SMP must be cleared when SPI is used in Slave mode.
bit 6
CKE: SPI Clock Select bit(1)
1 = Transmit occurs on the transition from active to Idle clock state
0 = Transmit occurs on the transition from Idle to active clock state
bit 5
D/A: Data/Address bit
Used in I2C™ mode only.
bit 4
P: Stop bit
Used in I2C mode only. This bit is cleared when the MSSPx module is disabled; SSPEN is cleared.
bit 3
S: Start bit
Used in I2C mode only.
bit 2
R/W: Read/Write Information bit
Used in I2C mode only.
bit 1
UA: Update Address bit
Used in I2C mode only.
bit 0
BF: Buffer Full Status bit (Receive mode only)
1 = Receive is complete, SSPxBUF is full
0 = Receive is not complete, SSPxBUF is empty
Note 1:
Polarity of clock state is set by the CKP bit (SSPxCON1<4>).
DS39960C-page 282
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 21-2:
SSPxCON1: MSSPx CONTROL REGISTER 1 (SPI MODE)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
WCOL
SSPOV(1)
SSPEN(2)
CKP
SSPM3(3)
SSPM2(3)
SSPM1(3)
SSPM0(3)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
WCOL: Write Collision Detect bit
1 = The SSPxBUF register is written while it is still transmitting the previous word (must be cleared in
software)
0 = No collision
bit 6
SSPOV: Receive Overflow Indicator bit(1)
SPI Slave mode:
1 = A new byte is received while the SSPxBUF register is still holding the previous data. In case of
overflow, the data in SSPxSR is lost. Overflow can only occur in Slave mode. The user must read
the SSPxBUF, even if only transmitting data, to avoid setting overflow (must be cleared in
software).
0 = No overflow
bit 5
SSPEN: Master Synchronous Serial Port Enable bit(2)
1 = Enables serial port and configures SCKx, SDOx, SDIx and SSx as serial port pins
0 = Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins
bit 4
CKP: Clock Polarity Select bit
1 = Idle state for the clock is a high level
0 = Idle state for the clock is a low level
bit 3-0
SSPM<3:0>: Master Synchronous Serial Port Mode Select bits(3)
1010 = SPI Master mode: clock = FOSC/8
0101 = SPI Slave mode: clock = SCKx pin; SSx pin control disabled; SSx can be used as I/O pin
0100 = SPI Slave mode: clock = SCKx pin; SSx pin control enabled
0011 = SPI Master mode: clock = TMR2 output/2
0010 = SPI Master mode: clock = FOSC/64
0001 = SPI Master mode: clock = FOSC/16
0000 = SPI Master mode: clock = FOSC/4
Note 1:
2:
3:
In Master mode, the overflow bit is not set since each new reception (and transmission) is initiated by
writing to the SSPxBUF register.
When enabled, these pins must be properly configured as inputs or outputs.
Bit combinations not specifically listed here are either reserved or implemented in I2C™ mode only.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 283
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.3.2
OPERATION
When initializing the SPI, several options need to be
specified. This is done by programming the appropriate
control bits (SSPxCON1<5:0> and SSPxSTAT<7:6>).
These control bits allow the following to be specified:
•
•
•
•
Master mode (SCKx is the clock output)
Slave mode (SCKx is the clock input)
Clock Polarity (Idle state of SCKx)
Data Input Sample Phase (middle or end of data
output time)
• Clock Edge (output data on rising/falling edge of
SCKx)
• Clock Rate (Master mode only)
• Slave Select mode (Slave mode only)
Each MSSP module consists of a Transmit/Receive
Shift register (SSPxSR) and a buffer register
(SSPxBUF). The SSPxSR shifts the data in and out of
the device, MSb first. The SSPxBUF holds the data that
was written to the SSPxSR until the received data is
ready. Once the 8 bits of data have been received, that
byte is moved to the SSPxBUF register. Then, the
Buffer Full detect bit, BF (SSPxSTAT<0>), and the
interrupt flag bit, SSPxIF, are set. This double-buffering
of the received data (SSPxBUF) allows the next byte to
start reception before reading the data that was just
received. Any write to the SSPxBUF register during
transmission/reception of data will be ignored and the
Write Collision Detect bit, WCOL (SSPxCON1<7>), will
be set. User software must clear the WCOL bit so that
it can be determined if the following write(s) to the
SSPxBUF register completed successfully.
When the application software is expecting to receive
valid data, the SSPxBUF should be read before the next
byte of data to transfer is written to the SSPxBUF. The
Buffer Full bit, BF (SSPxSTAT<0>), indicates when
SSPxBUF has been loaded with the received data
(transmission is complete). When the SSPxBUF is read,
the BF bit is cleared. This data may be irrelevant if the
SPI is only a transmitter. Generally, the MSSP interrupt
is used to determine when the transmission/reception
has completed. If the interrupt method is not going to be
used, then software polling can be done to ensure that a
write collision does not occur. Example 21-1 shows the
loading of the SSPxBUF (SSPxSR) for data
transmission.
The SSPxSR is not directly readable or writable and
can only be accessed by addressing the SSPxBUF
register. Additionally, the SSPxSTAT register indicates
the various status conditions.
21.3.3
The drivers for the SDOx output and SCKx clock pins
can be optionally configured as open-drain outputs.
This feature allows the voltage level on the pin to be
pulled to a higher level through an external pull-up
resistor, and allows the output to communicate with
external circuits without the need for additional level
shifters. For more information, see Section 12.1.3
“Open-Drain Outputs”.
The open-drain output option is controlled by the
SSP2OD and SSP1OD bits (ODCON3<1:0>). Setting
an SSPxOD bit configures the SDOx and SCKx pins for
the corresponding module for open-drain operation.
Note:
EXAMPLE 21-1:
LOOP
OPEN-DRAIN OUTPUT OPTION
To avoid lost data in Master mode, a
read of the SSPxBUF must be performed to clear the Buffer Full (BF)
detect bit (SSPxSTAT<0>) between
each transmission.
LOADING THE SSP1BUF (SSP1SR) REGISTER
BTFSS
BRA
MOVF
SSP1STAT, BF
LOOP
SSP1BUF, W
;Has data been received (transmit complete)?
;No
;WREG reg = contents of SSP1BUF
MOVWF
RXDATA
;Save in user RAM, if data is meaningful
MOVF
MOVWF
TXDATA, W
SSP1BUF
;W reg = contents of TXDATA
;New data to xmit
DS39960C-page 284
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.3.4
ENABLING SPI I/O
To enable the serial port, MSSP Enable bit, SSPEN
(SSPxCON1<5>), must be set. To reset or reconfigure
SPI mode, clear the SSPEN bit, re-initialize the
SSPxCON registers and then set the SSPEN bit. This
configures the SDIx, SDOx, SCKx and SSx pins as
serial port pins. For the pins to behave as the serial port
function, some must have their data direction bits (in
the TRIS register) appropriately programmed as
follows:
• SDIx is automatically controlled by the
SPI module
• SDOx must have the TRISC<5> or TRISD<4> bit
cleared
• SCKx (Master mode) must have the TRISC<3> or
TRISD<6>bit cleared
• SCKx (Slave mode) must have the TRISC<3> or
TRISD<6> bit set
• SSx must have the TRISF<7> or TRISD<7> bit set
FIGURE 21-2:
Any serial port function that is not desired may be
overridden by programming the corresponding Data
Direction (TRIS) register to the opposite value.
21.3.5
TYPICAL CONNECTION
Figure 21-2 shows a typical connection between two
microcontrollers. The master controller (Processor 1)
initiates the data transfer by sending the SCKx signal.
Data is shifted out of both shift registers on their programmed clock edge and latched on the opposite edge
of the clock. Both processors should be programmed to
the same Clock Polarity (CKP), then both controllers
would send and receive data at the same time.
Whether the data is meaningful (or dummy data)
depends on the application software. This leads to
three scenarios for data transmission:
• Master sends data–Slave sends dummy data
• Master sends data–Slave sends data
• Master sends dummy data–Slave sends data
SPI MASTER/SLAVE CONNECTION
SPI Master SSPM<3:0> = 00xxb
SPI Slave SSPM<3:0> = 010xb
SDOx
SDIx
Serial Input Buffer
(SSPxBUF)
SDIx
Shift Register
(SSPxSR)
MSb
Serial Input Buffer
(SSPxBUF)
LSb
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Shift Register
(SSPxSR)
MSb
SCKx
PROCESSOR 1
SDOx
Serial Clock
LSb
SCKx
PROCESSOR 2
DS39960C-page 285
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.3.6
MASTER MODE
The master can initiate the data transfer at any time
because it controls the SCKx. The master determines
when the slave (Processor 1, Figure 21-2) is to
broadcast data by the software protocol.
In Master mode, the data is transmitted/received as
soon as the SSPxBUF register is written to. If the SPI
is only going to receive, the SDOx output could be disabled (programmed as an input). The SSPxSR register
will continue to shift in the signal present on the SDIx
pin at the programmed clock rate. As each byte is
received, it will be loaded into the SSPxBUF register as
if a normal received byte (interrupts and status bits
appropriately set). This could be useful in receiver
applications as a “Line Activity Monitor” mode.
The clock polarity is selected by appropriately
programming the CKP bit (SSPxCON1<4>). This, then,
would give waveforms for SPI communication, as
FIGURE 21-3:
shown in Figure 21-3, Figure 21-5 and Figure 21-6,
where the MSB is transmitted first. In Master mode, the
SPI clock rate (bit rate) is user-programmable to be one
of the following:
•
•
•
•
FOSC/4 (or TCY)
FOSC/16 (or 4 • TCY)
FOSC/64 (or 16 • TCY)
Timer2 output/2
This allows a maximum data rate (at 40 MHz) of
10.00 Mbps.
Figure 21-3 shows the waveforms for Master mode.
When the CKE bit is set, the SDOx data is valid before
there is a clock edge on SCKx. The change of the input
sample is shown based on the state of the SMP bit. The
time when the SSPxBUF is loaded with the received
data is shown.
SPI MODE WAVEFORM (MASTER MODE)
Write to
SSPxBUF
SCKx
(CKP = 0
CKE = 0)
SCKx
(CKP = 1
CKE = 0)
4 Clock
Modes
SCKx
(CKP = 0
CKE = 1)
SCKx
(CKP = 1
CKE = 1)
SDOx
(CKE = 0)
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
SDOx
(CKE = 1)
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
SDIx
(SMP = 0)
bit 0
bit 7
Input
Sample
(SMP = 0)
SDIx
(SMP = 1)
bit 7
bit 0
Input
Sample
(SMP = 1)
SSPxIF
SSPxSR to
SSPxBUF
DS39960C-page 286
Next Q4 Cycle
after Q2
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.3.7
SLAVE MODE
In Slave mode, the data is transmitted and received as
the external clock pulses appear on SCKx. When the
last bit is latched, the SSPxIF interrupt flag bit is set.
While in Slave mode, the external clock is supplied by
the external clock source on the SCKx pin. This
external clock must meet the minimum high and low
times as specified in the electrical specifications.
While in Sleep mode, the slave can transmit/receive
data. When a byte is received, the device can be
configured to wake-up from Sleep.
21.3.8
SLAVE SELECT
SYNCHRONIZATION
The SSx pin allows a Synchronous Slave mode. The
SPI must be in Slave mode with the SSx pin control
enabled (SSPxCON1<3:0> = 04h). When the SSx pin
is low, transmission and reception are enabled and the
SDOx pin is driven. When the SSx pin goes high, the
SDOx pin is no longer driven, even if in the middle of a
FIGURE 21-4:
transmitted byte and becomes a floating output.
External pull-up/pull-down resistors may be desirable
depending on the application.
Note: When the SPI is in Slave mode with SSx pin
control enabled (SSPxCON1<3:0> = 0100),
the SPI module will reset if the SSx pin is set
to VDD.
If the SPI is used in Slave mode with CKE
set, then the SSx pin control must be
enabled.
When the SPI module resets, the bit counter is forced
to ‘0’. This can be done by either forcing the SSx pin to
a high level or clearing the SSPEN bit.
To emulate two-wire communication, the SDOx pin can
be connected to the SDIx pin. When the SPI needs to
operate as a receiver, the SDOx pin can be configured
as an input. This disables transmissions from the
SDOx. The SDIx can always be left as an input (SDIx
function) since it cannot create a bus conflict.
SLAVE SYNCHRONIZATION WAVEFORM
SSx
SCKx
(CKP = 0
CKE = 0)
SCKx
(CKP = 1
CKE = 0)
Write to
SSPxBUF
SDOx
SDIx
(SMP = 0)
bit 7
bit 6
bit 7
bit 0
bit 0
bit 7
bit 7
Input
Sample
(SMP = 0)
SSPxIF
Interrupt
Flag
SSPxSR to
SSPxBUF
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Next Q4 Cycle
after Q2
DS39960C-page 287
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 21-5:
SPI MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE = 0)
SSx
Optional
SCKx
(CKP = 0
CKE = 0)
SCKx
(CKP = 1
CKE = 0)
Write to
SSPxBUF
SDOx
SDIx
(SMP = 0)
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
bit 0
bit 7
Input
Sample
(SMP = 0)
SSPxIF
Interrupt
Flag
Next Q4 Cycle
after Q2
SSPxSR to
SSPxBUF
FIGURE 21-6:
SPI MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE = 1)
SSx
Not Optional
SCKx
(CKP = 0
CKE = 1)
SCKx
(CKP = 1
CKE = 1)
Write to
SSPxBUF
SDOx
SDIx
(SMP = 0)
bit 7
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
bit 0
Input
Sample
(SMP = 0)
SSPxIF
Interrupt
Flag
SSPxSR to
SSPxBUF
DS39960C-page 288
Next Q4 Cycle
after Q2
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.3.9
OPERATION IN POWER-MANAGED
MODES
In SPI Master mode, module clocks may be operating
at a different speed than when in full-power mode. In
the case of Sleep mode, all clocks are halted.
21.3.11
BUS MODE COMPATIBILITY
Table 21-1 shows the compatibility between the
standard SPI modes and the states of the CKP and
CKE control bits.
In Idle modes, a clock is provided to the peripherals.
That clock can be from the primary clock source, the
secondary clock (SOSC oscillator) or the INTOSC
source. See Section 3.3 “Clock Sources and
Oscillator Switching” for additional information.
TABLE 21-1:
In most cases, the speed that the master clocks SPI
data is not important; however, this should be
evaluated for each system.
If MSSP interrupts are enabled, they can wake the controller from Sleep mode, or one of the Idle modes, when
the master completes sending data. If an exit from
Sleep or Idle mode is not desired, MSSP interrupts
should be disabled.
If the Sleep mode is selected, all module clocks are
halted and the transmission/reception will remain in
that state until the device wakes. After the device
returns to Run mode, the module will resume
transmitting and receiving data.
In SPI Slave mode, the SPI Transmit/Receive Shift
register operates asynchronously to the device. This
allows the device to be placed in any power-managed
mode and data to be shifted into the SPI
Transmit/Receive Shift register. When all 8 bits have
been received, the MSSP interrupt flag bit will be set,
and if enabled, will wake the device.
21.3.10
SPI BUS MODES
Control Bits State
Standard SPI Mode
Terminology
CKP
CKE
0, 0
0
1
0, 1
0
0
1, 0
1
1
1, 1
1
0
There is also an SMP bit which controls when the data
is sampled.
21.3.12
SPI CLOCK SPEED AND MODULE
INTERACTIONS
Because MSSP1 and MSSP2 are independent
modules, they can operate simultaneously at different
data rates. Setting the SSPM<3:0> bits of the
SSPxCON1 register determines the rate for the
corresponding module.
An exception is when both modules use Timer2 as a
time base in Master mode. In this instance, any
changes to the Timer2 module’s operation will affect
both MSSP modules equally. If different bit rates are
required for each module, the user should select one of
the other three time base options for one of the
modules.
EFFECTS OF A RESET
A Reset disables the MSSP module and terminates the
current transfer.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 289
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 21-2:
Name
INTCON
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SPI OPERATION
Bit 7
Bit 6
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
PIR2
OSCFIF
—
SSP2IF
BCL2IF
BCL1IF
HLVDIF
TMR3IF
TMR3GIF
PIE2
OSCFIE
—
SSP2IE
BCL2IE
BCL1IE
HLVDIE
TMR3IE
TMR3GIE
IPR2
OSCFIP
—
SSP2IP
BCL2IP
BCL1IP
HLVDIP
TMR3IP
TMR3GIP
PIR3
TMR5GIF
—
RC2IF
TX2IF
CTMUIF
CCP2IF
CCP1IF
RTCCIF
PIE3
TMR5GIE
—
RC2IE
TX2IE
CTMUIE
CCP2IE
CCP1IE
RTCCIE
IPR3
TMR5GIP
—
RC2IP
TX2IP
CTMUIP
CCP2IP
CCP1IP
RTCCIP
TRISC
TRISC7
TRISC6
TRISC5
TRISC4
TRISC3
TRISC2
TRISC1
TRISC0
TRISD
TRISD7
TRISD6
TRISD5
TRISD4
TRISD3
TRISD2
TRISD1
TRISD0
TRISF
TRISF7
TRISF6
TRISF5
TRISF4
TRISF3
TRISF2
TRISF1
—
SSP1BUF
MSSP1 Receive Buffer/Transmit Register
SSP1CON1
WCOL
SSPOV
SSPEN
CKP
SSPM3
SSPM2
SSPM1
SSPM0
SSP1CON2
GCEN
ACKSTAT
ACKDT
ACKEN
RCEN
PEN
RSEN
SEN
SSP1STAT
SMP
CKE
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
SSP2CON1
WCOL
SSPOV
SSPEN
CKP
SSPM3
SSPM2
SSPM1
SSPM0
SSP2CON2
GCEN
ACKSTAT
ACKDT
ACKEN
RCEN
PEN
RSEN
SEN
SSP2STAT
SMP
CKE
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
—
—
—
—
SSP2OD
SSP2MD
SSP1MD
ADCMD
SSP2BUF
MSSP2 Receive Buffer/Transmit Register
ODCON1
SSP1OD
CCP2OD
CCP1OD
PMD0
CCP3MD
CCP2MD
CCP1MD
UART2MD UART1MD
Legend: Shaded cells are not used by the MSSP module in SPI mode.
DS39960C-page 290
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4
I2C Mode
21.4.1
The MSSP module in I 2C mode fully implements all
master and slave functions (including general call
support), and provides interrupts on Start and Stop bits
in hardware to determine a free bus (multi-master
function). The MSSP module implements the standard
mode specifications, as well as 7-bit and 10-bit
addressing.
Two pins are used for data transfer:
• Serial Clock (SCLx) – RC3/SCK1/SCL1 or
RD6/SCK2/SCL2
• Serial Data (SDAx) – RC4/SDI1/SDA1 or
RD5/SDI2/SDA2
The user must configure these pins as inputs by setting
the associated TRIS bits.
FIGURE 21-7:
MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM
(I2C™ MODE)
Internal
Data Bus
Read
Write
SSPxBUF reg
SCLx
Shift
Clock
SSPxSR reg
SDAx
MSb
LSb
Match Detect
Addr Match
Address Mask
SSPxADD reg
Start and
Stop bit Detect
Note:
Set, Reset
S, P bits
(SSPxSTAT reg)
REGISTERS
The MSSP module has seven registers for I2C
operation. These are:
•
•
•
•
MSSPx Control Register 1 (SSPxCON1)
MSSPx Control Register 2 (SSPxCON2)
MSSPx Status Register (SSPxSTAT)
Serial Receive/Transmit Buffer Register
(SSPxBUF)
• MSSPx Shift Register (SSPxSR) – Not directly
accessible
• MSSPx Address Register (SSPxADD)
• I2C Slave Address Mask Register (SSPxMSK)
SSPxCON1, SSPxCON2 and SSPxSTAT are the
control and status registers in I2C mode operation. The
SSPxCON1 and SSPxCON2 registers are readable and
writable. The lower 6 bits of the SSPxSTAT are
read-only. The upper two bits of the SSPxSTAT are
read/write.
SSPxSR is the shift register used for shifting data in or
out. SSPxBUF is the buffer register to which data
bytes are written to or read from.
SSPxADD contains the slave device address when the
MSSP is configured in I2C Slave mode. When the
MSSP is configured in Master mode, the lower seven
bits of SSPxADD act as the Baud Rate Generator
reload value.
SSPxMSK holds the slave address mask value when
the module is configured for 7-bit Address Masking
mode. While it is a separate register, it shares the same
SFR address as SSPxADD; it is only accessible when
the SSPM<3:0> bits are specifically set to permit
access. Additional details are provided in
Section 21.4.3.4 “7-Bit Address Masking Mode”.
In receive operations, SSPxSR and SSPxBUF
together, create a double-buffered receiver. When
SSPxSR receives a complete byte, it is transferred to
SSPxBUF and the SSPxIF interrupt is set.
During transmission, the SSPxBUF is not
double-buffered. A write to SSPxBUF will write to both
SSPxBUF and SSPxSR.
Only port I/O names are used in this diagram for
the sake of brevity. Refer to the text for a full list of
multiplexed functions.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 291
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 21-3:
R/W-0
SSPxSTAT: MSSPx STATUS REGISTER (I2C™ MODE)
R/W-0
SMP
CKE
R-0
R-0
R-0
D/A
(1)
(1)
P
S
R-0
R/W
(2,3)
R-0
R-0
UA
BF
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
SMP: Slew Rate Control bit
In Master or Slave mode:
1 = Slew rate control disabled for Standard Speed mode (100 kHz and 1 MHz)
0 = Slew rate control enabled for High-Speed mode (400 kHz)
bit 6
CKE: SMBus Select bit
In Master or Slave mode:
1 = Enable SMBus-specific inputs
0 = Disable SMBus-specific inputs
bit 5
D/A: Data/Address bit
In Master mode:
Reserved.
In Slave mode:
1 = Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was data
0 = Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was address
bit 4
P: Stop bit(1)
1 = Indicates that a Stop bit has been detected last
0 = Stop bit was not detected last
bit 3
S: Start bit(1)
1 = Indicates that a Start bit has been detected last
0 = Start bit was not detected last
bit 2
R/W: Read/Write Information bit(2,3)
In Slave mode:
1 = Read
0 = Write
In Master mode:
1 = Transmit is in progress
0 = Transmit is not in progress
bit 1
UA: Update Address bit (10-Bit Slave mode only)
1 = Indicates that the user needs to update the address in the SSPxADD register
0 = Address does not need to be updated
bit 0
BF: Buffer Full Status bit
In Transmit mode:
1 = SSPxBUF is full
0 = SSPxBUF is empty
In Receive mode:
1 = SSPxBUF is full (does not include the ACK and Stop bits)
0 = SSPxBUF is empty (does not include the ACK and Stop bits)
Note 1:
2:
3:
This bit is cleared on Reset and when SSPEN is cleared.
This bit holds the R/W bit information following the last address match. This bit is only valid from the
address match to the next Start bit, Stop bit or not ACK bit.
ORing this bit with SEN, RSEN, PEN, RCEN or ACKEN will indicate if the MSSPx is in Active mode.
DS39960C-page 292
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 21-4:
R/W-0
SSPxCON1: MSSPx CONTROL REGISTER 1 (I2C™ MODE)
R/W-0
WCOL
R/W-0
SSPOV
SSPEN
(1)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CKP
SSPM3(2)
SSPM2(2)
SSPM1(2)
SSPM0(2)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
WCOL: Write Collision Detect bit
In Master Transmit mode:
1 = A write to the SSPxBUF register was attempted while the I2C conditions were not valid for a
transmission to be started (must be cleared in software)
0 = No collision
In Slave Transmit mode:
1 = The SSPxBUF register is written while it is still transmitting the previous word (must be cleared in
software)
0 = No collision
In Receive mode (Master or Slave modes):
This is a “don’t care” bit.
bit 6
SSPOV: Receive Overflow Indicator bit
In Receive mode:
1 = A byte is received while the SSPxBUF register is still holding the previous byte (must be cleared in
software)
0 = No overflow
In Transmit mode:
This is a “don’t care” bit in Transmit mode.
bit 5
SSPEN: Master Synchronous Serial Port Enable bit(1)
1 = Enables the serial port and configures the SDAx and SCLx pins as the serial port pins
0 = Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins
bit 4
CKP: SCKx Release Control bit
In Slave mode:
1 = Releases clock
0 = Holds clock low (clock stretch), used to ensure data setup time
In Master mode:
Unused in this mode.
bit 3-0
SSPM<3:0>: Master Synchronous Serial Port Mode Select bits(2)
1111 = I2C Slave mode: 10-bit address with Start and Stop bit interrupts enabled
1110 = I2C Slave mode: 7-bit address with Start and Stop bit interrupts enabled
1011 = I2C Firmware Controlled Master mode (slave Idle)
1001 = Load SSPMSK register at SSPxADD SFR address(3,4)
1000 = I2C Master mode: clock = FOSC/(4 * (SSPxADD + 1))
0111 = I2C Slave mode: 10-bit address
0110 = I2C Slave mode: 7-bit address
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
When enabled, the SDAx and SCLx pins must be configured as inputs.
Bit combinations not specifically listed here are either reserved or implemented in SPI mode only.
When SSPM<3:0> = 1001, any reads or writes to the SSPxADD SFR address actually accesses the
SSPxMSK register.
This mode is only available when 7-Bit Address Masking mode is selected (MSSPMSK Configuration bit
is ‘1’).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 293
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 21-5:
SSPxCON2: MSSPx CONTROL REGISTER 2 (I2C™ MASTER MODE)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
GCEN
ACKSTAT
ACKDT(1)
ACKEN(2)
RCEN(2)
PEN(2)
RSEN(2)
SEN(2)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
GCEN: General Call Enable bit
Unused in Master mode.
bit 6
ACKSTAT: Acknowledge Status bit (Master Transmit mode only)
1 = Acknowledge was not received from slave
0 = Acknowledge was received from slave
bit 5
ACKDT: Acknowledge Data bit (Master Receive mode only)(1)
1 = Not Acknowledge
0 = Acknowledge
bit 4
ACKEN: Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit(2)
1 = Initiates Acknowledge sequence on SDAx and SCLx pins and transmits ACKDT data bit.
Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Acknowledge sequence Idle
bit 3
RCEN: Receive Enable bit (Master Receive mode only)(2)
1 = Enables Receive mode for I2C™
0 = Receive is Idle
bit 2
PEN: Stop Condition Enable bit(2)
1 = Initiates Stop condition on SDAx and SCLx pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Stop condition is Idle
bit 1
RSEN: Repeated Start Condition Enable bit(2)
1 = Initiates Repeated Start condition on SDAx and SCLx pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Repeated Start condition is Idle
bit 0
SEN: Start Condition Enable bit(2)
1 = Initiates Start condition on SDAx and SCLx pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Start condition is Idle
Note 1:
2:
Value that will be transmitted when the user initiates an Acknowledge sequence at the end of a receive.
If the I2C module is active, these bits may not be set (no spooling) and the SSPxBUF may not be written
(or writes to the SSPxBUF are disabled).
DS39960C-page 294
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 21-6:
SSPxCON2: MSSPx CONTROL REGISTER 2 (I2C™ SLAVE MODE)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
GCEN
ACKSTAT
ACKDT
ACKEN(1)
RCEN(1)
PEN(1)
RSEN(1)
SEN(1)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
GCEN: General Call Enable bit
1 = Enables interrupt when a general call address (0000h) is received in the SSPxSR
0 = General call address is disabled
bit 6
ACKSTAT: Acknowledge Status bit
Unused in Slave mode.
bit 5
ACKDT: Acknowledge Data bit (Master Receive mode only)(1)
1 = Not Acknowledge
0 = Acknowledge
bit 4
ACKEN: Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit(1)
1 = Initiates Acknowledge sequence on SDAx and SCLx pins and transmits ACKDT data bit.
Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Acknowledge sequence is Idle
bit 3
RCEN: Receive Enable bit (Master Receive mode only)(1)
1 = Enables Receive mode for I2C
0 = Receive is Idle
bit 2
PEN: Stop Condition Enable bit(1)
1 = Initiates Stop condition on SDAx and SCLx pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Stop condition is Idle
bit 1
RSEN: Repeated Start Condition Enable bit(1)
1 = Initiates Repeated Start condition on SDAx and SCLx pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Repeated Start condition is Idle
bit 0
SEN: Stretch Enable bit(1)
1 = Clock stretching is enabled for both slave transmit and slave receive (stretch enabled)
0 = Clock stretching is disabled
Note 1:
If the I2C module is active, this bit may not be set (no spooling) and the SSPxBUF may not be written (or
writes to the SSPxBUF are disabled).
REGISTER 21-7:
SSPxMSK: I2C™ SLAVE ADDRESS MASK REGISTER (7-BIT MASKING MODE)(1)
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
MSK7
MSK6
MSK5
MSK4
MSK3
MSK2
MSK1
MSK0(2)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
x = Bit is unknown
MSK<7:0>: Slave Address Mask Select bit
1 = Masking of corresponding bit of SSPxADD is enabled
0 = Masking of corresponding bit of SSPxADD is disabled
Note 1:
2:
This register shares the same SFR address as SSPxADD and is only addressable in select MSSPx
operating modes. See Section 21.4.3.4 “7-Bit Address Masking Mode” for more details.
MSK0 is not used as a mask bit in 7-bit addressing.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 295
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.2
OPERATION
The MSSP module functions are enabled by setting the
MSSP Enable bit, SSPEN (SSPxCON1<5>).
The SSPxCON1 register allows control of the I2C
operation. Four mode selection bits (SSPxCON1<3:0>)
allow one of the following I2C modes to be selected:
I2C Master mode, clock
I 2C Slave mode (7-bit address)
I 2C Slave mode (10-bit address)
I 2C Slave mode (7-bit address) with Start and
Stop bit interrupts enabled
• I 2C Slave mode (10-bit address) with Start and
Stop bit interrupts enabled
• I 2C Firmware Controlled Master mode, slave is
Idle
•
•
•
•
Selection of any I 2C mode with the SSPEN bit set
forces the SCLx and SDAx pins to be open-drain,
provided these pins are programmed as inputs by
setting the appropriate TRISC or TRISD bits. To ensure
proper operation of the module, pull-up resistors must
be provided externally to the SCLx and SDAx pins.
21.4.3
SLAVE MODE
In Slave mode, the SCLx and SDAx pins must be
configured as inputs (TRISC<4:3> set). The MSSP
module will override the input state with the output data
when required (slave-transmitter).
The I 2C Slave mode hardware will always generate an
interrupt on an address match. Address masking will
allow the hardware to generate an interrupt for more
than one address (up to 31 in 7-bit addressing and up
to 63 in 10-bit addressing). Through the mode select
bits, the user can also choose to interrupt on Start and
Stop bits.
When an address is matched, or the data transfer after
an address match is received, the hardware automatically will generate the Acknowledge (ACK) pulse
and load the SSPxBUF register with the received value
currently in the SSPxSR register.
Any combination of the following conditions will cause
the MSSP module not to give this ACK pulse:
• The Buffer Full bit, BF (SSPxSTAT<0>), was set
before the transfer was received.
• The overflow bit, SSPOV (SSPxCON1<6>), was
set before the transfer was received.
21.4.3.1
Addressing
Once the MSSP module has been enabled, it waits for
a Start condition to occur. Following the Start condition,
the 8 bits are shifted into the SSPxSR register. All
incoming bits are sampled with the rising edge of the
clock (SCLx) line. The value of register, SSPxSR<7:1>,
is compared to the value of the SSPxADD register. The
address is compared on the falling edge of the eighth
clock (SCLx) pulse. If the addresses match and the BF
and SSPOV bits are clear, the following events occur:
1.
2.
3.
4.
The SSPxSR register value is loaded into the
SSPxBUF register.
The Buffer Full bit, BF, is set.
An ACK pulse is generated.
The MSSP Interrupt Flag bit, SSPxIF, is set (and
interrupt is generated, if enabled) on the falling
edge of the ninth SCLx pulse.
In 10-Bit Addressing mode, two address bytes need to
be received by the slave. The five Most Significant bits
(MSbs) of the first address byte specify if this is a 10-bit
address. The R/W (SSPxSTAT<2>) bit must specify a
write so the slave device will receive the second
address byte. For a 10-bit address, the first byte would
equal ‘11110 A9 A8 0’, where ‘A9’ and ‘A8’ are the
two MSbs of the address. The sequence of events for
10-bit addressing is as follows, with steps, 7 through 9,
for the slave-transmitter:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Receive first (high) byte of address (bits,
SSPxIF, BF and UA, are set on address match).
Update the SSPxADD register with second (low)
byte of address (clears bit, UA, and releases the
SCLx line).
Read the SSPxBUF register (clears bit, BF) and
clear flag bit, SSPxIF.
Receive second (low) byte of address (bits,
SSPxIF, BF and UA, are set).
Update the SSPxADD register with the first
(high) byte of address. If match releases SCLx
line, this will clear bit, UA.
Read the SSPxBUF register (clears bit, BF) and
clear flag bit SSPxIF.
Receive Repeated Start condition.
Receive first (high) byte of address (bits,
SSPxIF and BF, are set).
Read the SSPxBUF register (clears bit, BF) and
clear flag bit, SSPxIF.
In this case, the SSPxSR register value is not loaded
into the SSPxBUF, but bit, SSPxIF, is set. The BF bit is
cleared by reading the SSPxBUF register, while bit,
SSPOV, is cleared through software.
The SCLx clock input must have a minimum high and
low for proper operation. The high and low times of the
I2C specification, as well as the requirement of the
MSSP module, are shown in timing Parameter 100 and
Parameter 101.
DS39960C-page 296
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.3.2
Address Masking Modes
Masking an address bit causes that bit to become a
“don’t care”. When one address bit is masked, two
addresses will be Acknowledged and cause an
interrupt. It is possible to mask more than one address
bit at a time, which greatly expands the number of
addresses Acknowledged.
The I2C slave behaves the same way whether address
masking is used or not. However, when address
masking is used, the I2C slave can Acknowledge
multiple addresses and cause interrupts. When this
occurs, it is necessary to determine which address
caused the interrupt by checking the SSPxBUF.
The PIC18F87K22 family of devices is capable of using
two different Address Masking modes in I2C slave
operation: 5-Bit Address Masking and 7-Bit Address
Masking. The Masking mode is selected at device
configuration using the MSSPMSK Configuration bit.
The default device configuration is 7-Bit Address
Masking.
Both Masking modes, in turn, support address masking
of 7-bit and 10-bit addresses. The combination of
Masking modes and addresses provides different
ranges of Acknowledgable addresses for each
combination.
While both Masking modes function in roughly the
same manner, the way they use address masks are
different.
21.4.3.3
5-Bit Address Masking Mode
As the name implies, 5-Bit Address Masking mode
uses an address mask of up to 5 bits to create a range
of addresses to be Acknowledged, using bits, 5 through
1, of the incoming address. This allows the module to
EXAMPLE 21-2:
Acknowledge up to 31 addresses when using 7-bit
addressing, or 63 addresses with 10-bit addressing
(see Example 21-2). This Masking mode is selected
when the MSSPMSK Configuration bit is programmed
(‘0’).
The address mask in this mode is stored in the
SSPxCON2 register, which stops functioning as a control register in I2C Slave mode (Register 21-6). In 7-Bit
Address Masking mode, address mask bits,
ADMSK<5:1> (SSPxCON2<5:1>), mask the corresponding address bits in the SSPxADD register. For
any ADMSK bits that are set (ADMSK<n> = 1), the corresponding address bit is ignored (SSPxADD<n> = x).
For the module to issue an address Acknowledge, it is
sufficient to match only on addresses that do not have
an active address mask.
In 10-Bit Address Masking mode, bits, ADMSK<5:2>,
mask the corresponding address bits in the SSPxADD
register. In addition, ADMSK1 simultaneously masks
the two LSbs of the address (SSPxADD<1:0>). For any
ADMSK bits that are active (ADMSK<n> = 1), the corresponding address bit is ignored (SPxADD<n> = x).
Also note, that although in 10-Bit Address Masking
mode, the upper address bits reuse part of the
SSPxADD register bits. The address mask bits do not
interact with those bits; they only affect the lower
address bits.
Note 1: ADMSK1 masks the two Least Significant
bits of the address.
2: The two Most Significant bits of the
address are not affected by address
masking.
ADDRESS MASKING EXAMPLES IN 5-BIT MASKING MODE
7-Bit Addressing:
SSPxADD<7:1>= A0h (1010000) (SSPxADD<0> is assumed to be ‘0’)
ADMSK<5:1> = 00111
Addresses Acknowledged: A0h, A2h, A4h, A6h, A8h, AAh, ACh, AEh
10-Bit Addressing:
SSPxADD<7:0> = A0h (10100000) (The two MSb of the address are ignored in this example, since
they are not affected by masking)
ADMSK<5:1> = 00111
Addresses Acknowledged: A0h, A1h, A2h, A3h, A4h, A5h, A6h, A7h, A8h, A9h, AAh, ABh, ACh, ADh,
AEh, AFh
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 297
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.3.4
7-Bit Address Masking Mode
Unlike 5-bit masking, 7-Bit Address Masking mode
uses a mask of up to 8 bits (in 10-bit addressing) to
define a range of addresses that can be Acknowledged, using the lowest bits of the incoming address.
This allows the module to Acknowledge up to
127 different addresses with 7-bit addressing, or 255
with 10-bit addressing (see Example 21-3). This mode
is the default configuration of the module, which is
selected when MSSPMSK is unprogrammed (‘1’).
The address mask for 7-Bit Address Masking mode is
stored in the SSPxMSK register, instead of the
SSPxCON2 register. SSPxMSK is a separate hardware register within the module, but it is not directly
addressable. Instead, it shares an address in the SFR
space with the SSPxADD register. To access the
SSPxMSK register, it is necessary to select MSSP
mode, ‘1001’ (SSPxCON1<3:0> = 1001) and then
read or write to the location of SSPxADD.
To use 7-Bit Address Masking mode, it is necessary to
initialize SSPxMSK with a value before selecting the
I2C Slave Addressing mode. Thus, the required
sequence of events is:
1.
2.
3.
Select
SSPxMSK
Access
mode
(SSPxCON2<3:0> = 1001).
Write the mask value to the appropriate
SSPADD register address (FC8h for MSSP1,
F6Eh for MSSP2).
Set the appropriate I2C Slave mode
(SSPxCON2<3:0> = 0111 for 10-bit addressing,
0110 for 7-bit addressing).
EXAMPLE 21-3:
Setting or clearing mask bits in SSPxMSK behaves in
the opposite manner of the ADMSK bits in 5-Bit
Address Masking mode. That is, clearing a bit in
SSPxMSK causes the corresponding address bit to be
masked; setting the bit requires a match in that
position. SSPxMSK resets to all ‘1’s upon any Reset
condition and, therefore, has no effect on the standard
MSSP operation until written with a mask value.
With 7-bit addressing, SSPxMSK<7:1> bits mask the
corresponding address bits in the SSPxADD register.
For any SSPxMSK bits
that are active
(SSPxMSK<n> = 0), the corresponding SSPxADD
address bit is ignored (SSPxADD<n> = x). For the
module to issue an address Acknowledge, it is
sufficient to match only on addresses that do not have
an active address mask.
With 10-bit addressing, SSPxMSK<7:0> bits mask the
corresponding address bits in the SSPxADD register.
For any SSPxMSK bits that are active (= 0), the corresponding SSPxADD address bit is ignored
(SSPxADD<n> = x).
Note:
The two Most Significant bits of the
address are not affected by address
masking.
ADDRESS MASKING EXAMPLES IN 7-BIT MASKING MODE
7-Bit Addressing:
SSPxADD<7:1> = 1010 000
SSPxMSK<7:1> = 1111 001
Addresses Acknowledged = ACh, A8h, A4h, A0h
10-Bit Addressing:
SSPxADD<7:0> = 1010 0000 (The two MSb are ignored in this example since they are not affected)
SSPxMSK<5:1> = 1111 0011
Addresses Acknowledged = ACh, A8h, A4h, A0h
DS39960C-page 298
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.3.5
Reception
When the R/W bit of the address byte is clear and an
address match occurs, the R/W bit of the SSPxSTAT
register is cleared. The received address is loaded into
the SSPxBUF register and the SDAx line is held low
(ACK).
When the address byte overflow condition exists, then
the no Acknowledge (ACK) pulse is given. An overflow
condition is defined as either bit, BF (SSPxSTAT<0>),
is set or bit, SSPOV (SSPxCON1<6>), is set.
An MSSP interrupt is generated for each data transfer
byte. The interrupt flag bit, SSPxIF, must be cleared in
software. The SSPxSTAT register is used to determine
the status of the byte.
If SEN is enabled (SSPxCON2<0> = 1), SCLx will be
held low (clock stretch) following each data transfer. The
clock must be released by setting bit, CKP
(SSPxCON1<4>).
See
Section 21.4.4
“Clock
Stretching” for more details.
21.4.3.6
Transmission
When the R/W bit of the incoming address byte is set
and an address match occurs, the R/W bit of the
SSPxSTAT register is set. The received address is
loaded into the SSPxBUF register. The ACK pulse will
be sent on the ninth bit and pin SCLx is held low regardless of SEN (see Section 21.4.4 “Clock Stretching”
for more details). By stretching the clock, the master
will be unable to assert another clock pulse until the
slave is done preparing the transmit data. The transmit
data must be loaded into the SSPxBUF register which
also loads the SSPxSR register. Then, pin SCLx should
be enabled by setting bit, CKP (SSPxCON1<4>). The
eight data bits are shifted out on the falling edge of the
SCLx input. This ensures that the SDAx signal is valid
during the SCLx high time (Figure 21-10).
The ACK pulse from the master-receiver is latched on
the rising edge of the ninth SCLx input pulse. If the
SDAx line is high (not ACK), then the data transfer is
complete. In this case, when the ACK is latched by the
slave, the slave logic is reset and the slave monitors for
another occurrence of the Start bit. If the SDAx line was
low (ACK), the next transmit data must be loaded into
the SSPxBUF register. Again, pin SCLx must be
enabled by setting bit, CKP.
An MSSP interrupt is generated for each data transfer
byte. The SSPxIF bit must be cleared in software and
the SSPxSTAT register is used to determine the status
of the byte. The SSPxIF bit is set on the falling edge of
the ninth clock pulse.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 299
DS39960C-page 300
2
A6
3
4
A4
5
A3
Receiving Address
A5
6
A2
(CKP does not reset to ‘0’ when SEN = 0)
CKP (SSPxCON<4>)
SSPOV (SSPxCON1<6>)
BF (SSPxSTAT<0>)
SSPxIF (PIR1<3> or PIR3<7>)
1
SCLx
S
A7
7
A1
8
9
ACK
R/W = 0
1
D7
3
4
D4
5
D3
Receiving Data
D5
Cleared in software
SSPxBUF is read
2
D6
6
D2
7
D1
8
D0
9
ACK
1
D7
2
D6
3
4
D4
5
D3
Receiving Data
D5
6
D2
7
D1
8
D0
Bus master
terminates
transfer
P
SSPOV is set
because SSPxBUF is
still full. ACK is not sent.
9
ACK
FIGURE 21-8:
SDAx
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
I2C™ SLAVE MODE TIMING WITH SEN = 0 (RECEPTION, 7-BIT ADDRESS)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
2
A6
Note
3
A5
4
X
5
A3
6
X
1
3
4
D4
Cleared in software
SSPxBUF is read
2
D5
5
D3
6
D2
7
D1
8
D0
In this example, an address equal to A7.A6.A5.X.A3.X.X will be Acknowledged and cause an interrupt.
9
D6
x = Don’t care (i.e., address bit can either be a ‘1’ or a ‘0’).
8
D7
Receiving Data
2:
7
X
ACK
R/W = 0
1:
(CKP does not reset to ‘0’ when SEN = 0)
CKP (SSPxCON<4>)
SSPOV (SSPxCON1<6>)
BF (SSPxSTAT<0>)
SSPxIF (PIR1<3> or PIR3<7>)
1
SCLx
S
A7
Receiving Address
9
ACK
1
D7
2
D6
3
D5
4
D4
5
D3
Receiving Data
6
D2
7
D1
8
D0
Bus master
terminates
transfer
P
SSPOV is set
because SSPxBUF is
still full. ACK is not sent.
9
ACK
FIGURE 21-9:
SDAx
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
I2C™ SLAVE MODE TIMING WITH SEN = 0 AND ADMSK<5:1> = 01011
(RECEPTION, 7-BIT ADDRESS)
DS39960C-page 301
DS39960C-page 302
2
Data in
sampled
1
A6
CKP (SSPxCON<4>)
BF (SSPxSTAT<0>)
SSPxIF (PIR1<3> or PIR3<7>)
S
A7
3
4
A4
5
A3
6
A2
Receiving Address
A5
7
A1
8
R/W = 1
9
ACK
3
D5
4
5
D3
SSPxBUF is written in software
6
D2
Transmitting Data
D4
Cleared in software
2
D6
CKP is set in software
Clear by reading
SCLx held low
while CPU
responds to SSPxIF
1
D7
7
8
D0
9
From SSPxIF ISR
D1
ACK
1
D7
4
D4
5
D3
Cleared in software
3
D5
6
D2
CKP is set in software
SSPxBUF is written in software
2
D6
7
8
D0
9
ACK
From SSPxIF ISR
D1
Transmitting Data
P
FIGURE 21-10:
SCLx
SDAx
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
I2C™ SLAVE MODE TIMING (TRANSMISSION, 7-BIT ADDRESS)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
2
1
3
1
5
0
7
A8
8
UA is set indicating that
the SSPxADD needs to be
updated
SSPxBUF is written with
contents of SSPxSR
6
A9
9
2
X
4
5
A3
6
A2
4
5
6
Cleared in software
3
7
8
9
1
2
4
5
6
Cleared in software
3
D3 D2
Receive Data Byte
D1 D0 ACK D7 D6 D5 D4
Cleared by hardware when
SSPxADD is updated with high
byte of address
2
D3 D2
Note that the Most Significant bits of the address are not affected by the bit masking.
1
D6 D5 D4
3:
9
D7
x = Don’t care (i.e., address bit can either be a ‘1’ or a ‘0’).
8
X
Receive Data Byte
In this example, an address equal to A9.A8.A7.A6.A5.X.A3.A2.X.X will be Acknowledged and cause an interrupt.
UA is set indicating that
SSPxADD needs to be
updated
Cleared by hardware
when SSPxADD is updated
with low byte of address
7
X
Cleared in software
3
A5
Dummy read of SSPxBUF
to clear BF flag
1
A6
ACK
1:
A7
Receive Second Byte of Address
2:
(CKP does not reset to ‘0’ when SEN = 0)
CKP (SSPxCON<4>)
UA (SSPxSTAT<1>)
SSPOV (SSPxCON1<6>)
BF (SSPxSTAT<0>)
Note
4
1
Cleared in software
SSPxIF (PIR1<3> or PIR3<7>)
1
SCLx
S
1
ACK
R/W = 0
Clock is held low until
update of SSPxADD has
taken place
7
8
D1 D0
9
P
Bus master
terminates
transfer
SSPOV is set
because SSPxBUF is
still full. ACK is not sent.
ACK
FIGURE 21-11:
SDAx
Receive First Byte of Address
Clock is held low until
update of SSPxADD has
taken place
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
I2C™ SLAVE MODE TIMING WITH SEN = 0 AND ADMSK<5:1> = 01001
(RECEPTION, 10-BIT ADDRESS)
DS39960C-page 303
DS39960C-page 304
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
0
7
A8
8
UA is set indicating that
the SSPxADD needs to be
updated
SSPxBUF is written with
contents of SSPxSR
6
A9
9
(CKP does not reset to ‘0’ when SEN = 0)
CKP (SSPxCON<4>)
UA (SSPxSTAT<1>)
SSPOV (SSPxCON1<6>)
BF (SSPxSTAT<0>)
Cleared in software
SSPxIF (PIR1<3> or PIR3<7>)
1
SCLx
S
1
ACK
R/W = 0
A7
2
4
A4
5
A3
6
A2
8
9
A0 ACK
UA is set indicating that
SSPxADD needs to be
updated
Cleared by hardware
when SSPxADD is updated
with low byte of address
7
A1
Cleared in software
3
A5
Dummy read of SSPxBUF
to clear BF flag
1
A6
Receive Second Byte of Address
1
D7
4
5
6
Cleared in software
3
D3 D2
7
8
9
1
2
4
5
6
Cleared in software
3
D3 D2
Receive Data Byte
D1 D0 ACK D7 D6 D5 D4
Cleared by hardware when
SSPxADD is updated with high
byte of address
2
D6 D5 D4
Receive Data Byte
Clock is held low until
update of SSPxADD has
taken place
7
8
D1 D0
9
P
Bus master
terminates
transfer
SSPOV is set
because SSPxBUF is
still full. ACK is not sent.
ACK
FIGURE 21-12:
SDAx
Receive First Byte of Address
Clock is held low until
update of SSPxADD has
taken place
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
I2C™ SLAVE MODE TIMING WITH SEN = 0 (RECEPTION, 10-BIT ADDRESS)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
2
3
1
4
1
CKP (SSPxCON1<4>)
UA (SSPxSTAT<1>)
BF (SSPxSTAT<0>)
5
0
6
7
A9 A8
8
UA is set indicating that
the SSPxADD needs to be
updated
SSPxBUF is written with
contents of SSPxSR
SSPxIF (PIR1<3> or PIR3<7>)
1
S
SCLx
1
Receive First Byte of Address
1
9
ACK
1
3
4
5
Cleared in software
2
7
UA is set indicating that
SSPxADD needs to be
updated
8
A0
Cleared by hardware when
SSPxADD is updated with low
byte of address
6
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
Receive Second Byte of Address
Dummy read of SSPxBUF
to clear BF flag
A7
9
ACK
2
3
1
4
1
Cleared in software
1
1
5
0
6
8
9
ACK
R/W = 1
1
2
4
5
6
CKP is set in software
9
P
Completion of
data transmission
clears BF flag
8
ACK
Bus master
terminates
transfer
CKP is automatically cleared in hardware, holding SCLx low
7
D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Cleared in software
3
D7 D6 D5
Transmitting Data Byte
Clock is held low until
CKP is set to ‘1’
Write of SSPxBUF
BF flag is clear
initiates transmit
at the end of the
third address sequence
7
A9 A8
Cleared by hardware when
SSPxADD is updated with high
byte of address.
Dummy read of SSPxBUF
to clear BF flag
Sr
1
Receive First Byte of Address
Clock is held low until
update of SSPxADD has
taken place
FIGURE 21-13:
SDAx
R/W = 0
Clock is held low until
update of SSPxADD has
taken place
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
I2C™ SLAVE MODE TIMING (TRANSMISSION, 10-BIT ADDRESS)
DS39960C-page 305
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.4
CLOCK STRETCHING
If the user polls the UA bit and clears it by
updating the SSPxADD register before the
falling edge of the ninth clock occurs, and
if the user hasn’t cleared the BF bit by
reading the SSPxBUF register before that
time, then the CKP bit will still NOT be
asserted low. Clock stretching, on the
basis of the state of the BF bit, only occurs
during a data sequence, not an address
sequence.
Note:
Both 7-Bit and 10-Bit Slave modes implement
automatic clock stretching during a transmit sequence.
The SEN bit (SSPxCON2<0>) allows clock stretching
to be enabled during receives. Setting SEN will cause
the SCLx pin to be held low at the end of each data
receive sequence.
21.4.4.1
Clock Stretching for 7-Bit Slave
Receive Mode (SEN = 1)
In 7-Bit Slave Receive mode, on the falling edge of the
ninth clock at the end of the ACK sequence, if the BF
bit is set, the CKP bit in the SSPxCON1 register is
automatically cleared, forcing the SCLx output to be
held low. The CKP bit being cleared to ‘0’ will assert
the SCLx line low. The CKP bit must be set in the
user’s ISR before reception is allowed to continue. By
holding the SCLx line low, the user has time to service
the ISR and read the contents of the SSPxBUF before
the master device can initiate another receive
sequence. This will prevent buffer overruns from
occurring (see Figure 21-15).
Note 1: If the user reads the contents of the
SSPxBUF before the falling edge of the
ninth clock, thus clearing the BF bit, the
CKP bit will not be cleared and clock
stretching will not occur.
2: The CKP bit can be set in software
regardless of the state of the BF bit. The
user should be careful to clear the BF bit
in the ISR before the next receive
sequence in order to prevent an overflow
condition.
21.4.4.2
Clock Stretching for 10-Bit Slave
Receive Mode (SEN = 1)
In 10-Bit Slave Receive mode, during the address
sequence, clock stretching automatically takes place
but CKP is not cleared. During this time, if the UA bit is
set after the ninth clock, clock stretching is initiated.
The UA bit is set after receiving the upper byte of the
10-bit address and following the receive of the second
byte of the 10-bit address with the R/W bit cleared to
‘0’. The release of the clock line occurs upon updating
SSPxADD. Clock stretching will occur on each data
receive sequence as described in 7-bit mode.
DS39960C-page 306
21.4.4.3
Clock Stretching for 7-Bit Slave
Transmit Mode
The 7-Bit Slave Transmit mode implements clock
stretching by clearing the CKP bit after the falling edge
of the ninth clock if the BF bit is clear. This occurs
regardless of the state of the SEN bit.
The user’s ISR must set the CKP bit before transmission is allowed to continue. By holding the SCLx line
low, the user has time to service the ISR and load the
contents of the SSPxBUF before the master device
can initiate another transmit sequence (see
Figure 21-10).
Note 1: If the user loads the contents of
SSPxBUF, setting the BF bit before the
falling edge of the ninth clock, the CKP bit
will not be cleared and clock stretching
will not occur.
2: The CKP bit can be set in software
regardless of the state of the BF bit.
21.4.4.4
Clock Stretching for 10-Bit Slave
Transmit Mode
In 10-Bit Slave Transmit mode, clock stretching is
controlled during the first two address sequences by
the state of the UA bit, just as it is in 10-Bit Slave
Receive mode. The first two addresses are followed
by a third address sequence, which contains the
high-order bits of the 10-bit address and the R/W bit
set to ‘1’. After the third address sequence is
performed, the UA bit is not set, the module is now
configured in Transmit mode and clock stretching is
controlled by the BF flag as in 7-Bit Slave Transmit
mode (see Figure 21-13).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.4.5
Clock Synchronization and
the CKP bit
When the CKP bit is cleared, the SCLx output is forced
to ‘0’. However, clearing the CKP bit will not assert the
SCLx output low until the SCLx output is already
sampled low. Therefore, the CKP bit will not assert the
SCLx line until an external I2C master device has
FIGURE 21-14:
already asserted the SCLx line. The SCLx output will
remain low until the CKP bit is set and all other
devices on the I2C bus have deasserted SCLx. This
ensures that a write to the CKP bit will not violate the
minimum high time requirement for SCLx (see
Figure 21-14).
CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION TIMING
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
SDAx
DX – 1
DX
SCLx
CKP
Master Device
Asserts Clock
Master Device
Deasserts Clock
WR
SSPxCON1
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 307
DS39960C-page 308
2
A6
CKP (SSPxCON<4>)
SSPOV (SSPxCON1<6>)
BF (SSPxSTAT<0>)
SSPxIF (PIR1<3> or PIR3<7>)
1
SCLx
S
A7
3
4
A4
5
A3
6
A2
Receiving Address
A5
7
A1
8
9
ACK
R/W = 0
3
4
D4
5
D3
Receiving Data
D5
Cleared in software
2
D6
If BF is cleared
prior to the falling
edge of the 9th clock,
CKP will not be reset
to ‘0’ and no clock
stretching will occur
SSPxBUF is read
1
D7
6
D2
7
D1
9
ACK
1
D7
BF is set after falling
edge of the 9th clock,
CKP is reset to ‘0’ and
clock stretching occurs
8
D0
3
4
D4
5
D3
Receiving Data
D5
CKP
written
to ‘1’ in
software
2
D6
Clock is held low until
CKP is set to ‘1’
6
D2
7
D1
8
D0
Bus master
terminates
transfer
P
SSPOV is set
because SSPxBUF is
still full. ACK is not sent.
9
ACK
Clock is not held low
because ACK = 1
FIGURE 21-15:
SDAx
Clock is not held low
because buffer full bit is
clear prior to falling edge
of 9th clock
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
I2C™ SLAVE MODE TIMING WITH SEN = 1 (RECEPTION, 7-BIT ADDRESS)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
0
CKP (SSPxCON<4>)
UA (SSPxSTAT<1>)
SSPOV (SSPxCON1<6>)
BF (SSPxSTAT<0>)
6
7
A9 A8
8
UA is set indicating that
the SSPxADD needs to be
updated
SSPxBUF is written with
contents of SSPxSR
Cleared in software
SSPxIF (PIR1<3> or PIR3<7>)
1
SCLx
S
1
9
ACK
R/W = 0
A7
2
4
A4
5
A3
6
A2
Cleared in software
3
A5
7
A1
8
A0
Note: An update of the SSPxADD
register before the falling
edge of the ninth clock will
have no effect on UA and
UA will remain set.
UA is set indicating that
SSPxADD needs to be
updated
Cleared by hardware when
SSPxADD is updated with low
byte of address after falling edge
of ninth clock
Dummy read of SSPxBUF
to clear BF flag
1
A6
Receive Second Byte of Address
9
ACK
2
4
5
6
Cleared in software
3
D3 D2
7
8
1
4
5
6
Cleared in software
3
CKP written to ‘1’
in software
2
D3 D2
Receive Data Byte
D7 D6 D5 D4
Note: An update of the SSPxADD register before
the falling edge of the ninth clock will have no
effect on UA and UA will remain set.
9
ACK
Clock is held low until
CKP is set to ‘1’
D1 D0
Cleared by hardware when
SSPxADD is updated with high
byte of address after falling edge
of ninth clock
Dummy read of SSPxBUF
to clear BF flag
1
D7 D6 D5 D4
Receive Data Byte
Clock is held low until
update of SSPxADD has
taken place
7
8
9
Bus master
terminates
transfer
P
SSPOV is set
because SSPxBUF is
still full. ACK is not sent.
D1 D0
ACK
Clock is not held low
because ACK = 1
FIGURE 21-16:
SDAx
Receive First Byte of Address
Clock is held low until
update of SSPxADD has
taken place
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
I2C™ SLAVE MODE TIMING WITH SEN = 1 (RECEPTION, 10-BIT ADDRESS)
DS39960C-page 309
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.5
GENERAL CALL ADDRESS
SUPPORT
If the general call address matches, the SSPxSR is
transferred to the SSPxBUF, the BF flag bit is set
(eighth bit), and on the falling edge of the ninth bit (ACK
bit), the SSPxIF interrupt flag bit is set.
The addressing procedure for the I2C bus is such that
the first byte after the Start condition usually
determines which device will be the slave addressed by
the master. The exception is the general call address
which can address all devices. When this address is
used, all devices should, in theory, respond with an
Acknowledge.
When the interrupt is serviced, the source for the
interrupt can be checked by reading the contents of the
SSPxBUF. The value can be used to determine if the
address was device-specific or a general call address.
In 10-Bit Addressing mode, the SSPxADD is required
to be updated for the second half of the address to
match and the UA bit is set (SSPxSTAT<1>). If the general call address is sampled when the GCEN bit is set,
while the slave is configured in 10-Bit Addressing
mode, then the second half of the address is not
necessary, the UA bit will not be set and the slave will
begin receiving data after the Acknowledge
(Figure 21-17).
The general call address is one of eight addresses
reserved for specific purposes by the I2C protocol. It
consists of all ‘0’s with R/W = 0.
The general call address is recognized when the
General Call Enable bit, GCEN, is enabled
(SSPxCON2<7> set). Following a Start bit detect, eight
bits are shifted into the SSPxSR and the address is
compared against the SSPxADD. It is also compared to
the general call address and fixed in hardware.
FIGURE 21-17:
SLAVE MODE GENERAL CALL ADDRESS SEQUENCE
(7 OR 10-BIT ADDRESSING MODE)
Address is Compared to General Call Address
after ACK, set Interrupt
SCLx
S
1
2
3
4
5
Receiving Data
R/W = 0
General Call Address
SDAx
ACK D7
6
7
8
9
1
ACK
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SSPxIF
BF (SSPxSTAT<0>)
Cleared in Software
SSPxBUF is Read
SSPOV (SSPxCON1<6>)
‘0’
GCEN (SSPxCON2<7>)
‘1’
DS39960C-page 310
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
MASTER MODE
Note:
Master mode is enabled by setting and clearing the
appropriate SSPM bits in SSPxCON1, and by setting
the SSPEN bit. In Master mode, the SCLx and SDAx
lines are manipulated by the MSSP hardware if the
TRIS bits are set.
The Master mode of operation is supported by interrupt
generation on the detection of the Start and Stop
conditions. The Stop (P) and Start (S) bits are cleared
from a Reset or when the MSSP module is disabled.
Control of the I 2C bus may be taken when the P bit is
set, or the bus is Idle, with both the S and P bits clear.
The following events will cause the MSSP Interrupt
Flag bit, SSPxIF, to be set (and MSSP interrupt, if
enabled):
In Firmware Controlled Master mode, user code
conducts all I 2C bus operations based on Start and
Stop bit conditions.
•
•
•
•
•
Once Master mode is enabled, the user has six
options.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Assert a Start condition on SDAx and SCLx.
Assert a Repeated Start condition on SDAx and
SCLx.
Write to the SSPxBUF register initiating
transmission of data/address.
Configure the I2C port to receive data.
Generate an Acknowledge condition at the end
of a received byte of data.
Generate a Stop condition on SDAx and SCLx.
FIGURE 21-18:
The MSSP module, when configured in
I2C Master mode, does not allow queueing
of events. For instance, the user is not
allowed to initiate a Start condition and
immediately write the SSPxBUF register
to initiate transmission before the Start
condition is complete. In this case, the
SSPxBUF will not be written to and the
WCOL bit will be set, indicating that a write
to the SSPxBUF did not occur.
Start condition
Stop condition
Data transfer byte transmitted/received
Acknowledge transmitted
Repeated Start
MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM (I2C™ MASTER MODE)
Internal
Data Bus
Read
SSPM<3:0>
SSPxADD<6:0>
Write
SSPxBUF
SDAx
Baud
Rate
Generator
Shift
Clock
SDAx In
SCLx In
Bus Collision
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
LSb
Start bit, Stop bit,
Acknowledge
Generate
Start bit Detect
Stop bit Detect
Write Collision Detect
Clock Arbitration
State Counter for
End of XMIT/RCV
Clock Cntl
SCLx
Receive Enable
SSPxSR
MSb
Clock Arbitrate/WCOL Detect
(hold off clock source)
21.4.6
Set/Reset S, P (SSPxSTAT), WCOL (SSPxCON1);
Set SSPxIF, BCLxIF;
Reset ACKSTAT, PEN (SSPxCON2)
DS39960C-page 311
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.6.1
I2C™ Master Mode Operation
The master device generates all of the serial clock
pulses and the Start and Stop conditions. A transfer is
ended with a Stop condition or with a Repeated Start
condition. Since the Repeated Start condition is also
the beginning of the next serial transfer, the I2C bus will
not be released.
In Master Transmitter mode, serial data is output
through SDAx while SCLx outputs the serial clock. The
first byte transmitted contains the slave address of the
receiving device (7 bits) and the Read/Write (R/W) bit.
In this case, the R/W bit will be logic ‘0’. Serial data is
transmitted 8 bits at a time. After each byte is transmitted, an Acknowledge bit is received. Start and Stop
conditions are output to indicate the beginning and the
end of a serial transfer.
In Master Receive mode, the first byte transmitted
contains the slave address of the transmitting device
(7 bits) and the R/W bit. In this case, the R/W bit will be
logic ‘1’. Thus, the first byte transmitted is a 7-bit slave
address, followed by a ‘1’ to indicate the receive bit.
Serial data is received via SDAx, while SCLx outputs
the serial clock. Serial data is received 8 bits at a time.
After each byte is received, an Acknowledge bit is
transmitted. Start and Stop conditions indicate the
beginning and end of transmission.
The Baud Rate Generator, used for the SPI mode
operation, is used to set the SCLx clock frequency for
either 100 kHz, 400 kHz or 1 MHz I2C operation. See
Section 21.4.7 “Baud Rate” for more details.
DS39960C-page 312
A typical transmit sequence would go as follows:
1.
The user generates a Start condition by setting
the Start Enable bit, SEN (SSPxCON2<0>).
2. SSPxIF is set. The MSSP module will wait the
required start time before any other operation
takes place.
3. The user loads the SSPxBUF with the slave
address to transmit.
4. Address is shifted out the SDAx pin until all 8 bits
are transmitted.
5. The MSSP module shifts in the ACK bit from the
slave device and writes its value into the
SSPxCON2 register (SSPxCON2<6>).
6. The MSSP module generates an interrupt at the
end of the ninth clock cycle by setting the
SSPxIF bit.
7. The user loads the SSPxBUF with eight bits of
data.
8. Data is shifted out the SDAx pin until all 8 bits
are transmitted.
9. The MSSP module shifts in the ACK bit from the
slave device and writes its value into the
SSPxCON2 register (SSPxCON2<6>).
10. The MSSP module generates an interrupt at the
end of the ninth clock cycle by setting the
SSPxIF bit.
11. The user generates a Stop condition by setting
the Stop Enable bit, PEN (SSPxCON2<2>).
12. Interrupt is generated once the Stop condition is
complete.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.7
BAUD RATE
21.4.7.1
2
In I C Master mode, the Baud Rate Generator (BRG)
reload value is placed in the lower 7 bits of the
SSPxADD register (Figure 21-19). When a write
occurs to SSPxBUF, the Baud Rate Generator will
automatically begin counting. The BRG counts down to
0 and stops until another reload has taken place. The
BRG count is decremented twice per instruction cycle
(TCY) on the Q2 and Q4 clocks. In I2C Master mode, the
BRG is reloaded automatically.
Baud Rate and Module
Interdependence
Because MSSP1 and MSSP2 are independent, they
can operate simultaneously in I2C Master mode at
different baud rates. This is done by using different
BRG reload values for each module.
Because this mode derives its basic clock source from
the system clock, any changes to the clock will affect
both modules in the same proportion. It may be
possible to change one or both baud rates back to a
previous value by changing the BRG reload value.
Once the given operation is complete (i.e., transmission of the last data bit is followed by ACK), the internal
clock will automatically stop counting and the SCLx pin
will remain in its last state.
Table 21-3 demonstrates clock rates based on
instruction cycles and the BRG value loaded into
SSPxADD. The SSPxADD BRG value of 0x00 is not
supported.
FIGURE 21-19:
BAUD RATE GENERATOR BLOCK DIAGRAM
SSPxADD<6:0>
SSPM<3:0>
SSPM<3:0>
Reload
SCLx
Control
Reload
CLKO
TABLE 21-3:
BRG Down Counter
FOSC/4
I2C™ CLOCK RATE w/BRG
FOSC
FCY
FCY * 2
BRG Value
FSCL
(2 Rollovers of BRG)
40 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
18h
400 kHz(1)
40 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
1Fh
312.5 kHz
40 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
63h
100 kHz
16 MHz
4 MHz
8 MHz
09h
400 kHz(1)
16 MHz
4 MHz
8 MHz
0Ch
308 kHz
16 MHz
4 MHz
8 MHz
27h
100 kHz
4 MHz
1 MHz
2 MHz
02h
333 kHz(1)
4 MHz
1 MHz
2 MHz
09h
100 kHz
16 MHz
4 MHz
8 MHz
03h
1 MHz(1,2)
Note 1:
2:
The I2C interface does not conform to the 400 kHz I2C specification (which applies to rates greater than
100 kHz) in all details, but may be used with care where higher rates are required by the application.
A minimum of 16 MHz FOSC is required to get 1 MHz I2C.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 313
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.7.2
Clock Arbitration
Clock arbitration occurs when the master, during any
receive, transmit or Repeated Start/Stop condition,
deasserts the SCLx pin (SCLx allowed to float high).
When the SCLx pin is allowed to float high, the Baud
Rate Generator (BRG) is suspended from counting
until the SCLx pin is actually sampled high. When the
FIGURE 21-20:
SCLx pin is sampled high, the Baud Rate Generator is
reloaded with the contents of SSPxADD<6:0> and
begins counting. This ensures that the SCLx high time
will always be at least one BRG rollover count in the
event that the clock is held low by an external device
(Figure 21-20).
BAUD RATE GENERATOR TIMING WITH CLOCK ARBITRATION
SDAx
DX
DX – 1
SCLx Deasserted but Slave Holds
SCLx Low (clock arbitration)
SCLx Allowed to Transition High
SCLx
BRG Decrements on
Q2 and Q4 Cycles
BRG
Value
03h
02h
01h
00h (hold off)
03h
02h
SCLx is Sampled High, Reload takes
place and BRG Starts its Count
BRG
Reload
DS39960C-page 314
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.8
I2C™ MASTER MODE START
CONDITION TIMING
Note:
To initiate a Start condition, the user sets the Start
Enable bit, SEN (SSPxCON2<0>). If the SDAx and
SCLx pins are sampled high, the Baud Rate Generator
is reloaded with the contents of SSPxADD<6:0> and
starts its count. If SCLx and SDAx are both sampled
high when the Baud Rate Generator times out (TBRG),
the SDAx pin is driven low. The action of the SDAx
being driven low while SCLx is high is the Start condition and causes the S bit (SSPxSTAT<3>) to be set.
Following this, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded
with the contents of SSPxADD<6:0> and resumes its
count. When the Baud Rate Generator times out
(TBRG), the SEN bit (SSPxCON2<0>) will be
automatically cleared by hardware. The Baud Rate
Generator is suspended, leaving the SDAx line held low
and the Start condition is complete.
FIGURE 21-21:
21.4.8.1
If, at the beginning of the Start condition,
the SDAx and SCLx pins are already
sampled low or if during the Start condition, the SCLx line is sampled low before
the SDAx line is driven low, a bus collision
occurs, the Bus Collision Interrupt Flag,
BCLxIF, is set, the Start condition is
aborted and the I2C module is reset into its
Idle state.
WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPxBUF when a Start sequence
is in progress, the WCOL bit is set and the contents of
the buffer are unchanged (the write doesn’t occur).
Note:
Because queueing of events is not
allowed, writing to the lower 5 bits of
SSPxCON2 is disabled until the Start
condition is complete.
FIRST START BIT TIMING
Write to SEN bit Occurs Here
Set S bit (SSPxSTAT<3>)
SDAx = 1,
SCLx = 1
TBRG
At Completion of Start bit,
Hardware Clears SEN bit
and Sets SSPxIF bit
TBRG
Write to SSPxBUF Occurs Here
1st bit
SDAx
2nd bit
TBRG
SCLx
TBRG
S
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 315
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.9
I2C™ MASTER MODE REPEATED
START CONDITION TIMING
Note 1: If RSEN is programmed while any other
event is in progress, it will not take effect.
A Repeated Start condition occurs when the RSEN bit
(SSPxCON2<1>) is programmed high and the I2C logic
module is in the Idle state. When the RSEN bit is set,
the SCLx pin is asserted low. When the SCLx pin is
sampled low, the Baud Rate Generator is loaded with
the contents of SSPxADD<5:0> and begins counting.
The SDAx pin is released (brought high) for one Baud
Rate Generator count (TBRG). When the Baud Rate
Generator times out, and if SDAx is sampled high, the
SCLx pin will be deasserted (brought high). When
SCLx is sampled high, the Baud Rate Generator is
reloaded with the contents of SSPxADD<6:0> and
begins counting. SDAx and SCLx must be sampled
high for one TBRG. This action is then followed by
assertion of the SDAx pin (SDAx = 0) for one TBRG
while SCLx is high. Following this, the RSEN bit
(SSPxCON2<1>) will be automatically cleared and the
Baud Rate Generator will not be reloaded, leaving the
SDAx pin held low. As soon as a Start condition is
detected on the SDAx and SCLx pins, the S bit
(SSPxSTAT<3>) will be set. The SSPxIF bit will not be
set until the Baud Rate Generator has timed out.
2: A bus collision during the Repeated Start
condition occurs if:
• SDAx is sampled low when SCLx
goes from low-to-high.
• SCLx goes low before SDAx is
asserted low. This may indicate that
another master is attempting to
transmit a data ‘1’.
Immediately following the SSPxIF bit getting set, the
user may write the SSPxBUF with the 7-bit address in
7-bit mode or the default first address in 10-bit mode.
After the first eight bits are transmitted and an ACK is
received, the user may then transmit an additional eight
bits of address (10-bit mode) or eight bits of data (7-bit
mode).
21.4.9.1
If the user writes the SSPxBUF when a Repeated Start
sequence is in progress, the WCOL is set and the
contents of the buffer are unchanged (the write doesn’t
occur).
Note:
FIGURE 21-22:
WCOL Status Flag
Because queueing of events is not
allowed, writing of the lower 5 bits of
SSPxCON2 is disabled until the Repeated
Start condition is complete.
REPEATED START CONDITION WAVEFORM
S bit Set by Hardware
Write to SSPxCON2 Occurs Here: SDAx = 1,
SCLx (no change).
SDAx = 1,
SCLx = 1
TBRG
TBRG
At Completion of Start bit,
Hardware Clears RSEN bit
and Sets SSPxIF
TBRG
1st bit
SDAx
RSEN bit Set by Hardware
on Falling Edge of Ninth Clock,
End of XMIT
Write to SSPxBUF Occurs Here
TBRG
SCLx
TBRG
Sr = Repeated Start
DS39960C-page 316
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.10
I2C™ MASTER MODE
TRANSMISSION
Transmission of a data byte, a 7-bit address or the
other half of a 10-bit address, is accomplished by
simply writing a value to the SSPxBUF register. This
action will set the Buffer Full flag bit, BF, and allow the
Baud Rate Generator to begin counting and start the
next transmission. Each bit of address/data will be
shifted out onto the SDAx pin after the falling edge of
SCLx is asserted (see data hold time specification
Parameter 106). SCLx is held low for one Baud Rate
Generator rollover count (TBRG). Data should be valid
before SCLx is released high (see data setup time
specification Parameter 107). When the SCLx pin is
released high, it is held that way for TBRG. The data on
the SDAx pin must remain stable for that duration and
some hold time after the next falling edge of SCLx.
After the eighth bit is shifted out (the falling edge of the
eighth clock), the BF flag is cleared and the master
releases SDAx. This allows the slave device being
addressed to respond with an ACK bit during the ninth
bit time if an address match occurred, or if data was
received properly. The status of ACK is written into the
ACKDT bit on the falling edge of the ninth clock. If the
master receives an Acknowledge, the Acknowledge
Status bit, ACKSTAT, is cleared; if not, the bit is set.
After the ninth clock, the SSPxIF bit is set and the
master clock (Baud Rate Generator) is suspended until
the next data byte is loaded into the SSPxBUF, leaving
SCLx low and SDAx unchanged (Figure 21-23).
After the write to the SSPxBUF, each bit of the address
will be shifted out on the falling edge of SCLx until all
seven address bits and the R/W bit are completed. On
the falling edge of the eighth clock, the master will
deassert the SDAx pin, allowing the slave to respond
with an Acknowledge. On the falling edge of the ninth
clock, the master will sample the SDAx pin to see if the
address was recognized by a slave. The status of the
ACK bit is loaded into the ACKSTAT status bit
(SSPxCON2<6>). Following the falling edge of the
ninth clock transmission of the address, the SSPxIF
flag is set, the BF flag is cleared and the Baud Rate
Generator is turned off until another write to the
SSPxBUF takes place, holding SCLx low and allowing
SDAx to float.
21.4.10.1
BF Status Flag
In Transmit mode, the BF bit (SSPxSTAT<0>) is set
when the CPU writes to SSPxBUF and is cleared when
all 8 bits are shifted out.
21.4.10.2
WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPxBUF when a transmit is
already in progress (i.e., SSPxSR is still shifting out a
data byte), the WCOL bit is set and the contents of the
buffer are unchanged (the write doesn’t occur) after
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
2 TCY after the SSPxBUF write. If SSPxBUF is rewritten
within 2 TCY, the WCOL bit is set and SSPxBUF is
updated. This may result in a corrupted transfer.
The user should verify that the WCOL bit is clear after
each write to SSPxBUF to ensure the transfer is correct.
In all cases, WCOL must be cleared in software.
21.4.10.3
ACKSTAT Status Flag
In Transmit mode, the ACKSTAT bit (SSPxCON2<6>)
is cleared when the slave has sent an Acknowledge
(ACK = 0) and is set when the slave does not Acknowledge (ACK = 1). A slave sends an Acknowledge when
it has recognized its address (including a general call),
or when the slave has properly received its data.
21.4.11
I2C™ MASTER MODE RECEPTION
Master mode reception is enabled by programming the
Receive Enable bit, RCEN (SSPxCON2<3>).
Note:
The MSSP module must be in an inactive
state before the RCEN bit is set or the
RCEN bit will be disregarded.
The Baud Rate Generator begins counting, and on
each rollover, the state of the SCLx pin changes
(high-to-low/low-to-high) and data is shifted into the
SSPxSR. After the falling edge of the eighth clock, the
receive enable flag is automatically cleared, the contents of the SSPxSR are loaded into the SSPxBUF, the
BF flag bit is set, the SSPxIF flag bit is set and the Baud
Rate Generator is suspended from counting, holding
SCLx low. The MSSP is now in Idle state awaiting the
next command. When the buffer is read by the CPU,
the BF flag bit is automatically cleared. The user can
then send an Acknowledge bit at the end of reception
by setting the Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit,
ACKEN (SSPxCON2<4>).
21.4.11.1
BF Status Flag
In receive operation, the BF bit is set when an address
or data byte is loaded into SSPxBUF from SSPxSR. It
is cleared when the SSPxBUF register is read.
21.4.11.2
SSPOV Status Flag
In receive operation, the SSPOV bit is set when 8 bits
are received into the SSPxSR and the BF flag bit is
already set from a previous reception.
21.4.11.3
WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPxBUF when a receive is
already in progress (i.e., SSPxSR is still shifting in a
data byte), the WCOL bit is set and the contents of the
buffer are unchanged (the write doesn’t occur).
DS39960C-page 317
DS39960C-page 318
S
R/W
PEN
SEN
BF (SSPxSTAT<0>)
SSPxIF
SCLx
SDAx
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
3
4
5
Cleared in software
2
6
7
8
After Start condition, SEN cleared by hardware
SSPxBUF written
1
9
D7
1
SCLx held low
while CPU
responds to SSPxIF
ACK = 0
R/W = 0
SSPxBUF written with 7-bit address and R/W,
start transmit
A7
Transmit Address to Slave
3
D5
4
D4
5
D3
6
D2
7
D1
8
D0
SSPxBUF is written in software
Cleared in software service routine
from MSSP interrupt
2
D6
Transmitting Data or Second Half
of 10-bit Address
P
Cleared in software
9
ACK
From slave, clear ACKSTAT bit (SSPxCON2<6>)
ACKSTAT in
SSPxCON2 = 1
FIGURE 21-23:
SEN = 0
Write SSPxCON2<0> (SEN = 1),
Start condition begins
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
I 2C™ MASTER MODE WAVEFORM (TRANSMISSION, 7 OR 10-BIT ADDRESS)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
S
ACKEN
SSPOV
BF
(SSPxSTAT<0>)
SDAx = 0, SCLx = 1,
while CPU
responds to SSPxIF
SSPxIF
SCLx
SDAx
1
A7
2
4
5
6
Cleared in software
3
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2
Transmit Address to Slave
7
A1
8
9
R/W = 1
ACK
Receiving Data from Slave
2
3
5
6
7
8
D0
9
ACK
Receiving Data from Slave
2
3
4
5
6
7
Cleared in software
Set SSPxIF interrupt
at end of Acknowledge
sequence
Data shifted in on falling edge of CLK
1
Cleared in
software
Set SSPxIF at end
of receive
9
ACK is not sent
ACK
Bus master
terminates
transfer
Set P bit
(SSPxSTAT<4>)
and SSPxIF
Set SSPxIF interrupt
at end of Acknowledge
sequence
P
PEN bit = 1
written here
SSPOV is set because
SSPxBUF is still full
8
D0
RCEN cleared
automatically
Set ACKEN, start Acknowledge sequence,
SDAx = ACKDT = 1
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Last bit is shifted into SSPxSR and
contents are unloaded into SSPxBUF
Cleared in software
Set SSPxIF interrupt
at end of receive
4
Cleared in software
1
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
RCEN = 1, start
next receive
ACK from master,
SDAx = ACKDT = 0
FIGURE 21-24:
Master configured as a receiver
by programming SSPxCON2<3> (RCEN = 1)
SEN = 0
Write to SSPxBUF occurs here,
RCEN cleared
ACK from Slave
automatically
start XMIT
Write to SSPxCON2<0> (SEN = 1),
begin Start condition
Write to SSPxCON2<4>
to start Acknowledge sequence,
SDAx = ACKDT (SSPxCON2<5>) = 0
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
I 2C™ MASTER MODE WAVEFORM (RECEPTION, 7-BIT ADDRESS)
DS39960C-page 319
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.12
ACKNOWLEDGE SEQUENCE
TIMING
21.4.13
A Stop bit is asserted on the SDAx pin at the end of a
receive/transmit by setting the Stop Sequence Enable
bit, PEN (SSPxCON2<2>). At the end of a
receive/transmit, the SCLx line is held low after the
falling edge of the ninth clock. When the PEN bit is set,
the master will assert the SDAx line low. When the
SDAx line is sampled low, the Baud Rate Generator is
reloaded and counts down to 0. When the Baud Rate
Generator times out, the SCLx pin will be brought high
and one TBRG (Baud Rate Generator rollover count)
later, the SDAx pin will be deasserted. When the SDAx
pin is sampled high while SCLx is high, the P bit
(SSPxSTAT<4>) is set. A TBRG later, the PEN bit is
cleared and the SSPxIF bit is set (Figure 21-26).
An Acknowledge sequence is enabled by setting the
Acknowledge
Sequence
Enable
bit,
ACKEN
(SSPxCON2<4>). When this bit is set, the SCLx pin is
pulled low and the contents of the Acknowledge data bit
are presented on the SDAx pin. If the user wishes to generate an Acknowledge, then the ACKDT bit should be
cleared. If not, the user should set the ACKDT bit before
starting an Acknowledge sequence. The Baud Rate Generator then counts for one rollover period (TBRG) and the
SCLx pin is deasserted (pulled high). When the SCLx pin
is sampled high (clock arbitration), the Baud Rate Generator counts for TBRG; the SCLx pin is then pulled low.
Following this, the ACKEN bit is automatically cleared, the
Baud Rate Generator is turned off and the MSSP module
then goes into an inactive state (Figure 21-25).
21.4.12.1
21.4.13.1
WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPxBUF when a Stop sequence
is in progress, then the WCOL bit is set and the
contents of the buffer are unchanged (the write doesn’t
occur).
WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPxBUF when an Acknowledge
sequence is in progress, then WCOL is set and the
contents of the buffer are unchanged (the write doesn’t
occur).
FIGURE 21-25:
STOP CONDITION TIMING
ACKNOWLEDGE SEQUENCE WAVEFORM
Acknowledge Sequence Starts Here,
Write to SSPxCON2,
ACKEN = 1, ACKDT = 0
ACKEN Automatically Cleared
TBRG
TBRG
SDAx
D0
SCLx
8
ACK
9
SSPxIF
SSPxIF Set at
the End of Receive
Cleared in
Software
Note: TBRG = one Baud Rate Generator period.
FIGURE 21-26:
SSPxIF Set at the End
of Acknowledge Sequence
STOP CONDITION RECEIVE OR TRANSMIT MODE
SCLx = 1 for TBRG, Followed by SDAx = 1 for TBRG
after SDAx Sampled High. P bit (SSPxSTAT<4>) is Set
Write to SSPxCON2,
Set PEN
PEN bit (SSPxCON2<2>) is Cleared by
Hardware and the SSPxIF bit is Set
Falling Edge of
9th Clock
TBRG
SCLx
SDAx
Cleared in
Software
ACK
P
TBRG
TBRG
TBRG
SCLx Brought High After TBRG
SDAx Asserted Low Before Rising Edge of Clock
to Set up Stop Condition
Note: TBRG = one Baud Rate Generator period.
DS39960C-page 320
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.14
SLEEP OPERATION
21.4.17
2
While in Sleep mode, the I C module can receive
addresses or data and when an address match or
complete byte transfer occurs, wake the processor
from Sleep (if the MSSP interrupt is enabled).
21.4.15
EFFECTS OF A RESET
A Reset disables the MSSP module and terminates the
current transfer.
21.4.16
MULTI-MASTER MODE
In Multi-Master mode, the interrupt generation on the
detection of the Start and Stop conditions allows the
determination of when the bus is free. The Stop (P) and
Start (S) bits are cleared from a Reset or when the
MSSP module is disabled. Control of the I 2C bus may
be taken when the P bit (SSPxSTAT<4>) is set, or the
bus is Idle, with both the S and P bits clear. When the
bus is busy, enabling the MSSP interrupt will generate
the interrupt when the Stop condition occurs.
In multi-master operation, the SDAx line must be
monitored for arbitration to see if the signal level is the
expected output level. This check is performed in
hardware with the result placed in the BCLxIF bit.
The states where arbitration can be lost are:
•
•
•
•
•
Address Transfer
Data Transfer
A Start Condition
A Repeated Start Condition
An Acknowledge Condition
MULTI -MASTER COMMUNICATION,
BUS COLLISION AND BUS
ARBITRATION
Multi-Master mode support is achieved by bus arbitration. When the master outputs address/data bits onto
the SDAx pin, arbitration takes place when the master
outputs a ‘1’ on SDAx, by letting SDAx float high, and
another master asserts a ‘0’. When the SCLx pin floats
high, data should be stable. If the expected data on
SDAx is a ‘1’ and the data sampled on the SDAx
pin = 0, then a bus collision has taken place. The
master will set the Bus Collision Interrupt Flag, BCLxIF,
and reset the I2C port to its Idle state (Figure 21-27).
If a transmit was in progress when the bus collision
occurred, the transmission is halted, the BF flag is
cleared, the SDAx and SCLx lines are deasserted and
the SSPxBUF can be written to. When the user services
the bus collision Interrupt Service Routine and if the I2C
bus is free, the user can resume communication by
asserting a Start condition.
If a Start, Repeated Start, Stop or Acknowledge condition
was in progress when the bus collision occurred, the condition is aborted, the SDAx and SCLx lines are
deasserted and the respective control bits in the
SSPxCON2 register are cleared. When the user services
the bus collision Interrupt Service Routine (ISR), and if
the I2C bus is free, the user can resume communication
by asserting a Start condition.
The master will continue to monitor the SDAx and SCLx
pins. If a Stop condition occurs, the SSPxIF bit will be set.
A write to the SSPxBUF will start the transmission of
data at the first data bit regardless of where the
transmitter left off when the bus collision occurred.
In Multi-Master mode, the interrupt generation on the
detection of Start and Stop conditions allows the determination of when the bus is free. Control of the I2C bus can
be taken when the P bit is set in the SSPxSTAT register,
or the bus is Idle and the S and P bits are cleared.
FIGURE 21-27:
BUS COLLISION TIMING FOR TRANSMIT AND ACKNOWLEDGE
Data Changes
while SCLx = 0
SDAx Line Pulled Low
by Another Source
SDAx Released
by Master
Sample SDAx. While SCLx is High,
Data Doesn’t Match what is Driven
by the Master;
Bus Collision has Occurred
SDAx
SCLx
Set Bus Collision
Interrupt (BCLxIF)
BCLxIF
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 321
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.17.1
Bus Collision During a Start
Condition
During a Start condition, a bus collision occurs if:
a)
b)
SDAx or SCLx is sampled low at the beginning
of the Start condition (Figure 21-28).
SCLx is sampled low before SDAx is asserted
low (Figure 21-29).
During a Start condition, both the SDAx and the SCLx
pins are monitored.
If the SDAx pin is sampled low during this count, the
BRG is reset and the SDAx line is asserted early
(Figure 21-30). If, however, a ‘1’ is sampled on the
SDAx pin, the SDAx pin is asserted low at the end of
the BRG count. The Baud Rate Generator is then
reloaded and counts down to 0. If the SCLx pin is
sampled as ‘0’ during this time, a bus collision does not
occur. At the end of the BRG count, the SCLx pin is
asserted low.
Note:
If the SDAx pin is already low, or the SCLx pin is
already low, then all of the following occur:
• the Start condition is aborted,
• the BCLxIF flag is set and
• the MSSP module is reset to its inactive state
(Figure 21-28)
The Start condition begins with the SDAx and SCLx
pins deasserted. When the SDAx pin is sampled high,
the Baud Rate Generator is loaded from
SSPxADD<6:0> and counts down to 0. If the SCLx pin
is sampled low while SDAx is high, a bus collision
occurs because it is assumed that another master is
attempting to drive a data ‘1’ during the Start condition.
FIGURE 21-28:
The reason that bus collision is not a factor during a Start condition is that no two
bus masters can assert a Start condition
at the exact same time. Therefore, one
master will always assert SDAx before the
other. This condition does not cause a bus
collision because the two masters must be
allowed to arbitrate the first address
following the Start condition. If the address
is the same, arbitration must be allowed to
continue into the data portion, Repeated
Start or Stop conditions.
BUS COLLISION DURING START CONDITION (SDAx ONLY)
SDAx Goes Low Before the SEN bit is Set.
Set BCLxIF,
S bit and SSPxIF Set Because
SDAx = 0, SCLx = 1
SDAx
SCLx
Set SEN, Enable Start
Condition if SDAx = 1, SCLx = 1
SEN Cleared Automatically Because of Bus Collision,
MSSP module Reset into Idle State
SEN
BCLxIF
SDAx Sampled Low Before
Start Condition, Set BCLxIF,
S bit and SSPxIF Set Because
SDAx = 0, SCLx = 1
SSPxIF and BCLxIF are
Cleared in Software
S
SSPxIF
SSPxIF and BCLxIF are
Cleared in Software
DS39960C-page 322
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 21-29:
BUS COLLISION DURING START CONDITION (SCLx = 0)
SDAx = 0, SCLx = 1
TBRG
TBRG
SDAx
Set SEN, Enable Start
Sequence if SDAx = 1, SCLx = 1
SCLx
SCLx = 0 Before SDAx = 0,
Bus Collision Occurs, Set BCLxIF
SEN
SCLx = 0 Before BRG Time-out,
Bus Collision Occurs, Set BCLxIF
BCLxIF
Interrupt Cleared
in Software
S
‘0’
‘0’
SSPxIF
‘0’
‘0’
FIGURE 21-30:
BRG RESET DUE TO SDAx ARBITRATION DURING START CONDITION
SDAx = 0, SCLx = 1
Set S
Less than TBRG
SDAx
Set SSPxIF
TBRG
SDAx Pulled Low by Other Master,
Reset BRG and Assert SDAx
SCLx
S
SCLx Pulled Low After BRG
Time-out
SEN
BCLxIF
Set SEN, Enable Start
Sequence if SDAx = 1, SCLx = 1
‘0’
S
SSPxIF
SDAx = 0, SCLx = 1,
Set SSPxIF
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Interrupts Cleared
in Software
DS39960C-page 323
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.17.2
Bus Collision During a Repeated
Start Condition
If SDAx is low, a bus collision has occurred (i.e., another
master is attempting to transmit a data ‘0’,
Figure 21-31). If SDAx is sampled high, the BRG is
reloaded and begins counting. If SDAx goes from
high-to-low before the BRG times out, no bus collision
occurs because no two masters can assert SDAx at
exactly the same time.
During a Repeated Start condition, a bus collision
occurs if:
a)
b)
A low level is sampled on SDAx when SCLx
goes from a low level to a high level.
SCLx goes low before SDAx is asserted low,
indicating that another master is attempting to
transmit a data ‘1’.
If SCLx goes from high-to-low before the BRG times
out and SDAx has not already been asserted, a bus
collision occurs. In this case, another master is
attempting to transmit a data ‘1’ during the Repeated
Start condition (see Figure 21-32).
When the user deasserts SDAx and the pin is allowed
to float high, the BRG is loaded with SSPxADD<6:0>
and counts down to 0. The SCLx pin is then deasserted
and when sampled high, the SDAx pin is sampled.
FIGURE 21-31:
If, at the end of the BRG time-out, both SCLx and SDAx
are still high, the SDAx pin is driven low and the BRG is
reloaded and begins counting. At the end of the count,
regardless of the status of the SCLx pin, the SCLx pin is
driven low and the Repeated Start condition is complete.
BUS COLLISION DURING A REPEATED START CONDITION (CASE 1)
SDAx
SCLx
Sample SDAx when SCLx goes High,
If SDAx = 0, Set BCLxIF and Release SDAx and SCLx
RSEN
BCLxIF
Cleared in Software
S
‘0’
SSPxIF
‘0’
FIGURE 21-32:
BUS COLLISION DURING REPEATED START CONDITION (CASE 2)
TBRG
TBRG
SDAx
SCLx
BCLxIF
SCLx goes Low Before SDAx,
Set BCLxIF, Release SDAx and SCLx
Interrupt Cleared
in Software
RSEN
S
‘0’
SSPxIF
DS39960C-page 324
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
21.4.17.3
Bus Collision During a Stop
Condition
The Stop condition begins with SDAx asserted low.
When SDAx is sampled low, the SCLx pin is allowed to
float. When the pin is sampled high (clock arbitration),
the Baud Rate Generator is loaded with
SSPxADD<6:0> and counts down to 0. After the BRG
times out, SDAx is sampled. If SDAx is sampled low, a
bus collision has occurred. This is due to another
master attempting to drive a data ‘0’ (Figure 21-33). If
the SCLx pin is sampled low before SDAx is allowed to
float high, a bus collision occurs. This is another case
of another master attempting to drive a data ‘0’
(Figure 21-34).
Bus collision occurs during a Stop condition if:
a)
b)
After the SDAx pin has been deasserted and
allowed to float high, SDAx is sampled low after
the BRG has timed out.
After the SCLx pin is deasserted, SCLx is
sampled low before SDAx goes high.
FIGURE 21-33:
BUS COLLISION DURING A STOP CONDITION (CASE 1)
TBRG
TBRG
TBRG
SDAx
SDAx Sampled
Low After TBRG,
Set BCLxIF
SDAx Asserted Low
SCLx
PEN
BCLxIF
P
‘0’
SSPxIF
‘0’
FIGURE 21-34:
BUS COLLISION DURING A STOP CONDITION (CASE 2)
TBRG
TBRG
TBRG
SDAx
Assert SDAx
SCLx
SCLx goes Low Before SDAx goes High,
Set BCLxIF
PEN
BCLxIF
P
‘0’
SSPxIF
‘0’
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 325
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 21-4:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH I2C™ OPERATION
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
TMR1GIF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
TMR1GIE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
TMR1GIP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
INTCON
PIR2
OSCFIF
—
SSP2IF
BLC2IF
BCL1IF
HLVDIF
TMR3IF
TMR3GIF
PIE2
OSCFIE
—
SSP2IE
BLC2IE
BCL1IE
HLVDIE
TMR3IE
TMR3GIE
IPR2
OSCFIP
—
SSP2IP
BLC2IP
BCL1IP
HLVDIP
TMR3IP
TMR3GIP
PIR3
TMR5GIF
—
RC2IF
TX2IF
CTMUIF
CCP2IF
CCP1IF
RTCCIF
PIE3
TMR5GIE
—
RC2IE
TX2IE
CTMUIE
CCP2IE
CCP1IE
RTCCIE
IPR3
TMR5GIP
—
RC2IP
TX2IP
CTMUIP
CCP2IP
CCP1IP
RTCCIP
TRISC
TRISC7
TRISC6
TRISC5
TRISC4
TRISC3
TRISC2
TRISC1
TRISC0
TRISD
TRISD7
TRISD6
TRISD5
TRISD4
TRISD3
TRISD2
TRISD1
TRISD0
SSP1BUF
MSSP1 Receive Buffer/Transmit Register
SSP1ADD
MSSP1 Address Register (I2C Slave mode),
MSSP1 Baud Rate Reload Register (I2C Master mode)
SSP1MSK(1)
MSK7
SSP1CON1
SSP1CON2
MSK6
MSK5
WCOL
SSPOV
GCEN
ACKSTAT
ACKSTAT
GCEN
SSP1STAT
SMP
CKE
MSK4
MSK3
MSK2
MSK1
MSK0
SSPEN
CKP
SSPM3
SSPM2
SSPM1
SSPM0
ACKDT
ACKEN
RCEN
PEN
RSEN
SEN
ADMSK5(2)
ADMSK4(2)
ADMSK3(2)
ADMSK2(2)
ADMSK1(2)
SEN
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
SSP2BUF
MSSP2 Receive Buffer/Transmit Register
SSP2ADD
MSSP2 Address Register (I2C Slave mode),
MSSP2 Baud Rate Reload Register (I2C Master mode)
SSP2MSK(1)
MSK7
MSK6
MSK5
MSK4
MSK3
MSK2
MSK1
MSK0
SSP2CON1
WCOL
SSPOV
SSPEN
CKP
SSPM3
SSPM2
SSPM1
SSPM0
SSP2CON2
GCEN
ACKSTAT
ACKDT
ACKEN
RCEN
PEN
RSEN
GCEN
ACKSTAT
SMP
CKE
D/A
CCP3MD
CCP2MD
CCP1MD
SSP2STAT
PMD0
ADMSK5(2) ADMSK4(2) ADMSK3(2) ADMSK2(2) ADMSK1(2)
P
S
UART2MD UART1MD
SEN
SEN
R/W
UA
BF
SSP2MD
SSP1MD
ADCMD
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the MSSP module in I2C™ mode.
Note 1: SSPxMSK shares the same address in SFR space as SSPxADD, but is only accessible in certain I2C
Slave operating modes in 7-Bit Masking mode. See Section 21.4.3.4 “7-Bit Address Masking Mode” for
more details.
2: Alternate bit definitions for use in I2C Slave mode operations only.
DS39960C-page 326
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
22.0
ENHANCED UNIVERSAL
SYNCHRONOUS
ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER
TRANSMITTER (EUSART)
The Enhanced Universal Synchronous Asynchronous
Receiver Transmitter (EUSART) module is one of two
serial I/O modules. (Generically, the EUSART is also
known as a Serial Communications Interface or SCI.)
The EUSART can be configured as a full-duplex,
asynchronous system that can communicate with
peripheral devices, such as CRT terminals and
personal computers. It can also be configured as a
half-duplex synchronous system that can communicate
with peripheral devices, such as A/D or D/A integrated
circuits, serial EEPROMs, etc.
The Enhanced USART module implements additional
features, including automatic baud rate detection and
calibration, automatic wake-up on Sync Break reception and 12-bit Break character transmit. These make it
ideally suited for use in Local Interconnect Network bus
(LIN/J2602 bus) systems.
All members of the PIC18F87K22 family are equipped
with two independent EUSART modules, referred to as
EUSART1 and EUSART2. They can be configured in
the following modes:
• Asynchronous (full duplex) with:
- Auto-wake-up on character reception
- Auto-baud calibration
- 12-bit Break character transmission
• Synchronous – Master (half duplex) with
selectable clock polarity
• Synchronous – Slave (half duplex) with selectable
clock polarity
The pins of EUSART1 and EUSART2 are multiplexed
with the functions of PORTC (RC6/TX1/CK1 and
RC7/RX1/DT1) and PORTG (RG1/TX2/CK2/AN19/C3OUT
and RG2/RX2/DT2/AN18/C3INA), respectively. In
order to configure these pins as an EUSART:
• For EUSART1:
- Bit, SPEN (RCSTA1<7>), must be set (= 1)
- Bit, TRISC<7>, must be set (= 1)
- Bit, TRISC<6>, must be cleared (= 0) for
Asynchronous and Synchronous Master
modes
- Bit, TRISC<6>, must be set (= 1) for
Synchronous Slave mode
• For EUSART2:
- Bit, SPEN (RCSTA2<7>), must be set (= 1)
- Bit, TRISG<2>, must be set (= 1)
- Bit TRISG<1> must be cleared (= 0) for
Asynchronous and Synchronous Master
modes
- Bit, TRISC<6>, must be set (= 1) for
Synchronous Slave mode
Note:
The operation of each Enhanced USART module is
controlled through three registers:
• Transmit Status and Control (TXSTAx)
• Receive Status and Control (RCSTAx)
• Baud Rate Control (BAUDCONx)
These are detailed on the following pages in
Register 22-1, Register 22-2 and Register 22-3,
respectively.
Note:
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
The EUSART control will automatically
reconfigure the pin from input to output as
needed.
Throughout this section, references to
register and bit names that may be associated with a specific EUSART module are
referred to generically by the use of ‘x’ in
place of the specific module number.
Thus, “RCSTAx” might refer to the
Receive Status register for either
EUSART1 or EUSART2.
DS39960C-page 327
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 22-1:
TXSTAx: TRANSMIT STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-1
R/W-0
CSRC
TX9
TXEN(1)
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
CSRC: Clock Source Select bit
Asynchronous mode:
Don’t care.
Synchronous mode:
1 = Master mode (clock generated internally from BRG)
0 = Slave mode (clock from external source)
bit 6
TX9: 9-Bit Transmit Enable bit
1 = Selects 9-bit transmission
0 = Selects 8-bit transmission
bit 5
TXEN: Transmit Enable bit(1)
1 = Transmit is enabled
0 = Transmit is disabled
bit 4
SYNC: EUSART Mode Select bit
1 = Synchronous mode
0 = Asynchronous mode
bit 3
SENDB: Send Break Character bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Send Sync Break on next transmission (cleared by hardware upon completion)
0 = Sync Break transmission has completed
Synchronous mode:
Don’t care.
bit 2
BRGH: High Baud Rate Select bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = High speed
0 = Low speed
Synchronous mode:
Unused in this mode.
bit 1
TRMT: Transmit Shift Register Status bit
1 = TSR is empty
0 = TSR is full
bit 0
TX9D: 9th bit of Transmit Data
Can be address/data bit or a parity bit.
Note 1:
SREN/CREN overrides TXEN in Sync mode.
DS39960C-page 328
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 22-2:
RCSTAx: RECEIVE STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R-x
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
SPEN: Serial Port Enable bit
1 = Serial port is enabled
0 = Serial port is disabled (held in Reset)
bit 6
RX9: 9-Bit Receive Enable bit
1 = Selects 9-bit reception
0 = Selects 8-bit reception
bit 5
SREN: Single Receive Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
Don’t care.
Synchronous mode – Master:
1 = Enables single receive
0 = Disables single receive
This bit is cleared after reception is complete.
Synchronous mode – Slave:
Don’t care.
bit 4
CREN: Continuous Receive Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Enables receiver
0 = Disables receiver
Synchronous mode:
1 = Enables continuous receive until enable bit, CREN, is cleared (CREN overrides SREN)
0 = Disables continuous receive
bit 3
ADDEN: Address Detect Enable bit
Asynchronous mode 9-Bit (RX9 = 1):
1 = Enables address detection, enables interrupt and loads the receive buffer when RSR<8> is set
0 = Disables address detection, all bytes are received and the ninth bit can be used as a parity bit
Asynchronous mode 9-Bit (RX9 = 0):
Don’t care.
bit 2
FERR: Framing Error bit
1 = Framing error (can be cleared by reading the RCREGx register and receiving the next valid byte)
0 = No framing error
bit 1
OERR: Overrun Error bit
1 = Overrun error (can be cleared by clearing bit, CREN)
0 = No overrun error
bit 0
RX9D: 9th bit of Received Data
This can be an address/data bit or a parity bit and must be calculated by user firmware.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 329
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 22-3:
BAUDCONx: BAUD RATE CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
ABDOVF: Auto-Baud Acquisition Rollover Status bit
1 = A BRG rollover has occurred during Auto-Baud Rate Detect mode (must be cleared in software)
0 = No BRG rollover has occurred
bit 6
RCIDL: Receive Operation Idle Status bit
1 = Receive operation is Idle
0 = Receive operation is active
bit 5
RXDTP: Data/Receive Polarity Select bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Receive data (RXx) is inverted (active-low)
0 = Receive data (RXx) is not inverted (active-high)
Synchronous mode:
1 = Data (DTx) is inverted (active-low)
0 = Data (DTx) is not inverted (active-high)
bit 4
TXCKP: Synchronous Clock Polarity Select bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Idle state for transmit (TXx) is a low level
0 = Idle state for transmit (TXx) is a high level
Synchronous mode:
1 = Idle state for clock (CKx) is a high level
0 = Idle state for clock (CKx) is a low level
bit 3
BRG16: 16-Bit Baud Rate Register Enable bit
1 = 16-bit Baud Rate Generator – SPBRGHx and SPBRGx
0 = 8-bit Baud Rate Generator – SPBRGx only (Compatible mode), SPBRGHx value ignored
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1
WUE: Wake-up Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = EUSART will continue to sample the RXx pin – interrupt generated on falling edge; bit cleared in
hardware on following rising edge
0 = RXx pin not monitored or rising edge detected
Synchronous mode:
Unused in this mode.
bit 0
ABDEN: Auto-Baud Detect Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Enable baud rate measurement on the next character. Requires reception of a Sync field (55h);
cleared in hardware upon completion.
0 = Baud rate measurement is disabled or has completed
Synchronous mode:
Unused in this mode.
DS39960C-page 330
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
22.1
Baud Rate Generator (BRG)
The BRG is a dedicated, 8-bit or 16-bit generator that
supports both the Asynchronous and Synchronous
modes of the EUSART. By default, the BRG operates
in 8-bit mode; setting the BRG16 bit (BAUDCONx<3>)
selects 16-bit mode.
The SPBRGHx:SPBRGx register pair controls the period
of a free-running timer. In Asynchronous mode, bits,
BRGH (TXSTAx<2>) and BRG16 (BAUDCONx<3>),
also control the baud rate. In Synchronous mode, BRGH
is ignored. Table 22-1 shows the formula for computation
of the baud rate for different EUSART modes which only
apply in Master mode (internally generated clock).
Given the desired baud rate and FOSC, the nearest
integer value for the SPBRGHx:SPBRGx registers can
be calculated using the formulas in Table 22-1. From this,
the error in baud rate can be determined. An example
calculation is shown in Example 22-1. Typical baud rates
and error values for the various Asynchronous modes
are shown in Table 22-2. It may be advantageous to use
the high baud rate (BRGH = 1) or the 16-bit BRG to
reduce the baud rate error, or achieve a slow baud rate
for a fast oscillator frequency.
TABLE 22-1:
Writing a new value to the SPBRGHx:SPBRGx
registers causes the BRG timer to be reset (or cleared).
This ensures the BRG does not wait for a timer overflow before outputting the new baud rate. When
operated in the Synchronous mode, SPBRGH:SPBRG
values of 0000h and 0001h are not supported. In the
Asynchronous mode, all BRG values may be used.
22.1.1
OPERATION IN POWER-MANAGED
MODES
The device clock is used to generate the desired baud
rate. When one of the power-managed modes is
entered, the new clock source may be operating at a
different frequency. This may require an adjustment to
the value in the SPBRGx register pair.
22.1.2
SAMPLING
The data on the RXx pin (either RC7/RX1/DT1 or
RG2/RX2/DT2/AN18/C3INA) is sampled three times
by a majority detect circuit to determine if a high or a
low level is present at the RXx pin.
BAUD RATE FORMULAS
Configuration Bits
BRG/EUSART Mode
Baud Rate Formula
0
8-bit/Asynchronous
FOSC/[64 (n + 1)]
1
8-bit/Asynchronous
1
0
16-bit/Asynchronous
0
1
1
16-bit/Asynchronous
1
0
x
8-bit/Synchronous
1
1
x
16-bit/Synchronous
SYNC
BRG16
BRGH
0
0
0
0
0
FOSC/[16 (n + 1)]
FOSC/[4 (n + 1)]
Legend: x = Don’t care, n = value of SPBRGHx:SPBRGx register pair
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 331
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
EXAMPLE 22-1:
CALCULATING BAUD RATE ERROR
For a device with FOSC of 16 MHz, desired baud rate of 9600, Asynchronous mode, and 8-bit BRG:
Desired Baud Rate
= FOSC/(64 ([SPBRGHx:SPBRGx] + 1))
Solving for SPBRGHx:SPBRGx:
X = ((FOSC/Desired Baud Rate)/64) – 1
= ((16000000/9600)/64) – 1
= [25.042] = 25
Calculated Baud Rate = 16000000/(64 (25 + 1))
= 9615
Error
= (Calculated Baud Rate – Desired Baud Rate)/Desired Baud Rate
= (9615 – 9600)/9600 = 0.16%
TABLE 22-2:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH BAUD RATE GENERATOR
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
TXSTA1
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
RCSTA1
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
BAUDCON1
SPBRGH1
EUSART1 Baud Rate Generator Register High Byte
SPBRG1
EUSART1 Baud Rate Generator Register
CSRC
TXSTA2
TXEN
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
SSP2MD
SSP1MD
ADCMD
RCSTA2
BAUDCON2
TX9
SPBRGH2
EUSART2 Baud Rate Generator Register High Byte
SPBRG2
EUSART2 Baud Rate Generator Register
PMD0
CCP3MD
CCP2MD
CCP1MD
UART2MD UART1MD
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the BRG.
DS39960C-page 332
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 22-3:
BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODES
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0, BRG16 = 0
BAUD
RATE
(K)
FOSC = 40.000 MHz
FOSC = 20.000 MHz
FOSC = 10.000 MHz
(decimal)
%
Error
—
—
—
—
—
1.221
2.441
1.73
255
9.615
0.16
64
19.531
1.73
31
57.6
56.818
-1.36
10
62.500
8.51
4
52.083
-9.58
2
—
—
—
115.2
125.000
8.51
4
104.167
-9.58
2
78.125
-32.18
1
—
—
—
%
Error
0.3
1.2
—
—
2.4
9.6
19.2
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
—
1.73
—
255
—
1.202
2.404
0.16
129
9.766
1.73
31
19.531
1.73
15
FOSC = 8.000 MHz
Actual
Rate
(K)
Actual
Rate
(K)
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
—
0.16
—
129
—
1.201
—
-0.16
—
103
2.404
0.16
64
2.403
-0.16
51
9.766
1.73
15
9.615
-0.16
12
19.531
1.73
7
—
—
—
SPBRG
value
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0, BRG16 = 0
BAUD
RATE
(K)
FOSC = 4.000 MHz
FOSC = 2.000 MHz
FOSC = 1.000 MHz
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
0.16
207
0.300
-0.16
103
0.300
-0.16
51
0.16
51
1.201
-0.16
25
1.201
-0.16
12
2.404
0.16
25
2.403
-0.16
12
—
—
—
9.6
8.929
-6.99
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
19.2
20.833
8.51
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
0.3
0.300
1.2
1.202
2.4
SPBRG
value
%
Error
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
57.6
62.500
8.51
0
—
—
—
—
—
—
115.2
62.500
-45.75
0
—
—
—
—
—
—
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1, BRG16 = 0
BAUD
RATE
(K)
FOSC = 40.000 MHz
FOSC = 20.000 MHz
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9.766
1.73
255
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
0.3
—
1.2
—
2.4
9.6
SPBRG
value
FOSC = 10.000 MHz
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9.615
0.16
FOSC = 8.000 MHz
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.441
1.73
255
2.403
-0.16
207
129
9.615
0.16
64
9.615
-0.16
51
25
SPBRG
value
SPBRG
value
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
—
19.2
19.231
0.16
129
19.231
0.16
64
19.531
1.73
31
19.230
-0.16
57.6
58.140
0.94
42
56.818
-1.36
21
56.818
-1.36
10
55.555
3.55
8
115.2
113.636
-1.36
21
113.636
-1.36
10
125.000
8.51
4
—
—
—
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1, BRG16 = 0
BAUD
RATE
(K)
FOSC = 4.000 MHz
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
FOSC = 2.000 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
FOSC = 1.000 MHz
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
0.3
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.300
-0.16
207
1.2
1.202
0.16
207
1.201
-0.16
103
1.201
-0.16
51
2.4
2.404
0.16
103
2.403
-0.16
51
2.403
-0.16
25
9.6
9.615
0.16
25
9.615
-0.16
12
—
—
—
19.2
19.231
0.16
12
—
—
—
—
—
—
57.6
62.500
8.51
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
115.2
125.000
8.51
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 333
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 22-3:
BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODES (CONTINUED)
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0, BRG16 = 1
BAUD
RATE
(K)
FOSC = 40.000 MHz
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
FOSC = 20.000 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
FOSC = 10.000 MHz
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
SPBRG
value
%
Error
FOSC = 8.000 MHz
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
0.3
0.300
0.00
8332
0.300
0.02
4165
0.300
0.02
2082
0.300
-0.04
1.2
1.200
0.02
2082
1.200
-0.03
1041
1.200
-0.03
520
1.201
-0.16
1665
415
2.4
2.402
0.06
1040
2.399
-0.03
520
2.404
0.16
259
2.403
-0.16
207
9.6
9.615
0.16
259
9.615
0.16
129
9.615
0.16
64
9.615
-0.16
51
25
19.2
19.231
0.16
129
19.231
0.16
64
19.531
1.73
31
19.230
-0.16
57.6
58.140
0.94
42
56.818
-1.36
21
56.818
-1.36
10
55.555
3.55
8
115.2
113.636
-1.36
21
113.636
-1.36
10
125.000
8.51
4
—
—
—
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0, BRG16 = 1
BAUD
RATE
(K)
FOSC = 4.000 MHz
FOSC = 2.000 MHz
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
0.04
832
0.300
0.16
207
1.201
2.404
0.16
103
9.6
9.615
0.16
19.2
19.231
57.6
62.500
115.2
125.000
FOSC = 1.000 MHz
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
-0.16
415
0.300
-0.16
-0.16
103
1.201
-0.16
51
2.403
-0.16
51
2.403
-0.16
25
25
9.615
-0.16
12
—
—
—
0.16
12
—
—
—
—
—
—
8.51
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
8.51
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
0.3
0.300
1.2
1.202
2.4
SPBRG
value
SPBRG
value
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
207
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1, BRG16 = 1 or SYNC = 1, BRG16 = 1
BAUD
RATE
(K)
FOSC = 40.000 MHz
FOSC = 20.000 MHz
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
0.00
33332
0.300
0.00
8332
1.200
0.02
4165
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
0.3
0.300
1.2
1.200
2.4
2.400
SPBRG
value
FOSC = 10.000 MHz
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
0.00
16665
0.300
0.02
4165
1.200
2.400
0.02
2082
2.402
SPBRG
value
FOSC = 8.000 MHz
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
0.00
8332
0.300
-0.01
6665
0.02
2082
1.200
-0.04
1665
0.06
1040
2.400
-0.04
832
SPBRG
value
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
9.6
9.606
0.06
1040
9.596
-0.03
520
9.615
0.16
259
9.615
-0.16
207
19.2
19.193
-0.03
520
19.231
0.16
259
19.231
0.16
129
19.230
-0.16
103
57.6
57.803
0.35
172
57.471
-0.22
86
58.140
0.94
42
57.142
0.79
34
115.2
114.943
-0.22
86
116.279
0.94
42
113.636
-1.36
21
117.647
-2.12
16
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1, BRG16 = 1 or SYNC = 1, BRG16 = 1
BAUD
RATE
(K)
0.3
1.2
FOSC = 4.000 MHz
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
0.300
1.200
0.01
0.04
FOSC = 2.000 MHz
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
3332
832
0.300
1.201
-0.04
-0.16
SPBRG
value
FOSC = 1.000 MHz
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
1665
415
0.300
1.201
-0.04
-0.16
832
207
103
SPBRG
value
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
2.4
2.404
0.16
415
2.403
-0.16
207
2.403
-0.16
9.6
9.615
0.16
103
9.615
-0.16
51
9.615
-0.16
25
19.2
19.231
0.16
51
19.230
-0.16
25
19.230
-0.16
12
57.6
58.824
2.12
16
55.555
3.55
8
—
—
—
115.2
111.111
-3.55
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
DS39960C-page 334
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
22.1.3
AUTO-BAUD RATE DETECT
The Enhanced USART module supports the automatic
detection and calibration of baud rate. This feature is
active only in Asynchronous mode and while the WUE
bit is clear.
Note 1: If the WUE bit is set with the ABDEN bit,
Auto-Baud Rate Detection will occur on
the byte following the Break character.
2: It is up to the user to determine that the
incoming character baud rate is within the
range of the selected BRG clock source.
Some
combinations
of
oscillator
frequency and EUSART baud rates are
not possible due to bit error rates. Overall
system timing and communication baud
rates must be taken into consideration
when using the Auto-Baud Rate Detection
feature.
The automatic baud rate measurement sequence
(Figure 22-1) begins whenever a Start bit is received
and the ABDEN bit is set. The calculation is
self-averaging.
In the Auto-Baud Rate Detect (ABD) mode, the clock to
the BRG is reversed. Rather than the BRG clocking the
incoming RXx signal, the RXx signal is timing the BRG.
In ABD mode, the internal Baud Rate Generator is
used as a counter to time the bit period of the incoming
serial byte stream.
Once the ABDEN bit is set, the state machine will clear
the BRG and look for a Start bit. The Auto-Baud Rate
Detect must receive a byte with the value, 55h (ASCII
“U”, which is also the LIN/J2602 bus Sync character), in
order to calculate the proper bit rate. The measurement
is taken over both a low and a high bit time in order to
minimize any effects caused by asymmetry of the incoming signal. After a Start bit, the SPBRGx begins counting
up, using the preselected clock source on the first rising
edge of RXx. After eight bits on the RXx pin or the fifth
rising edge, an accumulated value totalling the proper
BRG period is left in the SPBRGHx:SPBRGx register
pair. Once the 5th edge is seen (this should correspond
to the Stop bit), the ABDEN bit is automatically cleared.
If a rollover of the BRG occurs (an overflow from FFFFh
to 0000h), the event is trapped by the ABDOVF status
bit (BAUDCONx<7>). It is set in hardware by BRG rollovers and can be set or cleared by the user in software.
ABD mode remains active after rollover events and the
ABDEN bit remains set (Figure 22-2).
3: To maximize baud rate range, if that
feature is used it is recommended that
the BRG16 bit (BAUDCONx<3>) be set.
TABLE 22-4:
BRG COUNTER
CLOCK RATES
BRG16
BRGH
BRG Counter Clock
0
0
FOSC/512
0
1
FOSC/128
1
0
FOSC/128
1
1
FOSC/32
22.1.3.1
ABD and EUSART Transmission
Since the BRG clock is reversed during ABD acquisition, the EUSART transmitter cannot be used during
ABD. This means that whenever the ABDEN bit is set,
TXREGx cannot be written to. Users should also
ensure that ABDEN does not become set during a
transmit sequence. Failing to do this may result in
unpredictable EUSART operation.
While calibrating the baud rate period, the BRG registers are clocked at 1/8th the preconfigured clock rate.
The BRG clock will be configured by the BRG16 and
BRGH bits. The BRG16 bit must be set to use both
SPBRG1 and SPBRGH1 as a 16-bit counter. This
allows the user to verify that no carry occurred for 8-bit
modes by checking for 00h in the SPBRGHx register.
Refer to Table 22-4 for counter clock rates to the BRG.
While the ABD sequence takes place, the EUSART
state machine is held in Idle. The RCxIF interrupt is set
once the fifth rising edge on RXx is detected. The value
in the RCREGx needs to be read to clear the RCxIF
interrupt. The contents of RCREGx should be
discarded.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 335
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 22-1:
BRG Value
AUTOMATIC BAUD RATE CALCULATION
XXXXh
RXx Pin
0000h
001Ch
Start
Edge #1
Bit 1
Bit 0
Edge #2
Bit 3
Bit 2
Edge #3
Bit 5
Bit 4
Edge #4
Bit 7
Bit 6
Edge #5
Stop Bit
BRG Clock
Auto-Cleared
Set by User
ABDEN bit
RCxIF bit
(Interrupt)
Read
RCREGx
SPBRGx
XXXXh
1Ch
SPBRGHx
XXXXh
00h
Note: The ABD sequence requires the EUSART module to be configured in Asynchronous mode and WUE = 0.
FIGURE 22-2:
BRG OVERFLOW SEQUENCE
BRG Clock
ABDEN bit
RXx Pin
Start
Bit 0
ABDOVF bit
FFFFh
BRG Value
DS39960C-page 336
XXXXh
0000h
0000h
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
22.2
Once the TXREGx register transfers the data to the TSR
register (occurs in one TCY), the TXREGx register is
empty and the TXxIF flag bit is set. This interrupt can be
enabled or disabled by setting or clearing the interrupt
enable bit, TXxIE. TXxIF will be set regardless of the
state of TXxIE; it cannot be cleared in software. TXxIF is
also not cleared immediately upon loading TXREGx, but
becomes valid in the second instruction cycle following
the load instruction. Polling TXxIF immediately following
a load of TXREGx will return invalid results.
EUSART Asynchronous Mode
The Asynchronous mode of operation is selected by
clearing the SYNC bit (TXSTAx<4>). In this mode, the
EUSART uses standard Non-Return-to-Zero (NRZ)
format (one Start bit, eight or nine data bits and one Stop
bit). The most common data format is 8 bits. An on-chip,
dedicated 8-bit/16-bit Baud Rate Generator can be used
to derive standard baud rate frequencies from the
oscillator.
The EUSART transmits and receives the LSb first. The
EUSART’s transmitter and receiver are functionally
independent but use the same data format and baud
rate. The Baud Rate Generator produces a clock, either
x16 or x64 of the bit shift rate, depending on the BRGH
and BRG16 bits (TXSTAx<2> and BAUDCONx<3>).
Parity is not supported by the hardware but can be
implemented in software and stored as the 9th data bit.
While TXxIF indicates the status of the TXREGx register; another bit, TRMT (TXSTAx<1>), shows the status
of the TSR register. TRMT is a read-only bit which is set
when the TSR register is empty. No interrupt logic is
tied to this bit so the user has to poll this bit in order to
determine if the TSR register is empty.
Note 1: The TSR register is not mapped in data
memory, so it is not available to the user.
When operating in Asynchronous mode, the EUSART
module consists of the following important elements:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
2: Flag bit, TXxIF, is set when enable bit,
TXEN, is set.
Baud Rate Generator
Sampling Circuit
Asynchronous Transmitter
Asynchronous Receiver
Auto-Wake-up on Sync Break Character
12-Bit Break Character Transmit
Auto-Baud Rate Detection
22.2.1
To set up an Asynchronous Transmission:
1.
2.
EUSART ASYNCHRONOUS
TRANSMITTER
3.
4.
The EUSART transmitter block diagram is shown in
Figure 22-3. The heart of the transmitter is the Transmit
(Serial) Shift Register (TSR). The Shift register obtains
its data from the Read/Write Transmit Buffer register,
TXREGx. The TXREGx register is loaded with data in
software. The TSR register is not loaded until the Stop
bit has been transmitted from the previous load. As
soon as the Stop bit is transmitted, the TSR is loaded
with new data from the TXREGx register (if available).
FIGURE 22-3:
5.
6.
7.
8.
Initialize the SPBRGHx:SPBRGx registers for
the appropriate baud rate. Set or clear the
BRGH and BRG16 bits, as required, to achieve
the desired baud rate.
Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing
bit, SYNC, and setting bit, SPEN.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit, TXxIE.
If 9-bit transmission is desired, set transmit bit,
TX9. Can be used as address/data bit.
Enable the transmission by setting bit, TXEN,
which will also set bit, TXxIF.
If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit
should be loaded in bit, TX9D.
Load data to the TXREGx register (starts
transmission).
If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE
bits in the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are
set.
EUSART TRANSMIT BLOCK DIAGRAM
Data Bus
TXxIF
TXREGx Register
TXxIE
8
MSb
(8)
LSb

Pin Buffer
and Control
0
TSR Register
TXx Pin
Interrupt
TXEN
Baud Rate CLK
TRMT
BRG16
SPBRGHx SPBRGx
Baud Rate Generator
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
SPEN
TX9
TX9D
DS39960C-page 337
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 22-4:
Write to TXREGx
BRG Output
(Shift Clock)
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
Word 1
TXx (pin)
Start bit
FIGURE 22-5:
bit 1
bit 7/8
Stop bit
Word 1
TXxIF bit
(Transmit Buffer
Reg. Empty Flag)
TRMT bit
(Transmit Shift
Reg. Empty Flag)
bit 0
1 TCY
Word 1
Transmit Shift Reg
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (BACK-TO-BACK)
Write to TXREGx
Word 1
Word 2
BRG Output
(Shift Clock)
TXx (pin)
TXxIF bit
(Interrupt Reg. Flag)
TRMT bit
(Transmit Shift
Reg. Empty Flag)
Start bit
bit 0
1 TCY
bit 1
Word 1
bit 7/8
Stop bit
Start bit
bit 0
Word 2
1 TCY
Word 1
Transmit Shift Reg.
Word 2
Transmit Shift Reg.
Note: This timing diagram shows two consecutive transmissions.
DS39960C-page 338
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 22-5:
Name
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
TMR1GIF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
TMR1GIE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
TMR1GIP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
INTCON
PIR3
TMR5GIF
—
RC2IF
TX2IF
CTMUIF
CCP2IF
CCP1IF
RTCCIF
PIE3
TMR5GIE
—
RC2IE
TX2IE
CTMUIE
CCP2IE
CCP1IE
RTCCIE
IPR3
TMR5GIP
—
RC2IP
TX2IP
CTMUIP
CCP2IP
CCP1IP
RTCCIP
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
RCSTA1
TXREG1
TXSTA1
BAUDCON1
EUSART1 Transmit Register
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
SPBRGH1
EUSART1 Baud Rate Generator Register High Byte
SPBRG1
EUSART1 Baud Rate Generator Register
RCSTA2
TXREG2
TXSTA2
BAUDCON2
RX9
SPEN
SREN
EUSART2 Transmit Register
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
—
—
—
CTMUDS
SSP2MD
SSP1MD
ADCMD
SPBRGH2
EUSART2 Baud Rate Generator Register High Byte
SPBRG2
EUSART2 Baud Rate Generator Register
ODCON3
PMD0
U2OD
U1OD
—
CCP3MD
CCP2MD
CCP1MD
—
UART2MD UART1MD
Legend: — = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for asynchronous transmission.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 339
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
22.2.2
EUSART ASYNCHRONOUS
RECEIVER
22.2.3
The receiver block diagram is shown in Figure 22-6.
The data is received on the RXx pin and drives the data
recovery block. The data recovery block is actually a
high-speed shifter operating at x16 times the baud rate,
whereas the main receive serial shifter operates at the
bit rate or at FOSC. This mode would typically be used
in RS-232 systems.
This mode would typically be used in RS-485 systems.
To set up an Asynchronous Reception with Address
Detect Enable:
1.
Initialize the SPBRGHx:SPBRGx registers for
the appropriate baud rate. Set or clear the
BRGH and BRG16 bits, as required, to achieve
the desired baud rate.
2. Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing
the SYNC bit and setting the SPEN bit.
3. If interrupts are required, set the RCEN bit and
select the desired priority level with the RCxIP bit.
4. Set the RX9 bit to enable 9-bit reception.
5. Set the ADDEN bit to enable address detect.
6. Enable reception by setting the CREN bit.
7. The RCxIF bit will be set when reception is
complete. The interrupt will be Acknowledged if
the RCxIE and GIE bits are set.
8. Read the RCSTAx register to determine if any
error occurred during reception, as well as read
bit 9 of data (if applicable).
9. Read RCREGx to determine if the device is
being addressed.
10. If any error occurred, clear the CREN bit.
11. If the device has been addressed, clear the
ADDEN bit to allow all received data into the
receive buffer and interrupt the CPU.
To set up an Asynchronous Reception:
1.
Initialize the SPBRGHx:SPBRGx registers for
the appropriate baud rate. Set or clear the
BRGH and BRG16 bits, as required, to achieve
the desired baud rate.
2. Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing
bit, SYNC, and setting bit, SPEN.
3. If interrupts are desired, set enable bit, RCxIE.
4. If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit, RX9.
5. Enable the reception by setting bit, CREN.
6. Flag bit, RCxIF, will be set when reception is
complete and an interrupt will be generated if
enable bit, RCxIE, was set.
7. Read the RCSTAx register to get the 9th bit (if
enabled) and determine if any error occurred
during reception.
8. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the
RCREGx register.
9. If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing
enable bit, CREN.
10. If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE
bits in the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are
set.
FIGURE 22-6:
SETTING UP 9-BIT MODE WITH
ADDRESS DETECT
EUSART RECEIVE BLOCK DIAGRAM
CREN
OERR
FERR
x64 Baud Rate CLK
BRG16
SPBRGHx
SPBRGx
Baud Rate Generator
 64
or
 16
or
4
RSR Register
MSb
Stop
(8)
7

1
LSb
0
Start
RX9
Pin Buffer
and Control
Data
Recovery
RXx
RX9D
RCREGx Register
FIFO
SPEN
8
Interrupt
RCxIF
Data Bus
RCxIE
DS39960C-page 340
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 22-7:
ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION
Start
bit
RXx (pin)
bit 0
bit 7/8 Stop
bit
bit 1
Rcv Shift Reg
Rcv Buffer Reg
Start
bit
bit 0
bit 7/8
Start
bit
bit 7/8
Stop
bit
Word 2
RCREGx
Word 1
RCREGx
Read Rcv
Buffer Reg
RCREGx
Stop
bit
RCxIF
(Interrupt Flag)
OERR bit
CREN
Note:
This timing diagram shows three words appearing on the RXx input. The RCREGx (Receive Buffer) is read after the third word,
causing the OERR (Overrun) bit to be set.
TABLE 22-6:
Name
INTCON
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
TMR1GIF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
TMR1GIE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
TMR1GIP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
PIR3
TMR5GIF
—
RC2IF
TX2IF
CTMUIF
CCP2IF
CCP1IF
RTCCIF
PIE3
TMR5GIE
—
RC2IE
TX2IE
CTMUIE
CCP2IE
CCP1IE
RTCCIE
IPR3
TMR5GIP
—
RC2IP
TX2IP
CTMUIP
CCP2IP
CCP1IP
RTCCIP
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
RCSTA1
RCREG1
TXSTA1
BAUDCON1
EUSART1 Receive Register
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
SPBRGH1
EUSART1 Baud Rate Generator Register High Byte
SPBRG1
EUSART1 Baud Rate Generator Register
RCSTA2
RCREG2
TXSTA2
BAUDCON2
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
EUSART2 Receive Register
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
—
—
—
CTMUDS
SSP2MD
SSP1MD
ADCMD
SPBRGH2
EUSART2 Baud Rate Generator Register High Byte
SPBRG2
EUSART2 Baud Rate Generator Register
ODCON3
PMD0
U2OD
U1OD
—
CCP3MD
CCP2MD
CCP1MD
—
UART2MD UART1MD
Legend: — = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for asynchronous reception.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 341
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
22.2.4
AUTO-WAKE-UP ON SYNC BREAK
CHARACTER
During Sleep mode, all clocks to the EUSART are
suspended. Because of this, the Baud Rate Generator
is inactive and a proper byte reception cannot be performed. The auto-wake-up feature allows the controller
to wake-up due to activity on the RXx/DTx line while the
EUSART is operating in Asynchronous mode.
The auto-wake-up feature is enabled by setting the
WUE bit (BAUDCONx<1>). Once set, the typical
receive sequence on RXx/DTx is disabled and the
EUSART remains in an Idle state, monitoring for a
wake-up event independent of the CPU mode. A
wake-up event consists of a high-to-low transition on
the RXx/DTx line. (This coincides with the start of a
Sync Break or a Wake-up Signal character for the
LIN/J2602 protocol.)
22.2.4.1
Special Considerations Using
Auto-Wake-up
Since auto-wake-up functions by sensing rising edge
transitions on RXx/DTx, information with any state
changes before the Stop bit may signal a false
End-of-Character (EOC) and cause data or framing
errors. To work properly, therefore, the initial character
in the transmission must be all ‘0’s. This can be 00h
(8 bits) for standard RS-232 devices or 000h (12 bits)
for the LIN/J2602 bus.
Oscillator start-up time must also be considered,
especially in applications using oscillators with longer
start-up intervals (i.e., HS or HSPLL mode). The Sync
Break (or Wake-up Signal) character must be of
sufficient length and be followed by a sufficient interval
to allow enough time for the selected oscillator to start
and provide proper initialization of the EUSART.
Following a wake-up event, the module generates an
RCxIF interrupt. The interrupt is generated synchronously to the Q clocks in normal operating modes
(Figure 22-8) and asynchronously if the device is in
Sleep mode (Figure 22-9). The interrupt condition is
cleared by reading the RCREGx register.
The WUE bit is automatically cleared once a low-to-high
transition is observed on the RXx line following the
wake-up event. At this point, the EUSART module is in
Idle mode and returns to normal operation. This signals
to the user that the Sync Break event is over.
DS39960C-page 342
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
22.2.4.2
Special Considerations Using
the WUE Bit
The timing of WUE and RCxIF events may cause some
confusion when it comes to determining the validity of
received data. As noted, setting the WUE bit places the
EUSART in an Idle mode. The wake-up event causes a
receive interrupt by setting the RCxIF bit. The WUE bit
is cleared after this when a rising edge is seen on
RXx/DTx. The interrupt condition is then cleared by
reading the RCREGx register. Ordinarily, the data in
RCREGx will be dummy data and should be discarded.
FIGURE 22-8:
The fact that the WUE bit has been cleared (or is still
set), and the RCxIF flag is set, should not be used as
an indicator of the integrity of the data in RCREGx.
Users should consider implementing a parallel method
in firmware to verify received data integrity.
To assure that no actual data is lost, check the RCIDL
bit to verify that a receive operation is not in process. If
a receive operation is not occurring, the WUE bit may
then be set just prior to entering the Sleep mode.
AUTO-WAKE-UP BIT (WUE) TIMINGS DURING NORMAL OPERATION
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
Bit Set by User
Auto-Cleared
WUE bit(1)
RXx/DTx Line
RCxIF
Cleared due to User Read of RCREGx
Note 1: The EUSART remains in Idle while the WUE bit is set.
FIGURE 22-9:
AUTO-WAKE-UP BIT (WUE) TIMINGS DURING SLEEP
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
Q1
Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Bit Set by User
Auto-Cleared
WUE bit(2)
RXx/DTx Line
Note 1
RCxIF
SLEEP Command Executed
Note 1:
2:
Sleep Ends
Cleared due to User Read of RCREGx
If the wake-up event requires long oscillator warm-up time, the auto-clear of the WUE bit can occur before the oscillator is ready. This
sequence should not depend on the presence of Q clocks.
The EUSART remains in Idle while the WUE bit is set.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 343
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
22.2.5
BREAK CHARACTER SEQUENCE
The EUSART module has the capability of sending the
special Break character sequences that are required by
the LIN/J2602 bus standard. The Break character
transmit consists of a Start bit, followed by twelve ‘0’
bits and a Stop bit. The Frame Break character is sent
whenever the SENDB and TXEN bits (TXSTAx<3> and
TXSTAx<5>, respectively) are set while the Transmit
Shift Register is loaded with data. Note that the value
of data written to TXREGx will be ignored and all ‘0’s
will be transmitted.
The SENDB bit is automatically reset by hardware after
the corresponding Stop bit is sent. This allows the user
to preload the transmit FIFO with the next transmit byte
following the Break character (typically, the Sync
character in the LIN/J2602 specification).
Note that the data value written to the TXREGx for the
Break character is ignored. The write simply serves the
purpose of initiating the proper sequence.
The TRMT bit indicates when the transmit operation is
active or Idle, just as it does during normal transmission. See Figure 22-10 for the timing of the Break
character sequence.
22.2.5.1
Break and Sync Transmit Sequence
The following sequence will send a message frame
header made up of a Break, followed by an Auto-Baud
Sync byte. This sequence is typical of a LIN/J2602 bus
master.
FIGURE 22-10:
Write to TXREGx
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Configure the EUSART for the desired mode.
Set the TXEN and SENDB bits to set up the
Break character.
Load the TXREGx with a dummy character to
initiate transmission (the value is ignored).
Write ‘55h’ to TXREGx to load the Sync
character into the transmit FIFO buffer.
After the Break has been sent, the SENDB bit is
reset by hardware. The Sync character now
transmits in the preconfigured mode.
When the TXREGx becomes empty, as indicated by
the TXxIF, the next data byte can be written to
TXREGx.
22.2.6
RECEIVING A BREAK CHARACTER
The Enhanced USART module can receive a Break
character in two ways.
The first method forces configuration of the baud rate
at a frequency of 9/13 the typical speed. This allows for
the Stop bit transition to be at the correct sampling
location (13 bits for Break versus Start bit and 8 data
bits for typical data).
The second method uses the auto-wake-up feature
described in Section 22.2.4 “Auto-Wake-up on Sync
Break Character”. By enabling this feature, the
EUSART will sample the next two transitions on
RXx/DTx, cause an RCxIF interrupt and receive the
next data byte followed by another interrupt.
Note that following a Break character, the user will
typically want to enable the Auto-Baud Rate Detect
feature. For both methods, the user can set the ABDEN
bit once the TXxIF interrupt is observed.
SEND BREAK CHARACTER SEQUENCE
Dummy Write
BRG Output
(Shift Clock)
TXx (pin)
Start Bit
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 11
Stop Bit
Break
TXxIF bit
(Transmit Buffer
Reg. Empty Flag)
TRMT bit
(Transmit Shift
Reg. Empty Flag)
SENDB sampled here
Auto-Cleared
SENDB bit
(Transmit Shift
Reg. Empty Flag)
DS39960C-page 344
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
22.3
Once the TXREGx register transfers the data to the
TSR register (occurs in one TCY), the TXREGx is empty
and the TXxIF flag bit is set. The interrupt can be
enabled or disabled by setting or clearing the interrupt
enable bit, TXxIE. TXxIF is set regardless of the state
of enable bit, TXxIE; it cannot be cleared in software. It
will reset only when new data is loaded into the
TXREGx register.
EUSART Synchronous
Master Mode
The Synchronous Master mode is entered by setting
the CSRC bit (TXSTAx<7>). In this mode, the data is
transmitted in a half-duplex manner (i.e., transmission
and reception do not occur at the same time). When
transmitting data, the reception is inhibited and vice
versa. Synchronous mode is entered by setting bit,
SYNC (TXSTAx<4>). In addition, enable bit, SPEN
(RCSTAx<7>), is set in order to configure the TXx and
RXx pins to CKx (clock) and DTx (data) lines,
respectively.
While flag bit, TXxIF, indicates the status of the TXREGx
register, another bit, TRMT (TXSTAx<1>), shows the
status of the TSR register. TRMT is a read-only bit which
is set when the TSR is empty. No interrupt logic is tied to
this bit, so the user must poll this bit in order to determine
if the TSR register is empty. The TSR is not mapped in
data memory so it is not available to the user.
The Master mode indicates that the processor transmits the master clock on the CKx line. Clock polarity is
selected with the TXCKP bit (BAUDCONx<4>). Setting
TXCKP sets the Idle state on CKx as high, while clearing the bit sets the Idle state as low. This option is
provided to support Microwire devices with this module.
22.3.1
To set up a Synchronous Master Transmission:
1.
EUSART SYNCHRONOUS MASTER
TRANSMISSION
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The EUSART transmitter block diagram is shown in
Figure 22-3. The heart of the transmitter is the Transmit
(Serial) Shift Register (TSR). The shift register obtains
its data from the Read/Write Transmit Buffer register,
TXREGx. The TXREGx register is loaded with data in
software. The TSR register is not loaded until the last
bit has been transmitted from the previous load. As
soon as the last bit is transmitted, the TSR is loaded
with new data from the TXREGx (if available).
FIGURE 22-11:
7.
8.
Initialize the SPBRGHx:SPBRGx registers for the
appropriate baud rate. Set or clear the BRG16
bit, as required, to achieve the desired baud rate.
Enable the synchronous master serial port by
setting bits, SYNC, SPEN and CSRC.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit, TXxIE.
If 9-bit transmission is desired, set bit, TX9.
Enable the transmission by setting bit, TXEN.
If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit
should be loaded in bit, TX9D.
Start transmission by loading data to the
TXREGx register.
If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE
bits in the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are
set.
SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
Q1 Q2 Q3Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
RC7/RX1/DT1/
Pin
bit 0
bit 1
Word 1
RC6/TX1/CK1/
Pin (TXCKP = 0)
bit 2
Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
bit 7
bit 0
bit 1
bit 7
Word 2
RC6/TX1/CK1/
Pin (TXCKP = 1)
Write to
TxREG1 Reg
Write Word 1
Write Word 2
Tx1IF bit
(Interrupt Flag)
TRMT bit
TXEN bit
Note:
‘1’
‘1’
Sync Master mode, SPBRGx = 0, continuous transmission of two 8-bit words. This example is equally applicable to EUSART2
(RG1/TX2/CK2/AN19/C3OUT and RG2/RX2/DT2/AN18/C3INA).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 345
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 22-12:
SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (THROUGH TXEN)
RC7/RX1/DT1 Pin
bit 0
bit 2
bit 1
bit 6
bit 7
RC6/TX1/CK1 Pin
Write to
TXREG1 reg
TX1IF bit
TRMT bit
TXEN bit
Note: This example is equally applicable to EUSART2 (RG1/TX2/CK2/AN19/C3OUT and RG2/RX2/DT2/AN18/C3INA).
TABLE 22-7:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION
Name
INTCON
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
TMR1GIF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
TMR1GIE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
TMR1GIP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
PIR3
TMR5GIF
—
RC2IF
TX2IF
CTMUIF
CCP2IF
CCP1IF
RTCCIF
PIE3
TMR5GIE
—
RC2IE
TX2IE
CTMUIE
CCP2IE
CCP1IE
RTCCIE
IPR3
TMR5GIP
—
RC2IP
TX2IP
CTMUIP
CCP2IP
CCP1IP
RTCCIP
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
RCSTA1
TXREG1
TXSTA1
BAUDCON1
EUSART1 Transmit Register
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
SPBRGH1
EUSART1 Baud Rate Generator Register High Byte
SPBRG1
EUSART1 Baud Rate Generator Register
RCSTA2
TXREG2
TXSTA2
BAUDCON2
SPEN
RX9
SREN
EUSART2 Transmit Register
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
—
—
CTMUDS
SSP2MD
SSP1MD
ADCMD
SPBRGH2
EUSART2 Baud Rate Generator Register High Byte
SPBRG2
EUSART2 Baud Rate Generator Register
ODCON3
PMD0
U2OD
U1OD
—
CCP3MD
CCP2MD
CCP1MD
—
—
UART2MD UART1MD
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous master transmission.
DS39960C-page 346
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
22.3.2
EUSART SYNCHRONOUS
MASTER RECEPTION
Once Synchronous mode is selected, reception is
enabled by setting either the Single Receive Enable bit,
SREN (RCSTAx<5>) or the Continuous Receive
Enable bit, CREN (RCSTAx<4>). Data is sampled on
the RXx pin on the falling edge of the clock.
If enable bit, SREN, is set, only a single word is
received. If enable bit, CREN, is set, the reception is
continuous until CREN is cleared. If both bits are set,
then CREN takes precedence.
To set up a Synchronous Master Reception:
1.
2.
Initialize the SPBRGHx:SPBRGx registers for the
appropriate baud rate. Set or clear the BRG16
bit, as required, to achieve the desired baud rate.
Enable the synchronous master serial port by
setting bits, SYNC, SPEN and CSRC.
FIGURE 22-13:
3.
4.
5.
6.
Ensure bits, CREN and SREN, are clear.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit, RCxIE.
If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit, RX9.
If a single reception is required, set bit, SREN.
For continuous reception, set bit, CREN.
7. Interrupt flag bit, RCxIF, will be set when reception is complete and an interrupt will be generated
if the enable bit, RCxIE, was set.
8. Read the RCSTAx register to get the 9th bit (if
enabled) and determine if any error occurred
during reception.
9. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the
RCREGx register.
10. If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing
bit CREN.
11. If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE bits
in the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are set.
SYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION (MASTER MODE, SREN)
Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
RC7/RX1/DT1
Pin
bit 0
bit 1
bit 2
bit 3
bit 4
bit 5
bit 6
bit 7
RC6/TX1/CK1
Pin (TXCKP = 0)
RC6/TX1/CK1
Pin (TXCKP = 1)
Write to
bit, SREN
SREN bit
CREN bit ‘0’
‘0’
RC1IF bit
(Interrupt)
Read
RCREG1
Note:
Timing diagram demonstrates Sync Master mode with bit, SREN = 1, and bit, BRGH = 0. This example is equally applicable to EUSART2
(RG1/TX2/CK2/AN19/C3OUT and RG2/RX2/DT2/AN18/C3INA).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 347
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 22-8:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER RECEPTION
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
TMR1GIF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
TMR1GIE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
TMR1GIP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
PIR3
TMR5GIF
—
RC2IF
TX2IF
CTMUIF
CCP2IF
CCP1IF
RTCCIF
PIE3
TMR5GIE
—
RC2IE
TX2IE
CTMUIE
CCP2IE
CCP1IE
RTCCIE
IPR3
TMR5GIP
—
RC2IP
TX2IP
CTMUIP
CCP2IP
CCP1IP
RTCCIP
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
INTCON
RCSTA1
RCREG1
EUSART1 Receive Register
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
TXSTA1
BAUDCON1
SPBRGH1
EUSART1 Baud Rate Generator Register High Byte
SPBRG1
EUSART1 Baud Rate Generator Register
RCSTA2
RCREG2
SPEN
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
EUSART2 Receive Register
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
—
—
—
CTMUDS
SSP2MD
SSP1MD
ADCMD
TXSTA2
BAUDCON2
RX9
SPBRGH2
EUSART2 Baud Rate Generator Register High Byte
SPBRG2
EUSART2 Baud Rate Generator Register
ODCON3
PMD0
U2OD
U1OD
CCP3MD
CCP2MD
—
—
CCP1MD UART2MD UART1MD
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous master reception.
DS39960C-page 348
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
22.4
e)
EUSART Synchronous
Slave Mode
Synchronous Slave mode is entered by clearing bit,
CSRC (TXSTAx<7>). This mode differs from the
Synchronous Master mode in that the shift clock is supplied externally at the CKx pin (instead of being supplied
internally in Master mode). This allows the device to
transfer or receive data while in any low-power mode.
22.4.1
To set up a Synchronous Slave Transmission:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EUSART SYNCHRONOUS
SLAVE TRANSMISSION
The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave
modes is identical, except in the case of Sleep mode.
If two words are written to the TXREGx and then the
SLEEP instruction is executed, the following will occur:
6.
a)
7.
b)
c)
d)
The first word will immediately transfer to the
TSR register and transmit.
The second word will remain in the TXREGx
register.
Flag bit, TXxIF, will not be set.
When the first word has been shifted out of TSR,
the TXREGx register will transfer the second word
to the TSR and flag bit, TXxIF, will now be set.
TABLE 22-9:
Name
INTCON
If enable bit, TXxIE, is set, the interrupt will wake
the chip from Sleep. If the global interrupt is
enabled, the program will branch to the interrupt
vector.
8.
Enable the synchronous slave serial port by
setting bits, SYNC and SPEN, and clearing bit,
CSRC.
Clear bits, CREN and SREN.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit, TXxIE.
If 9-bit transmission is desired, set bit, TX9.
Enable the transmission by setting enable bit,
TXEN.
If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit
should be loaded in bit, TX9D.
Start transmission by loading data to the
TXREGx register.
If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE
bits in the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are
set.
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE TRANSMISSION
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
TMR1GIF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
TMR1GIE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
TMR1GIP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
PIR3
TMR5GIF
—
RC2IF
TX2IF
CTMUIF
CCP2IF
CCP1IF
RTCCIF
PIE3
TMR5GIE
—
RC2IE
TX2IE
CTMUIE
CCP2IE
CCP1IE
RTCCIE
IPR3
TMR5GIP
—
RC2IP
TX2IP
CTMUIP
CCP2IP
CCP1IP
RTCCIP
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
RCSTA1
TXREG1
TXSTA1
BAUDCON1
EUSART1 Transmit Register
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
SPBRGH1
EUSART1 Baud Rate Generator Register High Byte
SPBRG1
EUSART1 Baud Rate Generator Register
RCSTA2
TXREG2
TXSTA2
BAUDCON2
SPEN
RX9
SREN
EUSART2 Transmit Register
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
—
—
CTMUDS
SSP2MD
SSP1MD
ADCMD
SPBRGH2
EUSART2 Baud Rate Generator Register High Byte
SPBRG2
EUSART2 Baud Rate Generator Register
ODCON3
PMD0
U2OD
U1OD
CCP3MD
CCP2MD
—
—
—
CCP1MD UART2MD UART1MD
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous slave transmission.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 349
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
22.4.2
EUSART SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE
RECEPTION
To set up a Synchronous Slave Reception:
1.
The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave
modes is identical, except in the case of Sleep, or any
Idle mode and bit, SREN, which is a “don’t care” in
Slave mode.
2.
3.
4.
5.
If receive is enabled by setting the CREN bit prior to
entering Sleep or any Idle mode, then a word may be
received while in this low-power mode. Once the word
is received, the RSR register will transfer the data to the
RCREGx register. If the RCxIE enable bit is set, the
interrupt generated will wake the chip from the
low-power mode. If the global interrupt is enabled, the
program will branch to the interrupt vector.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Enable the synchronous master serial port by
setting bits, SYNC and SPEN, and clearing bit,
CSRC.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit, RCxIE.
If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit, RX9.
To enable reception, set enable bit, CREN.
Flag bit, RCxIF, will be set when reception is
complete. An interrupt will be generated if
enable bit, RCxIE, was set.
Read the RCSTAx register to get the 9th bit (if
enabled) and determine if any error occurred
during reception.
Read the 8-bit received data by reading the
RCREGx register.
If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing
bit, CREN.
If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE
bits in the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are
set.
TABLE 22-10: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE RECEPTION
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
TMR1GIF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
TMR1GIE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
TMR1GIP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
INTCON
PIR3
TMR5GIF
—
RC2IF
TX2IF
CTMUIF
CCP2IF
CCP1IF
RTCCIF
PIE3
TMR5GIE
—
RC2IE
TX2IE
CTMUIE
CCP2IE
CCP1IE
RTCCIE
IPR3
TMR5GIP
—
RC2IP
TX2IP
CTMUIP
CCP2IP
CCP1IP
RTCCIP
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
RCSTA1
RCREG1
EUSART1 Receive Register
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
TXSTA1
BAUDCON1
SPBRGH1
EUSART1 Baud Rate Generator Register High Byte
SPBRG1
EUSART1 Baud Rate Generator Register
RCSTA2
RCREG2
SPEN
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
EUSART2 Receive Register
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
—
—
—
CTMUDS
SSP2MD
SSP1MD
ADCMD
TXSTA2
BAUDCON2
RX9
SPBRGH2
EUSART2 Baud Rate Generator Register High Byte
SPBRG2
EUSART2 Baud Rate Generator Register
U2OD
U1OD
—
CCP3MD
CCP2MD
CCP1MD
ODCON3
PMD0
—
UART2MD UART1MD
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous slave reception.
DS39960C-page 350
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
23.0
12-BIT ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL
CONVERTER (A/D) MODULE
The Analog-to-Digital (A/D) Converter module in the
PIC18F87K22 family of devices has 16 inputs for the
64-pin devices and 24 inputs for the 80-pin devices.
This module allows conversion of an analog input
signal to a corresponding 12-bit digital number.
The module has these registers:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A/D Control Register 0 (ADCON0)
A/D Control Register 1 (ADCON1)
A/D Control Register 2 (ADCON2)
A/D Port Configuration Register 0 (ANCON0)
A/D Port Configuration Register 1 (ANCON1)
A/D Port Configuration Register 2 (ANCON2)
ADRESH (the upper, A/D Results register)
ADRESL (the lower, A/D Results register)
The ADCON0 register, shown in Register 23-1, controls the operation of the A/D module. The ADCON1
register, shown in Register 23-2, configures the voltage
reference and special trigger selection. The ADCON2
register, shown in Register 23-3, configures the A/D
clock source and programmed acquisition time and
justification.
23.1
Differential A/D Converter
The converter in PIC18F87K22 family devices is
implemented as a differential A/D where the differential
voltage between two channels is measured and
converted to digital values (see Figure 23-1).
The converter also can be configured to measure a
voltage from a single input by clearing the CHSN bits
(ADCON1<2:0>). With this configuration, the negative
channel input is connected internally to AVSS (see
Figure 23-2).
FIGURE 23-1:
Positive Input
CHS<4:0>
Negative Input
CHSN<2:0>
DIFFERENTIAL CHANNEL
MEASUREMENT
ADC
Differential conversion feeds the two input channels to
a unity gain differential amplifier. The positive channel
input is selected using the CHS bits (ADCON0<6:2>)
and the negative channel input is selected using the
CHSN bits (ADCON1<2:0>).
The output from the amplifier is fed to the A/D Converter, as shown in Figure 23-1. The 12-bit result is
available on the ADRESH and ADRESL registers. An
additional bit indicates if the 12-bit result is a positive or
negative value.
FIGURE 23-2:
Positive Input
CHS<4:0>
CHSN<2:0> = 000
SINGLE CHANNEL
MEASUREMENT
ADC
In the Single Channel Measurement mode, the negative input is connected to AVSS by clearing the CHSN
bits (ADCON1<2:0>).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 351
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
23.2
A/D Registers
23.2.1
A/D CONTROL REGISTERS
REGISTER 23-1:
ADCON0: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
CHS4
CHS3
CHS2
CHS1
CHS0
GO/DONE
ADON
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-2
CHS<4:0>: Analog Channel Select bits
00000 = Channel 00 (AN0) 10000 = Channel 16 (AN16)
00001 = Channel 01 (AN1) 10001 = Channel 17 (AN17)
00010 = Channel 02 (AN2) 10010 = Channel 18 (AN18)
00011 = Channel 03 (AN3) 10011 = Channel 19 (AN19)
00100 = Channel 04 (AN4) 10100 = Channel 20 (AN20)(1,2)
00101 = Channel 05 (AN5) 10101 = Channel 21 (AN21)(1,2)
00110 = Channel 06 (AN6) 10110 = Channel 22 (AN22)(1,2)
00111 = Channel 07 (AN7) 10111 = Channel 23 (AN23)(1,2)
01000 = Channel 08 (AN8) 11000 = (Reserved)(2)
01001 = Channel 09 (AN9) 11001 = (Reserved)(2)
01010 = Channel 10 (AN10) 11010 = (Reserved)(2)
01011 = Channel 11 (AN11) 11011 = (Reserved)(2)
01100 = Channel 12 (AN12)(1,2) 11100 = Channel 28 (Reserved CTMU)
01101 = Channel 13 (AN13)(1,2) 11101 = Channel 29 (Internal temperature diode)
01110 = Channel 14 (AN14)(1,2) 11110 = Channel 30 (VDDCORE)
01111 = Channel 15 (AN15)(1,2) 11111 = Channel 31 (v1.024V band gap)
bit 1
GO/DONE: A/D Conversion Status bit
1 = A/D (or calibration) cycle in progress. Setting this bit starts an A/D conversion cycle. The bit is
cleared automatically by hardware when the A/D conversion is completed.
0 = A/D conversion completed or not in progress
bit 0
ADON: A/D On bit
1 = A/D Converter is operating
0 = A/D conversion module is shut off and consuming no operating current
Note 1:
2:
These channels are not implemented on 64-pin devices.
Performing a conversion on unimplemented channels will return random values.
DS39960C-page 352
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 23-2:
ADCON1: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
TRIGSEL1
TRIGSEL0
VCFG1
VCFG0
VNCFG
CHSN2
CHSN1
CHSN0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6
TRIGSEL<1:0>: Special Trigger Select bits
11 = Selects the special trigger from the RTCC
10 = Selects the special trigger from the Timer1
01 = Selects the special trigger from the CTMU
00 = Selects the special trigger from the ECCP2
bit 5-4
VCFG<1:0>: A/D VREF+ Configuration bits
11 = Internal VREF+ (4.096V)
10 = Internal VREF+ (2.048V)
01 = External VREF+
00 = AVDD
bit 3
VNCFG: A/D VREF- Configuration bit
1 = External VREF
0 = AVSS
bit 2-0
CHSN<2:0>: Analog Negative Channel Select bits
111 = Channel 07 (AN6)
110 = Channel 06 (AN5)
101 = Channel 05 (AN4)
100 = Channel 04 (AN3)
011 = Channel 03 (AN2)
010 = Channel 02 (AN1)
001 = Channel 01 (AN0)
000 = Channel 00 (AVSS)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
x = Bit is unknown
DS39960C-page 353
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 23-3:
ADCON2: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 2
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ADFM
—
ACQT2
ACQT1
ACQT0
ADCS2
ADCS1
ADCS0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
ADFM: A/D Result Format Select bit
1 = Right justified
0 = Left justified
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-3
ACQT<2:0>: A/D Acquisition Time Select bits
111 = 20 TAD
110 = 16 TAD
101 = 12 TAD
100 = 8 TAD
011 = 6 TAD
010 = 4 TAD
001 = 2 TAD
000 = 0 TAD(1)
bit 2-0
ADCS<2:0>: A/D Conversion Clock Select bits
111 = FRC (clock derived from A/D RC oscillator)(1)
110 = FOSC/64
101 = FOSC/16
100 = FOSC/4
011 = FRC (clock derived from A/D RC oscillator)(1)
010 = FOSC/32
001 = FOSC/8
000 = FOSC/2
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
If the A/D FRC clock source is selected, a delay of one TCY (instruction cycle) is added before the A/D
clock starts. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be executed before starting a conversion.
DS39960C-page 354
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
23.2.2
A/D RESULT REGISTERS
The ADRESH:ADRESL register pair is where the 12-bit
A/D result and extended sign bits (ADSGN) are loaded
at the completion of a conversion. This register pair is
16 bits wide. The A/D module gives the flexibility of left
or right justifying the 12-bit result in the 16-bit result
register. The A/D Format Select bit (ADFM) controls
this justification.
FIGURE 23-3:
Figure 23-3 shows the operation of the A/D result justification and location of the extended sign bits
(ADSGN). The extended sign bits allow for easier
16-bit math to be performed on the result.
When the A/D Converter is disabled, these 8-bit
registers can be used as two, general purpose registers.
A/D RESULT JUSTIFICATION
12-Bit Result
Left Justified
ADFM = 0
ADRESH
Result bits
REGISTER 23-4:
ADRESL
Right Justified
ADFM = 1
ADRESH
ADRESL
ADSGN bit
ADRESH: A/D RESULT HIGH BYTE REGISTER, LEFT JUSTIFIED (ADFM = 0)
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
ADRES11
ADRES10
ADRES9
ADRES8
ADRES7
ADRES6
ADRES5
ADRES4
bit 7
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
x = Bit is unknown
ADRES<11:4>: A/D Result High Byte bits
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 355
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 23-5:
ADRESL: A/D RESULT HIGH BYTE REGISTER, LEFT JUSTIFIED (ADFM = 0)
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
ADRES3
ADRES2
ADRES1
ADRES0
ADSGN
ADSGN
ADSGN
ADSGN
bit 7
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4
ADRES<3:0>: A/D Result Low Byte bits
bit 3-0
ADSGN: A/D Result Sign bit
1 = A/D result is negative
0 = A/D result is positive
REGISTER 23-6:
x = Bit is unknown
ADRESH: A/D RESULT HIGH BYTE REGISTER, RIGHT JUSTIFIED (ADFM = 1)
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
ADSGN
ADSGN
ADSGN
ADSGN
ADRES11
ADRES10
ADRES9
ADRES8
bit 7
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4
ADSGN: A/D Result Sign bit
1 = A/D result is negative
0 = A/D result is positive
bit 3-0
ADRESH<11:8>: A/D Result High Byte bits
REGISTER 23-7:
x = Bit is unknown
ADRESL: A/D RESULT LOW BYTE REGISTER, RIGHT JUSTIFIED (ADFM = 1)
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
ADRES7
ADRES6
ADRES5
ADRES4
ADRES3
ADRES2
ADRES1
ADRES0
bit 7
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
x = Bit is unknown
ADRES<7:0>: A/D Result Low Byte bits
DS39960C-page 356
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
The ANCONx registers are used to configure the
operation of the I/O pin associated with each analog
channel. Clearing an ANSELx bit configures the
corresponding pin (ANx) to operate as a digital only I/O.
Setting a bit configures the pin to operate as an analog
input for either the A/D Converter or the comparator
module, with all digital peripherals disabled and digital
inputs read as ‘0’.
REGISTER 23-8:
As a rule, I/O pins that are multiplexed with analog
inputs default to analog operation on any device Reset.
ANCON0: A/D PORT CONFIGURATION REGISTER 0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
ANSEL7
ANSEL6
ANSEL5
ANSEL4
ANSEL3
ANSEL2
ANSEL1
ANSEL0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
x = Bit is unknown
ANSEL<7:0>: Analog Port Configuration bits (AN7 and AN0)
1 = Pin configured as an analog channel; digital input is disabled and any inputs read as ‘0’
0 = Pin configured as a digital port
REGISTER 23-9:
ANCON1: A/D PORT CONFIGURATION REGISTER 1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
ANSEL15(1)
ANSEL14(1)
ANSEL13(1)
ANSEL12(1)
ANSEL11
ANSEL10
ANSEL9
ANSEL8
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
ANSEL<15:8>: Analog Port Configuration bits (AN15 through AN8)
1 = Pin configured as an analog channel, digital input is disabled and any inputs read as ‘0’
0 = Pin configured as a digital port
AN15 through AN12 and AN20 to AN23 are implemented only on 80-pin devices. For 64-pin devices, the
corresponding ANSELx bits are still implemented for these channels, but have no effect.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 357
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 23-10: ANCON2: A/D PORT CONFIGURATION REGISTER 2
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
ANSEL23(1)
ANSEL22(1)
ANSEL21(1)
ANSEL20(1)
ANSEL19
ANSEL18
ANSEL17
ANSEL16
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
ANSEL<23:16>: Analog Port Configuration bits (AN23 through AN16)
1 = Pin configured as an analog channel; digital input is disabled and any inputs read as ‘0’
0 = Pin configured as a digital port
AN15 through AN12 and AN 20 through AN23 are implemented only on 80-pin devices. For 64-pin
devices, the corresponding ANSELx bits are still implemented for these channels, but have no effect.
The analog reference voltage is software-selectable to
either the device’s positive and negative supply voltage
(AVDD and AVSS) or the voltage level on the
RA3/AN3/VREF+ and RA2/AN2/VREF- pins. VREF+ has
two additional internal voltage reference selections:
2.048V and 4.096V.
The A/D Converter can uniquely operate while the
device is in Sleep mode. To operate in Sleep, the A/D
conversion clock must be derived from the A/D’s
internal RC oscillator.
The output of the sample and hold is the input into the
converter, which generates the result via successive
approximation.
Each port pin associated with the A/D Converter can be
configured as an analog input or a digital I/O. The
ADRESH and ADRESL registers contain the result of
the A/D conversion. When the A/D conversion is complete, the result is loaded into the ADRESH:ADRESL
register pair, the GO/DONE bit (ADCON0<1>) is
cleared and the A/D Interrupt Flag bit, ADIF (PIR1<6>),
is set.
A device Reset forces all registers to their Reset state.
This forces the A/D module to be turned off and any
conversion in progress is aborted. The value in the
ADRESH:ADRESL register pair is not modified for a
Power-on Reset. These registers will contain unknown
data after a Power-on Reset.
The block diagram of the A/D module is shown in
Figure 23-4.
DS39960C-page 358
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 23-4:
A/D BLOCK DIAGRAM
CHS<4:0>
11111
VDDCORE
11101
Reserved
Temperature Diode
11100
12-Bit
A/D
Converter
1.024V Band Gap
11110
Reserved CTMU
11011
(Unimplemented)
11010
(Unimplemented)
11001
(Unimplemented)
11000
(Unimplemented)
10111
AN23(1)
10110
AN22(1)
00100
AN4
00011
AN3
00010
AN2
00001
AN1
00000
AN0
CHSN<2:0>
Positive Input Voltage
111
Negative Input Voltage
AN6
110
Reference
Voltage
AN5
VCFG<1:0>
11
VREF+
10
01
VREF00
VNCFG
Internal VREF+
(4.096V)
001
Internal VREF+
(2.048V)
000
AN3
AN0
AVSS
VDD
AN2
VSS(2)
Note 1: Channels, AN15 through AN12, and AN20 through AN23, are not available on 64-pin devices.
2: I/O pins have diode protection to VDD and VSS.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 359
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
After the A/D module has been configured as desired,
the selected channel must be acquired before the
conversion can start. The analog input channels must
have their corresponding TRIS bits selected as an
input. To determine acquisition time, see Section 23.3
“A/D Acquisition Requirements”. After this acquisition time has elapsed, the A/D conversion can be
started. An acquisition time can be programmed to
occur between setting the GO/DONE bit and the actual
start of the conversion.
2.
Configure the A/D interrupt (if desired):
• Clear the ADIF bit (PIR1<6>)
• Set the ADIE bit (PIE1<6>)
• Set the GIE bit (INTCON<7>)
Wait the required acquisition time (if required).
Start the conversion:
• Set the GO/DONE bit (ADCON0<1>)
Wait for A/D conversion to complete, by either:
• Polling for the GO/DONE bit to be cleared
3.
4.
5.
To do an A/D conversion, follow these steps:
1.
Configure the A/D module:
• Configure the required ADC pins as analog
pins (ANCON0, ANCON1 and ANCON2)
• Set the voltage reference (ADCON1)
• Select the A/D positive and negative input
channels (ADCON0 and ADCON1)
• Select the A/D acquisition time (ADCON2)
• Select the A/D conversion clock (ADCON2)
• Turn on the A/D module (ADCON0)
FIGURE 23-5:
OR
• Waiting for the A/D interrupt
Read A/D Result registers (ADRESH:ADRESL)
and, if required, clear bit, ADIF.
For the next conversion, begin with Step 1 or 2,
as required.
6.
7.
The A/D conversion time per bit is defined as TAD.
Before the next acquisition starts, a minimum Wait
of 2 TAD is required.
ANALOG INPUT MODEL
VDD
RS
VAIN
ANx
CPIN
5 pF
Sampling
Switch
VT = 0.6V
RIC 1k
VT = 0.6V
SS
RSS
ILEAKAGE
±100 nA
CHOLD = 25 pF
VSS
Legend: CPIN
= Input Capacitance
VT
= Threshold Voltage
ILEAKAGE = Leakage Current at the pin due to
various junctions
RIC
= Interconnect Resistance
SS
= Sampling Switch
CHOLD
= Sample/Hold Capacitance (from DAC)
RSS
= Sampling Switch Resistance
DS39960C-page 360
VDD
1
2
3
4
Sampling Switch (k)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
23.3
A/D Acquisition Requirements
For the A/D Converter to meet its specified accuracy,
the Charge Holding (CHOLD) capacitor must be allowed
to fully charge to the input channel voltage level. The
analog input model is shown in Figure 23-5. The
source impedance (RS) and the internal sampling
switch (RSS) impedance directly affect the time
required to charge the capacitor CHOLD. The sampling
switch (RSS) impedance varies over the device voltage
(VDD).
The source impedance affects the offset voltage at the
analog input (due to pin leakage current). The maximum recommended impedance for analog sources
is 2.5 k. After the analog input channel is selected or
changed, the channel must be sampled for at least the
minimum acquisition time before starting a conversion.
EQUATION 23-1:
•
•
•
•
•
CHOLD
Rs
Conversion Error
VDD
Temperature
=
=

=
=
25 pF
2.5 k
1/2 LSb
3V  Rss = 2 k
85C (system max.)
ACQUISITION TIME
=
Amplifier Settling Time + Holding Capacitor Charging Time + Temperature Coefficient
=
TAMP + TC + TCOFF
EQUATION 23-2:
VHOLD
or
TC
Equation 23-3 shows the calculation of the minimum
required acquisition time, TACQ. This calculation is
based on the following application system
assumptions:
When the conversion is started, the
holding capacitor is disconnected from the
input pin.
Note:
TACQ
To calculate the minimum acquisition time,
Equation 23-1 can be used. This equation assumes
that 1/2 LSb error is used (1,024 steps for the A/D). The
1/2 LSb error is the maximum error allowed for the A/D
to meet its specified resolution.
A/D MINIMUM CHARGING TIME
=
(VREF – (VREF/2048)) • (1 – e(-TC/CHOLD(RIC + RSS + RS)))
=
-(CHOLD)(RIC + RSS + RS) ln(1/2048)
EQUATION 23-3:
CALCULATING THE MINIMUM REQUIRED ACQUISITION TIME
TACQ
=
TAMP + TC + TCOFF
TAMP
=
0.2 s
TCOFF
=
(Temp – 25C)(0.02 s/C)
(85C – 25C)(0.02 s/C)
1.2 s
Temperature coefficient is only required for temperatures > 25C. Below 25C, TCOFF = 0 ms.
TC
=
-(CHOLD)(RIC + RSS + RS) ln(1/2048) s
-(25 pF) (1 k + 2 k + 2.5 k) ln(0.0004883) s
1.05 s
TACQ
=
0.2 s + 1.05 s + 1.2 s
2.45 s
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 361
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
23.4
Selecting and Configuring
Automatic Acquisition Time
The ADCON2 register allows the user to select an
acquisition time that occurs each time the GO/DONE
bit is set.
When the GO/DONE bit is set, sampling is stopped and
a conversion begins. The user is responsible for ensuring the required acquisition time has passed between
selecting the desired input channel and setting the
GO/DONE bit.
This
occurs
when
the
ACQT<2:0>
bits
(ADCON2<5:3>) remain in their Reset state (‘000’),
which is compatible with devices that do not offer
programmable acquisition times.
TABLE 23-1:
TAD vs. DEVICE OPERATING
FREQUENCIES
AD Clock Source (TAD)
Operation
ADCS<2:0>
Maximum
Device
Frequency
2 TOSC
000
2.50 MHz
4 TOSC
100
5.00 MHz
8 TOSC
001
10.00 MHz
16 TOSC
101
20.00 MHz
32 TOSC
010
40.00 MHz
64 TOSC
110
64.00 MHz
RC(2)
x11
1.00 MHz(1)
Note 1:
The RC source has a typical TAD time of
4 s.
For device frequencies above 1 MHz, the
device must be in Sleep mode for the
entire conversion or the A/D accuracy may
be out of specification.
If desired, the ACQTx bits can be set to select a programmable acquisition time for the A/D module. When
the GO/DONE bit is set, the A/D module continues to
sample the input for the selected acquisition time, then
automatically begins a conversion. Since the acquisition time is programmed, there may be no need to wait
for an acquisition time between selecting a channel and
setting the GO/DONE bit.
23.6
In either case, when the conversion is completed, the
GO/DONE bit is cleared, the ADIF flag is set and the
A/D begins sampling the currently selected channel
again. If an acquisition time is programmed, there is
nothing to indicate if the acquisition time has ended or
if the conversion has begun.
The ANCON0, ANCON1, ANCON2, TRISA, TRISF,
TRISG and TRISH registers control the operation of the
A/D port pins. The port pins needed as analog inputs
must have their corresponding TRISx bits set (input). If
the TRISx bit is cleared (output), the digital output level
(VOH or VOL) will be converted.
23.5
The A/D operation is independent of the state of the
CHS<3:0> bits and the TRISx bits.
Selecting the A/D Conversion
Clock
The A/D conversion time per bit is defined as TAD. The
A/D conversion requires 14 TAD per 12-bit conversion.
The source of the A/D conversion clock is
software-selectable.
The possible options for TAD are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
2 TOSC
4 TOSC
8 TOSC
16 TOSC
32 TOSC
64 TOSC
Using the internal RC Oscillator
2:
Configuring Analog Port Pins
Note 1: When reading the PORT register, all pins
configured as analog input channels will
read as cleared (a low level). Pins configured as digital inputs will convert an
analog input. Analog levels on a digitally
configured input will be accurately
converted.
2: Analog levels on any pin defined as a
digital input may cause the digital input
buffer to consume current out of the
device’s specification limits.
For correct A/D conversions, the A/D conversion clock
(TAD) must be as short as possible, but greater than
the minimum TAD. (For more information, see
Parameter 130 in Table 31-28.)
Table 23-1 shows the resultant TAD times derived from
the device operating frequencies and the A/D clock
source selected.
DS39960C-page 362
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
23.7
ADRESH:ADRESL registers will continue to contain
the value of the last completed conversion (or the last
value written to the ADRESH:ADRESL registers).
A/D Conversions
Figure 23-6 shows the operation of the A/D Converter
after the GO/DONE bit has been set and the
ACQT<2:0> bits are cleared. A conversion is started
after the following instruction to allow entry into Sleep
mode before the conversion begins.
After the A/D conversion is completed or aborted, a
2 TAD Wait is required before the next acquisition can
be started. After this Wait, acquisition on the selected
channel is automatically started.
Figure 23-7 shows the operation of the A/D Converter
after the GO/DONE bit has been set, the ACQT<2:0>
bits set to ‘010’ and a 4 TAD acquisition time selected.
The GO/DONE bit should NOT be set in
the same instruction that turns on the A/D.
Note:
Clearing the GO/DONE bit during a conversion will
abort the current conversion. The A/D Result register
pair will NOT be updated with the partially completed
A/D
conversion
sample.
This
means
the
FIGURE 23-6:
A/D CONVERSION TAD CYCLES (ACQT<2:0> = 000, TACQ = 0)
TCY - TAD TAD1 TAD2 TAD3 TAD4 TAD5 TAD6 TAD7 TAD8 TAD9 TAD10 TAD11 TAD12 TAD13
b1
b0
b6
b3
b2
b8
b9
b4
b5
b11 b10
b7
Conversion starts
Holding capacitor is disconnected from analog input (typically 100 ns)
Set GO/DONE bit
Next Q4: ADRESH:ADRESL is loaded, GO/DONE bit is cleared,
ADIF bit is set, holding capacitor is connected to analog input.
A/D CONVERSION TAD CYCLES (ACQT<2:0> = 010, TACQ = 4 TAD)
FIGURE 23-7:
TAD Cycles
TACQT Cycles
1
2
3
Automatic
Acquisition
Time
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
b11
b10
b9
b8
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b0
Conversion starts
(Holding capacitor is disconnected)
Set GO/DONE bit
(Holding capacitor continues
acquiring input)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Next Q4: ADRESH:ADRESL is loaded, GO/DONE bit is cleared,
ADIF bit is set, holding capacitor is reconnected to analog input.
DS39960C-page 363
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
23.8
Use of the Special Event Triggers
A/D conversion can be started by the Special Event
Trigger of any of these modules:
• ECCP2 – Requires CCP2M<3:0> bits
(CCP2CON<3:0>) set at ‘1011’
• CTMU – Requires the setting of the CTTRIG bit
(CTMUCONH<0>)
• Timer1
• RTCC
To start an A/D conversion:
• The A/D module must be enabled (ADON = 1)
• The appropriate analog input channel selected
• The minimum acquisition period set one of these
ways:
- Timing provided by the user
- Selection made of an appropriate TACQ time
With these conditions met, the trigger sets the
GO/DONE bit and the A/D acquisition starts.
If the A/D module is not enabled (ADON = 0), the
module ignores the Special Event Trigger.
Note:
With an ECCP2 trigger, Timer1 or Timer 3
is cleared. The timers reset to automatically repeat the A/D acquisition period
with minimal software overhead (moving
ADRESH:ADRESL to the desired location). If the A/D module is not enabled, the
Special Event Trigger is ignored by the
module, but the timer’s counter resets.
DS39960C-page 364
23.9
Operation in Power-Managed
Modes
The selection of the automatic acquisition time and A/D
conversion clock is determined in part by the clock
source and frequency while in a power-managed
mode.
If the A/D is expected to operate while the device is in
a power-managed mode, the ACQT<2:0> and
ADCS<2:0> bits in ADCON2 should be updated in
accordance with the power-managed mode clock that
will be used.
After the power-managed mode is entered (either of
the power-managed Run modes), an A/D acquisition or
conversion may be started. Once an acquisition or conversion is started, the device should continue to be
clocked by the same power-managed mode clock
source until the conversion has been completed. If
desired, the device may be placed into the corresponding power-managed Idle mode during the conversion.
If the power-managed mode clock frequency is less
than 1 MHz, the A/D RC clock source should be
selected.
Operation in Sleep mode requires that the A/D RC
clock be selected. If bits ACQT<2:0> are set to ‘000’
and a conversion is started, the conversion will be
delayed one instruction cycle to allow execution of the
SLEEP instruction and entry into Sleep mode. The
IDLEN and SCS<1:0> bits in the OSCCON register
must have already been cleared prior to starting the
conversion.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 23-2:
Name
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH A/D MODULE
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
TMR1GIF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
TMR1GIE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
TMR1GIP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
PIR3
TMR5GIF
—
RC2IF
TX2IF
CTMUIF
CCP2IF
CCP1IF
RTCCIF
PIE3
TMR5GIE
—
RC2IE
TX2IE
CTMUIE
CCP2IE
CCP1IE
RTCCIE
IPR3
TMR5GIP
—
RC2IP
TX2IP
CTMUIP
CCP2IP
CCP1IP
RTCCIP
ADRESH
A/D Result Register High Byte
ADRESL
A/D Result Register Low Byte
INTCON
ADCON0
—
CHS4
CHS3
CHS2
CHS1
CHS0
GO/DONE
ADON
ADCON1
TRIGSEL1
TRIGSEL0
VCFG1
VCFG0
VNCFG
CHSN2
CHSN1
CHSN0
ADCON2
ADFM
—
ACQT2
ACQT1
ACQT0
ADCS2
ADCS1
ADCS0
ANCON0
ANSEL7
ANSEL6
ANSEL5
ANSEL4
ANSEL3
ANSEL2
ANSEL1
ANSEL0
ANCON1
ANSEL15
ANSEL14
ANSEL13
ANSEL12
ANSEL11
ANSEL10
ANSEL9
ANSEL8
ANCON2
ANSEL23
ANSEL22
ANSEL21
ANSEL20
ANSEL19
ANSEL18
ANSEL17
ANSEL16
CCP2CON
P2M1
P2M0
DC2B1
DC2B0
CCP2M3
CCP2M2
CCP2M1
CCP2M0
PORTA
RA7(2)
RA6(2)
RA5
RA4
RA3
RA2
RA1
RA0
TRISA
TRISA7(2)
TRISA6(2)
TRISA5
TRISA4
TRISA3
TRISA2
TRISA1
TRISA0
PORTF
RF7
RF6
RF5
RF4
RF3
RF2
RF1
—
TRISF
TRISF7
TRISF6
TRISF5
TRISF4
TRISF3
TRISF2
TRISF1
—
RG4
RG3
RG2
RG1
RG0
TRISG4
TRISG3
TRISG2
TRISG1
TRISG0
PORTG
—
—
RG5(3)
TRISG
—
—
—
PORTH(1)
RH7
RH6
RH5
RH4
RH3
RH2
RH1
RH0
TRISH(1)
TRISH7
TRISH6
TRISH5
TRISH4
TRISH3
TRISH2
TRISH1
TRISH0
CCP3MD
CCP2MD
CCP1MD
SSP2MD
SSP1MD
ADCMD
PMD0
UART2MD UART1MD
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for A/D conversion.
Note 1: This register is not implemented on 64-pin devices.
2: These bits are available only in certain oscillator modes, when the FOSC2 Configuration bit = 0. If that
Configuration bit is cleared, this signal is not implemented.
3: Bit is available when Master Clear is disabled (MCLRE = 0). When MCLRE is set, the bit is unimplemented.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 365
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39960C-page 366
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
24.0
COMPARATOR MODULE
24.1
The analog comparator module contains three comparators that can be independently configured in a variety
of ways. The inputs can be selected from the analog
inputs and two internal voltage references. The digital
outputs are available at the pin level and can also be
read through the control register. Multiple output and
interrupt event generation are also available. A generic
single comparator from the module is shown in
Figure 24-1.
Registers
The CMxCON registers (CM1CON, CM2CON and
CM3CON) select the input and output configuration for
each comparator, as well as the settings for interrupt
generation (see Register 24-1).
The CMSTAT register (Register 24-2) provides the output results of the comparators. The bits in this register
are read-only.
Key features of the module includes:
•
•
•
•
•
Independent comparator control
Programmable input configuration
Output to both pin and register levels
Programmable output polarity
Independent interrupt generation for each
comparator with configurable interrupt-on-change
FIGURE 24-1:
COMPARATOR SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM
CMPxOUT
(CMSTAT<7:5>)
CCH<1:0>
CxINB
0
(2)
1
(1,2)
2
VBG
3
CxINC
C2INB/C2IND
Interrupt
Logic
CMPxIF
EVPOL<1:0>
CREF
COE
VIN-
Note 1:
2:
CxINA
0
CVREF
1
VIN+
Cx
Polarity
Logic
CON
CPOL
CxOUT
Comparators, 1 and 3, use C2INB as an input to the inverting terminal. Comparator 2 uses C2IND as an input to
the inverted terminal.
C1INC, C2INC and C2IND are all unavailable for 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 367
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 24-1:
CMxCON: COMPARATOR CONTROL x REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CON
COE
CPOL
EVPOL1
EVPOL0
CREF
CCH1
CCH0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
CON: Comparator Enable bit
1 = Comparator is enabled
0 = Comparator is disabled
bit 6
COE: Comparator Output Enable bit
1 = Comparator output is present on the CxOUT pin
0 = Comparator output is internal only
bit 5
CPOL: Comparator Output Polarity Select bit
1 = Comparator output is inverted
0 = Comparator output is not inverted
bit 4-3
EVPOL<1:0>: Interrupt Polarity Select bits
11 = Interrupt generation on any change of the output(1)
10 = Interrupt generation only on high-to-low transition of the output
01 = Interrupt generation only on low-to-high transition of the output
00 = Interrupt generation is disabled
bit 2
CREF: Comparator Reference Select bit (non-inverting input)
1 = Non-inverting input connects to internal CVREF voltage
0 = Non-inverting input connects to CxINA pin
bit 1-0
CCH<1:0>: Comparator Channel Select bits
11 = Inverting input of comparator connects to VBG
10 = Inverting input of comparator connects to C2INB or C2IND pin(2,3)
01 = Inverting input of comparator connects to CxINC pin
00 = Inverting input of comparator connects to CxINB pin
Note 1:
2:
3:
x = Bit is unknown
The CMPxIF bit is automatically set any time this mode is selected and must be cleared by the application
after the initial configuration.
Comparators, 1 and 3, use C2INB as an input to the inverting terminal. Comparator 2 uses C2IND.
C1INC, C2INC and C2IND are all unavailable for 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22).
DS39960C-page 368
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 24-2:
CMSTAT: COMPARATOR STATUS REGISTER
R-x
R-x
R-x
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
CMP3OUT
CMP2OUT
CMP1OUT
—
—
—
—
—
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5
CMP3OUT:CMP1OUT: Comparator x Status bits
If CPOL (CMxCON<5>)= 0 (non-inverted polarity):
1 = Comparator x’s VIN+ > VIN0 = Comparator x’s VIN+ < VINIf CPOL = 1 (inverted polarity):
1 = Comparator x’s VIN+ < VIN0 = Comparator x’s VIN+ > VIN-
bit 4-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
x = Bit is unknown
DS39960C-page 369
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
24.2
Comparator Operation
24.3
Comparator Response Time
A single comparator is shown in Figure 24-2, along with
the relationship between the analog input levels and
the digital output. When the analog input at VIN+ is less
than the analog input, VIN-, the output of the comparator is a digital low level. When the analog input at VIN+
is greater than the analog input, VIN-, the output of the
comparator is a digital high level. The shaded areas of
the output of the comparator in Figure 24-2 represent
the uncertainty due to input offsets and response time.
Response time is the minimum time, after selecting a
new reference voltage or input source, before the comparator output has a valid level. The response time of
the comparator differs from the settling time of the voltage reference. Therefore, both of these times must be
considered when determining the total response to a
comparator input change; otherwise, the maximum
delay of the comparators should be used (see
Section 31.0 “Electrical Characteristics”).
FIGURE 24-2:
SINGLE COMPARATOR
24.4
–
A simplified circuit for an analog input is shown in
Figure 24-3. Since the analog pins are connected to a
digital output, they have reverse biased diodes to VDD
and VSS. The analog input, therefore, must be between
VSS and VDD. If the input voltage deviates from this
range by more than 0.6V in either direction, one of the
diodes is forward biased and a latch-up condition may
occur.
VIN-
Output
+
VIN+
VIN-
Analog Input Connection
Considerations
A maximum source impedance of 10 k is
recommended for the analog sources. Any external
component connected to an analog input pin, such as
a capacitor or a Zener diode, should have very little
leakage current.
VIN+
Output
FIGURE 24-3:
COMPARATOR ANALOG INPUT MODEL
VDD
VT = 0.6V
RS
<10k
Comparator
Input
AIN
CPIN
5 pF
VA
RIC
VT = 0.6V
ILEAKAGE
±100 nA
VSS
Legend:
DS39960C-page 370
CPIN
VT
ILEAKAGE
RIC
RS
VA
=
=
=
=
=
=
Input Capacitance
Threshold Voltage
Leakage Current at the pin due to various junctions
Interconnect Resistance
Source Impedance
Analog Voltage
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
24.5
Comparator Control and
Configuration
Each comparator has up to eight possible combinations of inputs: up to four external analog inputs and
one of two internal voltage references.
All of the comparators allow a selection of the signal
from pin, CxINA, or the voltage from the comparator
reference (CVREF) on the non-inverting channel. This is
compared to either CxINB, CxINC, C2INB/C2IND or
the microcontroller’s fixed internal reference voltage
(VBG, 1.024V nominal) on the inverting channel. The
comparator inputs and outputs are tied to fixed I/O pins,
defined in Table 24-1. The available comparator configurations and their corresponding bit settings are shown
in Figure 24-4.
TABLE 24-1:
Comparator
1
2
3
Note 1:
24.5.1
COMPARATOR INPUTS AND
OUTPUTS
Input or Output
I/O Pin
C1INA (VIN+)
RF6
C1INB (VIN-)
RF5
C1INC(1) (VIN-)
RH6
C2INB (VIN-)
RF3
C1OUT
RF2
C2INA (VIN+)
RF4
C2INB (VIN-)
RF3
(1)
(VIN-)
RH4
C2IND(1) (VIN-)
RH5
C2INC
C2OUT
RF1
C3INA (VIN+)
RG2
C3INB (VIN-)
RG3
C3INC (VIN-)
RG4
C2INB (VIN-)
RF3
C3OUT
RG1
C1INC, C2INC and C2IND are all
unavailable for 64-pin devices
(PIC18F6XK22).
COMPARATOR ENABLE AND
INPUT SELECTION
Setting the CON bit of the CMxCON register
(CMxCON<7>) enables the comparator for operation.
Clearing the CON bit disables the comparator, resulting
in minimum current consumption.
The CCH<1:0> bits in the CMxCON register
(CMxCON<1:0>) direct either one of three analog input
pins, or the Internal Reference Voltage (VBG), to the
comparator, VIN-. Depending on the comparator
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
operating mode, either an external or internal voltage
reference may be used. For external analog pins that
are unavailable in 64-pin devices (C1INC, C2INC and
C2IND), the corresponding configurations that use
them as inputs are unavailable.
The analog signal present at VIN- is compared to the
signal at VIN+ and the digital output of the comparator
is adjusted accordingly.
The external reference is used when CREF = 0
(CMxCON<2>) and VIN+ is connected to the CxINA
pin. When external voltage references are used, the
comparator module can be configured to have the
reference sources externally. The reference signal
must be between VSS and VDD and can be applied to
either pin of the comparator.
The comparator module also allows the selection of an
internally generated voltage reference (CVREF) from
the Comparator Voltage Reference module. This
module is described in more detail in Section 25.0
“Comparator Voltage Reference Module”. The
reference from the comparator voltage reference
module is only available when CREF = 1. In this mode,
the internal voltage reference is applied to the
comparator’s VIN+ pin.
Note:
24.5.2
The comparator input pin selected by
CCH<1:0> must be configured as an input
by setting both the corresponding TRISF,
TRISG or TRISH bit and the corresponding
ANSELx bit in the ANCONx register.
COMPARATOR ENABLE AND
OUTPUT SELECTION
The comparator outputs are read through the CMSTAT
register. The CMSTAT<5> bit reads the Comparator 1
output, CMSTAT<6> reads Comparator 2 output and
CMSTAT<7> reads Comparator 3 output. These bits
are read-only.
The comparator outputs may also be directly output to
the RF2, RF1 and RG1 I/O pins by setting the COE bit
(CMxCON<6>). When enabled, multiplexers in the
output path of the pins switch to the output of the comparator. While in this mode, the TRISF<2:1> and
TRISG<1> bits still function as the digital output enable
bits for the RF2, RF1 and RG1 pins.
By default, the comparator’s output is at logic high
whenever the voltage on VIN+ is greater than on VIN-.
The polarity of the comparator outputs can be inverted
using the CPOL bit (CMxCON<5>).
The uncertainty of each of the comparators is related to
the input offset voltage and the response time given in
the specifications, as discussed in Section 24.2
“Comparator Operation”.
DS39960C-page 371
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 24-4:
COMPARATOR CONFIGURATIONS
Comparator Off
CON = 0, CREF = x, CCH<1:0> = xx
COE
VIN-
Cx
VIN+
Off (Read as ‘0’)
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator CxINC > CxINA Compare(2,3)
CON = 1, CREF = 0, CCH<1:0> = 01
Comparator CxINB > CxINA Compare
CON = 1, CREF = 0, CCH<1:0> = 00
COE
CxINB
CxINA
COE
VINVIN+
Cx
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator CxIND > CxINA Compare(3)
CON = 1, CREF = 0, CCH<1:0> = 10
CxINC
VIN-
CxINA
VIN+
Cx
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator VIRV > CxINA Compare
CON = 1, CREF = 0, CCH<1:0> = 11
COE
C2INB/
C2IND
CxINA
COE
VINVIN+
Cx
CxOUT
Pin
VBG(1)
VIN-
CxINA
VIN+
Cx
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator CxINC > CVREF Compare(2,3)
CON = 1, CREF = 1, CCH<1:0> = 01
Comparator CxINB > CVREF Compare
CON = 1, CREF = 1, CCH<1:0> = 00
COE
CxINB
CVREF
COE
VINVIN+
Cx
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator CxIND > CVREF Compare(3)
CON = 1, CREF = 1, CCH<1:0> = 10
CxINC
VIN-
CVREF
VIN+
Cx
Comparator VIRV > CVREF Compare
CON = 1, CREF = 1, CCH<1:0> = 11
COE
C2INB/
C2IND
CVREF
Note 1:
2:
3:
COE
VINVIN+
Cx
CxOUT
Pin
CxOUT
Pin
VBG(1)
VIN-
CVREF
VIN+
Cx
CxOUT
Pin
VBG is the Internal Reference Voltage (1.024V nominal).
Configuration is unavailable for CM1CON on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22).
Configuration is unavailable for CM2CON on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22).
DS39960C-page 372
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
24.6
Comparator Interrupts
The comparator interrupt flag is set whenever any of
the following occurs:
• Low-to-high transition of the comparator output
• High-to-low transition of the comparator output
• Any change in the comparator output
The comparator interrupt selection is done by the
EVPOL<1:0> bits in the CMxCON register
(CMxCON<4:3>).
In order to provide maximum flexibility, the output of the
comparator may be inverted using the CPOL bit in the
CMxCON register (CMxCON<5>). This is functionally
identical to reversing the inverting and non-inverting
inputs of the comparator for a particular mode.
An interrupt is generated on the low-to-high or high-tolow transition of the comparator output. This mode of
interrupt generation is dependent on EVPOL<1:0> in
the CMxCON register. When EVPOL<1:0> = 01 or 10,
the interrupt is generated on a low-to-high or high-tolow transition of the comparator output. Once the
interrupt is generated, it is required to clear the interrupt
flag by software.
TABLE 24-2:
CPOL
When EVPOL<1:0> = 11, the comparator interrupt flag
is set whenever there is a change in the output value of
either comparator. Software will need to maintain
information about the status of the output bits, as read
from CMSTAT<7:5>, to determine the actual change
that occurred.
The CMPxIF bits (PIR6<2:0>) are the Comparator
Interrupt Flags. The CMPxIF bits must be reset by
clearing them. Since it is also possible to write a ‘1’ to
this register, a simulated interrupt may be initiated.
Table 24-2 shows the interrupt generation with respect
to comparator input voltages and EVPOL bit settings.
Both the CMPxIE bits (PIE6<2:0>) and the PEIE bit
(INTCON<6>) must be set to enable the interrupt. In
addition, the GIE bit (INTCON<7>) must also be set. If
any of these bits are clear, the interrupt is not enabled,
though the CMPxIF bits will still be set if an interrupt
condition occurs.
A simplified diagram of the interrupt section is shown in
Figure 24-3.
Note:
CMPxIF bits will not be set when
EVPOL<1:0> = 00.
COMPARATOR INTERRUPT GENERATION
EVPOL<1:0>
00
01
0
10
11
00
01
1
10
11
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Comparator
Input Change
CxOUT Transition
Interrupt
Generated
VIN+ > VIN-
Low-to-High
No
VIN+ < VIN-
High-to-Low
No
VIN+ > VIN-
Low-to-High
Yes
VIN+ < VIN-
High-to-Low
No
VIN+ > VIN-
Low-to-High
No
VIN+ < VIN-
High-to-Low
Yes
VIN+ > VIN-
Low-to-High
Yes
VIN+ < VIN-
High-to-Low
Yes
VIN+ > VIN-
High-to-Low
No
VIN+ < VIN-
Low-to-High
No
VIN+ > VIN-
High-to-Low
No
VIN+ < VIN-
Low-to-High
Yes
VIN+ > VIN-
High-to-Low
Yes
VIN+ < VIN-
Low-to-High
No
VIN+ > VIN-
High-to-Low
Yes
VIN+ < VIN-
Low-to-High
Yes
DS39960C-page 373
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
24.7
To minimize power consumption while in Sleep mode,
turn off the comparators (CON = 0) before entering
Sleep. If the device wakes up from Sleep, the contents
of the CMxCON register are not affected.
Comparator Operation
During Sleep
When a comparator is active and the device is placed
in Sleep mode, the comparator remains active and the
interrupt is functional, if enabled. This interrupt will
wake-up the device from Sleep mode, when enabled.
Each operational comparator will consume additional
current.
TABLE 24-3:
Name
INTCON
24.8
Effects of a Reset
A device Reset forces the CMxCON registers to their
Reset state. This forces both comparators and the
voltage reference to the OFF state.
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH COMPARATOR MODULE
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
PIR6
—
—
—
EEIF
—
CMP3IF
CMP2IF
CMP1IF
PIE6
—
—
—
EEIE
—
CMP3IE
CMP2IE
CMP1IE
IPR6
—
—
—
EEIP
—
CMP3IP
CMP2IP
CMP1IP
CM1CON
CON
COE
CPOL
EVPOL1
EVPOL0
CREF
CCH1
CCH0
CM2CON
CON
COE
CPOL
EVPOL1
EVPOL0
CREF
CCH1
CCH0
CM3CON
CON
COE
CPOL
EVPOL1
EVPOL0
CREF
CCH1
CCH0
CVRCON
CVREN
CVROE
CVRSS
CVR4
CVR3
CVR2
CVR1
CVR0
CMSTAT
CMP3OUT
CMP2OUT
CMP1OUT
—
—
—
—
—
PORTF
RF7
RF6
RF5
RF4
RF3
RF2
RF1
—
LATF
LATF7
LATF6
LATF5
LATF4
LATF3
LATF2
LATF1
—
TRISF
TRISF7
TRISF6
TRISF5
TRISF4
TRISF3
TRISF2
TRISF1
—
PORTG
—
—
RG5(1)
RG4
RG3
RG2
RG1
RG0
LATG
—
—
—
LATG4
LATG3
LATG2
LATG1
LATG0
TRISG
—
—
—
TRISG4
TRISG3
TRISG2
TRISG1
TRISG0
PORTH
RH7
RH6
RH5
RH4
RH3
RH2
RH1
RH0
LATH7
LATH6
LATH5
LATH4
LATH3
LATH2
LATH1
LATH0
LATH
TRISH
TRISH7
TRISH6
TRISH5
TRISH4
TRISH3
TRISH2
TRISH1
TRISH0
ANCON0
ANSEL7
ANSEL6
ANSEL5
ANSEL4
ANSEL3
ANSEL2
ANSEL1
ANSEL0
ANCON1
ANSEL15
ANSEL14
ANSEL13
ANSEL12
ANSEL11
ANSEL10
ANSEL9
ANSEL8
ANCON2
ANSEL23
ANSEL22
ANSEL21
ANSEL20
ANSEL19
ANSEL18
ANSEL17
ANSEL16
PMD0
CCP3MD
CCP2MD
CCP1MD
UART2MD UART1MD
SSP2MD
SSP1MD
ADCMD
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: Bit is available when Master Clear is disabled (MCLRE = 0). When MCLRE is set, the bit is unimplemented.
DS39960C-page 374
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
25.0
COMPARATOR VOLTAGE
REFERENCE MODULE
EQUATION 25-1:
If CVRSS = 1:
The comparator voltage reference is a 32-tap resistor
ladder network that provides a selectable reference
voltage. Although its primary purpose is to provide a
reference for the analog comparators, it may also be
used independently of them.
A block diagram of the module is shown in Figure 25-1.
The resistor ladder is segmented to provide a range of
CVREF values and has a power-down function to
conserve power when the reference is not being used.
The module’s supply reference can be provided from
either device VDD/VSS or an external voltage reference.
25.1
Configuring the Comparator
Voltage Reference
The comparator voltage reference module is controlled
through the CVRCON register (Register 25-1). The
comparator voltage reference provides a range of
output voltage with 32 levels.
CVREF = (VREF-) + (CVR<4:0>/32) • (VREF+ – VREF-)
If CVRSS = 0:
CVREF = (AVSS) + (CVR<4:0>/32) • (AVDD – AVSS)
The comparator reference supply voltage can come
from either VDD and VSS, or the external VREF+ and
VREF- that are multiplexed with RA3 and RA2. The
voltage source is selected by the CVRSS bit
(CVRCON<5>).
The settling time of the comparator voltage reference
must be considered when changing the CVREF
output (see Table 31-2 in Section 31.0 “Electrical
Characteristics”).
The CVR<4:0> selection bits (CVRCON<4:0>) offer a
range of output voltages. Equation 25-1 shows the how
the comparator voltage reference is computed.
REGISTER 25-1:
CVRCON: COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CVREN
CVROE
CVRSS
CVR4
CVR3
CVR2
CVR1
CVR0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
CVREN: Comparator Voltage Reference Enable bit
1 = CVREF circuit is powered on
0 = CVREF circuit is powered down
bit 6
CVROE: Comparator VREF Output Enable bit
1 = CVREF voltage level is output on CVREF pin
0 = CVREF voltage level is disconnected from CVREF pin
bit 5
CVRSS: Comparator VREF Source Selection bit
1 = Comparator reference source, CVRSRC = VREF+ – VREF0 = Comparator reference source, CVRSRC = AVDD – AVSS
bit 4-0
CVR<4:0>: Comparator VREF Value Selection 0  CVR<4:0>  31 bits
When CVRSS = 1:
CVREF = (VREF-) + (CVR<4:0>/32)  (VREF+ – VREF-)
When CVRSS = 0:
CVREF = (AVSS) + (CVR<4:0>/32)  (AVDD – AVSS)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
x = Bit is unknown
DS39960C-page 375
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 25-1:
COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM
VREF+
AVDD
CVRSS = 1
CVRSS = 0
CVR<4:0>
R
CVREN
R
R
32-to-1 MUX
R
32 Steps
R
CVREF
R
R
VREF-
CVRSS = 1
CVRSS = 0
25.2
Voltage Reference Accuracy/Error
The full range of voltage reference cannot be realized
due to the construction of the module. The transistors
on the top and bottom of the resistor ladder network
(Figure 25-1) keep CVREF from approaching the reference source rails. The voltage reference is derived
from the reference source; therefore, the CVREF output
changes with fluctuations in that source. The tested
absolute accuracy of the voltage reference can be
found in Section 31.0 “Electrical Characteristics”.
25.3
Operation During Sleep
When the device wakes up from Sleep through an
interrupt or a Watchdog Timer time-out, the contents of
the CVRCON register are not affected. To minimize
current consumption in Sleep mode, the voltage
reference should be disabled.
DS39960C-page 376
25.4
Effects of a Reset
A device Reset disables the voltage reference by
clearing bit, CVREN (CVRCON<7>). This Reset also
disconnects the reference from the RF5 pin by clearing
bit, CVROE (CVRCON<6>).
25.5
Connection Considerations
The voltage reference module operates independently
of the comparator module. The output of the reference
generator may be connected to the RF5 pin if the
CVROE bit is set. Enabling the voltage reference output onto RF5 when it is configured as a digital input will
increase current consumption. Connecting RF5 as a
digital output with CVRSS enabled will also increase
current consumption.
The RF5 pin can be used as a simple D/A output with
limited drive capability. Due to the limited current drive
capability, a buffer must be used on the voltage
reference output for external connections to VREF.
Figure 25-2 shows an example buffering technique.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 25-2:
COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE OUTPUT BUFFER EXAMPLE
PIC18F87K22
CVREF
Module
R(1)
Voltage
Reference
Output
Impedance
Note 1:
TABLE 25-1:
Name
+
–
RF5
CVREF Output
R is dependent upon the Voltage Reference Configuration bits, CVRCON<3:0> and CVRCON<5>.
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
CVRCON
CVREN
CVROE
CVRSS
CVR4
CVR3
CVR2
CVR1
CVR0
CM1CON
CON
COE
CPOL
EVPOL1
EVPOL0
CREF
CCH1
CCH0
CM2CON
CON
COE
CPOL
EVPOL1
EVPOL0
CREF
CCH1
CCH0
CM3CON
CON
COE
CPOL
EVPOL1
EVPOL0
CREF
CCH1
CCH0
TRISF
TRISF7
TRISF6
TRISF5
TRISF4
TRISF3
TRISF2
TRISF1
—
TRISA
TRISA7
TRISA6
TRISA5
TRISA4
TRISA3
TRISA2
TRISA1
TRISA0
ANCON0
ANSEL7
ANSEL6
ANSEL5
ANSEL4
ANSEL3
ANSEL2
ANSEL1
ANSEL0
ANCON1
ANSEL15
ANSEL14
ANSEL13 ANSEL12
ANSEL11
ANSEL10
ANSEL9
ANSEL8
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used with the comparator voltage reference.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 377
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39960C-page 378
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
26.0
HIGH/LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT
(HLVD)
The PIC18F87K22 family of devices has a High/LowVoltage Detect module (HLVD). This is a programmable
circuit that sets both a device voltage trip point and the
direction of change from that point. If the device experiences an excursion past the trip point in that direction, an
interrupt flag is set. If the interrupt is enabled, the program execution branches to the interrupt vector address
and the software responds to the interrupt.
REGISTER 26-1:
R/W-0
The module’s block diagram is shown in Figure 26-1.
HLVDCON: HIGH/LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT CONTROL REGISTER
R-0
VDIRMAG
The High/Low-Voltage Detect Control register
(Register 26-1) completely controls the operation of the
HLVD module. This allows the circuitry to be “turned
off” by the user under software control, which
minimizes the current consumption for the device.
BGVST
R-0
IRVST
R/W-0
HLVDEN
R/W-0
(1)
HLVDL3
R/W-1
HLVDL2
(1)
R/W-0
HLVDL1
(1)
R/W-0
HLVDL0(1)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
VDIRMAG: Voltage Direction Magnitude Select bit
1 = Event occurs when voltage equals or exceeds trip point (HLVDL<3:0>)
0 = Event occurs when voltage equals or falls below trip point (HLVDL<3:0>)
bit 6
BGVST: Band Gap Reference Voltages Stable Status Flag bit
1 = Internal band gap voltage references are stable
0 = Internal band gap voltage references are not stable
bit 5
IRVST: Internal Reference Voltage Stable Flag bit
1 = Indicates that the voltage detect logic will generate the interrupt flag at the specified voltage range
0 = Indicates that the voltage detect logic will not generate the interrupt flag at the specified voltage
range and the HLVD interrupt should not be enabled
bit 4
HLVDEN: High/Low-Voltage Detect Power Enable bit
1 = HLVD is enabled
0 = HLVD is disabled
bit 3-0
HLVDL<3:0>: Voltage Detection Limit bits(1)
1111 = External analog input is used (input comes from the HLVDIN pin)
1110 = Maximum setting
.
.
.
0000 = Minimum setting
Note 1:
For the electrical specifications, see Parameter D420.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 379
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
The module is enabled by setting the HLVDEN bit
(HLVDCON<4>). Each time the HLVD module is
enabled, the circuitry requires some time to stabilize.
The IRVST bit (HLVDCON<5>) is a read-only bit used
to indicate when the circuit is stable. The module can
only generate an interrupt after the circuit is stable and
IRVST is set.
trip point voltage. The “trip point” voltage is the voltage
level at which the device detects a high or low-voltage
event, depending on the configuration of the module.
When the supply voltage is equal to the trip point, the
voltage tapped off of the resistor array is equal to the
internal reference voltage generated by the voltage
reference module. The comparator then generates an
interrupt signal by setting the HLVDIF bit.
The VDIRMAG bit (HLVDCON<7>) determines the
overall operation of the module. When VDIRMAG is
cleared, the module monitors for drops in VDD below a
predetermined set point. When the bit is set, the
module monitors for rises in VDD above the set point.
26.1
The trip point voltage is software programmable to any of
16 values. The trip point is selected by programming the
HLVDL<3:0> bits (HLVDCON<3:0>).
The HLVD module has an additional feature that allows
the user to supply the trip voltage to the module from an
external source. This mode is enabled when bits,
HLVDL<3:0>, are set to ‘1111’. In this state, the
comparator input is multiplexed from the external input
pin, HLVDIN. This gives users the flexibility of configuring the High/Low-Voltage Detect interrupt to occur at
any voltage in the valid operating range.
Operation
When the HLVD module is enabled, a comparator uses
an internally generated reference voltage as the set
point. The set point is compared with the trip point,
where each node in the resistor divider represents a
FIGURE 26-1:
VDD
HLVD MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM (WITH EXTERNAL INPUT)
Externally Generated
Trip Point
VDD
HLVDL<3:0>
HLVDCON
Register
HLVDEN
VDIRMAG
Set
HLVDIF
16-to-1 MUX
HLVDIN
HLVDEN
BOREN
DS39960C-page 380
Internal Voltage
Reference
1.024V Typical
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
26.2
HLVD Setup
To set up the HLVD module:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select the desired HLVD trip point by writing the
value to the HLVDL<3:0> bits.
Set the VDIRMAG bit to detect high voltage
(VDIRMAG = 1) or low voltage (VDIRMAG = 0).
Enable the HLVD module by setting the
HLVDEN bit.
Clear the HLVD interrupt flag (PIR2<2>), which
may have been set from a previous interrupt.
If interrupts are desired, enable the HLVD interrupt by setting the HLVDIE and GIE bits
(PIE2<2> and INTCON<7>, respectively).
An interrupt will not be generated until the
IRVST bit is set.
Note:
Before changing any module settings
(VDIRMAG, LVDL<3:0>), first disable the
module (LVDEN = 0), make the changes
and re-enable the module. This prevents
the generation of false HLVD events.
26.3
Current Consumption
When the module is enabled, the HLVD comparator
and voltage divider are enabled and consume static
current. The total current consumption, when enabled,
is specified in electrical specification Parameter D022B
(Table 31-13).
Depending on the application, the HLVD module does
not need to operate constantly. To reduce current
requirements, the HLVD circuitry may only need to be
enabled for short periods where the voltage is checked.
After such a check, the module could be disabled.
26.4
HLVD Start-up Time
The internal reference voltage of the HLVD module,
specified in electrical specification Parameter 37
(Section 31.0 “Electrical Characteristics”), may be
used by other internal circuitry, such as the
programmable Brown-out Reset. If the HLVD or other
circuits using the voltage reference are disabled to
lower the device’s current consumption, the reference
voltage circuit will require time to become stable before
a low or high-voltage condition can be reliably
detected. This start-up time, TIRVST, is an interval that
is independent of device clock speed. It is specified in
electrical specification Parameter 37 (Table 31-13).
The HLVD interrupt flag is not enabled until TIRVST has
expired and a stable reference voltage is reached. For
this reason, brief excursions beyond the set point may
not be detected during this interval (see Figure 26-2 or
Figure 26-3).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 381
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 26-2:
LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT OPERATION (VDIRMAG = 0)
HLVDIF may not be Set
CASE 1:
VDD
VHLVD
HLVDIF
Enable HLVD
TIRVST
IRVST
Internal Reference is Stable
CASE 2:
HLVDIF Cleared in Software
VDD
VHLVD
HLVDIF
Enable HLVD
TIRVST
IRVST
Internal Reference is Stable
HLVDIF Cleared in Software
HLVDIF Cleared in Software,
HLVDIF Remains Set since HLVD Condition still Exists
DS39960C-page 382
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 26-3:
HIGH-VOLTAGE DETECT OPERATION (VDIRMAG = 1)
CASE 1:
HLVDIF may not be Set
VHLVD
VDD
HLVDIF
Enable HLVD
TIRVST
IRVST
HLVDIF Cleared in Software
Internal Reference is Stable
CASE 2:
VHLVD
VDD
HLVDIF
Enable HLVD
TIRVST
IRVST
Internal Reference is Stable
HLVDIF Cleared in Software
HLVDIF Cleared in Software,
HLVDIF Remains Set since HLVD Condition still Exists
Applications
In many applications, it is desirable to detect a drop
below, or rise above, a particular voltage threshold. For
example, the HLVD module could be periodically
enabled to detect Universal Serial Bus (USB) attach or
detach. This assumes the device is powered by a lower
voltage source than the USB when detached. An attach
would indicate a high-voltage detect from, for example,
3.3V to 5V (the voltage on USB) and vice versa for a
detach. This feature could save a design a few extra
components and an attach signal (input pin).
For general battery applications, Figure 26-4 shows a
possible voltage curve. Over time, the device voltage
decreases. When the device voltage reaches voltage,
VA, the HLVD logic generates an interrupt at time, TA.
The interrupt could cause the execution of an ISR,
which would allow the application to perform “housekeeping tasks” and a controlled shutdown before the
device voltage exits the valid operating range at TB.
This would give the application a time window, represented by the difference between TA and TB, to safely
exit.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 26-4:
TYPICAL LOW-VOLTAGE
DETECT APPLICATION
VA
VB
Voltage
26.5
Time
TA
TB
Legend: VA = HLVD trip point
VB = Minimum valid device
operating voltage
DS39960C-page 383
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
26.6
Operation During Sleep
26.7
When enabled, the HLVD circuitry continues to operate
during Sleep. If the device voltage crosses the trip
point, the HLVDIF bit will be set and the device will
wake-up from Sleep. Device execution will continue
from the interrupt vector address if interrupts have
been globally enabled.
TABLE 26-1:
Effects of a Reset
A device Reset forces all registers to their Reset state.
This forces the HLVD module to be turned off.
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH HIGH/LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT MODULE
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
HLVDCON
VDIRMAG
BGVST
IRVST
HLVDEN
HLVDL3
HLVDL2
HLVDL1
HLVDL0
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
PIR2
OSCFIF
—
SSP2IF
BLC2IF
BCL1IF
HLVDIF
TMR3IF
TMR3GIF
PIE2
OSCFIE
—
SSP2IE
BLC2IE
BCL1IE
HLVDIE
TMR3IE
TMR3GIE
IPR2
OSCFIP
—
SSP2IP
BLC2IP
BCL1IP
HLVDIP
TMR3IP
TMR3GIP
TRISA7(1)
TRISA6(1)
TRISA5
TRISA4
TRISA3
TRISA2
TRISA1
TRISA0
ANSEL7
ANSEL6
ANSEL5
ANSEL4
ANSEL3
ANSEL2
ANSEL1
ANSEL0
TRISA
ANCON0
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are unused by the HLVD module.
Note 1: PORTA<7:6> and their direction bits are individually configured as port pins based on various primary
oscillator modes. When disabled, these bits read as ‘0’.
DS39960C-page 384
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
27.0
•
•
•
•
Control of response to edges
Time measurement resolution of 1 nanosecond
High-precision time measurement
Time delay of external or internal signal
asynchronous to system clock
• Accurate current source suitable for capacitive
measurement
CHARGE TIME
MEASUREMENT UNIT (CTMU)
The Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU) is a
flexible analog module that provides accurate differential time measurement between pulse sources, as well
as asynchronous pulse generation. By working with
other on-chip analog modules, the CTMU can precisely
measure time, capacitance and relative changes in
capacitance or generate output pulses with a specific
time delay. The CTMU is ideal for interfacing with
capacitive-based sensors.
The CTMU works in conjunction with the A/D Converter
to provide up to 24 channels for time or charge
measurement, depending on the specific device and
the number of A/D channels available. When configured for time delay, the CTMU is connected to one of
the analog comparators. The level-sensitive input edge
sources can be selected from four sources: two
external inputs or the ECCP1/ECCP2 Special Event
Triggers.
The module includes these key features:
• Up to 24 channels available for capacitive or time
measurement input
• On-chip precision current source
• Four-edge input trigger sources
• Polarity control for each edge source
• Control of edge sequence
FIGURE 27-1:
The CTMU special event can trigger the Analog-to-Digital
Converter module.
Figure 27-1 provides a block diagram of the CTMU.
CTMU BLOCK DIAGRAM
CTMUCON
EDGEN
EDGSEQEN
EDG1SELx
EDG1POL
EDG2SELx
EDG2POL
CTED1
CTED2
CTMUICON
ITRIM<5:0>
IRNG<1:0>
EDG1STAT
EDG2STAT
Edge
Control
Logic
Current Source
Current
Control
ECCP2
TGEN
IDISSEN
CTTRIG
CTMU
Control
Logic
Pulse
Generator
ECCP1
A/D Converter
A/D Trigger
CTPLS
Comparator 2
Input
Comparator 2 Output
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 385
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
27.1
The CTMUCONH and CTMUCONL registers
(Register 27-1 and Register 27-2) contain control bits
for configuring the CTMU module edge source selection, edge source polarity selection, edge sequencing,
A/D trigger, analog circuit capacitor discharge and
enables. The CTMUICON register (Register 27-3) has
bits for selecting the current source range and current
source trim.
CTMU Registers
The control registers for the CTMU are:
• CTMUCONH
• CTMUCONL
• CTMUICON
REGISTER 27-1:
CTMUCONH: CTMU CONTROL HIGH REGISTER
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CTMUEN
—
CTMUSIDL
TGEN
EDGEN
EDGSEQEN
IDISSEN
CTTRIG
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
CTMUEN: CTMU Enable bit
1 = Module is enabled
0 = Module is disabled
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5
CTMUSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
1 = Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode
0 = Continue module operation in Idle mode
bit 4
TGEN: Time Generation Enable bit
1 = Enables edge delay generation
0 = Disables edge delay generation
bit 3
EDGEN: Edge Enable bit
1 = Edges are not blocked
0 = Edges are blocked
bit 2
EDGSEQEN: Edge Sequence Enable bit
1 = Edge 1 event must occur before Edge 2 event can occur
0 = No edge sequence is needed
bit 1
IDISSEN: Analog Current Source Control bit
1 = Analog current source output is grounded
0 = Analog current source output is not grounded
bit 0
CTTRIG: Trigger Control bit
1 = Trigger output is enabled
0 = Trigger output is disabled
DS39960C-page 386
x = Bit is unknown
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 27-2:
CTMUCONL: CTMU CONTROL LOW REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
EDG2POL
EDG2SEL1
EDG2SEL0
EDG1POL
EDG1SEL1
EDG1SEL0
EDG2STAT
EDG1STAT
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
EDG2POL: Edge 2 Polarity Select bit
1 = Edge 2 is programmed for a positive edge response
0 = Edge 2 is programmed for a negative edge response
bit 6-5
EDG2SEL<1:0>: Edge 2 Source Select bits
11 = CTED1 pin
10 = CTED2 pin
01 = ECCP1 Special Event Trigger
00 = ECCP2 Special Event Trigger
bit 4
EDG1POL: Edge 1 Polarity Select bit
1 = Edge 1 is programmed for a positive edge response
0 = Edge 1 is programmed for a negative edge response
bit 3-2
EDG1SEL<1:0>: Edge 1 Source Select bits
11 = CTED1 pin
10 = CTED2 pin
01 = ECCP1 Special Event Trigger
00 = ECCP2 Special Event Trigger
bit 1
EDG2STAT: Edge 2 Status bit
1 = Edge 2 event has occurred
0 = Edge 2 event has not occurred
bit 0
EDG1STAT: Edge 1 Status bit
1 = Edge 1 event has occurred
0 = Edge 1 event has not occurred
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
x = Bit is unknown
DS39960C-page 387
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 27-3:
CTMUICON: CTMU CURRENT CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ITRIM5
ITRIM4
ITRIM3
ITRIM2
ITRIM1
ITRIM0
IRNG1
IRNG0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2
ITRIM<5:0>: Current Source Trim bits
011111 = Maximum positive change from nominal current
011110
.
.
.
000001 = Minimum positive change from nominal current
000000 = Nominal current output specified by IRNG<1:0>
111111 = Minimum negative change from nominal current
.
.
.
100010
100001 = Maximum negative change from nominal current
bit 1-0
IRNG<1:0>: Current Source Range Select bits
11 = 100 x Base Current
10 = 10 x Base Current
01 = Base Current Level (0.55 A nominal)
00 = Current Source Disabled
DS39960C-page 388
x = Bit is unknown
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
27.2
CTMU Operation
The CTMU works by using a fixed current source to
charge a circuit. The type of circuit depends on the type
of measurement being made.
In the case of charge measurement, the current is fixed
and the amount of time the current is applied to the circuit is fixed. The amount of voltage read by the A/D
becomes a measurement of the circuit’s capacitance.
In the case of time measurement, the current, as well
as the capacitance of the circuit, is fixed. In this case,
the voltage read by the A/D is representative of the
amount of time elapsed from the time the current
source starts and stops charging the circuit.
If the CTMU is being used as a time delay, both capacitance and current source are fixed, as well as the voltage
supplied to the comparator circuit. The delay of a signal
is determined by the amount of time it takes the voltage
to charge to the comparator threshold voltage.
27.2.1
THEORY OF OPERATION
The operation of the CTMU is based on the equation
for charge:
C=I•
dV
dT
More simply, the amount of charge measured in
coulombs in a circuit is defined as current in amperes
(I) multiplied by the amount of time in seconds that the
current flows (t). Charge is also defined as the capacitance in farads (C) multiplied by the voltage of the
circuit (V). It follows that:
I•t=C•V
The CTMU module provides a constant, known current
source. The A/D Converter is used to measure (V) in
the equation, leaving two unknowns: capacitance (C)
and time (t). The above equation can be used to calculate capacitance or time, by either the relationship
using the known fixed capacitance of the circuit:
t = (C • V)/I
or by:
C = (I • t)/V
using a fixed time that the current source is applied to
the circuit.
27.2.2
CURRENT SOURCE
At the heart of the CTMU is a precision current source,
designed to provide a constant reference for measurements. The level of current is user-selectable across
three ranges or a total of two orders of magnitude, with
the ability to trim the output in ±2% increments
(nominal). The current range is selected by the
IRNG<1:0> bits (CTMUICON<1:0>), with a value of
‘00’ representing the lowest range.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Current trim is provided by the ITRIM<5:0> bits
(CTMUICON<7:2>). These six bits allow trimming of
the current source in steps of approximately 2% per
step. Half of the range adjusts the current source positively and the other half reduces the current source. A
value of ‘000000’ is the neutral position (no change). A
value of ‘100000’ is the maximum negative adjustment
(approximately -62%) and ‘011111’ is the maximum
positive adjustment (approximately +62%).
27.2.3
EDGE SELECTION AND CONTROL
CTMU measurements are controlled by edge events
occurring on the module’s two input channels. Each
channel, referred to as Edge 1 and Edge 2, can be configured to receive input pulses from one of the edge
input pins (CTED1 and CTED2) or CCPx Special Event
Triggers. The input channels are level-sensitive,
responding to the instantaneous level on the channel
rather than a transition between levels. The inputs are
selected using the EDG1SEL and EDG2SEL bit pairs
(CTMUCONL<3:2, 6:5>).
In addition to source, each channel can be configured for
event polarity using the EDGE2POL and EDGE1POL
bits (CTMUCONL<7,4>). The input channels can also
be filtered for an edge event sequence (Edge 1 occurring before Edge 2) by setting the EDGSEQEN bit
(CTMUCONH<2>).
27.2.4
EDGE STATUS
The CTMUCON register also contains two status bits,
EDG2STAT and EDG1STAT (CTMUCONL<1:0>).
Their primary function is to show if an edge response
has occurred on the corresponding channel. The
CTMU automatically sets a particular bit when an edge
response is detected on its channel. The level-sensitive
nature of the input channels also means that the status
bits become set immediately if the channel’s configuration is changed and matches the channel’s current
state.
The module uses the edge status bits to control the current source output to external analog modules (such as
the A/D Converter). Current is only supplied to external
modules when only one (not both) of the status bits is
set. Current is shut off when both bits are either set or
cleared. This allows the CTMU to measure current only
during the interval between edges. After both status
bits are set, it is necessary to clear them before another
measurement is taken. Both bits should be cleared
simultaneously, if possible, to avoid re-enabling the
CTMU current source.
In addition to being set by the CTMU hardware, the
edge status bits can also be set by software. This permits a user application to manually enable or disable
the current source. Setting either (but not both) of the
bits enables the current source. Setting or clearing both
bits at once disables the source.
DS39960C-page 389
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
27.2.5
INTERRUPTS
The CTMU sets its interrupt flag (PIR3<3>) whenever
the current source is enabled, then disabled. An interrupt is generated only if the corresponding interrupt
enable bit (PIE3<3>) is also set. If edge sequencing is
not enabled (i.e., Edge 1 must occur before Edge 2), it
is necessary to monitor the edge status bits and
determine which edge occurred last and caused the
interrupt.
27.3
CTMU Module Initialization
The following sequence is a general guideline used to
initialize the CTMU module:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Select the current source range using the
IRNGx bits (CTMUICON<1:0>).
Adjust the current source trim using the ITRIMx
bits (CTMUICON<7:2>).
Configure the edge input sources for Edge 1 and
Edge 2 by setting the EDG1SEL and EDG2SEL
bits (CTMUCONL<3:2> and <6:5>, respectively).
Configure the input polarities for the edge inputs
using the EDG1POL and EDG2POL bits
(CTMUCONL<4,7>).
The default configuration is for negative edge
polarity (high-to-low transitions).
5.
Enable edge sequencing using the EDGSEQEN
bit (CTMUCONH<2>).
By default, edge sequencing is disabled.
6.
Select the operating mode (Measurement or
Time Delay) with the TGEN bit.
The default mode
Measurement.
7.
is
Time/Capacitance
Configure the module to automatically trigger
an A/D conversion when the second edge
event has occurred using the CTTRIG bit
(CTMUCONH<0>).
The conversion trigger is disabled by default.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Discharge the connected circuit by setting the
IDISSEN bit (CTMUCONH<1>).
After waiting a sufficient time for the circuit to
discharge, clear IDISSEN.
Disable the module by clearing the CTMUEN bit
(CTMUCONH<7>).
Clear the Edge Status bits, EDG2STAT and
EDG1STAT (CTMUCONL<1:0>).
Enable both edge inputs by setting the EDGEN
bit (CTMUCONH<3>).
Enable the module by setting the CTMUEN bit.
DS39960C-page 390
Depending on the type of measurement or pulse
generation being performed, one or more additional
modules may also need to be initialized and configured
with the CTMU module:
• Edge Source Generation: In addition to the
external edge input pins, CCPx Special Event
Triggers can be used as edge sources for the
CTMU.
• Capacitance or Time Measurement: The CTMU
module uses the A/D Converter to measure the
voltage across a capacitor that is connected to one
of the analog input channels.
• Pulse Generation: When generating system clock
independent, output pulses, the CTMU module
uses Comparator 2 and the associated
comparator voltage reference.
27.4
Calibrating the CTMU Module
The CTMU requires calibration for precise measurements of capacitance and time, as well as for accurate
time delay. If the application only requires measurement
of a relative change in capacitance or time, calibration is
usually not necessary. An example of a less precise
application is a capacitive touch switch, in which the
touch circuit has a baseline capacitance and the added
capacitance of the human body changes the overall
capacitance of a circuit.
If actual capacitance or time measurement is required,
two hardware calibrations must take place:
• The current source needs calibration to set it to a
precise current.
• The circuit being measured needs calibration to
measure or nullify any capacitance other than that
to be measured.
27.4.1
CURRENT SOURCE CALIBRATION
The current source on board the CTMU module has a
range of ±60% nominal for each of three current
ranges. For precise measurements, it is possible to
measure and adjust this current source by placing a
high-precision resistor, RCAL, onto an unused analog
channel. An example circuit is shown in Figure 27-2.
To measure the current source:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Initialize the A/D Converter.
Initialize the CTMU.
Enable the current source by setting EDG1STAT
(CTMUCONL<0>).
Issue the settling time delay.
Perform the A/D conversion.
Calculate the current source current using
I = V / RCAL, where RCAL is a high-precision
resistance and V is measured by performing an
A/D conversion.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
The CTMU current source may be trimmed with the
trim bits in CTMUICON using an iterative process to get
the exact current desired. Alternatively, the nominal
value without adjustment may be used. That value may
be stored by software, for use in all subsequent
capacitive or time measurements.
To calculate the value for RCAL, the nominal current
must be chosen. Then, the resistance can be
calculated.
For example, if the A/D Converter reference voltage is
3.3V, use 70% of full scale (or 2.31V) as the desired
approximate voltage to be read by the A/D Converter. If
the range of the CTMU current source is selected to be
0.55 A, the resistor value needed is calculated as
RCAL = 2.31V/0.55 A, for a value of 4.2 MΩ. Similarly,
if the current source is chosen to be 5.5 A, RCAL would
be 420,000Ω, and 42,000Ω if the current source is set
to 55 A.
FIGURE 27-2:
CTMU CURRENT SOURCE
CALIBRATION CIRCUIT
PIC18F87K22
Current Source
A value of 70% of full-scale voltage is chosen to make
sure that the A/D Converter was in a range that is well
above the noise floor. If an exact current is chosen to
incorporate the trimming bits from CTMUICON, the
resistor value of RCAL may need to be adjusted accordingly. RCAL also may be adjusted to allow for available
resistor values. RCAL should be of the highest precision
available, in light of the precision needed for the circuit
that the CTMU will be measuring. A recommended
minimum would be 0.1% tolerance.
The following examples show a typical method for
performing a CTMU current calibration.
• Example 27-1 demonstrates how to initialize the
A/D Converter and the CTMU.
This routine is typical for applications using both
modules.
• Example 27-2 demonstrates one method for the
actual calibration routine.
This method manually triggers the A/D Converter to
demonstrate the entire step-wise process. It is also
possible to automatically trigger the conversion by
setting the CTMU’s CTTRIG bit (CTMUCONH<0>).
CTMU
A/D
Trigger
A/D Converter
ANx
RCAL
A/D
MUX
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 391
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
EXAMPLE 27-1:
SETUP FOR CTMU CALIBRATION ROUTINES
#include "p18cxxx.h"
/**************************************************************************/
/*Setup CTMU *****************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************/
void setup(void)
{ //CTMUCON - CTMU Control register
CTMUCONH = 0x00;
//make sure CTMU is disabled
CTMUCONL = 0X90;
//CTMU continues to run when emulator is stopped,CTMU continues
//to run in idle mode,Time Generation mode disabled, Edges are blocked
//No edge sequence order, Analog current source not grounded, trigger
//output disabled, Edge2 polarity = positive level, Edge2 source =
//source 0, Edge1 polarity = positive level, Edge1 source = source 0,
// Set Edge status bits to zero
//CTMUICON - CTMU Current Control Register
CTMUICON = 0x01;
//0.55uA, Nominal - No Adjustment
/**************************************************************************/
//Setup AD converter;
/**************************************************************************/
TRISA=0x04;
//set channel 2 as an input
// Configured AN2 as an analog channel
// ANCON0
ANCON0 = 0X04;
// ANCON1
ANCON1 = 0XE0;
// ADCON2
ADCON2bits.ADFM=1;
ADCON2bits.ACQT=1;
ADCON2bits.ADCS=2;
// Resulst format 1= Right justified
// Acquition time 7 = 20TAD 2 = 4TAD 1=2TAD
// Clock conversion bits 6= FOSC/64 2=FOSC/32
// ADCON0
ADCON1bits.VCFG0 =0;
ADCON0bits.VCFG1 =0;
ADCON0bits.VCFG = 0;
ADCON0bits.CHS=2;
//
//
//
//
ADCON0bits.ADON=1;
// Turn on ADC
Vref+ = AVdd
Vref+ = AVdd
Vref- = AVss
Select ADC channel
}
DS39960C-page 392
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
EXAMPLE 27-2:
CURRENT CALIBRATION ROUTINE
#include "p18cxxx.h"
#define COUNT 500
#define DELAY for(i=0;i<COUNT;i++)
#define RCAL .027
//@ 8MHz = 125uS.
#define ADSCALE 1023
#define ADREF 3.3
//R value is 4200000 (4.2M)
//scaled so that result is in
//1/100th of uA
//for unsigned conversion 10 sig bits
//Vdd connected to A/D Vr+
int main(void)
{
int i;
int j = 0; //index for loop
unsigned int Vread = 0;
double VTot = 0;
float Vavg=0, Vcal=0, CTMUISrc = 0;
//float values stored for calcs
//assume CTMU and A/D have been setup correctly
//see Example 25-1 for CTMU & A/D setup
setup();
CTMUCONHbits.CTMUEN = 1;
for(j=0;j<10;j++)
{
CTMUCONHbits.IDISSEN = 1;
DELAY;
CTMUCONHbits.IDISSEN = 0;
CTMUCONLbits.EDG1STAT = 1;
//Enable the CTMU
//drain charge on the circuit
//wait 125us
//end drain of circuit
DELAY;
CTMUCONLbits.EDG1STAT = 0;
//Begin charging the circuit
//using CTMU current source
//wait for 125us
//Stop charging circuit
PIR1bits.ADIF = 0;
ADCON0bits.GO=1;
while(!PIR1bits.ADIF);
//make sure A/D Int not set
//and begin A/D conv.
//Wait for A/D convert complete
Vread = ADRES;
PIR1bits.ADIF = 0;
VTot += Vread;
//Get the value from the A/D
//Clear A/D Interrupt Flag
//Add the reading to the total
}
Vavg = (float)(VTot/10.000);
Vcal = (float)(Vavg/ADSCALE*ADREF);
CTMUISrc = Vcal/RCAL;
//Average of 10 readings
//CTMUISrc is in 1/100ths of uA
}
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 393
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
27.4.2
CAPACITANCE CALIBRATION
There is a small amount of capacitance from the internal A/D Converter sample capacitor as well as stray
capacitance from the circuit board traces and pads that
affect the precision of capacitance measurements. A
measurement of the stray capacitance can be taken by
making sure the desired capacitance to be measured
has been removed.
After removing the capacitance to be measured:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Initialize the A/D Converter and the CTMU.
Set EDG1STAT (= 1).
Wait for a fixed delay of time, t.
Clear EDG1STAT.
Perform an A/D conversion.
Calculate the stray and A/D sample capacitances:
COFFSET = CSTRAY + CAD = (I • t)/V
This measured value is then stored and used for
calculations of time measurement or subtracted for
capacitance measurement. For calibration, it is
expected that the capacitance of CSTRAY + CAD is
approximately known; CAD is approximately 4 pF.
An iterative process may be required to adjust the time,
t, that the circuit is charged to obtain a reasonable voltage reading from the A/D Converter. The value of t may
be determined by setting COFFSET to a theoretical value
and solving for t. For example, if CSTRAY is theoretically
calculated to be 11 pF, and V is expected to be 70% of
VDD or 2.31V, t would be:
(4 pF + 11 pF) • 2.31V/0.55 A
or 63 s.
See Example 27-3 for a typical routine for CTMU
capacitance calibration.
Where:
• I is known from the current source measurement
step
• t is a fixed delay
• V is measured by performing an A/D conversion
DS39960C-page 394
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
EXAMPLE 27-3:
CAPACITANCE CALIBRATION ROUTINE
#include "p18cxxx.h"
#define
#define
#define
#define
#define
#define
COUNT 25
ETIME COUNT*2.5
DELAY for(i=0;i<COUNT;i++)
ADSCALE 1023
ADREF 3.3
RCAL .027
//@ 8MHz INTFRC = 62.5 us.
//time in uS
//for unsigned conversion 10 sig bits
//Vdd connected to A/D Vr+
//R value is 4200000 (4.2M)
//scaled so that result is in
//1/100th of uA
int main(void)
{
int i;
int j = 0;
//index for loop
unsigned int Vread = 0;
float CTMUISrc, CTMUCap, Vavg, VTot, Vcal;
//assume CTMU and A/D have been setup correctly
//see Example 25-1 for CTMU & A/D setup
setup();
CTMUCONHbits.CTMUEN = 1;
for(j=0;j<10;j++)
{
CTMUCONHbits.IDISSEN = 1;
DELAY;
CTMUCONHbits.IDISSEN = 0;
CTMUCONLbits.EDG1STAT = 1;
//Enable the CTMU
//drain charge on the circuit
//wait 125us
//end drain of circuit
DELAY;
CTMUCONLbits.EDG1STAT = 0;
//Begin charging the circuit
//using CTMU current source
//wait for 125us
//Stop charging circuit
PIR1bits.ADIF = 0;
ADCON0bits.GO=1;
while(!PIR1bits.ADIF);
//make sure A/D Int not set
//and begin A/D conv.
//Wait for A/D convert complete
Vread = ADRES;
PIR1bits.ADIF = 0;
VTot += Vread;
//Get the value from the A/D
//Clear A/D Interrupt Flag
//Add the reading to the total
}
Vavg = (float)(VTot/10.000);
//Average of 10 readings
Vcal = (float)(Vavg/ADSCALE*ADREF);
CTMUISrc = Vcal/RCAL;
//CTMUISrc is in 1/100ths of uA
CTMUCap = (CTMUISrc*ETIME/Vcal)/100;
}
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 395
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
27.5
Measuring Capacitance with the
CTMU
There are two ways to measure capacitance with the
CTMU. The absolute method measures the actual
capacitance value. The relative method only measures
for any change in the capacitance.
27.5.1
ABSOLUTE CAPACITANCE
MEASUREMENT
For absolute capacitance measurements, both the
current and capacitance calibration steps found in
Section 27.4 “Calibrating the CTMU Module” should
be followed.
To perform these measurements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Initialize the A/D Converter.
Initialize the CTMU.
Set EDG1STAT.
Wait for a fixed delay, T.
Clear EDG1STAT.
Perform an A/D conversion.
Calculate the total capacitance, CTOTAL = (I * T)/V,
where:
• I is known from the current source
measurement step (Section 27.4.1 “Current
Source Calibration”)
• T is a fixed delay
• V is measured by performing an A/D conversion
Subtract the stray and A/D capacitance
(COFFSET from Section 27.4.2 “Capacitance
Calibration”) from CTOTAL to determine the
measured capacitance.
DS39960C-page 396
27.5.2
RELATIVE CHARGE
MEASUREMENT
Not all applications require precise capacitance
measurements. When detecting a valid press of a
capacitance-based switch, only a relative change of
capacitance needs to be detected.
In such an application, when the switch is open (or not
touched), the total capacitance is the capacitance of the
combination of the board traces, the A/D Converter and
other elements. A larger voltage will be measured by the
A/D Converter. When the switch is closed (or touched),
the total capacitance is larger due to the addition of the
capacitance of the human body to the above listed
capacitances and a smaller voltage will be measured by
the A/D Converter.
To detect capacitance changes simply:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Initialize the A/D Converter and the CTMU.
Set EDG1STAT.
Wait for a fixed delay.
Clear EDG1STAT.
Perform an A/D conversion.
The voltage measured by performing the A/D conversion is an indication of the relative capacitance. In this
case, no calibration of the current source or circuit
capacitance measurement is needed. (For a sample
software routine for a capacitive touch switch, see
Example 27-4.)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
EXAMPLE 27-4:
ROUTINE FOR CAPACITIVE TOUCH SWITCH
#include "p18cxxx.h"
#define
#define
#define
#define
COUNT 500
DELAY for(i=0;i<COUNT;i++)
OPENSW 1000
TRIP 300
#define HYST 65
//@ 8MHz = 125uS.
//Un-pressed switch value
//Difference between pressed
//and un-pressed switch
//amount to change
//from pressed to un-pressed
#define PRESSED 1
#define UNPRESSED 0
int main(void)
{
unsigned int Vread;
unsigned int switchState;
int i;
//storage for reading
//assume CTMU and A/D have been setup correctly
//see Example 25-1 for CTMU & A/D setup
setup();
CTMUCONHbits.CTMUEN = 1;
//Enable the CTMU
CTMUCONHbits.IDISSEN = 1;
DELAY;
CTMUCONHbits.IDISSEN = 0;
//drain charge on the circuit
//wait 125us
//end drain of circuit
CTMUCONLbits.EDG1STAT = 1;
DELAY;
CTMUCONLbits.EDG1STAT = 0;
//Begin charging the circuit
//using CTMU current source
//wait for 125us
//Stop charging circuit
PIR1bits.ADIF = 0;
ADCON0bits.GO=1;
while(!PIR1bits.ADIF);
//make sure A/D Int not set
//and begin A/D conv.
//Wait for A/D convert complete
Vread = ADRES;
//Get the value from the A/D
if(Vread < OPENSW - TRIP)
{
switchState = PRESSED;
}
else if(Vread > OPENSW - TRIP + HYST)
{
switchState = UNPRESSED;
}
}
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 397
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
27.6
Measuring Time with the CTMU
Module
Time can be precisely measured after the ratio (C/I) is
measured from the current and capacitance calibration
step. To do that:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Initialize the A/D Converter and the CTMU.
Set EDG1STAT.
Set EDG2STAT.
Perform an A/D conversion.
Calculate the time between edges as T = (C/I) * V,
where:
• I is calculated in the current calibration
step (Section 27.4.1 “Current Source
Calibration”)
• C is calculated in the capacitance calibration step (Section 27.4.2 “Capacitance
Calibration”)
• V is measured by performing the A/D conversion
FIGURE 27-3:
It is assumed that the time measured is small enough
that the capacitance, COFFSET, provides a valid voltage
to the A/D Converter. For the smallest time measurement, always set the A/D Channel Select register
(AD1CHS) to an unused A/D channel, the corresponding pin for which is not connected to any circuit board
trace. This minimizes added stray capacitance, keeping the total circuit capacitance close to that of the A/D
Converter itself (25 pF).
To measure longer time intervals, an external capacitor
may be connected to an A/D channel and that channel
selected whenever making a time measurement.
TYPICAL CONNECTIONS AND INTERNAL CONFIGURATION FOR TIME
MEASUREMENT
PIC18F87K22
CTMU
CTED1
EDG1
CTED2
EDG2
Current Source
Output Pulse
ANX
A/D Converter
CAD
RPR
DS39960C-page 398
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
27.7
An example use of the external capacitor feature is
interfacing with variable capacitive-based sensors,
such as a humidity sensor. As the humidity varies, the
pulse-width output on CTPLS will vary. An example use
of the CTDIN feature is interfacing with a digital sensor.
The CTPLS output pin can be connected to an input
capture pin and the varying pulse width measured to
determine the sensor’s output in the application.
Creating a Delay with the CTMU
Module
A unique feature on board the CTMU module is its ability
to generate system clock independent output pulses
based on either an external voltage or an external
capacitor value. When using an external voltage, this is
accomplished using the CTDIN input pin as a trigger for
the pulse delay. When using an external capacitor
value, this is accomplished using the internal comparator voltage reference module and Comparator 2 input
pin.The pulse is output onto the CTPLS pin. To enable
this mode, set the TGEN bit.
To use this feature:
1.
2.
3.
See Figure 27-4 for an example circuit. When
CTMUDS (ODCON3<0>) is cleared, the pulse delay is
determined by the output of Comparator 2, and when it
is set, the pulse delay is determined by the input of
CTDIN. CDELAY is chosen by the user to determine the
output pulse width on CTPLS. The pulse width is calculated by T = (CDELAY/I)*V, where I is known from the
current source measurement step (Section 27.4.1
“Current Source Calibration”) and V is the internal
reference voltage (CVREF).
FIGURE 27-4:
4.
If CTMUDS is cleared, initialize Comparator 2.
If CTMUDS is cleared, initialize the comparator
voltage reference.
Initialize the CTMU and enable time delay
generation by setting the TGEN bit.
Set EDG1STAT.
When CTMUDS is cleared, as soon as CDELAY charges
to the value of the voltage reference trip point, an output pulse is generated on CTPLS. When CTMUDS is
set, as soon as CTDIN is set, an output pulse is
generated on CTPLS.
TYPICAL CONNECTIONS AND INTERNAL CONFIGURATION FOR PULSE
DELAY GENERATION
PIC18F87K22
CTED1
EDG1
CTMU
CTPLS
Current Source
Comparator
CTMUI
CDELAY
CTMUDS
CTDIN
C2
CVREF
C1
External Reference
External Comparator
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 399
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
27.8
Measuring Temperature with the
CTMU Module
The CTMU, along with an internal diode, can be used
to measure the temperature. The ADC can be connected to the internal diode and the CTMU module can
EXAMPLE 27-5:
source the current to the diode. The ADC reading will
reflect the temperature. With the increase, the ADC
readings will go low. This can be used for low-cost
temperature measurement applications.
ROUTINE FOR TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT USING INTERNAL DIODE
// Initialize CTMU
CTMUICON = 0x03;
CTMUCONHbits.CTMUEN = 1;
CTMUCONLbits.EDG1STAT = 1;
// Initialize ADC
ADCON0 = 0xE5;
ADCON1 = 0x00;
ADCON2 = 0xBE;
ADCON0bits.GO = 1;
while(ADCON0bits.G0);
Temp = ADRES;
Note:
// Enable ADC and connect to Internal diode
//Right Justified
// Start conversion
// Read ADC results (inversely proportional to temperature)
The temperature diode is not calibrated or standardized; the user must calibrate the diode to their application.
DS39960C-page 400
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
27.9
Operation During Sleep/Idle Modes
27.9.1
27.10 Effects of a Reset on CTMU
Upon Reset, all registers of the CTMU are cleared. This
disables the CTMU module, turns off its current source
and returns all configuration options to their default settings. The module needs to be re-initialized following
any Reset.
SLEEP MODE
When the device enters any Sleep mode, the CTMU
module current source is always disabled. If the CTMU
is performing an operation that depends on the current
source when Sleep mode is invoked, the operation may
not terminate correctly. Capacitance and time
measurements may return erroneous values.
27.9.2
If the CTMU is in the process of taking a measurement
at the time of Reset, the measurement will be lost. A
partial charge may exist on the circuit that was being
measured, which should be properly discharged before
the CTMU makes subsequent attempts to make a
measurement. The circuit is discharged by setting and
clearing the IDISSEN bit (CTMUCONH<1>) while the
A/D Converter is connected to the appropriate channel.
IDLE MODE
The behavior of the CTMU in Idle mode is determined
by the CTMUSIDL bit (CTMUCONH<5>). If CTMUSIDL
is cleared, the module will continue to operate in Idle
mode. If CTMUSIDL is set, the module’s current source
is disabled when the device enters Idle mode. In this
case, if the module is performing an operation when
Idle mode is invoked, the results will be similar to those
with Sleep mode.
TABLE 27-1:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CTMU MODULE
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
CTMUCONH
CTMUEN
—
CTMUSIDL
TGEN
EDGEN
EDGSEQEN
IDISSEN
CTTRIG
CTMUCONL
EDG2POL
EDG2SEL1
EDG2SEL0
EDG1POL
EDG1SEL1
EDG1SEL0
EDG2STAT
EDG1STAT
CTMUICON
ITRIM5
ITRIM4
ITRIM3
ITRIM2
ITRIM1
ITRIM0
IRNG1
IRNG0
PIR3
TMR5GIF
—
RC2IF
TX2IF
CTMUIF
CCP2IF
CCP1IF
RTCCIF
PIE3
TMR5GIE
—
RC2IE
TX2IE
CTMUIE
CCP2IE
CCP1IE
RTCCIE
TMR5GIP
—
RC2IP
TX2IP
CTMUIP
CCP2IP
CCP1IP
RTCCIP
IPR3
Legend:
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used during ECCP operation.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 401
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39960C-page 402
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
28.0
SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE
CPU
The PIC18F87K22 family of devices includes several
features intended to maximize reliability and minimize
cost through elimination of external components.
These include:
• Oscillator Selection
• Resets:
- Power-on Reset (POR)
- Power-up Timer (PWRT)
- Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
- Brown-out Reset (BOR)
• Interrupts
• Watchdog Timer (WDT) and On-chip Regulator
• Fail-Safe Clock Monitor
• Two-Speed Start-up
• Code Protection
• ID Locations
• In-Circuit Serial Programming™
The oscillator can be configured for the application
depending on frequency, power, accuracy and cost. All
of the options are discussed in detail in Section 3.0
“Oscillator Configurations”.
28.1
Configuration Bits
The Configuration bits can be programmed (read as
‘0’) or left unprogrammed (read as ‘1’) to select various
device configurations. These bits are mapped starting
at program memory location, 300000h.
The user will note that address, 300000h, is beyond the
user program memory space. In fact, it belongs to the
configuration memory space (300000h-3FFFFFh),
which can only be accessed using table reads and
table writes.
Software programming the Configuration registers is
done in a manner similar to programming the Flash
memory. The WR bit in the EECON1 register starts a
self-timed write to the Configuration register. In normal
operation mode, a TBLWT instruction with the TBLPTR
pointing to the Configuration register sets up the address
and the data for the Configuration register write. Setting
the WR bit starts a long write to the Configuration register. The Configuration registers are written a byte at a
time. To write or erase a configuration cell, a TBLWT
instruction can write a ‘1’ or a ‘0’ into the cell. For
additional details on Flash programming, refer to
Section 7.5 “Writing to Flash Program Memory”.
A complete discussion of device Resets and interrupts
is available in previous sections of this data sheet.
In addition to their Power-up and Oscillator Start-up
Timers provided for Resets, the PIC18F87K22 family of
devices has a Watchdog Timer, which is either permanently enabled via the Configuration bits or software
controlled (if configured as disabled).
The inclusion of an internal RC oscillator (LF-INTOSC)
also provides the additional benefits of a Fail-Safe
Clock Monitor (FSCM) and Two-Speed Start-up. FSCM
provides for background monitoring of the peripheral
clock and automatic switchover in the event of its failure. Two-Speed Start-up enables code to be executed
almost immediately on start-up, while the primary clock
source completes its start-up delays.
All of these features are enabled and configured by
setting the appropriate Configuration register bits.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 403
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 28-1:
CONFIGURATION BITS AND DEVICE IDs
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
300000h CONFIG1L
—
XINST
—
300001h CONFIG1H
IESO
FCMEN
—
300002h CONFIG2L
—
300003h CONFIG2H
—
WDTPS4
RETEN
-1-1 1--1
FOSC2
FOSC1
FOSC0
00-0 1000
BOREN0
PWRTEN
-111 1111
WDTPS3
WDTPS2
WDTPS1
WDTPS0
WDTEN1
WDTEN0
-111 1111
(2)
(2)
—
RTCOSC
---- ---1
ECCPMX(2) CCP2MX
1--- 1-11
DEBUG
—
300008h CONFIG5L
CP7(1)
300009h CONFIG5H
CPD
30000Ch CONFIG7L EBTR7
—
BOREN1
300006h CONFIG4L
(1)
Default/
Unprogrammed
Value
FOSC3
—
WRTD
Bit 0
BORV0
—
30000Bh CONFIG6H
Bit 1
BORV1
BW
30000Ah CONFIG6L WRT7(1)
Bit 2
PLLCFG
300005h CONFIG3H MCLRE
WAIT
(2)
Bit 3
SOSCSEL1 SOSCSEL0 INTOSCSEL
BORPWR1 BORWPR0
(2)
300004h CONFIG3L
Bit 4
(2)
EASHFT
—
—
MSSPMSK
—
—
BBSIZ0
—
—
—
STVREN
1--1 ---1
CP6(1)
CP5(1)
CP4(1)
CP3
CP2
CP1
CP0
1111 1111
CPB
—
—
—
—
—
—
11-- ----
WRT6(1)
WRT5(1)
WRT4(1)
WRT3
WRT2
WRT1
WRT0
1111 1111
WRTB
WRTC
—
—
—
—
—
111- ----
(1)
(1)
EBTR5
ABW0
(1)
EBTR3
EBTR2
EBTR1
EBTR0
1111 1111
30000Dh CONFIG7H
—
EBTRB
—
—
—
—
—
—
-1-- ----
3FFFFEh DEVID1(3)
DEV2
DEV1
DEV0
REV4
REV3
REV2
REV1
REV0
xxxx xxxx
3FFFFFh DEVID2(3)
DEV10
DEV9
DEV8
DEV7
DEV6
DEV5
DEV4
DEV3
xxxx xxxx
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
3:
EBTR6
ABW1
EBTR4
x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, q = value depends on condition. Shaded cells are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Implemented only on the PIC18F67K22 and PIC18F87K22 devices.
Implemented only on the 80-pin devices (PIC18F8XK22).
See Register 28-14 for DEVID1 values. DEVID registers are read-only and cannot be programmed by the user.
DS39960C-page 404
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 28-1:
CONFIG1L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 1 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 300000h)
U-0
R/P-1
U-0
—
XINST
—
R/P-1
R/P-1
SOSCSEL1 SOSCSEL0
R/P-1
U-0
R/P-1
INTOSCSEL
—
RETEN
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
P = Programmable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6
XINST: Extended Instruction Set Enable bit
1 = Instruction set extension and Indexed Addressing mode are enabled
0 = Instruction set extension and Indexed Addressing mode are disabled (Legacy mode)
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-3
SOSCSEL<1:0>: SOSC Power Selection and Mode Configuration bits
11 = High-power SOSC circuit is selected
10 = Digital (SCLKI) mode; I/O port functionality of RC0 and RC1 is enabled
01 = Low-power SOSC circuit is selected
00 = Reserved
bit 2
INTOSCSEL: LF-INTOSC Low-power Enable bit
1 = LF-INTOSC is in High-Power mode during Sleep
0 = LF-INTOSC is in Low-Power mode during Sleep
bit 1
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0
RETEN: VREG Sleep Enable bit
1 = Regulator power while in Sleep mode is controlled by VREGSLP (WDTCON<7>)
0 = Regulator power while in Sleep mode is controlled by SRETEN (WDTCON<4>). Ultra low-power
regulator is enabled.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 405
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 28-2:
CONFIG1H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 1 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 300001h)
R/P-0
R/P-0
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
R/P-0
R/P-0
R/P-0
IESO
FCMEN
—
PLLCFG(1)
FOSC3(2)
FOSC2(2)
FOSC1(2)
FOSC0(2)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
P = Programmable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
IESO: Internal/External Oscillator Switchover bit
1 = Two-Speed Start-up is enabled
0 = Two-Speed Start-up is disabled
bit 6
FCMEN: Fail-Safe Clock Monitor Enable bit
1 = Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is enabled
0 = Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is disabled
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
PLLCFG: 4x PLL Enable bit(1)
1 = Oscillator is multiplied by 4
0 = Oscillator is used directly
bit 3-0
FOSC<3:0>: Oscillator Selection bits(2)
1101 = EC1, EC oscillator (low power, DC-160 kHz)
1100 = EC1IO, EC oscillator with CLKOUT function on RA6 (low power, DC-160 kHz)
1011 = EC2, EC oscillator (medium power, 160 kHz-16 MHz)
1010 = EC2IO, EC oscillator with CLKOUT function on RA6 (medium power, DC-160 kHz-16 MHz)
1001 = INTIO1, internal RC oscillator with CLKOUT function on RA6
1000 = INTIO2, internal RC oscillator
0111 = RC, external RC oscillator
0110 = RCIO, external RC oscillator with CKLOUT function on RA6
0101 = EC3, EC oscillator (high power, 4 MHz-64 MHz)
0100 = EC3IO, EC oscillator with CLKOUT function on RA6 (high power, 4 MHz-64 MHz)
0011 = HS1, HS oscillator (medium power, 4 MHz-16 MHz)
0010 = HS2, HS oscillator (high power, 16 MHz-25 MHz)
0001 = XT oscillator
0000 = LP oscillator
Note 1:
2:
Not valid for the INTIOx PLL mode.
INTIO + PLL can be enabled only by the PLLEN bit (OSCTUNE<6>). Other PLL modes can be enabled by
either the PLLEN bit or the PLLCFG (CONFIG1H<4>) bit.
DS39960C-page 406
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 28-3:
U-0
—
CONFIG2L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 2 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 300002h)
R/P-1
BORPWR1
R/P-1
(1)
R/P-1
(1)
BORPWR0
BORV1
R/P-1
(1)
BORV0
(1)
R/P-1
R/P-1
(2)
BOREN1
R/P-1
(2)
BOREN0
PWRTEN(2)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
P = Programmable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-5
BORPWR<1:0>: BORMV Power-Level bits(1)
11 = ZPBORVMV instead of BORMV is selected
10 = BORMV is set to a high-power level
01 = BORMV is set to a medium power level
00 = BORMV is set to a low-power level
bit 4-3
BORV<1:0>: Brown-out Reset Voltage bits(1)
11 = VBORMV is set to 1.8V
10 = VBORMV is set to 2.0V
01 = VBORMV is set to 2.7V
00 = VBORMV is set to 3.0V
bit 2-1
BOREN<1:0>: Brown-out Reset Enable bits(2)
11 = Brown-out Reset is enabled in hardware only (SBOREN is disabled)
10 = Brown-out Reset is enabled in hardware only and disabled in Sleep mode (SBOREN is disabled)
01 = Brown-out Reset is enabled and controlled by software (SBOREN is enabled)
00 = Brown-out Reset is disabled in hardware and software
bit 0
PWRTEN: Power-up Timer Enable bit(2)
1 = PWRT is disabled
0 = PWRT is enabled
Note 1:
2:
For the specifications, see Section 31.1 “DC Characteristics: Supply Voltage PIC18F87K22 Family
(Industrial)”.
The Power-up Timer is decoupled from Brown-out Reset, allowing these features to be independently
controlled.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 407
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 28-4:
CONFIG2H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 2 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 300003h)
U-0
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
—
WDTPS4
WDTPS3
WDTPS2
WDTPS1
WDTPS0
WDTEN1
WDTEN0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
P = Programmable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-2
WDTPS<4:0>: Watchdog Timer Postscale Select bits
10101-11111 = Reserved
10100 = 1:1,048,576 (4,194.304s)
10011 = 1:524,288 (2,097.152s)
10010 = 1:262,144 (1,048.576s)
10001 = 1:131,072 (524.288s)
10000 = 1:65,536 (262.144s)
01111 = 1:32,768 (131.072s)
01110 = 1:16,384 (65.536s)
01101 = 1:8,192 (32.768s)
01100 = 1:4,096 (16.384s)
01011 = 1:2,048 (8.192s)
01010 = 1:1,024 (4.096s)
01001 = 1:512 (2.048s)
01000 = 1:256 (1.024s)
00111 = 1:128 (512 ms)
00110 = 1:64 (256 ms)
00101 = 1:32 (128 ms)
00100 = 1:16 (64 ms)
00011 = 1:8 (32 ms)
00010 = 1:4 (16 ms)
00001 = 1:2 (8 ms)
00000 = 1:1 (4 ms)
bit 1-0
WDTEN<1:0>: Watchdog Timer Enable bits
11 = WDT is enabled in hardware; SWDTEN bit is disabled
10 = WDT is controlled by the SWDTEN bit setting
01 = WDT is enabled only while the device is active and disabled in Sleep mode; SWDTEN bit is
disabled
00 = WDT is disabled in hardware; SWDTEN bit is disabled
DS39960C-page 408
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 28-5:
U-1
CONFIG3L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 3 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 300004h)
U-1
(1)
BW
WAIT
(1)
U-1
ABW1
U-1
(1)
ABW0
U-1
(1)
EASHFT
(1)
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
—
—
RTCOSC
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
P = Programmable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
WAIT: External Bus Wait Enable bit(1)
1 = Wait states on the external bus are disabled
0 = Wait states on the external bus are enabled and selected by MEMCON <5:4>
bit 6
BW: Data Bus Width Select bit(1)
1 = 16-Bit Data Width modes
0 = 8-Bit Data Width modes
bit 5-4
ABW: External Memory Bus Configuration bits(1)
11 = 8-Bit Address mode (Microcontroller mode)
10 = 12-Bit Address mode
01 = 16-Bit Address mode
00 = 20-Bit Address mode
bit 3
EASHFT: External Address Bus Shift Enable bit(1)
1 = Address shifting is enabled; external address is shifted to start at 000000h
0 = Address shifting is disabled; external address bus reflects the PC value
bit 2-1
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0
RTCOSC: RTCC Reference Clock Select bit
1 = RTCC uses SOSC as the reference clock
0 = RTCC uses LF-INTOSC as the reference clock
Note 1:
Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 409
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 28-6:
CONFIG3H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 3 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 300005h)
R/P-1
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
U-0
R/P-1
R/P-1
MCLRE
—
—
—
MSSPMSK
—
ECCPMX(1)
CCP2MX
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
P = Programmable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
MCLRE: MCLR Pin Enable bit
1 = MCLR pin is enabled; RG5 input pin is disabled
0 = RG5 input pin is enabled; MCLR is disabled
bit 6-4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3
MSSPMSK: MSSP V3 7-Bit Address Masking Mode Enable bit
1 = 7-Bit Address Masking mode is enabled
0 = 5-Bit Address Masking mode is enabled
x = Bit is unknown
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1
ECCPMX: ECCP MUX bit(1)
1=
- ECCP1 (P1B/P1C) is multiplexed onto RE6 and RE5, CCP6 onto RE6, and CCP7 onto RE5
- ECCP3 (P3B/P3C) is multiplexed onto RE4 and RE3, CCP8 onto RE4, and CCP9 onto RE3
0=
- ECCP1 (P1B/P1C) is multiplexed onto RH7 and RH6, CCP6 onto RH7, and CCP7(2) onto RH6
- ECCP3 (P3B/P3C) is multiplexed onto RH5 and RH4, CCP8 onto RH5, and CCP9(2) onto RH4
bit 0
CCP2MX: ECCP2 MUX bit
1 = ECCP2 is multiplexed with RC1
0 = ECCP2 is multiplexed with RB3 in Extended Microcontroller mode; ECCP2 is multiplexed with
RE7 in Microcontroller mode
Note 1:
2:
Unimplemented on 64-pin devices (PIC18F6XK22), read as ‘0’.
Not implemented on 32K devices (PIC18F65K22 and PIC18F85K22).
DS39960C-page 410
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 28-7:
CONFIG4L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 4 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 300006h)
R/P-1
U-0
U-0
R/P-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
DEBUG
—
—
BBSIZ0
—
—
—
STVREN
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
P = Programmable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
DEBUG: Background Debugger Enable bit
1 = Background debugger is disabled, RB6 and RB7 are configured as general purpose I/O pins
0 = Background debugger is enabled, RB6 and RB7 are dedicated to In-Circuit Debug
bit 6-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
BBSIZ0: Boot Block Size Select bit
1 = 2 kW boot block size
0 = 1 kW boot block size
bit 3-1
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0
STVREN: Stack Full/Underflow Reset Enable bit
1 = Stack full/underflow will cause Reset
0 = Stack full/underflow will not cause Reset
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 411
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 28-8:
CONFIG5L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 5 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 300008h)
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
CP7(1)
CP6(1)
CP5(1)
CP4(1)
CP3
CP2
CP1
CP0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
C = Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
CP7: Code Protection bit(1)
1 = Block 7, not code-protected(2)
0 = Block 7, code-protected(2)
bit 6
CP6: Code Protection bit(1)
1 = Block 6, not code-protected(2)
0 = Block 6, code-protected(2)
bit 5
CP5: Code Protection bit(1)
1 = Block 5, not code-protected(2)
0 = Block 5, code-protected(2)
bit 4
CP4: Code Protection bit(1)
1 = Block 4, not code-protected(2)
0 = Block 4, code-protected(2)
bit 3
CP3: Code Protection bit
1 = Block 3, not code-protected(2)
0 = Block 3, code-protected(2)
bit 2
CP2: Code Protection bit
1 = Block 2, not code-protected(2)
0 = Block 2, code-protected(2)
bit 1
CP1: Code Protection bit
1 = Block 1, not code-protected(2)
0 = Block 1, code-protected(2)
bit 0
CP0: Code Protection bit
1 = Block 0, not code-protected(2)
0 = Block 0, code-protected(2)
Note 1:
2:
x = Bit is unknown
This bit is available only on PIC18F67K22 and PIC18F87K22 devices.
For the memory size of the blocks, see Figure 28-6.
DS39960C-page 412
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 28-9:
CONFIG5H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 5 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 300009h)
R/C-1
R/C-1
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
CPD
CPB
—
—
—
—
—
—
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
C = Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
CPD: Data EEPROM Code Protection bit
1 = Data EEPROM is not code-protected
0 = Data EEPROM is code-protected
bit 6
CPB: Boot Block Code Protection bit
1 = Boot block, not code-protected(1)
0 = Boot block, code-protected(1)
bit 5-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
For the memory size of the blocks, see Figure 28-6. The boot block size changes with BBSIZ0.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 413
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 28-10: CONFIG6L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 6 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 30000Ah)
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
WRT7(1)
WRT6(1)
WRT5(1)
WRT4(1)
WRT3
WRT2
WRT1
WRT0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
C = Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
WRT7: Write Protection bit(1)
1 = Block 7, not write-protected(2)
0 = Block 7, write-protected(2)
bit 6
WRT6: Write Protection bit(1)
1 = Block 6, not write-protected(2)
0 = Block 6, write-protected(2)
bit 5
WRT5: Write Protection bit(1)
1 = Block 5, not write-protected(2)
0 = Block 5, write-protected(2)
bit 4
WRT4: Write Protection bit(1)
1 = Block 4, not write-protected(2)
0 = Block 4, write-protected(2)
bit 3
WRT3: Write Protection bit
1 = Block 3, not write-protected(2)
0 = Block 3, write-protected(2)
bit 2
WRT2: Write Protection bit
1 = Block 2, not write-protected(2)
0 = Block 2, write-protected(2)
bit 1
WRT1: Write Protection bit
1 = Block 1, not write-protected(2)
0 = Block 1, write-protected(2)
bit 0
WRT0: Write Protection bit
1 = Block 0, not write-protected(2)
0 = Block 0, write-protected(2)
Note 1:
2:
x = Bit is unknown
This bit is available only on PIC18F67K22 and PIC18F87K22.
For the memory size of the blocks, see Figure 28-6.
DS39960C-page 414
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 28-11: CONFIG6H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 6 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 30000Bh)
R/C-1
R/C-1
R-1
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
WRTD
WRTB
WRTC(1)
—
—
—
—
—
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
C = Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
WRTD: Data EEPROM Write Protection bit
1 = Data EEPROM not write-protected
0 = Data EEPROM write-protected
bit 6
WRTB: Boot Block Write Protection bit
1 = Boot block, not write-protected(2)
0 = Boot block, write-protected(2)
bit 5
WRTC: Configuration Register Write Protection bit(1)
1 = Configuration registers, not write-protected(2)
0 = Configuration registers, write-protected(2)
bit 4-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1:
2:
x = Bit is unknown
This bit is read-only in normal execution mode; it can be written only in Program mode.
For the memory size of the blocks, see Figure 28-6.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 415
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 28-12: CONFIG7L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 7 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 30000Ch)
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
EBTR7(1,3)
EBTR6(1,3)
EBTR5(1,3)
EBTR4(1,3)
EBTR3(3)
EBTR2(3)
EBTR1(3)
EBTR0(3)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
C = Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
EBTR7: Table Read Protection bit(1,3)
1 = Block 7, not protected from table reads executed in other blocks(2)
0 = Block 7, protected from table reads executed in other blocks(2)
bit 6
EBTR6: Table Read Protection bit(1,3)
1 = Block 6, not protected from table reads executed in other blocks(2)
0 = Block 6, protected from table reads executed in other blocks(2)
bit 5
EBTR5: Table Read Protection bit(1,3)
1 = Block 5, not protected from table reads executed in other blocks(2)
0 = Block 5, protected from table reads executed in other blocks(2)
bit 4
EBTR4: Table Read Protection bit(1,3)
1 = Block 4, not protected from table reads executed in other blocks(2)
0 = Block 4, protected from table reads executed in other blocks(2)
bit 3
EBTR3: Table Read Protection bit(3)
1 = Block 3, not protected from table reads executed in other blocks(2)
0 = Block 3, protected from table reads executed in other blocks(2)
bit 2
EBTR2: Table Read Protection bit(3)
1 = Block 2, not protected from table reads executed in other blocks(2)
0 = Block 2, protected from table reads executed in other blocks(2)
bit 1
EBTR1: Table Read Protection bit(3)
1 = Block 1, not protected from table reads executed in other blocks(2)
0 = Block 1, protected from table reads executed in other blocks(2)
bit 0
EBTR0: Table Read Protection bit(3)
1 = Block 0, not protected from table reads executed in other blocks(2)
0 = Block 0, protected from table reads executed in other blocks(2)
Note 1:
2:
3:
x = Bit is unknown
This bit is available only on PIC18F67K22 and PIC18F87K22 devices.
For the memory size of the blocks, see Figure 28-6
Enable the corresponding CPx bit to protect the block from external read operations.
DS39960C-page 416
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 28-13: CONFIG7H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 7 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 30000Dh)
U-0
R/C-1
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
—
EBTRB(2)
—
—
—
—
—
—
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
C = Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6
EBTRB: Boot Block Table Read Protection bit(2)
1 = Boot block, not protected from table reads executed in other blocks(1)
0 = Boot block, protected from table reads executed in other blocks(1)
bit 5-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1:
2:
For the memory size of the blocks, see Figure 28-6.
Enable the corresponding CPx bit to protect the block from external read operations.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 417
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
REGISTER 28-14: DEVID1: DEVICE ID REGISTER 1 FOR THE PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
DEV2
DEV1
DEV0
REV4
REV3
REV2
REV1
REV0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5
DEV<2:0>: Device ID bits
Devices with DEV<10:3> of 0101 0010 (see DEVID2):
010 = PIC18F65K22
000 = PIC18F66K22
101 = PIC18F85K22
011 = PIC18F86K22
Devices with DEV<10:3> of 0101 0001:
000 = PIC18F67K22
010 = PIC18F87K22
bit 4-0
REV<4:0>: Revision ID bits
These bits are used to indicate the device revision.
x = Bit is unknown
REGISTER 28-15: DEVID2: DEVICE ID REGISTER 2 FOR THE PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
DEV10(1)
DEV9(1)
DEV8(1)
DEV7(1)
DEV6(1)
DEV5(1)
DEV4(1)
DEV3(1)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
DEV<10:3>: Device ID bits(1)
These bits are used with the DEV<2:0> bits in the Device ID Register 1 to identify the part number.
0101 0010 = PIC18F65K22, PIC18F66K22, PIC18F85K22 and PIC18F86K22
0101 0001 = PIC18F67K22 and PIC18F87K22
These values for DEV<10:3> may be shared with other devices. The specific device is always identified by
using the entire DEV<10:0> bit sequence.
DS39960C-page 418
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
28.2
The WDT can be operated in one of four modes as
determined by CONFIG2H<WDTEN<1:0> The four
modes are:
Watchdog Timer (WDT)
For the PIC18F87K22 family of devices, the WDT is
driven by the LF-INTOSC source. When the WDT is
enabled, the clock source is also enabled. The nominal
WDT period is 4 ms and has the same stability as the
LF-INTOSC oscillator.
• WDT Enabled
• WDT Disabled
• WDT under software control,
SWDTEN (WDTCON<0>)
• WDT
- Enabled during normal operation
- Disabled during Sleep
The 4 ms period of the WDT is multiplied by a 16-bit
postscaler. Any output of the WDT postscaler is
selected by a multiplexer, controlled by bits in
Configuration Register 2H. Available periods range
from 4 ms to 4,194 seconds (about one hour). The
WDT and postscaler are cleared when any of the
following events occur: a SLEEP or CLRWDT instruction
is executed, the IRCF bits (OSCCON<6:4>) are
changed or a clock failure has occurred.
Note 1: The CLRWDT and SLEEP instructions
clear the WDT and postscaler counts
when executed.
2: Changing the setting of the IRCF bits
(OSCCON<6:4>) clears the WDT and
postscaler counts.
3: When a CLRWDT instruction is executed,
the postscaler count will be cleared.
FIGURE 28-1:
WDT BLOCK DIAGRAM
WDT Enabled,
SWDTEN Disabled
WDT Controlled with
SWDTEN bit Setting
WDT Enabled only while
Device is Active, Disabled
WDT Disabled in Hardware,
SWDTEN Disabled
Enable WDT
WDTEN1
WDTEN0
Wake-up from
Power-Managed
Modes
WDT Counter
INTRC Source
128
Change on IRCF bits
Programmable Postscaler
1:1 to 1:1,048,576
CLRWDT
Reset
WDT
Reset
All Device Resets
WDTPS<3:0>
4
Sleep
SWDTEN
WDTEN<1:0>
Enable WDT
INTRC Source
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 419
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
28.2.1
CONTROL REGISTER
Register 28-16 shows the WDTCON register. This is a
readable and writable register which contains a control
bit that allows software to override the WDT Enable
Configuration bit, but only if the Configuration bit has
disabled the WDT.
REGISTER 28-16: WDTCON: WATCHDOG TIMER CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
U-0
R-x
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
REGSLP
—
ULPLVL
SRETEN(2)
—
ULPEN
ULPSINK
SWDTEN(1)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
REGSLP: Regulator Voltage Sleep Enable bit
1 = Regulator goes into Low-Power mode when device’s Sleep mode is enabled
0 = Regulator stays in normal mode when device’s Sleep mode is activated
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5
ULPLVL: Ultra Low-Power Wake-up Output bit
Not valid unless ULPEN = 1.
1 = Voltage on RA0 pin > ~ 0.5V
0 = Voltage on RA0 pin < ~ 0.5V.
bit 4
SRETEN: Regulator Voltage Sleep Disable bit(2)
1 = If RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 0 and the regulator is enabled, the device goes into Ultra Low-Power
mode in Sleep
0 = The regulator is on when device’s Sleep mode is enabled and the Low-Power mode is controlled
by REGSLP
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2
ULPEN: Ultra Low-Power Wake-up Module Enable bit
1 = Ultra low-power wake-up module is enabled; ULPLVL bit indicates the comparator output
0 = Ultra low-power wake-up module is disabled
bit 1
ULPSINK: Ultra Low-Power Wake-up Current Sink Enable bit
Not valid unless ULPEN = 1.
1 = Ultra low-power wake-up current sink is enabled
0 = Ultra low-power wake-up current sink is disabled
bit 0
SWDTEN: Software Controlled Watchdog Timer Enable bit(1)
1 = Watchdog Timer is on
0 = Watchdog Timer is off
Note 1:
2:
This bit has no effect if the Configuration bits, WDTEN<1:0>, are enabled.
This bit is available only when ENVREG = 1 and RETEN = 0.
TABLE 28-2:
Name
RCON
WDTCON
SUMMARY OF WATCHDOG TIMER REGISTERS
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
IPEN
SBOREN
CM
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
REGSLP
—
ULPLVL
SRETEN
—
ULPEN
ULPSINK
SWDTEN
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Watchdog Timer.
DS39960C-page 420
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
28.3
On-Chip Voltage Regulator
All of the PIC18F87K22 family devices power their core
digital logic at a nominal 3.3V. For designs that are
required to operate at a higher typical voltage, such as
5V, all family devices incorporate two on-chip regulators that allows the device to run its core logic from
VDD. Those regulators are:
FIGURE 28-2:
CONNECTIONS FOR THE
ON-CHIP REGULATOR
Regulator Enabled (ENVREG tied to VDD):
5V
PIC18F87K22
VDD
ENVREG
• Normal on-chip regulator
• Ultra Low-Power, on-chip regulator
The hardware configuration of these regulators are the
same and are explained in Section 28.3.1 “Regulator
Enable/Disable By Hardware”. The regulators’ only
differences relate to when the device enters Sleep, as
explained in Section 28.3.2 “Operation of Regulator
in Sleep”.
28.3.1
VDDCORE/VCAP
CF
Regulator Disabled (ENVREG tied to VSS):
REGULATOR ENABLE/DISABLE BY
HARDWARE
3.3V(1)
PIC18F87K22
The regulator can be enabled or disabled only by hardware. The regulator is controlled by the ENVREG pin
and the VDDCORE/VCAP pin.
28.3.1.1
VDD
ENVREG
0.1µF
Regulator Enable Mode
Tying VDD to the pin enables the regulator, which in turn,
provides power to the core from the other VDD pins.
When the regulator is enabled, a low-ESR filter capacitor must be connected to the VDDCORE/VCAP pin (see
Figure 28-2). This helps maintain the regulator’s
stability. The recommended value for the filter capacitor
is given in Section 31.2 “DC Characteristics: PowerDown and Supply Current PIC18F87K22 Family
(Industrial)”.
28.3.1.2
VSS
VDDCORE/VCAP
VSS
Note 1:
These are typical operating voltages. For the
full operating ranges of VDD and VDDCORE,
see Section 31.2 “DC Characteristics:
Power-Down and Supply Current
PIC18F87K22 Family (Industrial)”.
Regulator Disable Mode
If the regulator is disabled by connecting VSS to the
ENVREG pin, the power to the core is supplied directly
by VDD. The voltage levels for VDD must not exceed the
specified VDDCORE levels. In Regulator Disabled mode,
a 0.1 µF capacitor should be connected to the
VDDCORE/VCAP pin (see Figure 28-2).
When the regulator is being used, the overall voltage
budget is very tight. The regulator should operate the
device down to 1.8V. When VDD drops below 3.3V, the
regulator no longer regulates, but the output voltage follows the input until VDD reaches 1.8V. Below this voltage,
the output of the regulator output may drop to 0V.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 421
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
28.3.2
OPERATION OF REGULATOR IN
SLEEP
The difference in the two regulators’ operation arises
with Sleep mode. The ultra low-power regulator gives
the device the lowest current in the Regulator Enabled
mode.
The on-chip regulator can go into a lower power mode
when the device goes to Sleep by setting the REGSLP
bit (WDTCON<7>). This puts the regulator in a standby
mode so that the device consumes much less current.
The on-chip regulator can also go into the Ultra LowPower mode, which consumes the lowest current
possible with the regulator enabled. This mode is
controlled by the RETEN bit (CONFIG1L<0>) and
SRETEN bit (WDTCON<4>).
TABLE 28-3:
The various modes of regulator operation are shown in
Table 28-3.
When the ultra low-power regulator is in Sleep mode,
the internal reference voltages in the chip will be shut
off and any interrupts referring to the internal reference
will not wake up the device. If the BOR or LVD is
enabled, the regulator will keep the internal references
on and the lowest possible current will not be achieved.
When using the ultra low-power regulator in Sleep
mode, the device will take about 250 s typical to start
executing the code after it wakes up.
SLEEP MODE REGULATOR SETTINGS(1)
Regulator
Power Mode
VREGSLP
WDTCON<7>
SRETEN
WDTCON<4>
RETEN
CONFIG1L<0>
Enabled
Normal Operation (Sleep)
0
x
1
Enabled
Low-Power mode (Sleep)
1
x
1
Enabled
Normal Operation (Sleep)
0
0
x
Enabled
Low-Power mode (Sleep)
1
0
x
Enabled
Ultra Low-Power mode (Sleep)
x
1
0
Note 1:
x = Indicates that VIT status is invalid.
DS39960C-page 422
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
28.4
In all other power-managed modes, Two-Speed Startup is not used. The device will be clocked by the
currently selected clock source until the primary clock
source becomes available. The setting of the IESO bit
is ignored.
Two-Speed Start-up
The Two-Speed Start-up feature helps to minimize the
latency period from oscillator start-up to code execution
by allowing the microcontroller to use the INTOSC
(LF-INTOSC, MF-INTOSC, HF-INTOSC) oscillator as a
clock source until the primary clock source is available.
It is enabled by setting the IESO Configuration bit.
28.4.1
Two-Speed Start-up should be enabled only if the
primary oscillator mode is LP, XT or HS (Crystal-Based
modes). Other sources do not require an OST start-up
delay; for these, Two-Speed Start-up should be
disabled.
While using the INTOSC oscillator in Two-Speed Startup, the device still obeys the normal command
sequences for entering power-managed modes,
including multiple SLEEP instructions (refer to
Section 4.1.4 “Multiple Sleep Commands”). In
practice, this means that user code can change the
SCS<1:0> bit settings or issue SLEEP instructions
before the OST times out. This would allow an
application to briefly wake-up, perform routine
“housekeeping” tasks and return to Sleep before the
device starts to operate from the primary oscillator.
When enabled, Resets and wake-ups from Sleep mode
cause the device to configure itself to run from the
internal oscillator block as the clock source, following
the time-out of the Power-up Timer after a Power-on
Reset is enabled. This allows almost immediate code
execution while the primary oscillator starts and the
OST is running. Once the OST times out, the device
automatically switches to PRI_RUN mode.
User code can also check if the primary clock source is
currently providing the device clocking by checking the
status of the OSTS bit (OSCCON<3>). If the bit is set,
the primary oscillator is providing the clock. Otherwise,
the internal oscillator block is providing the clock during
wake-up from Reset or Sleep mode.
To use a higher clock speed on wake-up, the INTOSC
or postscaler clock sources can be selected to provide
a higher clock speed by setting bits, IRCF<2:0>,
immediately after Reset. For wake-ups from Sleep, the
INTOSC or postscaler clock sources can be selected
by setting the IRCF2:0> bits prior to entering Sleep
mode.
FIGURE 28-3:
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR
USING TWO-SPEED START-UP
TIMING TRANSITION FOR TWO-SPEED START-UP (INTOSC TO HSPLL)
Q1
Q3
Q2
Q4
Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
Q1
INTOSC
Multiplexer
OSC1
TOST(1)
TPLL(1)
1
PLL Clock
Output
2
n-1 n
Clock
Transition(2)
CPU Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter
PC
Wake from Interrupt Event
Note 1:
2:
PC + 2
PC + 4
PC + 6
OSTS bit Set
TOST = 1024 TOSC; TPLL = 2 ms (approx). These intervals are not shown to scale.
Clock transition typically occurs within 2-4 TOSC.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 423
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
28.5
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor
The Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) allows the
microcontroller to continue operation in the event of an
external oscillator failure by automatically switching the
device clock to the internal oscillator block. The FSCM
function is enabled by setting the FCMEN Configuration
bit.
When FSCM is enabled, the LF-INTOSC oscillator runs
at all times to monitor clocks to peripherals and provide
a backup clock in the event of a clock failure. Clock
monitoring (shown in Figure 28-4) is accomplished by
creating a sample clock signal, which is the output from
the LF-INTOSC divided by 64. This allows ample time
between FSCM sample clocks for a peripheral clock
edge to occur. The peripheral device clock and the
sample clock are presented as inputs to the Clock
Monitor (CM) latch. The CM is set on the falling edge of
the device clock source, but cleared on the rising edge
of the sample clock.
FIGURE 28-4:
FSCM BLOCK DIAGRAM
Clock Monitor
Latch (CM)
(edge-triggered)
Peripheral
Clock
INTRC
Source
÷ 64
(32 s)
488 Hz
(2.048 ms)
S
Q
C
Q
The FSCM will detect only failures of the primary or
secondary clock sources. If the internal oscillator block
fails, no failure would be detected nor would any action
be possible.
28.5.1
Clock failure is tested for on the falling edge of the
sample clock. If a sample clock falling edge occurs
while CM is still set, a clock failure has been detected
(Figure 28-5). This causes the following:
• The FSCM generates an oscillator fail interrupt by
setting bit, OSCFIF (PIR2<7>)
• The device clock source switches to the internal
oscillator block (OSCCON is not updated to show
the current clock source – this is the fail-safe
condition)
• The WDT is reset
During switchover, the postscaler frequency from the
internal oscillator block may not be sufficiently stable for
timing-sensitive applications. In these cases, it may be
desirable to select another clock configuration and enter
an alternate power-managed mode. This can be done to
attempt a partial recovery or execute a controlled shutdown. See Section 4.1.4 “Multiple Sleep Commands”
and Section 28.4.1 “Special Considerations for
Using Two-Speed Start-up” for more details.
FSCM AND THE WATCHDOG TIMER
Both the FSCM and the WDT are clocked by the
INTOSC oscillator. Since the WDT operates with a
separate divider and counter, disabling the WDT has
no effect on the operation of the INTOSC oscillator
when the FSCM is enabled.
As already noted, the clock source is switched to the
INTOSC clock when a clock failure is detected.
Depending on the frequency selected by the
IRCF<2:0> bits, this may mean a substantial change in
the speed of code execution. If the WDT is enabled
with a small prescale value, a decrease in clock speed
allows a WDT time-out to occur and a subsequent
device Reset. For this reason, Fail-Safe Clock events
also reset the WDT and postscaler, allowing it to start
timing from when execution speed was changed and
decreasing the likelihood of an erroneous time-out.
28.5.2
Clock
Failure
Detected
DS39960C-page 424
To use a higher clock speed on wake-up, the INTOSC
or postscaler clock sources can be selected to provide
a higher clock speed by setting bits, IRCF<2:0>,
immediately after Reset. For wake-ups from Sleep, the
INTOSC or postscaler clock sources can be selected
by setting the IRCF<2:0> bits prior to entering Sleep
mode.
EXITING FAIL-SAFE OPERATION
The Fail-Safe condition is terminated by either a device
Reset or by entering a power-managed mode. On
Reset, the controller starts the primary clock source
specified in Configuration Register 1H (with any
required start-up delays that are required for the
oscillator mode, such as the OST or PLL timer). The
INTOSC multiplexer provides the device clock until the
primary clock source becomes ready (similar to a TwoSpeed Start-up). The clock source is then switched to
the primary clock (indicated by the OSTS bit in the
OSCCON register becoming set). The Fail-Safe Clock
Monitor then resumes monitoring the peripheral clock.
The primary clock source may never become ready
during start-up. In this case, operation is clocked by the
INTOSC multiplexer. The OSCCON register will remain
in its Reset state until a power-managed mode is
entered.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 28-5:
FSCM TIMING DIAGRAM
Sample Clock
Oscillator
Failure
Device
Clock
Output
CM Output
(Q)
Failure
Detected
OSCFIF
CM Test
Note:
28.5.3
FSCM INTERRUPTS IN
POWER-MANAGED MODES
By entering a power-managed mode, the clock
multiplexer selects the clock source selected by the
OSCCON register. Fail-Safe Clock Monitoring of
the power-managed clock source resumes in the
power-managed mode.
If an oscillator failure occurs during power-managed
operation, the subsequent events depend on whether
or not the oscillator failure interrupt is enabled. If
enabled (OSCFIF = 1), code execution will be clocked
by the INTOSC multiplexer. An automatic transition
back to the failed clock source will not occur.
If the interrupt is disabled, subsequent interrupts while
in Idle mode will cause the CPU to begin executing
instructions while being clocked by the INTOSC
source.
28.5.4
CM Test
CM Test
The device clock is normally at a much higher frequency than the sample clock. The relative frequencies in this
example have been chosen for clarity.
POR OR WAKE FROM SLEEP
The FSCM is designed to detect oscillator failure at any
point after the device has exited Power-on Reset
(POR) or low-power Sleep mode. When the primary
device clock is EC, RC or INTRC modes, monitoring
can begin immediately following these events.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
For oscillator modes involving a crystal or resonator
(HS, HSPLL, LP or XT), the situation is somewhat
different. Since the oscillator may require a start-up
time considerably longer than the FCSM sample clock
time, a false clock failure may be detected. To prevent
this, the internal oscillator block is automatically configured as the device clock and functions until the primary
clock is stable (when the OST and PLL timers have
timed out).
This is identical to Two-Speed Start-up mode. Once the
primary clock is stable, the INTOSC returns to its role
as the FSCM source.
Note:
The same logic that prevents false oscillator failure interrupts on POR, or wake from
Sleep, also prevents the detection of the
oscillator’s failure to start at all following
these events. This can be avoided by
monitoring the OSTS bit and using a
timing routine to determine if the oscillator
is taking too long to start. Even so, no
oscillator failure interrupt will be flagged.
As noted in Section 28.4.1 “Special Considerations
for Using Two-Speed Start-up”, it is also possible to
select another clock configuration and enter an
alternate power-managed mode while waiting for the
primary clock to become stable. When the new powermanaged mode is selected, the primary clock is
disabled.
DS39960C-page 425
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
28.6
Each of the blocks has three code protection bits
associated with them. They are:
Program Verification and
Code Protection
• Code-Protect bit (CPx)
• Write-Protect bit (WRTx)
• External Block Table Read bit (EBTRx)
The user program memory is divided into four blocks
for the PIC18FX5K22 and PIC18FX6K22 devices and
eight blocks for PIC18FX7K22 devices. One of these is
a boot block of 1 or 2 Kbytes. The remainder of the
memory is divided into blocks on binary boundaries.
FIGURE 28-6:
Figure 28-6 shows the program memory organization for
48, 64, 96 and 128 Kbyte devices and the specific code
protection bit associated with each block. The actual
locations of the bits are summarized in Table 28-4.
CODE-PROTECTED PROGRAM MEMORY FOR THE PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
000000h
01FFFFh
Code Memory
Device/Memory Size
PIC18FX7K22
PIC18FX6K22
PIC18FX5K22
BBSIZ = 1 BBSIZ = 0 BBSIZ = 1 BBSIZ = 0 BBSIZ = 1 BBSIZ = 0 Address
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
Boot
Block
2 kW
Block 0
6 kW
200000h
Configuration
and ID
Space
Boot
Block
Block 0
7 kW
Boot
Block
2 kW
Block 0
6 kW
Block 1
8 kW
Boot
Block
Block 0
7 kW
Block 1
8 kW
Boot
Block
2 kW
Boot
Block
0000h
Block 0
2 kW
Block 0 0800h
3 kW
1000h
17FFh
Block 1
4 kW
Block 1 1800
4 kW 3FFF
Block 2
4 kW
Block 2 4000h
4 kW 5FFFh
Block 3
4 kW
Block 3 6000h
4 kW 7FFF
Block 1
8 kW
Block 1
8 kW
Block 2
8 kW
Block 2
8 kW
Block 2
8 kW
Block 2
8 kW
8000h
BFFFh
Block 3
8 kW
Block 3
8 kW
Block 3
8 kW
Block 3
8 kW
C000h
FFFFh
Block 4
8 kW
Block 4
8 kW
10000h
13FFFh
Block 5
8 kW
Block 5
8 kW
14000h
17FFFh
Block 6
8 kW
Block 6
8 kW
18000h
1BFFFh
Block 7
8 kW
Block 7
8 kW
1C000h
1FFFFh
3FFFFFh
Note 1:
2:
Sizes of memory areas are not to scale.
Boot block size is determined by the BBSIZ0 bit (CONFIG4L<4>).
DS39960C-page 426
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 28-4:
SUMMARY OF CODE PROTECTION REGISTERS
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
300008h CONFIG5L
CP7(1)
CP6(1)
CP5(1)
CP4(1)
CP3
CP2
CP1
CP0
300009h CONFIG5H
CPD
CPB
—
—
—
—
—
—
WRT3
WRT2
WRT1
WRT0
—
—
—
—
EBTR3
EBTR2
EBTR1
EBTR0
—
—
—
—
30000Ah CONFIG6L
WRT7
(1)
30000Bh CONFIG6H
WRTD
30000Ch CONFIG7L
EBTR7(1)
30000Dh CONFIG7H
—
(1)
WRT6
WRTB
EBTR6
(1)
EBTRB
WRT5
(1)
WRT4
WRTC
EBTR5
(1)
(1)
—
(1)
EBTR4
—
—
Legend: Shaded cells are unimplemented.
Note 1: This bit is available only on the PIC18F67K22 and PIC18F87K22 devices.
28.6.1
PROGRAM MEMORY
CODE PROTECTION
The program memory may be read to, or written from,
any location using the table read and table write
instructions. The Device ID may be read with table
reads. The Configuration registers may be read and
written with the table read and table write instructions.
location outside of that block is not allowed to read and
will result in reading ‘0’s. Figures 28-7 through 28-9
illustrate table write and table read protection.
Note:
In normal execution mode, the CPx bits have no direct
effect. CPx bits inhibit external reads and writes. A block
of user memory may be protected from table writes if the
WRTx Configuration bit is ‘0’.
The EBTRx bits control table reads. For a block of user
memory, with the EBTRx bit set to ‘0’, a table read
instruction that executes from within that block is allowed
to read. A table read instruction that executes from a
FIGURE 28-7:
Code protection bits may only be written
to a ‘0’ from a ‘1’ state. It is not possible to
write a ‘1’ to a bit in the ‘0’ state. Code
protection bits are only set to ‘1’ by a full
chip erase or block erase function. The full
chip erase and block erase functions can
only be initiated via ICSP or an external
programmer. Refer to the device
programming specification for more
information.
TABLE WRITE (WRTx) DISALLOWED
Register Values
Program Memory
Configuration Bit Settings
000000h
0007FFh
000800h
TBLPTR = 0008FFh
PC = 003FFEh
WRTB, EBTRB = 11
WRT0, EBTR0 = 01
TBLWT*
003FFFh
004000h
WRT1, EBTR1 = 11
007FFFh
008000h
PC = 00BFFEh
WRT2, EBTR2 = 11
TBLWT*
00BFFFh
00C000h
WRT3, EBTR3 = 11
00FFFFh
Results: All table writes are disabled to Blockn whenever WRTx = 0.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 427
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 28-8:
EXTERNAL BLOCK TABLE READ (EBTRx) DISALLOWED
Register Values
Program Memory
Configuration Bit Settings
000000h
0007FFh
000800h
TBLPTR = 0008FFh
WRTB, EBTRB = 11
WRT0, EBTR0 = 10
003FFFh
004000h
PC = 007FFEh
WRT1, EBTR1 = 11
TBLRD*
007FFFh
008000h
WRT2, EBTR2 = 11
00BFFFh
00C000h
WRT3, EBTR3 = 11
00FFFFh
Results: All table reads from external blocks to Blockn are disabled whenever EBTRx = 0.
The TABLAT register returns a value of ‘0’.
FIGURE 28-9:
EXTERNAL BLOCK TABLE READ (EBTRx) ALLOWED
Register Values
Program Memory
Configuration Bit Settings
000000h
0007FFh
000800h
TBLPTR = 0008FFh
PC = 003FFEh
WRTB, EBTRB = 11
WRT0, EBTR0 = 10
TBLRD*
003FFFh
004000h
WRT1, EBTR1 = 11
007FFFh
008000h
WRT2, EBTR2 = 11
00BFFFh
00C000h
WRT3, EBTR3 = 11
00FFFFh
Results: Table reads permitted within Blockn, even when EBTRBx = 0.
The TABLAT register returns the value of the data at the location, TBLPTR.
DS39960C-page 428
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
28.6.2
DATA EEPROM
CODE PROTECTION
The entire data EEPROM is protected from external
reads and writes by two bits: CPD and WRTD. CPD
inhibits external reads and writes of data EEPROM.
WRTD inhibits internal and external writes to data
EEPROM. The CPU can always read data EEPROM
under normal operation, regardless of the protection bit
settings.
28.6.3
CONFIGURATION REGISTER
PROTECTION
The Configuration registers can be write-protected.
The WRTC bit controls protection of the Configuration
registers. In normal execution mode, the WRTC bit is
readable only. WRTC can only be written via ICSP or
an external programmer.
28.7
ID Locations
Eight memory locations (200000h-200007h) are
designated as ID locations, where the user can store
checksum or other code identification numbers. These
locations are both readable and writable during normal
execution through the TBLRD and TBLWT instructions
or during program/verify. The ID locations can be read
when the device is code-protected.
28.8
In-Circuit Serial Programming
The PIC18F87K22 family of devices can be serially
programmed while in the end application circuit. This is
simply done with two lines for clock and data and three
other lines for power, ground and the programming
voltage. This allows customers to manufacture boards
with unprogrammed devices and then program the
microcontroller just before shipping the product. This
also allows the most recent firmware or a custom
firmware to be programmed.
For the various programming modes, see the
programming specification
28.9
In-Circuit Debugger
When the DEBUG Configuration bit is programmed to
a ‘0’, the In-Circuit Debugger functionality is enabled.
This function allows simple debugging functions when
used with MPLAB® IDE. When the microcontroller has
this feature enabled, some resources are not available
for general use. Table 28-5 shows which resources are
required by the background debugger.
TABLE 28-5:
DEBUGGER RESOURCES
I/O Pins:
RB6, RB7
Stack:
Two levels
Program Memory:
512 bytes
Data Memory:
10 bytes
To use the In-Circuit Debugger function of the microcontroller, the design must implement In-Circuit Serial
Programming connections to MCLR/RG5/VPP, VDD,
VSS, RB7 and RB6. This will interface to the In-Circuit
Debugger module available from Microchip or one of
the third-party development tool companies.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 429
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39960C-page 430
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
29.0
INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY
The PIC18F87K22 family of devices incorporates the
standard set of 75 PIC18 core instructions, as well as
an extended set of 8 new instructions for the optimization of code that is recursive or that utilizes a software
stack. The extended set is discussed later in this
section.
29.1
Standard Instruction Set
The standard PIC18 MCU instruction set adds many
enhancements to the previous PIC® MCU instruction
sets, while maintaining an easy migration from these
PIC MCU instruction sets. Most instructions are a
single program memory word (16 bits), but there are
four instructions that require two program memory
locations.
Each single-word instruction is a 16-bit word divided
into an opcode, which specifies the instruction type and
one or more operands, which further specify the
operation of the instruction.
The instruction set is highly orthogonal and is grouped
into four basic categories:
•
•
•
•
Byte-oriented operations
Bit-oriented operations
Literal operations
Control operations
The PIC18 instruction set summary in Table 29-2 lists
byte-oriented, bit-oriented, literal and control
operations. Table 29-1 shows the opcode field
descriptions.
Most byte-oriented instructions have three operands:
1.
2.
3.
The file register (specified by ‘f’)
The destination of the result (specified by ‘d’)
The accessed memory (specified by ‘a’)
The file register designator, ‘f’, specifies which file register is to be used by the instruction. The destination
designator, ‘d’, specifies where the result of the
operation is to be placed. If ‘d’ is zero, the result is
placed in the WREG register. If ‘d’ is one, the result is
placed in the file register specified in the instruction.
All bit-oriented instructions have three operands:
1.
2.
3.
The file register (specified by ‘f’)
The bit in the file register (specified by ‘b’)
The accessed memory (specified by ‘a’)
The literal instructions may use some of the following
operands:
• A literal value to be loaded into a file register
(specified by ‘k’)
• The desired FSR register to load the literal value
into (specified by ‘f’)
• No operand required
(specified by ‘—’)
The control instructions may use some of the following
operands:
• A program memory address (specified by ‘n’)
• The mode of the CALL or RETURN instructions
(specified by ‘s’)
• The mode of the table read and table write
instructions (specified by ‘m’)
• No operand required
(specified by ‘—’)
All instructions are a single word, except for four
double-word instructions. These instructions were
made double-word to contain the required information
in 32 bits. In the second word, the 4 MSbs are ‘1’s. If
this second word is executed as an instruction (by
itself), it will execute as a NOP.
All single-word instructions are executed in a single
instruction cycle, unless a conditional test is true or the
program counter is changed as a result of the instruction. In these cases, the execution takes two instruction
cycles with the additional instruction cycle(s) executed
as a NOP.
The double-word instructions execute in two instruction
cycles.
One instruction cycle consists of four oscillator periods.
Thus, for an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, the normal
instruction execution time is 1 s. If a conditional test is
true, or the program counter is changed as a result of
an instruction, the instruction execution time is 2 s.
Two-word branch instructions (if true) would take 3 s.
Figure 29-1 shows the general formats that the instructions can have. All examples use the convention ‘nnh’
to represent a hexadecimal number.
The Instruction Set Summary, shown in Table 29-2,
lists the standard instructions recognized by the
Microchip MPASMTM Assembler.
Section 29.1.1 “Standard Instruction Set” provides
a description of each instruction.
The bit field designator, ‘b’, selects the number of the bit
affected by the operation, while the file register designator, ‘f’, represents the number of the file in which the
bit is located.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 431
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 29-1:
OPCODE FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
Field
a
bbb
BSR
C, DC, Z, OV, N
d
dest
f
fs
fd
GIE
k
label
mm
*
*+
*+*
n
PC
PCL
PCH
PCLATH
PCLATU
PD
PRODH
PRODL
s
TBLPTR
TABLAT
TO
TOS
u
WDT
WREG
x
zs
zd
{
}
[text]
(text)
[expr]<n>

< >

italics
DS39960C-page 432
Description
RAM access bit:
a = 0: RAM location in Access RAM (BSR register is ignored)
a = 1: RAM bank is specified by BSR register
Bit address within an 8-bit file register (0 to 7).
Bank Select Register. Used to select the current RAM bank.
ALU Status bits: Carry, Digit Carry, Zero, Overflow, Negative.
Destination select bit:
d = 0: store result in WREG
d = 1: store result in file register f
Destination: either the WREG register or the specified register file location.
8-bit register file address (00h to FFh), or 2-bit FSR designator (0h to 3h).
12-bit register file address (000h to FFFh). This is the source address.
12-bit register file address (000h to FFFh). This is the destination address.
Global Interrupt Enable bit.
Literal field, constant data or label (may be either an 8-bit, 12-bit or a 20-bit value).
Label name.
The mode of the TBLPTR register for the table read and table write instructions.
Only used with table read and table write instructions:
No Change to register (such as TBLPTR with table reads and writes)
Post-Increment register (such as TBLPTR with table reads and writes)
Post-Decrement register (such as TBLPTR with table reads and writes)
Pre-Increment register (such as TBLPTR with table reads and writes)
The relative address (2’s complement number) for relative branch instructions or the direct address for
Call/Branch and Return instructions.
Program Counter.
Program Counter Low Byte.
Program Counter High Byte.
Program Counter High Byte Latch.
Program Counter Upper Byte Latch.
Power-Down bit.
Product of Multiply High Byte.
Product of Multiply Low Byte.
Fast Call/Return mode select bit:
s = 0: do not update into/from shadow registers
s = 1: certain registers loaded into/from shadow registers (Fast mode)
21-bit Table Pointer (points to a Program Memory location).
8-bit Table Latch.
Time-out bit.
Top-of-Stack.
Unused or Unchanged.
Watchdog Timer.
Working register (accumulator).
Don’t care (‘0’ or ‘1’). The assembler will generate code with x = 0. It is the recommended form of use for
compatibility with all Microchip software tools.
7-bit offset value for Indirect Addressing of register files (source).
7-bit offset value for Indirect Addressing of register files (destination).
Optional argument.
Indicates an Indexed Address.
The contents of text.
Specifies bit n of the register indicated by the pointer expr.
Assigned to.
Register bit field.
In the set of.
User-defined term (font is Courier New).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
FIGURE 29-1:
GENERAL FORMAT FOR INSTRUCTIONS
Byte-oriented file register operations
15
10
9
OPCODE
Example Instruction
8 7
d
0
a
f (FILE #)
ADDWF MYREG, W, B
d = 0 for result destination to be WREG register
d = 1 for result destination to be file register (f)
a = 0 to force Access Bank
a = 1 for BSR to select bank
f = 8-bit file register address
Byte to Byte move operations (2-word)
15
12 11
0
OPCODE
15
f (Source FILE #)
12 11
MOVFF MYREG1, MYREG2
0
f (Destination FILE #)
1111
f = 12-bit file register address
Bit-oriented file register operations
15
12 11
9 8 7
0
OPCODE b (BIT #) a
f (FILE #)
BSF MYREG, bit, B
b = 3-bit position of bit in file register (f)
a = 0 to force Access Bank
a = 1 for BSR to select bank
f = 8-bit file register address
Literal operations
15
8
7
0
OPCODE
k (literal)
MOVLW 7Fh
k = 8-bit immediate value
Control operations
CALL, GOTO and Branch operations
15
8 7
0
OPCODE
15
n<7:0> (literal)
12 11
GOTO Label
0
n<19:8> (literal)
1111
n = 20-bit immediate value
15
8 7
OPCODE
15
S
0
n<7:0> (literal)
12 11
CALL MYFUNC
0
n<19:8> (literal)
1111
S = Fast bit
15
11 10
OPCODE
15
0
n<10:0> (literal)
8 7
OPCODE
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
BRA MYFUNC
0
n<7:0> (literal)
BC MYFUNC
DS39960C-page 433
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 29-2:
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY INSTRUCTION SET
Mnemonic,
Operands
16-Bit Instruction Word
Description
Cycles
MSb
LSb
Status
Affected
Notes
BYTE-ORIENTED OPERATIONS
ADDWF
ADDWFC
ANDWF
CLRF
COMF
CPFSEQ
CPFSGT
CPFSLT
DECF
DECFSZ
DCFSNZ
INCF
INCFSZ
INFSNZ
IORWF
MOVF
MOVFF
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, a
f, d, a
f, a
f, a
f, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
fs, fd
MOVWF
MULWF
NEGF
RLCF
RLNCF
RRCF
RRNCF
SETF
SUBFWB
f, a
f, a
f, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, a
f, d, a
SUBWF
SUBWFB
f, d, a
f, d, a
SWAPF
TSTFSZ
XORWF
f, d, a
f, a
f, d, a
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
Add WREG and f
Add WREG and Carry bit to f
AND WREG with f
Clear f
Complement f
Compare f with WREG, Skip =
Compare f with WREG, Skip >
Compare f with WREG, Skip <
Decrement f
Decrement f, Skip if 0
Decrement f, Skip if Not 0
Increment f
Increment f, Skip if 0
Increment f, Skip if Not 0
Inclusive OR WREG with f
Move f
Move fs (source) to 1st word
fd (destination) 2nd word
Move WREG to f
Multiply WREG with f
Negate f
Rotate Left f through Carry
Rotate Left f (No Carry)
Rotate Right f through Carry
Rotate Right f (No Carry)
Set f
Subtract f from WREG with
Borrow
Subtract WREG from f
Subtract WREG from f with
Borrow
Swap Nibbles in f
Test f, Skip if 0
Exclusive OR WREG with f
1
1
1
1
1
1 (2 or 3)
1 (2 or 3)
1 (2 or 3)
1
1 (2 or 3)
1 (2 or 3)
1
1 (2 or 3)
1 (2 or 3)
1
1
2
C, DC, Z, OV, N
C, DC, Z, OV, N
Z, N
Z
Z, N
None
None
None
C, DC, Z, OV, N
None
None
C, DC, Z, OV, N
None
None
Z, N
Z, N
None
1, 2
1, 2
1,2
2
1, 2
4
4
1, 2
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2
1, 2, 3, 4
4
1, 2
1, 2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0010
0010
0001
0110
0001
0110
0110
0110
0000
0010
0100
0010
0011
0100
0001
0101
1100
1111
0110
0000
0110
0011
0100
0011
0100
0110
0101
01da
00da
01da
101a
11da
001a
010a
000a
01da
11da
11da
10da
11da
10da
00da
00da
ffff
ffff
111a
001a
110a
01da
01da
00da
00da
100a
01da
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
1
1
0101 11da
0101 10da
ffff
ffff
ffff C, DC, Z, OV, N 1, 2
ffff C, DC, Z, OV, N
0011 10da
1
1 (2 or 3) 0110 011a
0001 10da
1
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff None
ffff None
ffff Z, N
None
None
1, 2
C, DC, Z, OV, N
C, Z, N
1, 2
Z, N
C, Z, N
Z, N
None
1, 2
C, DC, Z, OV, N
4
1, 2
When a PORT register is modified as a function of itself (e.g., MOVF PORTB, 1, 0), the value used will be that
value present on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is ‘1’ for a pin configured as input and is
driven low by an external device, the data will be written back with a ‘0’.
If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and, where applicable, d = 1), the prescaler will be cleared
if assigned.
If the Program Counter (PC) is modified or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The
second cycle is executed as a NOP.
Some instructions are two-word instructions. The second word of these instructions will be executed as a NOP
unless the first word of the instruction retrieves the information embedded in these 16 bits. This ensures that all
program memory locations have a valid instruction.
DS39960C-page 434
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 29-2:
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY INSTRUCTION SET (CONTINUED)
16-Bit Instruction Word
Mnemonic,
Operands
Description
Cycles
MSb
LSb
Status
Affected
Notes
BIT-ORIENTED OPERATIONS
BCF
BSF
BTFSC
BTFSS
BTG
f, b, a
f, b, a
f, b, a
f, b, a
f, b, a
Bit Clear f
Bit Set f
Bit Test f, Skip if Clear
Bit Test f, Skip if Set
Bit Toggle f
1
1
1 (2 or 3)
1 (2 or 3)
1
1001
1000
1011
1010
0111
bbba
bbba
bbba
bbba
bbba
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
None
None
None
None
None
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
2
1 (2)
2
0010
0110
0011
0111
0101
0001
0100
0nnn
0000
110s
kkkk
0000
0000
1111
kkkk
0000
xxxx
0000
0000
1nnn
0000
0000
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
kkkk
kkkk
0000
0000
kkkk
kkkk
0000
xxxx
0000
0000
nnnn
1111
0001
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
kkkk
kkkk
0100
0111
kkkk
kkkk
0000
xxxx
0110
0101
nnnn
1111
000s
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110
1101
1110
1110
1111
0000
0000
1110
1111
0000
1111
0000
0000
1101
0000
0000
2
2
1
0000 1100
0000 0000
0000 0000
kkkk
0001
0000
1, 2
1, 2
3, 4
3, 4
1, 2
CONTROL OPERATIONS
BC
BN
BNC
BNN
BNOV
BNZ
BOV
BRA
BZ
CALL
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n, s
CLRWDT
DAW
GOTO
—
—
n
NOP
NOP
POP
PUSH
RCALL
RESET
RETFIE
—
—
—
—
n
s
Branch if Carry
Branch if Negative
Branch if Not Carry
Branch if Not Negative
Branch if Not Overflow
Branch if Not Zero
Branch if Overflow
Branch Unconditionally
Branch if Zero
Call Subroutine 1st word
2nd word
Clear Watchdog Timer
Decimal Adjust WREG
Go to Address 1st word
2nd word
No Operation
No Operation
Pop Top of Return Stack (TOS)
Push Top of Return Stack (TOS)
Relative Call
Software Device Reset
Return from Interrupt Enable
RETLW
RETURN
SLEEP
k
s
—
Return with Literal in WREG
Return from Subroutine
Go into Standby mode
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
1
1
2
TO, PD
C
None
None
None
None
None
None
All
GIE/GIEH,
PEIE/GIEL
kkkk None
001s None
0011 TO, PD
4
When a PORT register is modified as a function of itself (e.g., MOVF PORTB, 1, 0), the value used will be that
value present on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is ‘1’ for a pin configured as input and is
driven low by an external device, the data will be written back with a ‘0’.
If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and, where applicable, d = 1), the prescaler will be cleared
if assigned.
If the Program Counter (PC) is modified or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The
second cycle is executed as a NOP.
Some instructions are two-word instructions. The second word of these instructions will be executed as a NOP
unless the first word of the instruction retrieves the information embedded in these 16 bits. This ensures that all
program memory locations have a valid instruction.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 435
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 29-2:
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY INSTRUCTION SET (CONTINUED)
16-Bit Instruction Word
Mnemonic,
Operands
Description
Cycles
MSb
LSb
Status
Affected
Notes
LITERAL OPERATIONS
ADDLW
ANDLW
IORLW
LFSR
k
k
k
f, k
MOVLB
MOVLW
MULLW
RETLW
SUBLW
XORLW
k
k
k
k
k
k
Add Literal and WREG
AND Literal with WREG
Inclusive OR Literal with WREG
Move literal (12-bit) 2nd word
1st word
to FSR(f)
Move Literal to BSR<3:0>
Move Literal to WREG
Multiply Literal with WREG
Return with Literal in WREG
Subtract WREG from Literal
Exclusive OR Literal with WREG
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
0000
0000
0000
1110
1111
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
1111
1011
1001
1110
0000
0001
1110
1101
1100
1000
1010
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
00ff
kkkk
0000
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
C, DC, Z, OV, N
Z, N
Z, N
None
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
C, DC, Z, OV, N
Z, N
DATA MEMORY  PROGRAM MEMORY OPERATIONS
TBLRD*
TBLRD*+
TBLRD*TBLRD+*
TBLWT*
TBLWT*+
TBLWT*TBLWT+*
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
Table Read
2
Table Read with Post-Increment
Table Read with Post-Decrement
Table Read with Pre-Increment
Table Write
2
Table Write with Post-Increment
Table Write with Post-Decrement
Table Write with Pre-Increment
When a PORT register is modified as a function of itself (e.g., MOVF PORTB, 1, 0), the value used will be that
value present on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is ‘1’ for a pin configured as input and is
driven low by an external device, the data will be written back with a ‘0’.
If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and, where applicable, d = 1), the prescaler will be cleared
if assigned.
If the Program Counter (PC) is modified or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The
second cycle is executed as a NOP.
Some instructions are two-word instructions. The second word of these instructions will be executed as a NOP
unless the first word of the instruction retrieves the information embedded in these 16 bits. This ensures that all
program memory locations have a valid instruction.
DS39960C-page 436
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
29.1.1
STANDARD INSTRUCTION SET
ADDLW
ADD Literal to W
ADDWF
ADD W to f
Syntax:
ADDLW
Syntax:
ADDWF
Operands:
0  f  255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Operation:
(W) + (f)  dest
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
k
Operands:
0  k  255
Operation:
(W) + k  W
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0000
1111
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The contents of W are added to the
8-bit literal ‘k’ and the result is placed in
W.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read
literal ‘k’
ADDLW
Q3
Process
Data
Encoding:
Description:
Q4
Write to
W
ffff
ffff
Add W to register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the
result is stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the
result is stored back in register ‘f’.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
ADDWF
Before Instruction
W
=
REG
=
After Instruction
W
=
REG
=
Note:
01da
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
15h
Before Instruction
W
= 10h
After Instruction
W =
25h
0010
f {,d {,a}}
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write to
destination
REG, 0, 0
17h
0C2h
0D9h
0C2h
All PIC18 instructions may take an optional label argument preceding the instruction mnemonic for use in
symbolic addressing. If a label is used, the instruction format then becomes: {label} instruction argument(s).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 437
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
ADDWFC
ADD W and Carry bit to f
ANDLW
AND Literal with W
Syntax:
ADDWFC
Syntax:
ANDLW
Operands:
0  f  255
d [0,1]
a [0,1]
f {,d {,a}}
Operation:
(W) + (f) + (C)  dest
Status Affected:
N,OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0010
Description:
00da
ffff
Add W, the Carry flag and data memory
location ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed in data memory location ‘f’.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Example:
ADDWFC
Before Instruction
Carry bit =
REG
=
W
=
After Instruction
Carry bit =
REG
=
W
=
DS39960C-page 438
Operands:
0  k  255
Operation:
(W) .AND. k  W
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
ffff
Q3
Process
Data
k
0000
1011
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The contents of W are ANDed with the
8-bit literal ‘k’. The result is placed in W.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read literal
‘k’
ANDLW
Before Instruction
W
=
After Instruction
W
=
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write to
W
05Fh
A3h
03h
Q4
Write to
destination
REG, 0, 1
1
02h
4Dh
0
02h
50h
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
ANDWF
AND W with f
BC
Branch if Carry
Syntax:
ANDWF
Syntax:
BC
Operands:
0  f  255
d [0,1]
a [0,1]
f {,d {,a}}
Operation:
(W) .AND. (f)  dest
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
Description:
0001
Operands:
-128  n  127
Operation:
if Carry bit is ‘1’,
(PC) + 2 + 2n  PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
01da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of W are ANDed with
register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored
in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back
in register ‘f’.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
ANDWF
Before Instruction
W
=
REG
=
After Instruction
W
=
REG
=
Q3
Process
Data
REG, 0, 0
17h
C2h
02h
C2h
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Q4
Write to
destination
1110
0010
nnnn
nnnn
If the Carry bit is ’1’, then the program
will branch.
The 2’s complement number ‘2n’ is
added to the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
n
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Decode
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
No
operation
Q3
Process
Data
No
operation
Q4
Write to
PC
No
operation
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
No
operation
HERE
Before Instruction
PC
After Instruction
If Carry
PC
If Carry
PC
BC
5
=
address (HERE)
=
=
=
=
1;
address (HERE + 12)
0;
address (HERE + 2)
DS39960C-page 439
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
BCF
Bit Clear f
BN
Branch if Negative
Syntax:
BCF
Syntax:
BN
Operands:
0  f  255
0b7
a [0,1]
f, b {,a}
Operation:
0  f
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1001
Description:
Operands:
-128  n  127
Operation:
if Negative bit is ‘1’,
(PC) + 2 + 2n  PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
bbba
ffff
ffff
Description:
Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is cleared.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Example:
BCF
Before Instruction
FLAG_REG = C7h
After Instruction
FLAG_REG = 47h
DS39960C-page 440
Q3
Process
Data
FLAG_REG,
Q4
Write
register ‘f’
7, 0
1110
0110
nnnn
nnnn
If the Negative bit is ‘1’, then the
program will branch.
The 2’s complement number ‘2n’ is
added to the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
n
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Decode
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
No
operation
Q3
Process
Data
No
operation
Q4
Write to
PC
No
operation
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
No
operation
HERE
Before Instruction
PC
After Instruction
If Negative
PC
If Negative
PC
BN
Jump
=
address (HERE)
=
=
=
=
1;
address (Jump)
0;
address (HERE + 2)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
BNC
Branch if Not Carry
BNN
Branch if Not Negative
Syntax:
BNC
Syntax:
BNN
n
n
Operands:
-128  n  127
Operands:
-128  n  127
Operation:
if Carry bit is ‘0’,
(PC) + 2 + 2n  PC
Operation:
if Negative bit is ‘0’,
(PC) + 2 + 2n  PC
Status Affected:
None
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
Description:
1110
0011
nnnn
nnnn
If the Carry bit is ‘0’, then the program
will branch.
Encoding:
Description:
The 2’s complement number ‘2n’ is
added to the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction.
1110
1
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Cycles:
1(2)
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
No
operation
Q3
Process
Data
No
operation
Q4
Write to
PC
No
operation
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
No
operation
HERE
Before Instruction
PC
After Instruction
If Carry
PC
If Carry
PC
BNC
Jump
=
address (HERE)
=
=
=
=
0;
address (Jump)
1;
address (HERE + 2)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
nnnn
nnnn
The 2’s complement number ‘2n’ is
added to the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction.
Words:
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Decode
0111
If the Negative bit is ‘0’, then the
program will branch.
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Decode
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
No
operation
Q3
Process
Data
No
operation
Q4
Write to
PC
No
operation
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
No
operation
HERE
Before Instruction
PC
After Instruction
If Negative
PC
If Negative
PC
BNN
Jump
=
address (HERE)
=
=
=
=
0;
address (Jump)
1;
address (HERE + 2)
DS39960C-page 441
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
BNOV
Branch if Not Overflow
BNZ
Branch if Not Zero
Syntax:
BNOV
Syntax:
BNZ
n
n
Operands:
-128  n  127
Operands:
-128  n  127
Operation:
if Overflow bit is ‘0’,
(PC) + 2 + 2n  PC
Operation:
if Zero bit is ‘0’,
(PC) + 2 + 2n  PC
Status Affected:
None
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
Description:
0101
nnnn
nnnn
If the Overflow bit is ‘0’, then the
program will branch.
Encoding:
Description:
The 2’s complement number ‘2n’ is
added to the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction.
1110
1
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Cycles:
1(2)
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
No
operation
Q3
Process
Data
No
operation
Q4
Write to
PC
No
operation
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
No
operation
Example:
HERE
Before Instruction
PC
After Instruction
If Overflow
PC
If Overflow
PC
DS39960C-page 442
BNOV Jump
=
address (HERE)
=
=
=
=
0;
address (Jump)
1;
address (HERE + 2)
nnnn
nnnn
The 2’s complement number ‘2n’ is
added to the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction.
Words:
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Decode
0001
If the Zero bit is ‘0’, then the program
will branch.
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Decode
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
No
operation
Q3
Process
Data
No
operation
Q4
Write to
PC
No
operation
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
No
operation
HERE
Before Instruction
PC
After Instruction
If Zero
PC
If Zero
PC
BNZ
Jump
=
address (HERE)
=
=
=
=
0;
address (Jump)
1;
address (HERE + 2)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
BRA
Unconditional Branch
BSF
Bit Set f
Syntax:
BRA
Syntax:
BSF
Operands:
0  f  255
0b7
a [0,1]
Operation:
1  f
Status Affected:
None
n
Operands:
-1024  n  1023
Operation:
(PC) + 2 + 2n  PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
Description:
1101
1
Cycles:
2
No
operation
Example:
nnnn
nnnn
Add the 2’s complement number ‘2n’ to
the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is a
two-cycle instruction.
Words:
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
0nnn
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
No
operation
HERE
Before Instruction
PC
After Instruction
PC
Q3
Process
Data
No
operation
BRA
Jump
=
address (HERE)
=
address (Jump)
Q4
Write to
PC
No
operation
Encoding:
Description:
1000
bbba
ffff
ffff
Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is set.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
BSF
Before Instruction
FLAG_REG
After Instruction
FLAG_REG
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
f, b {,a}
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write
register ‘f’
FLAG_REG, 7, 1
=
0Ah
=
8Ah
DS39960C-page 443
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
BTFSC
Bit Test File, Skip if Clear
BTFSS
Bit Test File, Skip if Set
Syntax:
BTFSC f, b {,a}
Syntax:
BTFSS f, b {,a}
Operands:
0  f  255
0b7
a [0,1]
Operands:
0  f  255
0b<7
a [0,1]
Operation:
skip if (f) = 0
Operation:
skip if (f) = 1
Status Affected:
None
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
Description:
1011
bbba
ffff
ffff
If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is ‘0’, then the next
instruction is skipped. If bit ‘b’ is ‘0’, then
the next instruction fetched during the
current instruction execution is discarded
and a NOP is executed instead, making
this a two-cycle instruction.
Encoding:
Description:
1010
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected. If
‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction set
is enabled, this instruction operates in
Indexed Literal Offset Addressing mode
whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates in
Indexed Literal Offset Addressing mode
whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
1
Words:
1
1(2)
Note:
Cycles:
1(2)
Note:
3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
No
operation
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
Q4
No
operation
If skip:
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
No
operation
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
Q4
No
operation
If skip:
HERE
FALSE
TRUE
Before Instruction
PC
After Instruction
If FLAG<1>
PC
If FLAG<1>
PC
DS39960C-page 444
ffff
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected. If
‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
Cycles:
Example:
ffff
If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is ‘1’, then the next
instruction is skipped. If bit ‘b’ is ‘1’, then
the next instruction fetched during the
current instruction execution is discarded
and a NOP is executed instead, making
this a two-cycle instruction.
Words:
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
bbba
BTFSC
:
:
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
FLAG, 1, 0
=
address (HERE)
=
=
=
=
0;
address (TRUE)
1;
address (FALSE)
Example:
HERE
FALSE
TRUE
Before Instruction
PC
After Instruction
If FLAG<1>
PC
If FLAG<1>
PC
BTFSS
:
:
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
FLAG, 1, 0
=
address (HERE)
=
=
=
=
0;
address (FALSE)
1;
address (TRUE)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
BTG
Bit Toggle f
BOV
Branch if Overflow
Syntax:
BTG f, b {,a}
Syntax:
BOV
Operands:
0  f  255
0b<7
a [0,1]
Operation:
(f)  f
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
Description:
0111
Operands:
-128  n  127
Operation:
if Overflow bit is ‘1’,
(PC) + 2 + 2n  PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
bbba
ffff
ffff
Description:
Bit ‘b’ in data memory location, ‘f’, is
inverted.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
BTG
Q3
Process
Data
PORTC,
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Decode
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Decode
4, 0
Before Instruction:
PORTC =
0111 0101 [75h]
After Instruction:
0110 0101 [65h]
PORTC =
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Q4
Write
register ‘f’
1110
0100
nnnn
nnnn
If the Overflow bit is ‘1’, then the
program will branch.
The 2’s complement number ‘2n’ is
added to the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
n
Example:
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
No
operation
Q3
Process
Data
No
operation
Q4
Write to PC
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
No
operation
HERE
Before Instruction
PC
After Instruction
If Overflow
PC
If Overflow
PC
BOV
No
operation
Jump
=
address (HERE)
=
=
=
=
1;
address (Jump)
0;
address (HERE + 2)
DS39960C-page 445
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
BZ
Branch if Zero
CALL
Subroutine Call
Syntax:
BZ
Syntax:
CALL k {,s}
n
Operands:
-128  n  127
Operands:
Operation:
if Zero bit is ‘1’,
(PC) + 2 + 2n  PC
0  k  1048575
s [0,1]
Operation:
Status Affected:
None
(PC) + 4  TOS,
k  PC<20:1>;
if s = 1
(W)  WS,
(STATUS)  STATUSS,
(BSR)  BSRS
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
Description:
0000
nnnn
nnnn
If the Zero bit is ‘1’, then the program
will branch.
The 2’s complement number ‘2n’ is
added to the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Decode
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
No
operation
Q3
Process
Data
No
operation
Q4
Write to
PC
No
operation
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
No
operation
Example:
HERE
Before Instruction
PC
After Instruction
If Zero
PC
If Zero
PC
DS39960C-page 446
BZ
Jump
=
address (HERE)
=
=
=
=
1;
address (Jump)
0;
address (HERE + 2)
Encoding:
1st word (k<7:0>)
2nd word(k<19:8>)
1110
1111
k7kkk
kkkk
110s
k19kkk
kkkk0
kkkk8
Description:
Subroutine call of entire 2-Mbyte
memory range. First, return address
(PC+ 4) is pushed onto the return stack.
If ‘s’ = 1, the W, STATUS and BSR
registers are also pushed into their
respective shadow registers, WS,
STATUSS and BSRS. If ‘s’ = 0, no
update occurs. Then, the 20-bit value ‘k’
is loaded into PC<20:1>. CALL is a
two-cycle instruction.
Words:
2
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
No
operation
Example:
Q2
Read literal
‘k’<7:0>,
Q3
Push PC to
stack
No
operation
No
operation
HERE
Before Instruction
PC
=
After Instruction
PC
=
TOS
=
WS
=
BSRS
=
STATUSS =
CALL
Q4
Read literal
’k’<19:8>,
Write to PC
No
operation
THERE,1
address (HERE)
address (THERE)
address (HERE + 4)
W
BSR
STATUS
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
CLRF
Clear f
Syntax:
CLRF
Operands:
0  f  255
a [0,1]
f {,a}
Operation:
000h  f,
1Z
Status Affected:
Z
Encoding:
Description:
0110
101a
ffff
ffff
Clears the contents of the specified
register.
CLRWDT
Clear Watchdog Timer
Syntax:
CLRWDT
Operands:
None
Operation:
000h  WDT,
000h  WDT postscaler,
1  TO,
1  PD
Status Affected:
TO, PD
Encoding:
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
CLRF
Before Instruction
FLAG_REG
After Instruction
FLAG_REG
Q3
Process
Data
FLAG_REG,1
=
5Ah
=
00h
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Q4
Write
register ‘f’
0000
0100
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
0000
CLRWDT instruction resets the
Watchdog Timer. It also resets the postscaler of the WDT. Status bits, TO and
PD, are set.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
0000
Description:
Q2
No
operation
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
No
operation
CLRWDT
Before Instruction
WDT Counter
After Instruction
WDT Counter
WDT Postscaler
TO
PD
=
?
=
=
=
=
00h
0
1
1
DS39960C-page 447
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
COMF
Complement f
CPFSEQ
Syntax:
COMF
Syntax:
CPFSEQ
Operands:
0  f  255
a  [0,1]
Operation:
(f) – (W),
skip if (f) = (W)
(unsigned comparison)
Status Affected:
None
f {,d {,a}}
Operands:
0  f  255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Operation:
f  dest
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0001
Description:
11da
ffff
ffff
The contents of register ‘f’ are
complemented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
stored back in register ‘f’.
Encoding:
Description:
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Example:
COMF
Before Instruction
REG
=
After Instruction
REG
=
W
=
13h
13h
ECh
Q3
Process
Data
REG, 0, 0
Q4
Write to
destination
0110
001a
ffff
ffff
Compares the contents of data memory
location ‘f’ to the contents of W by
performing an unsigned subtraction.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
No
operation
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
Example:
HERE
NEQUAL
EQUAL
Before Instruction
PC Address
W
REG
After Instruction
If REG
PC
If REG
PC
DS39960C-page 448
f {,a}
If ‘f’ = W, then the fetched instruction is
discarded and a NOP is executed
instead, making this a two-cycle
instruction.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
Words:
Compare f with W, Skip if f = W
Q4
No
operation
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
CPFSEQ REG, 0
:
:
=
=
=
HERE
?
?
=
=

=
W;
Address (EQUAL)
W;
Address (NEQUAL)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
CPFSGT
Compare f with W, Skip if f > W
CPFSLT
Compare f with W, Skip if f < W
Syntax:
CPFSGT
Syntax:
CPFSLT
Operands:
0  f  255
a  [0,1]
Operands:
0  f  255
a  [0,1]
Operation:
(f) –W),
skip if (f) > (W)
(unsigned comparison)
Operation:
(f) –W),
skip if (f) < (W)
(unsigned comparison)
Status Affected:
None
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
Description:
0110
f {,a}
010a
ffff
ffff
Compares the contents of data memory
location ‘f’ to the contents of the W by
performing an unsigned subtraction.
Encoding:
Description:
If the contents of ‘f’ are greater than the
contents of WREG, then the fetched
instruction is discarded and a NOP is
executed instead, making this a
two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note:
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
No
operation
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
Q4
No
operation
If skip:
Example:
HERE
NGREATER
GREATER
Before Instruction
PC
W
After Instruction
If REG
PC
If REG
PC
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
CPFSGT REG, 0
:
:
=
=
Address (HERE)
?

=

=
W;
Address (GREATER)
W;
Address (NGREATER)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
0110
000a
ffff
ffff
Compares the contents of data memory
location ‘f’ to the contents of W by
performing an unsigned subtraction.
If the contents of ‘f’ are less than the
contents of W, then the fetched
instruction is discarded and a NOP is
executed instead, making this a
two-cycle instruction.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
f {,a}
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
No
operation
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
Q4
No
operation
If skip:
Example:
HERE
NLESS
LESS
Before Instruction
PC
W
After Instruction
If REG
PC
If REG
PC
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
CPFSLT REG, 1
:
:
=
=
Address (HERE)
?
<
=

=
W;
Address (LESS)
W;
Address (NLESS)
DS39960C-page 449
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
DAW
Decimal Adjust W Register
DECF
Decrement f
Syntax:
DAW
Syntax:
DECF f {,d {,a}}
Operands:
None
Operands:
Operation:
If [W<3:0> > 9] or [DC = 1], then
(W<3:0>) + 6  W<3:0>;
else
(W<3:0>)  W<3:0>
0  f  255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Operation:
(f) – 1  dest
Status Affected:
C, DC, N, OV, Z
Encoding:
If [W<7:4> > 9] or [C = 1], then
(W<7:4>) + 6  W<7:4>;
C =1;
else
(W<7:4>)  W<7:4>
Status Affected:
Description:
0000
0000
0000
0111
Description:
DAW adjusts the 8-bit value in W,
resulting from the earlier addition of two
variables (each in packed BCD format)
and produces a correct packed BCD
result.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read
register W
Example 1:
Q4
Write
W
Example 2:
Before Instruction
W
=
C
=
DC
=
After Instruction
W
=
C
=
DC
=
A5h
0
0
05h
1
0
ffff
ffff
Decrement register, ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the
result is stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the
result is stored back in register ‘f’.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
DAW
Before Instruction
W
=
C
=
DC
=
After Instruction
W
=
C
=
DC
=
DS39960C-page 450
Q3
Process
Data
01da
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
C
Encoding:
0000
Example:
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
DECF
Before Instruction
CNT
=
Z
=
After Instruction
CNT
=
Z
=
Q3
Process
Data
CNT,
Q4
Write to
destination
1, 0
01h
0
00h
1
CEh
0
0
34h
1
0
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
DECFSZ
Decrement f, Skip if 0
DCFSNZ
Decrement f, Skip if Not 0
Syntax:
DECFSZ f {,d {,a}}
Syntax:
DCFSNZ
Operands:
0  f  255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Operands:
0  f  255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Operation:
(f) – 1  dest,
skip if result = 0
Operation:
(f) – 1  dest,
skip if result  0
Status Affected:
None
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
Description:
0010
11da
ffff
ffff
The contents of register ‘f’ are
decremented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed back in register ‘f’.
Encoding:
Description:
If the result is ‘0’, the next instruction
which is already fetched is discarded
and a NOP is executed instead, making
it a two-cycle instruction.
Cycles:
1(2)
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Q3
Process
Data
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note:
Q4
Write to
destination
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q4
No
operation
If skip:
Example:
HERE
DECFSZ
GOTO
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
CNT, 1, 1
LOOP
CONTINUE
Before Instruction
PC
=
After Instruction
CNT
=
If CNT
=
PC =
If CNT

PC =
Address (HERE)
CNT – 1
0;
Address (CONTINUE)
0;
Address (HERE + 2)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
ffff
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
ffff
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
1
11da
The contents of register ‘f’ are
decremented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed back in register ‘f’.
If the result is not ‘0’, the next
instruction which is already fetched is
discarded and a NOP is executed
instead, making it a two-cycle
instruction.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
Words:
0100
f {,d {,a}}
3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Q3
Process
Data
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
Example:
HERE
ZERO
NZERO
Before Instruction
TEMP
After Instruction
TEMP
If TEMP
PC
If TEMP
PC
DCFSNZ
:
:
Q4
Write to
destination
Q4
No
operation
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
TEMP, 1, 0
=
?
=
=
=

=
TEMP – 1,
0;
Address (ZERO)
0;
Address (NZERO)
DS39960C-page 451
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
GOTO
Unconditional Branch
INCF
Increment f
Syntax:
GOTO k
Syntax:
INCF
Operands:
0  f  255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Operation:
(f) + 1  dest
Status Affected:
C, DC, N, OV, Z
Operands:
0  k  1048575
Operation:
k  PC<20:1>
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1st word (k<7:0>)
2nd word(k<19:8>)
1110
1111
1111
k19kkk
k7kkk
kkkk
kkkk0
kkkk8
Description:
GOTO allows an unconditional branch
anywhere within entire 2-Mbyte memory
range. The 20-bit value ‘k’ is loaded into
PC<20:1>. GOTO is always a two-cycle
instruction.
Words:
2
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
No
operation
Q2
Read literal
‘k’<7:0>,
Q3
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
GOTO THERE
After Instruction
PC =
Address (THERE)
Q4
Read literal
‘k’<19:8>,
Write to PC
No
operation
Encoding:
Description:
0010
10da
ffff
ffff
The contents of register ‘f’ are
incremented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed back in register ‘f’.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
INCF
Before Instruction
CNT
=
Z
=
C
=
DC
=
After Instruction
CNT
=
Z
=
C
=
DC
=
DS39960C-page 452
f {,d {,a}}
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write to
destination
CNT, 1, 0
FFh
0
?
?
00h
1
1
1
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
INCFSZ
Increment f, Skip if 0
INFSNZ
Increment f, Skip if Not 0
Syntax:
INCFSZ
Syntax:
INFSNZ
0  f  255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
f {,d {,a}}
f {,d {,a}}
Operands:
0  f  255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Operands:
Operation:
(f) + 1  dest,
skip if result = 0
Operation:
(f) + 1  dest,
skip if result  0
Status Affected:
None
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
Description:
0011
11da
ffff
ffff
The contents of register ‘f’ are
incremented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed back in register ‘f’.
Encoding:
Description:
0100
10da
ffff
ffff
The contents of register ‘f’ are
incremented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed back in register ‘f’.
If the result is ‘0’, the next instruction
which is already fetched is discarded
and a NOP is executed instead, making
it a two-cycle instruction.
If the result is not ‘0’, the next
instruction which is already fetched is
discarded and a NOP is executed
instead, making it a two-cycle
instruction.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
Words:
1
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note:
Cycles:
1(2)
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write to
destination
If skip:
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write to
destination
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
Example:
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
HERE
NZERO
ZERO
Before Instruction
PC
=
After Instruction
CNT
=
If CNT
=
PC
=
If CNT

PC
=
INCFSZ
:
:
Address (HERE)
CNT + 1
0;
Address (ZERO)
0;
Address (NZERO)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Q4
No
operation
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
CNT, 1, 0
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
Example:
HERE
ZERO
NZERO
Before Instruction
PC
=
After Instruction
REG
=
If REG 
PC
=
If REG =
PC
=
INFSNZ
Q4
No
operation
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
REG, 1, 0
Address (HERE)
REG + 1
0;
Address (NZERO)
0;
Address (ZERO)
DS39960C-page 453
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
IORLW
Inclusive OR Literal with W
IORWF
Inclusive OR W with f
Syntax:
IORLW k
Syntax:
IORWF
Operands:
0  f  255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Operation:
(W) .OR. (f)  dest
Status Affected:
N, Z
Operands:
0  k  255
Operation:
(W) .OR. k  W
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0000
1001
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The contents of W are ORed with the
eight-bit literal ‘k’. The result is placed
in W.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read
literal ‘k’
IORLW
Before Instruction
W
=
After Instruction
W
=
Q3
Process
Data
Encoding:
Description:
Q4
Write to
W
ffff
ffff
Inclusive OR W with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is
‘0’, the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’,
the result is placed back in register ‘f’.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
35h
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
IORWF
Before Instruction
RESULT =
W
=
After Instruction
RESULT =
W
=
DS39960C-page 454
00da
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
9Ah
BFh
0001
f {,d {,a}}
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write to
destination
RESULT, 0, 1
13h
91h
13h
93h
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
LFSR
Load FSR
MOVF
Move f
Syntax:
LFSR f, k
Syntax:
MOVF
Operands:
0f2
0  k  4095
Operands:
Operation:
k  FSRf
0  f  255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Status Affected:
None
Operation:
f  dest
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
1110
1111
1110
0000
00ff
k7kkk
k11kkk
kkkk
Description:
The 12-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into the
file select register pointed to by ‘f’.
Words:
2
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Decode
Q2
Read literal
‘k’ MSB
Q3
Process
Data
Read literal
‘k’ LSB
Process
Data
Example:
After Instruction
FSR2H
FSR2L
Encoding:
Description:
Q4
Write
literal ‘k’
MSB to
FSRfH
Write literal
‘k’ to FSRfL
03h
ABh
0101
ffff
ffff
The contents of register ‘f’ are moved to
a destination dependent upon the
status of ‘d’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed back in register ‘f’. Location ‘f’
can be anywhere in the
256-byte bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
MOVF
Before Instruction
REG
W
After Instruction
REG
W
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
00da
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
LFSR 2, 3ABh
=
=
f {,d {,a}}
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write
W
REG, 0, 0
=
=
22h
FFh
=
=
22h
22h
DS39960C-page 455
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
MOVFF
Move f to f
MOVLB
Move Literal to Low Nibble in BSR
Syntax:
MOVFF fs,fd
Syntax:
MOVLW k
Operands:
0  fs  4095
0  fd  4095
Operands:
0  k  255
Operation:
k  BSR
Operation:
(fs)  fd
Status Affected:
None
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1st word (source)
2nd word (destin.)
Encoding:
1100
1111
Description:
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffffs
ffffd
The contents of source register, ‘fs’, are
moved to destination register ‘fd’.
Location of source ‘fs’ can be anywhere
in the 4096-byte data space (000h to
FFFh) and location of destination ‘fd’
can also be anywhere from 000h to
FFFh.
Either source or destination can be W
(a useful special situation).
MOVFF is particularly useful for
transferring a data memory location to a
peripheral register (such as the transmit
buffer or an I/O port).
The MOVFF instruction cannot use the
PCL, TOSU, TOSH or TOSL as the
destination register
Words:
2
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Decode
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
(src)
No
operation
No dummy
read
Example:
MOVFF
Before Instruction
REG1
REG2
After Instruction
REG1
REG2
DS39960C-page 456
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
Write
register ‘f’
(dest)
0000
0001
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The eight-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into the
Bank Select Register (BSR). The value
of BSR<7:4> always remains ‘0’
regardless of the value of k7:k4.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read
literal ‘k’
Q3
Process
Data
MOVLB
5
Before Instruction
BSR Register =
After Instruction
BSR Register =
Q4
Write literal
‘k’ to BSR
02h
05h
REG1, REG2
=
=
33h
11h
=
=
33h
33h
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
MOVLW
Move Literal to W
MOVWF
Move W to f
Syntax:
MOVLW k
Syntax:
MOVWF
Operands:
0  f  255
a  [0,1]
Operation:
(W)  f
Status Affected:
None
Operands:
0  k  255
Operation:
kW
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
1110
kkkk
kkkk
The eight-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into W.
Encoding:
Words:
1
Description:
Cycles:
1
Description:
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read
literal ‘k’
Example:
After Instruction
W
=
MOVLW
Q3
Process
Data
0110
111a
ffff
ffff
Move data from W to register ‘f’.
Location ‘f’ can be anywhere in the
256-byte bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
Q4
Write to
W
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
5Ah
5Ah
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
MOVWF
Before Instruction
W
=
REG
=
After Instruction
W
=
REG
=
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
f {,a}
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write
register ‘f’
REG, 0
4Fh
FFh
4Fh
4Fh
DS39960C-page 457
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
MULLW
Multiply Literal with W
MULWF
Multiply W with f
Syntax:
MULLW
Syntax:
MULWF
Operands:
0  f  255
a  [0,1]
Operation:
(W) x (f)  PRODH:PRODL
Status Affected:
None
k
Operands:
0  k  255
Operation:
(W) x k  PRODH:PRODL
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
Description:
0000
1101
kkkk
kkkk
An unsigned multiplication is carried
out between the contents of W and the
8-bit literal ‘k’. The 16-bit result is
placed in the PRODH:PRODL register
pair. PRODH contains the high byte.
Encoding:
Description:
W is unchanged.
None of the Status flags are affected.
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Before Instruction
W
PRODH
PRODL
After Instruction
W
PRODH
PRODL
ffff
ffff
Note that neither Overflow nor Carry is
possible in this operation. A Zero result is
possible but not detected.
MULLW
Q3
Process
Data
0C4h
=
=
=
E2h
?
?
=
=
=
E2h
ADh
08h
Q4
Write
registers
PRODH:
PRODL
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction set
is enabled, this instruction operates in
Indexed Literal Offset Addressing mode
whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Example:
Before Instruction
W
REG
PRODH
PRODL
After Instruction
W
REG
PRODH
PRODL
DS39960C-page 458
001a
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected. If
‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
Q2
Read
literal ‘k’
Example:
0000
An unsigned multiplication is carried out
between the contents of W and the
register file location ‘f’. The 16-bit result is
stored in the PRODH:PRODL register
pair. PRODH contains the high byte. Both
W and ‘f’ are unchanged.
None of the Status flags are affected.
Note that neither Overflow nor Carry is
possible in this operation. A Zero result
is possible but not detected.
Words:
f {,a}
MULWF
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write
registers
PRODH:
PRODL
REG, 1
=
=
=
=
C4h
B5h
?
?
=
=
=
=
C4h
B5h
8Ah
94h
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
NEGF
Negate f
Syntax:
NEGF
Operands:
0  f  255
a  [0,1]
f {,a}
Operation:
(f) + 1  f
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
Description:
0110
110a
ffff
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
1
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
NEGF
Before Instruction
REG
=
After Instruction
REG
=
Syntax:
NOP
Operands:
None
Operation:
No operation
Status Affected:
None
Q3
Process
Data
0000
1111
ffff
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
Cycles:
No Operation
Encoding:
Location ‘f’ is negated using two’s
complement. The result is placed in the
data memory location ‘f’.
Words:
NOP
0000
xxxx
Description:
No operation.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
No
operation
0000
xxxx
Q3
No
operation
0000
xxxx
Q4
No
operation
Example:
None.
Q4
Write
register ‘f’
REG, 1
0011 1010 [3Ah]
1100 0110 [C6h]
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 459
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
POP
Pop Top of Return Stack
PUSH
Push Top of Return Stack
Syntax:
POP
Syntax:
PUSH
Operands:
None
Operands:
None
Operation:
(TOS)  bit bucket
Operation:
(PC + 2)  TOS
Status Affected:
None
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
0000
0000
0110
Encoding:
0000
0000
0000
0101
Description:
The TOS value is pulled off the return
stack and is discarded. The TOS value
then becomes the previous value that
was pushed onto the return stack.
This instruction is provided to enable
the user to properly manage the return
stack to incorporate a software stack.
Description:
The PC + 2 is pushed onto the top of
the return stack. The previous TOS
value is pushed down on the stack.
This instruction allows implementing a
software stack by modifying TOS and
then pushing it onto the return stack.
Words:
1
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
No
operation
Q3
POP TOS
value
POP
GOTO
NEW
Example:
Q4
No
operation
Example:
Before Instruction
TOS
Stack (1 level down)
=
=
0031A2h
014332h
After Instruction
TOS
PC
=
=
014332h
NEW
DS39960C-page 460
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
PUSH
PC + 2 onto
return stack
Q3
No
operation
Q4
No
operation
PUSH
Before Instruction
TOS
PC
=
=
345Ah
0124h
After Instruction
PC
TOS
Stack (1 level down)
=
=
=
0126h
0126h
345Ah
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
RCALL
Relative Call
RESET
Reset
Syntax:
RCALL
Syntax:
RESET
n
Operands:
-1024  n  1023
Operands:
None
Operation:
(PC) + 2  TOS,
(PC) + 2 + 2n  PC
Operation:
Reset all registers and flags that are
affected by a MCLR Reset.
Status Affected:
None
Status Affected:
All
Encoding:
Description:
1101
Words:
1
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
No
operation
Example:
1nnn
nnnn
nnnn
Subroutine call with a jump up to 1K
from the current location. First, return
address (PC + 2) is pushed onto the
stack. Then, add the 2’s complement
number ‘2n’ to the PC. Since the PC will
have incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is a
two-cycle instruction.
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
0000
0000
1111
1111
Description:
This instruction provides a way to
execute a MCLR Reset in software.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read literal
‘n’
PUSH PC
to stack
No
operation
HERE
Encoding:
After Instruction
Registers =
Flags*
=
Q2
Start
reset
Q3
No
operation
Q4
No
operation
RESET
Reset Value
Reset Value
RCALL Jump
Before Instruction
PC =
Address (HERE)
After Instruction
PC =
Address (Jump)
TOS =
Address (HERE + 2)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 461
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
RETFIE
Return from Interrupt
RETLW
Return Literal to W
Syntax:
RETFIE {s}
Syntax:
RETLW k
Operands:
s  [0,1]
Operands:
0  k  255
Operation:
(TOS)  PC,
1  GIE/GIEH or PEIE/GIEL;
if s = 1,
(WS)  W,
(STATUSS)  STATUS,
(BSRS)  BSR,
PCLATU, PCLATH are unchanged
Operation:
k  W,
(TOS)  PC,
PCLATU, PCLATH are unchanged
Status Affected:
None
Status Affected:
0000
Description:
0000
0001
1
Cycles:
2
1100
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
W is loaded with the 8-bit literal ‘k’. The
program counter is loaded from the top
of the stack (the return address). The
high address latch (PCLATH) remains
unchanged.
Words:
1
Cycles:
2
000s
Return from interrupt. Stack is popped
and Top-of-Stack (TOS) is loaded into
the PC. Interrupts are enabled by
setting either the high or low-priority
global interrupt enable bit. If ‘s’ = 1, the
contents of the shadow registers WS,
STATUSS and BSRS are loaded into
their corresponding registers W,
STATUS and BSR. If ‘s’ = 0, no update
of these registers occurs.
Words:
No
operation
0000
GIE/GIEH, PEIE/GIEL.
Encoding:
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Encoding:
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
No
operation
Q2
Read
literal ‘k’
Q3
Process
Data
No
operation
No
operation
Q4
POP PC
from stack,
write to W
No
operation
Example:
Q2
No
operation
Q3
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
RETFIE
After Interrupt
PC
W
BSR
STATUS
GIE/GIEH, PEIE/GIEL
DS39960C-page 462
Q4
POP PC
from stack
Set GIEH or
GIEL
No
operation
1
=
=
=
=
=
TOS
WS
BSRS
STATUSS
1
CALL TABLE ;
;
;
;
:
TABLE
ADDWF PCL ;
RETLW k0
;
RETLW k1
;
:
:
RETLW kn
;
Before Instruction
W
=
After Instruction
W
=
W contains table
offset value
W now has
table value
W = offset
Begin table
End of table
07h
value of kn
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
RETURN
Return from Subroutine
RLCF
Rotate Left f through Carry
Syntax:
RETURN {s}
Syntax:
RLCF
Operands:
s  [0,1]
Operands:
Operation:
(TOS)  PC;
if s = 1,
(WS)  W,
(STATUSS)  STATUS,
(BSRS)  BSR,
PCLATU, PCLATH are unchanged
0  f  255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Operation:
(f<n>)  dest<n + 1>,
(f<7>)  C,
(C)  dest<0>
Status Affected:
C, N, Z
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
Description:
0000
1
Cycles:
2
No
operation
Example:
0000
0001
001s
Description:
Return from subroutine. The stack is
popped and the top of the stack (TOS)
is loaded into the program counter. If
‘s’= 1, the contents of the shadow
registers WS, STATUSS and BSRS are
loaded into their corresponding
registers W, STATUS and BSR. If
‘s’ = 0, no update of these registers
occurs.
Words:
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Encoding:
Q2
No
operation
No
operation
RETURN
After Instruction:
PC = TOS
Q3
Process
Data
No
operation
Q4
POP PC
from stack
No
operation
0011
01da
ffff
ffff
The contents of register ‘f’ are rotated
one bit to the left through the Carry flag.
If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in W. If ‘d’
is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register
‘f’.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
register f
C
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Example:
Before Instruction
REG
=
C
=
After Instruction
REG
=
=
W
C
=
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
f {,d {,a}}
RLCF
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write to
destination
REG, 0, 0
1110 0110
0
1110 0110
1100 1100
1
DS39960C-page 463
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
RLNCF
Rotate Left f (No Carry)
RRCF
Rotate Right f through Carry
Syntax:
RLNCF
Syntax:
RRCF
Operands:
0  f  255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Operands:
0  f  255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Operation:
(f<n>)  dest<n + 1>,
(f<7>)  dest<0>
Operation:
Status Affected:
N, Z
(f<n>)  dest<n – 1>,
(f<0>)  C,
(C)  dest<7>
Status Affected:
C, N, Z
Encoding:
0100
Description:
f {,d {,a}}
01da
ffff
ffff
The contents of register ‘f’ are rotated
one bit to the left. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result
is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
stored back in register ‘f’.
Encoding:
Description:
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Before Instruction
REG
=
After Instruction
REG
=
DS39960C-page 464
RLNCF
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write to
destination
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
REG, 1, 0
1010 1011
0101 0111
ffff
ffff
The contents of register ‘f’ are rotated
one bit to the right through the Carry
flag. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in W.
If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed back in
register ‘f’.
register f
C
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Example:
00da
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
register f
1
0011
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
Words:
f {,d {,a}}
Example:
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
RRCF
Before Instruction
REG
=
C
=
After Instruction
REG
=
W
=
C
=
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write to
destination
REG, 0, 0
1110 0110
0
1110 0110
0111 0011
0
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
RRNCF
Rotate Right f (No Carry)
SETF
Set f
Syntax:
RRNCF
Syntax:
SETF
Operands:
0  f  255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Operands:
0  f  255
a [0,1]
Operation:
FFh  f
Operation:
(f<n>)  dest<n – 1>,
(f<0>)  dest<7>
Status Affected:
None
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
Description:
0100
f {,d {,a}}
00da
Encoding:
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register ‘f’ are rotated
one bit to the right. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result
is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed back in register ‘f’.
register f
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example 1:
RRNCF
Before Instruction
REG
=
After Instruction
REG
=
Example 2:
Q4
Write to
destination
ffff
ffff
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
SETF
Before Instruction
REG
After Instruction
REG
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write
register ‘f’
REG,1
=
5Ah
=
FFh
REG, 1, 0
1101 0111
1110 1011
RRNCF
Before Instruction
W
=
REG
=
After Instruction
W
=
REG
=
Q3
Process
Data
100a
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
Example:
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
0110
The contents of the specified register
are set to FFh.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank will be
selected, overriding the BSR value. If ‘a’
is ‘1’, then the bank will be selected as
per the BSR value.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
f {,a}
REG, 0, 0
?
1101 0111
1110 1011
1101 0111
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 465
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
SLEEP
Enter Sleep Mode
SUBFWB
Subtract f from W with Borrow
Syntax:
SLEEP
Syntax:
SUBFWB
Operands:
None
Operands:
Operation:
00h  WDT,
0  WDT postscaler,
1  TO,
0  PD
0 f 255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Operation:
(W) – (f) – (C) dest
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Status Affected:
TO, PD
Encoding:
0000
Description:
Encoding:
0000
0000
0011
Description:
The Power-Down status bit (PD) is
cleared. The Time-out status bit (TO)
is set. The Watchdog Timer and its
postscaler are cleared.
The processor is put into Sleep mode
with the oscillator stopped.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
No
operation
Example:
Q3
Process
Data
SLEEP
Before Instruction
TO =
?
PD =
?
After Instruction
1†
TO =
PD =
0
† If WDT causes wake-up, this bit is cleared.
DS39960C-page 466
0101
f {,d {,a}}
01da
ffff
ffff
Subtract register ‘f’ and Carry flag
(borrow) from W (2’s complement
method). If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in
W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored in
register ‘f’.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected. If
‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates in
Indexed Literal Offset Addressing mode
whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
Q4
Go to
Sleep
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write to
destination
Example 1:
SUBFWB
REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
3
W
=
2
C
=
1
After Instruction
REG
=
FF
W
=
2
C
=
0
Z
=
0
N
=
1
; result is negative
Example 2:
SUBFWB
REG, 0, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
2
W
=
5
C
=
1
After Instruction
REG
=
2
W
=
3
C
=
1
Z
=
0
N
=
0
; result is positive
Example 3:
SUBFWB
REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
1
W
=
2
C
=
0
After Instruction
REG
=
0
W
=
2
C
=
1
Z
=
1
; result is zero
N
=
0
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
SUBLW
Subtract W from Literal
SUBWF
Subtract W from f
Syntax:
SUBLW k
Syntax:
SUBWF
Operands:
0 f 255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Operation:
(f) – (W) dest
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Operands:
0 k 255
Operation:
k – (W) W
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0000
1000
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
W is subtracted from the eight-bit
literal ‘k’. The result is placed in W.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Description:
Q2
Read
literal ‘k’
Example 1:
Before Instruction
W
=
C
=
After Instruction
W
=
C
=
Z
=
N
=
Example 2:
Before Instruction
W
=
C
=
After Instruction
W
=
C
=
Z
=
N
=
Example 3:
Before Instruction
W
=
C
=
After Instruction
W
=
C
=
Z
=
N
=
Encoding:
SUBLW
Q3
Process
Data
SUBLW
; result is positive
02h
?
00h
1
1
0
SUBLW
; result is zero
02h
03h
?
FFh
0
0
1
; (2’s complement)
; result is negative
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
ffff
ffff
Subtract W from register ‘f’ (2’s
complement method). If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the
result is stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result
is stored back in register ‘f’.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
02h
02h
11da
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
Q4
Write to
W
01h
?
01h
1
0
0
0101
f {,d {,a}}
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Example 1:
SUBWF
Before Instruction
REG
=
3
W
=
2
C
=
?
After Instruction
REG
=
1
W
=
2
C
=
1
Z
=
0
N
=
0
Example 2:
SUBWF
Before Instruction
REG
=
2
W
=
2
C
=
?
After Instruction
REG
=
2
W
=
0
C
=
1
Z
=
1
N
=
0
Example 3:
SUBWF
Before Instruction
REG
=
1
W
=
2
C
=
?
After Instruction
REG
=
FFh
W
=
2
C
=
0
Z
=
0
N
=
1
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write to
destination
REG, 1, 0
; result is positive
REG, 0, 0
; result is zero
REG, 1, 0
;(2’s complement)
; result is negative
DS39960C-page 467
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
SUBWFB
Subtract W from f with Borrow
SWAPF
Swap f
Syntax:
SUBWFB
Syntax:
SWAPF f {,d {,a}}
Operands:
0  f  255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Operands:
0  f  255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Operation:
(f) – (W) – (C) dest
Operation:
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
(f<3:0>)  dest<7:4>,
(f<7:4>)  dest<3:0>
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0101
Description:
f {,d {,a}}
10da
ffff
ffff
Subtract W and the Carry flag (borrow)
from register ‘f’ (2’s complement
method). If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored
in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back
in register ‘f’.
Encoding:
Description:
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write to
destination
Example 1:
SUBWFB REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
(0001 1001)
REG
=
19h
W
=
0Dh
(0000 1101)
C
=
1
After Instruction
(0000 1011)
REG
=
0Ch
W
=
0Dh
(0000 1101)
C
=
1
Z
=
0
N
=
0
; result is positive
Example 2:
SUBWFB REG, 0, 0
Before Instruction
(0001 1011)
REG
=
1Bh
W
=
1Ah
(0001 1010)
C
=
0
After Instruction
(0001 1011)
REG
=
1Bh
W
=
00h
1
C
=
Z
=
1
; result is zero
N
=
0
Example 3:
SUBWFB
Before Instruction
REG
=
03h
W
=
0Eh
C
=
1
After Instruction
REG
=
F5h
W
C
Z
N
=
=
=
=
DS39960C-page 468
0Eh
0
0
1
10da
ffff
ffff
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
Words:
0011
The upper and lower nibbles of register
‘f’ are exchanged. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result
is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed in register ‘f’.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
SWAPF
Before Instruction
REG
=
After Instruction
REG
=
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write to
destination
REG, 1, 0
53h
35h
REG, 1, 0
(0000 0011)
(0000 1101)
(1111 0100)
; [2’s comp]
(0000 1101)
; result is negative
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TBLRD
Table Read
TBLRD
Table Read (Continued)
Syntax:
TBLRD ( *; *+; *-; +*)
Example 1:
TBLRD
Operands:
None
Operation:
if TBLRD *,
(Prog Mem (TBLPTR))  TABLAT;
TBLPTR – No Change
if TBLRD *+,
(Prog Mem (TBLPTR))  TABLAT;
(TBLPTR) + 1  TBLPTR
if TBLRD *-,
(Prog Mem (TBLPTR))  TABLAT;
(TBLPTR) – 1  TBLPTR
if TBLRD +*,
(TBLPTR) + 1  TBLPTR;
(Prog Mem (TBLPTR))  TABLAT
Status Affected: None
Encoding:
Description:
0000
0000
0000
Before Instruction
TABLAT
TBLPTR
MEMORY(00A356h)
After Instruction
TABLAT
TBLPTR
Example 2:
TBLRD
Before Instruction
TABLAT
TBLPTR
MEMORY(01A357h)
MEMORY(01A358h)
After Instruction
TABLAT
TBLPTR
*+ ;
=
=
=
55h
00A356h
34h
=
=
34h
00A357h
+* ;
=
=
=
=
AAh
01A357h
12h
34h
=
=
34h
01A358h
10nn
nn=0 *
=1 *+
=2 *=3 +*
This instruction is used to read the contents
of Program Memory (P.M.). To address the
program memory, a pointer called Table
Pointer (TBLPTR) is used.
The TBLPTR (a 21-bit pointer) points to
each byte in the program memory. TBLPTR
has a 2-Mbyte address range.
TBLPTR<0> = 0:Least Significant Byte of
Program Memory Word
TBLPTR<0> = 1:Most Significant Byte of
Program Memory Word
The TBLRD instruction can modify the value
of TBLPTR as follows:
• no change
• post-increment
• post-decrement
• pre-increment
Words:
1
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
No
operation
Q2
No
operation
No operation
(Read Program
Memory)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Q3
No
operation
No
operation
Q4
No
operation
No operation
(Write
TABLAT)
DS39960C-page 469
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TBLWT
Table Write
TBLWT
Table Write (Continued)
Syntax:
TBLWT ( *; *+; *-; +*)
Example 1:
TBLWT *+;
Operands:
None
Operation:
if TBLWT*,
(TABLAT)  Holding Register;
TBLPTR – No Change
if TBLWT*+,
(TABLAT)  Holding Register;
(TBLPTR) + 1  TBLPTR
if TBLWT*-,
(TABLAT)  Holding Register;
(TBLPTR) – 1  TBLPTR
if TBLWT+*,
(TBLPTR) + 1  TBLPTR;
(TABLAT)  Holding Register
Status Affected:
Example 2:
None
Encoding:
Description:
Before Instruction
TABLAT
=
55h
TBLPTR
=
00A356h
HOLDING REGISTER
(00A356h)
=
FFh
After Instructions (table write completion)
TABLAT
=
55h
TBLPTR
=
00A357h
HOLDING REGISTER
(00A356h)
=
55h
0000
0000
0000
11nn
nn=0 *
=1 *+
=2 *=3 +*
This instruction uses the 3 LSBs of
TBLPTR to determine which of the
8 holding registers the TABLAT is written
to. The holding registers are used to
program the contents of Program Memory
(P.M.). (Refer to Section 6.0 “Memory
Organization” for additional details on
programming Flash memory.)
TBLWT +*;
Before Instruction
TABLAT
=
34h
TBLPTR
=
01389Ah
HOLDING REGISTER
(01389Ah)
=
FFh
HOLDING REGISTER
(01389Bh)
=
FFh
After Instruction (table write completion)
TABLAT
=
34h
TBLPTR
=
01389Bh
HOLDING REGISTER
(01389Ah)
=
FFh
HOLDING REGISTER
(01389Bh)
=
34h
The TBLPTR (a 21-bit pointer) points to
each byte in the program memory.
TBLPTR has a 2-Mbyte address range.
The LSb of the TBLPTR selects which
byte of the program memory location to
access.
TBLPTR[0] = 0:Least Significant Byte
of Program Memory
Word
TBLPTR[0] = 1:Most Significant Byte of
Program Memory
Word
The TBLWT instruction can modify the
value of TBLPTR as follows:
• no change
• post-increment
• post-decrement
• pre-increment
Words:
1
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
No
No
operation operation operation
No
No
No
No
operation operation operation operation
(Read
(Write to
TABLAT)
Holding
Register)
DS39960C-page 470
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TSTFSZ
Test f, Skip if 0
XORLW
Exclusive OR Literal with W
Syntax:
TSTFSZ f {,a}
Syntax:
XORLW k
Operands:
0  f  255
a  [0,1]
Operands:
0 k 255
Operation:
(W) .XOR. k W
Operation:
skip if f = 0
Status Affected:
N, Z
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
Description:
Encoding:
0110
011a
ffff
ffff
If ‘f’ = 0, the next instruction fetched
during the current instruction execution
is discarded and a NOP is executed,
making this a two-cycle instruction.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
No
operation
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
No
No
No
operation
operation
operation
Q4
No
operation
0000
1010
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The contents of W are XORed with
the 8-bit literal ‘k’. The result is placed
in W.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read
literal ‘k’
Example:
Before Instruction
W
=
After Instruction
W
=
XORLW
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write to
W
0AFh
B5h
1Ah
If skip:
Example:
HERE
NZERO
ZERO
Before Instruction
PC
After Instruction
If CNT
PC
If CNT
PC
TSTFSZ
:
:
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
CNT, 1
=
Address (HERE)
=
=

=
00h,
Address (ZERO)
00h,
Address (NZERO)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 471
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
XORWF
Exclusive OR W with f
Syntax:
XORWF
Operands:
0  f  255
d  [0,1]
a  [0,1]
Operation:
(W) .XOR. (f) dest
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0001
Description:
f {,d {,a}}
10da
ffff
ffff
Exclusive OR the contents of W with
register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored
in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back
in the register ‘f’.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank is selected.
If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR is used to select the
GPR bank.
If ‘a’ is ‘0’ and the extended instruction
set is enabled, this instruction operates
in Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode whenever f 95 (5Fh). See
Section 29.2.3 “Byte-Oriented and
Bit-Oriented Instructions in Indexed
Literal Offset Mode” for details.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Example:
XORWF
Before Instruction
REG
=
W
=
After Instruction
REG
=
W
=
DS39960C-page 472
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write to
destination
REG, 1, 0
AFh
B5h
1Ah
B5h
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
29.2
A summary of the instructions in the extended instruction set is provided in Table 29-3. Detailed descriptions
are provided in Section 29.2.2 “Extended Instruction
Set”. The opcode field descriptions in Table 29-1
(page 432) apply to both the standard and extended
PIC18 instruction sets.
Extended Instruction Set
In addition to the standard 75 instructions of the PIC18
instruction set, the PIC18F87K22 family of devices also
provides an optional extension to the core CPU functionality. The added features include eight additional
instructions that augment Indirect and Indexed
Addressing operations and the implementation of
Indexed Literal Offset Addressing for many of the
standard PIC18 instructions.
Note:
The additional features of the extended instruction set
are enabled by default on unprogrammed devices.
Users must properly set or clear the XINST Configuration bit during programming to enable or disable these
features.
The instructions in the extended set can all be
classified as literal operations, which either manipulate
the File Select Registers, or use them for Indexed
Addressing. Two of the instructions, ADDFSR and
SUBFSR, each have an additional special instantiation
for using FSR2. These versions (ADDULNK and
SUBULNK) allow for automatic return after execution.
29.2.1
EXTENDED INSTRUCTION SYNTAX
Most of the extended instructions use indexed arguments, using one of the File Select Registers and some
offset to specify a source or destination register. When
an argument for an instruction serves as part of
Indexed Addressing, it is enclosed in square brackets
(“[ ]”). This is done to indicate that the argument is used
as an index or offset. The MPASM™ Assembler will
flag an error if it determines that an index or offset value
is not bracketed.
The extended instructions are specifically implemented
to optimize re-entrant program code (that is, code that
is recursive or that uses a software stack) written in
high-level languages, particularly C. Among other
things, they allow users working in high-level
languages to perform certain operations on data
structures more efficiently. These include:
When the extended instruction set is enabled, brackets
are also used to indicate index arguments in
byte-oriented and bit-oriented instructions. This is in
addition to other changes in their syntax. For more
details, see Section 29.2.3.1 “Extended Instruction
Syntax with Standard PIC18 Commands”.
• Dynamic allocation and deallocation of software
stack space when entering and leaving
subroutines
• Function Pointer invocation
• Software Stack Pointer manipulation
• Manipulation of variables located in a software
stack
TABLE 29-3:
The instruction set extension and the
Indexed Literal Offset Addressing mode
were designed for optimizing applications
written in C; the user may likely never use
these instructions directly in assembler.
The syntax for these commands is
provided as a reference for users who
may be reviewing code that has been
generated by a compiler.
Note:
In the past, square brackets have been
used to denote optional arguments in the
PIC18 and earlier instruction sets. In this
text and going forward, optional
arguments are denoted by braces (“{ }”).
EXTENSIONS TO THE PIC18 INSTRUCTION SET
16-Bit Instruction Word
Mnemonic,
Operands
ADDFSR
ADDULNK
CALLW
MOVSF
f, k
k
MOVSS
zs, zd
PUSHL
k
SUBFSR
SUBULNK
f, k
k
zs, fd
Description
Cycles
MSb
Add Literal to FSR
Add Literal to FSR2 and Return
Call Subroutine using WREG
Move zs (source) to 1st word
fd (destination) 2nd word
Move zs (source) to 1st word
zd (destination) 2nd word
Store Literal at FSR2,
Decrement FSR2
Subtract Literal from FSR
Subtract Literal from FSR2 and
return
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
LSb
Status
Affected
1000
1000
0000
1011
ffff
1011
xxxx
1010
ffkk
11kk
0001
0zzz
ffff
1zzz
xzzz
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
0100
zzzz
ffff
zzzz
zzzz
kkkk
None
None
None
None
1
1110
1110
0000
1110
1111
1110
1111
1110
1
2
1110
1110
1001
1001
ffkk
11kk
kkkk
kkkk
None
None
1
2
2
2
2
None
None
DS39960C-page 473
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
29.2.2
EXTENDED INSTRUCTION SET
ADDFSR
Add Literal to FSR
ADDULNK
Add Literal to FSR2 and Return
Syntax:
Operands:
ADDFSR f, k
0  k  63
f  [ 0, 1, 2 ]
FSR(f) + k  FSR(f)
None
1110
1000
ffkk
Syntax:
Operands:
Operation:
ADDULNK k
0  k  63
FSR2 + k  FSR2,
(TOS) PC
None
1110
1000
11kk
Operation:
Status Affected:
Encoding:
Description:
Words:
Cycles:
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
kkkk
The 6-bit literal ‘k’ is added to the
contents of the FSR specified by ‘f’.
1
1
Q2
Read
literal ‘k’
Q3
Process
Data
Status Affected:
Encoding:
Description:
The instruction takes two cycles to
execute; a NOP is performed during
the second cycle.
Q4
Write to
FSR
This may be thought of as a special
case of the ADDFSR instruction,
where f = 3 (binary ‘11’); it operates
only on FSR2.
1
2
ADDFSR 2, 23h
Before Instruction
FSR2
=
After Instruction
FSR2
=
03FFh
0422h
Words:
Cycles:
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
No
Operation
Example:
Q2
Read
literal ‘k’
No
Operation
Q3
Process
Data
No
Operation
Q4
Write to
FSR
No
Operation
ADDULNK 23h
Before Instruction
FSR2
=
PC
=
After Instruction
FSR2
=
PC
=
Note:
kkkk
The 6-bit literal ‘k’ is added to the
contents of FSR2. A RETURN is then
executed by loading the PC with the
TOS.
03FFh
0100h
0422h
(TOS)
All PIC18 instructions may take an optional label argument preceding the instruction mnemonic for use in
symbolic addressing. If a label is used, the instruction format then becomes: {label} instruction argument(s).
DS39960C-page 474
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
CALLW
Subroutine Call Using WREG
MOVSF
Move Indexed to f
Syntax:
CALLW
Syntax:
MOVSF [zs], fd
Operands:
None
Operands:
Operation:
(PC + 2)  TOS,
(W)  PCL,
(PCLATH)  PCH,
(PCLATU)  PCU
0  zs  127
0  fd  4095
Operation:
((FSR2) + zs)  fd
Status Affected:
None
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
Description
0000
0000
0001
0100
First, the return address (PC + 2) is
pushed onto the return stack. Next, the
contents of W are written to PCL; the
existing value is discarded. Then, the
contents of PCLATH and PCLATU are
latched into PCH and PCU,
respectively. The second cycle is
executed as a NOP instruction while the
new next instruction is fetched.
Encoding:
1st word (source)
2nd word (destin.)
Description:
Unlike CALL, there is no option to
update W, STATUS or BSR.
Words:
1
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
No
operation
Example:
Q2
Read
WREG
No
operation
HERE
Before Instruction
PC
=
PCLATH =
PCLATU =
W
=
After Instruction
PC
=
TOS
=
PCLATH =
PCLATU =
W
=
Q3
Push PC to
stack
No
operation
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
0zzz
ffff
zzzzs
ffffd
The contents of the source register are
moved to destination register ‘fd’. The
actual address of the source register is
determined by adding the 7-bit literal
offset ‘zs’, in the first word, to the value
of FSR2. The address of the destination
register is specified by the 12-bit literal
‘fd’ in the second word. Both addresses
can be anywhere in the 4096-byte data
space (000h to FFFh).
If the resultant source address points to
an Indirect Addressing register, the
value returned will be 00h.
Words:
2
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Decode
address (HERE)
10h
00h
06h
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
1011
ffff
The MOVSF instruction cannot use the
PCL, TOSU, TOSH or TOSL as the
destination register.
CALLW
001006h
address (HERE + 2)
10h
00h
06h
1110
1111
Example:
Q2
Q3
Determine
Determine
source addr source addr
No
No
operation
operation
No dummy
read
MOVSF
Before Instruction
FSR2
Contents
of 85h
REG2
After Instruction
FSR2
Contents
of 85h
REG2
Q4
Read
source reg
Write
register ‘f’
(dest)
[05h], REG2
=
80h
=
=
33h
11h
=
80h
=
=
33h
33h
DS39960C-page 475
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
MOVSS
Move Indexed to Indexed
PUSHL
Store Literal at FSR2, Decrement FSR2
Syntax:
MOVSS [zs], [zd]
Syntax:
PUSHL k
Operands:
0  zs  127
0  zd  127
Operation:
((FSR2) + zs)  ((FSR2) + zd)
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1st word (source)
2nd word (dest.)
1110
1111
Description
1011
xxxx
1zzz
xzzz
zzzzs
zzzzd
The contents of the source register are
moved to the destination register. The
addresses of the source and destination
registers are determined by adding the
7-bit literal offsets, ‘zs’ or ‘zd’,
respectively, to the value of FSR2. Both
registers can be located anywhere in
the 4096-byte data memory space
(000h to FFFh).
The MOVSS instruction cannot use the
PCL, TOSU, TOSH or TOSL as the
destination register.
If the resultant source address points to
an Indirect Addressing register, the
value returned will be 00h. If the
resultant destination address points to
an Indirect Addressing register, the
instruction will execute as a NOP.
Words:
2
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Decode
Q2
Q3
Determine
Determine
source addr source addr
Determine
Determine
dest addr
dest addr
Example:
0k  255
k  (FSR2),
FSR2 – 1  FSR2
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
Description:
1111
1010
kkkk
kkkk
The 8-bit literal ‘k’ is written to the data
memory address specified by FSR2.
FSR2 is decremented by 1 after the
operation.
This instruction allows users to push
values onto a software stack.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read ‘k’
Q3
Process
data
Q4
Write to
destination
PUSHL 08h
Before Instruction
FSR2H:FSR2L
Memory (01ECh)
=
=
01ECh
00h
After Instruction
FSR2H:FSR2L
Memory (01ECh)
=
=
01EBh
08h
Q4
Read
source reg
Write
to dest reg
MOVSS [05h], [06h]
Before Instruction
FSR2
Contents
of 85h
Contents
of 86h
After Instruction
FSR2
Contents
of 85h
Contents
of 86h
DS39960C-page 476
Operands:
Operation:
=
80h
=
33h
=
11h
=
80h
=
33h
=
33h
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
SUBFSR
Subtract Literal from FSR
SUBULNK
Subtract Literal from FSR2 and Return
Syntax:
Operands:
SUBFSR f, k
0  k  63
f  [ 0, 1, 2 ]
FSRf – k  FSRf
None
1110
1001
Syntax:
Operands:
Operation:
SUBULNK k
0  k  63
FSR2 – k  FSR2,
(TOS) PC
None
1110
1001
Operation:
Status Affected:
Encoding:
Description:
Words:
Cycles:
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
ffkk
kkkk
The 6-bit literal ‘k’ is subtracted from
the contents of the FSR specified
by ‘f’.
1
1
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
Q3
Process
Data
Example:
SUBFSR 2, 23h
Before Instruction
FSR2
=
03FFh
After Instruction
FSR2
=
03DCh
Status Affected:
Encoding:
Description:
11kk
kkkk
The 6-bit literal ‘k’ is subtracted from the
contents of the FSR2. A RETURN is then
executed by loading the PC with the
TOS.
The instruction takes two cycles to
execute; a NOP is performed during the
second cycle.
Q4
Write to
destination
Words:
Cycles:
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
No
Operation
This may be thought of as a special case
of the SUBFSR instruction, where f = 3
(binary ‘11’); it operates only on FSR2.
1
2
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
No
Operation
Q3
Process
Data
No
Operation
Q4
Write to
destination
No
Operation
Example:
SUBULNK 23h
Before Instruction
FSR2
=
03FFh
PC
=
0100h
After Instruction
FSR2
=
03DCh
PC
=
(TOS)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 477
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
29.2.3
Note:
BYTE-ORIENTED AND
BIT-ORIENTED INSTRUCTIONS IN
INDEXED LITERAL OFFSET MODE
Enabling the PIC18 instruction set extension may cause legacy applications to
behave erratically or fail entirely.
In addition to eight new commands in the extended set,
enabling the extended instruction set also enables
Indexed Literal Offset Addressing (Section 6.6.1
“Indexed Addressing with Literal Offset”). This has
a significant impact on the way that many commands of
the standard PIC18 instruction set are interpreted.
When the extended set is disabled, addresses embedded in opcodes are treated as literal memory locations:
either as a location in the Access Bank (a = 0) or in a
GPR bank designated by the BSR (a = 1). When the
extended instruction set is enabled and a = 0, however,
a file register argument of 5Fh or less is interpreted as
an offset from the pointer value in FSR2 and not as a
literal address. For practical purposes, this means that
all instructions that use the Access RAM bit as an
argument – that is, all byte-oriented and bit-oriented
instructions, or almost half of the core PIC18 instructions – may behave differently when the extended
instruction set is enabled.
When the content of FSR2 is 00h, the boundaries of the
Access RAM are essentially remapped to their original
values. This may be useful in creating backward
compatible code. If this technique is used, it may be
necessary to save the value of FSR2 and restore it
when moving back and forth between C and assembly
routines in order to preserve the Stack Pointer. Users
must also keep in mind the syntax requirements of the
extended instruction set (see Section 29.2.3.1
“Extended Instruction Syntax with Standard PIC18
Commands”).
Although the Indexed Literal Offset mode can be very
useful for dynamic stack and pointer manipulation, it
can also be very annoying if a simple arithmetic operation is carried out on the wrong register. Users who are
accustomed to the PIC18 programming must keep in
mind, that when the extended instruction set is
enabled, register addresses of 5Fh or less are used for
Indexed Literal Offset Addressing.
Representative examples of typical byte-oriented and
bit-oriented instructions in the Indexed Literal Offset
mode are provided on the following page to show how
execution is affected. The operand conditions shown in
the examples are applicable to all instructions of these
types.
DS39960C-page 478
29.2.3.1
Extended Instruction Syntax with
Standard PIC18 Commands
When the extended instruction set is enabled, the file
register argument ‘f’ in the standard byte-oriented and
bit-oriented commands is replaced with the literal offset
value ‘k’. As already noted, this occurs only when ‘f’ is
less than or equal to 5Fh. When an offset value is used,
it must be indicated by square brackets (“[ ]”). As with
the extended instructions, the use of brackets indicates
to the compiler that the value is to be interpreted as an
index or an offset. Omitting the brackets, or using a
value greater than 5Fh within the brackets, will
generate an error in the MPASM™ Assembler.
If the index argument is properly bracketed for Indexed
Literal Offset Addressing, the Access RAM argument is
never specified; it will automatically be assumed to be
‘0’. This is in contrast to standard operation (extended
instruction set disabled), when ‘a’ is set on the basis of
the target address. Declaring the Access RAM bit in
this mode will also generate an error in the MPASM
Assembler.
The destination argument, ‘d’, functions as before.
In the latest versions of the MPASM Assembler,
language support for the extended instruction set must
be explicitly invoked. This is done with either the
command line option, /y, or the PE directive in the
source listing.
29.2.4
CONSIDERATIONS WHEN
ENABLING THE EXTENDED
INSTRUCTION SET
It is important to note that the extensions to the instruction set may not be beneficial to all users. In particular,
users who are not writing code that uses a software
stack may not benefit from using the extensions to the
instruction set.
Additionally, the Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
mode may create issues with legacy applications
written to the PIC18 assembler. This is because
instructions in the legacy code may attempt to address
registers in the Access Bank below 5Fh. Since these
addresses are interpreted as literal offsets to FSR2
when the instruction set extension is enabled, the
application may read or write to the wrong data
addresses.
When porting an application to the PIC18F87K22
family, it is very important to consider the type of code.
A large, re-entrant application that is written in C and
would benefit from efficient compilation will do well
when using the instruction set extensions. Legacy
applications that heavily use the Access Bank will most
likely not benefit from using the extended instruction
set.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
ADD W to Indexed
(Indexed Literal Offset mode)
BSF
Syntax:
ADDWF
Syntax:
BSF [k], b
Operands:
0  k  95
d  [0,1]
Operands:
0  f  95
0b7
Operation:
(W) + ((FSR2) + k)  dest
Operation:
1  ((FSR2) + k)
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Status Affected:
None
ADDWF
Encoding:
Description:
[k] {,d}
0010
01d0
kkkk
kkkk
The contents of W are added to the
contents of the register indicated by
FSR2, offset by the value ‘k’.
If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in W. If ‘d’
is ‘1’, the result is stored back in
register ‘f’.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read ‘k’
Q3
Process
Data
ADDWF
Before Instruction
W
OFST
FSR2
Contents
of 0A2Ch
After Instruction
W
Contents
of 0A2Ch
[OFST] ,0
Q4
Write to
destination
Bit Set Indexed
(Indexed Literal Offset mode)
Encoding:
1000
bbb0
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
Bit ‘b’ of the register indicated by FSR2,
offset by the value ‘k’, is set.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read
register ‘f’
BSF
Before Instruction
FLAG_OFST
FSR2
Contents
of 0A0Ah
After Instruction
Contents
of 0A0Ah
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write to
destination
[FLAG_OFST], 7
=
=
0Ah
0A00h
=
55h
=
D5h
=
=
=
17h
2Ch
0A00h
=
20h
=
37h
SETF
Set Indexed
(Indexed Literal Offset mode)
=
20h
Syntax:
SETF [k]
Operands:
0  k  95
Operation:
FFh  ((FSR2) + k)
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0110
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The contents of the register indicated by
FSR2, offset by ‘k’, are set to FFh.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Decode
Example:
Q2
Read ‘k’
SETF
Before Instruction
OFST
FSR2
Contents
of 0A2Ch
After Instruction
Contents
of 0A2Ch
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
1000
Q3
Process
Data
Q4
Write
register
[OFST]
=
=
2Ch
0A00h
=
00h
=
FFh
DS39960C-page 479
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
29.2.5
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS WITH
MICROCHIP MPLAB® IDE TOOLS
The latest versions of Microchip’s software tools have
been designed to fully support the extended instruction
set for the PIC18F87K22 family. This includes the
MPLAB C18 C Compiler, MPASM assembly language
and MPLAB Integrated Development Environment
(IDE).
When selecting a target device for software
development, MPLAB IDE will automatically set default
Configuration bits for that device. The default setting for
the XINST Configuration bit is ‘0’, disabling the
extended instruction set and Indexed Literal Offset
Addressing. For proper execution of applications
developed to take advantage of the extended
instruction set, XINST must be set during
programming.
DS39960C-page 480
To develop software for the extended instruction set,
the user must enable support for the instructions and
the Indexed Addressing mode in their language tool(s).
Depending on the environment being used, this may be
done in several ways:
• A menu option or dialog box within the
environment that allows the user to configure the
language tool and its settings for the project
• A command line option
• A directive in the source code
These options vary between different compilers,
assemblers and development environments. Users are
encouraged to review the documentation accompanying their development systems for the appropriate
information.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
30.0
DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT
The PIC® microcontrollers and dsPIC® digital signal
controllers are supported with a full range of software
and hardware development tools:
• Integrated Development Environment
- MPLAB® IDE Software
• Compilers/Assemblers/Linkers
- MPLAB C Compiler for Various Device
Families
- HI-TECH C for Various Device Families
- MPASMTM Assembler
- MPLINKTM Object Linker/
MPLIBTM Object Librarian
- MPLAB Assembler/Linker/Librarian for
Various Device Families
• Simulators
- MPLAB SIM Software Simulator
• Emulators
- MPLAB REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator
• In-Circuit Debuggers
- MPLAB ICD 3
- PICkit™ 3 Debug Express
• Device Programmers
- PICkit™ 2 Programmer
- MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
• Low-Cost Demonstration/Development Boards,
Evaluation Kits, and Starter Kits
30.1
MPLAB Integrated Development
Environment Software
The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software
development previously unseen in the 8/16/32-bit
microcontroller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows®
operating system-based application that contains:
• A single graphical interface to all debugging tools
- Simulator
- Programmer (sold separately)
- In-Circuit Emulator (sold separately)
- In-Circuit Debugger (sold separately)
• A full-featured editor with color-coded context
• A multiple project manager
• Customizable data windows with direct edit of
contents
• High-level source code debugging
• Mouse over variable inspection
• Drag and drop variables from source to watch
windows
• Extensive on-line help
• Integration of select third party tools, such as
IAR C Compilers
The MPLAB IDE allows you to:
• Edit your source files (either C or assembly)
• One-touch compile or assemble, and download to
emulator and simulator tools (automatically
updates all project information)
• Debug using:
- Source files (C or assembly)
- Mixed C and assembly
- Machine code
MPLAB IDE supports multiple debugging tools in a
single development paradigm, from the cost-effective
simulators, through low-cost in-circuit debuggers, to
full-featured emulators. This eliminates the learning
curve when upgrading to tools with increased flexibility
and power.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 481
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
30.2
MPLAB C Compilers for Various
Device Families
The MPLAB C Compiler code development systems
are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC18,
PIC24 and PIC32 families of microcontrollers and the
dsPIC30 and dsPIC33 families of digital signal controllers. These compilers provide powerful integration
capabilities, superior code optimization and ease of
use.
For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide
symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE
debugger.
30.3
HI-TECH C for Various Device
Families
The HI-TECH C Compiler code development systems
are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC
family of microcontrollers and the dsPIC family of digital
signal controllers. These compilers provide powerful
integration capabilities, omniscient code generation
and ease of use.
For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide
symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE
debugger.
The compilers include a macro assembler, linker, preprocessor, and one-step driver, and can run on multiple
platforms.
30.4
MPASM Assembler
The MPASM Assembler is a full-featured, universal
macro assembler for PIC10/12/16/18 MCUs.
The MPASM Assembler generates relocatable object
files for the MPLINK Object Linker, Intel® standard HEX
files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol
reference, absolute LST files that contain source lines
and generated machine code and COFF files for
debugging.
The MPASM Assembler features include:
30.5
MPLINK Object Linker/
MPLIB Object Librarian
The MPLINK Object Linker combines relocatable
objects created by the MPASM Assembler and the
MPLAB C18 C Compiler. It can link relocatable objects
from precompiled libraries, using directives from a
linker script.
The MPLIB Object Librarian manages the creation and
modification of library files of precompiled code. When
a routine from a library is called from a source file, only
the modules that contain that routine will be linked in
with the application. This allows large libraries to be
used efficiently in many different applications.
The object linker/library features include:
• Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many
smaller files
• Enhanced code maintainability by grouping
related modules together
• Flexible creation of libraries with easy module
listing, replacement, deletion and extraction
30.6
MPLAB Assembler, Linker and
Librarian for Various Device
Families
MPLAB Assembler produces relocatable machine
code from symbolic assembly language for PIC24,
PIC32 and dsPIC devices. MPLAB C Compiler uses
the assembler to produce its object file. The assembler
generates relocatable object files that can then be
archived or linked with other relocatable object files and
archives to create an executable file. Notable features
of the assembler include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Support for the entire device instruction set
Support for fixed-point and floating-point data
Command line interface
Rich directive set
Flexible macro language
MPLAB IDE compatibility
• Integration into MPLAB IDE projects
• User-defined macros to streamline
assembly code
• Conditional assembly for multi-purpose
source files
• Directives that allow complete control over the
assembly process
DS39960C-page 482
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
30.7
MPLAB SIM Software Simulator
The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator allows code
development in a PC-hosted environment by simulating the PIC MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs on an instruction
level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be
examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from
a comprehensive stimulus controller. Registers can be
logged to files for further run-time analysis. The trace
buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of
the simulator to record and track program execution,
actions on I/O, most peripherals and internal registers.
The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator fully supports
symbolic debugging using the MPLAB C Compilers,
and the MPASM and MPLAB Assemblers. The software simulator offers the flexibility to develop and
debug code outside of the hardware laboratory environment, making it an excellent, economical software
development tool.
30.8
MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit
Emulator System
MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System is
Microchip’s next generation high-speed emulator for
Microchip Flash DSC and MCU devices. It debugs and
programs PIC® Flash MCUs and dsPIC® Flash DSCs
with the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of
the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE),
included with each kit.
The emulator is connected to the design engineer’s PC
using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected
to the target with either a connector compatible with incircuit debugger systems (RJ11) or with the new highspeed, noise tolerant, Low-Voltage Differential Signal
(LVDS) interconnection (CAT5).
The emulator is field upgradable through future firmware
downloads in MPLAB IDE. In upcoming releases of
MPLAB IDE, new devices will be supported, and new
features will be added. MPLAB REAL ICE offers
significant advantages over competitive emulators
including low-cost, full-speed emulation, run-time
variable watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, a
ruggedized probe interface and long (up to three meters)
interconnection cables.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
30.9
MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger
System
MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System is Microchip's most cost effective high-speed hardware
debugger/programmer for Microchip Flash Digital Signal Controller (DSC) and microcontroller (MCU)
devices. It debugs and programs PIC® Flash microcontrollers and dsPIC® DSCs with the powerful, yet easyto-use graphical user interface of MPLAB Integrated
Development Environment (IDE).
The MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger probe is connected to the design engineer's PC using a high-speed
USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target with a
connector compatible with the MPLAB ICD 2 or MPLAB
REAL ICE systems (RJ-11). MPLAB ICD 3 supports all
MPLAB ICD 2 headers.
30.10 PICkit 3 In-Circuit Debugger/
Programmer and
PICkit 3 Debug Express
The MPLAB PICkit 3 allows debugging and programming of PIC® and dsPIC® Flash microcontrollers at a
most affordable price point using the powerful graphical
user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development
Environment (IDE). The MPLAB PICkit 3 is connected
to the design engineer's PC using a full speed USB
interface and can be connected to the target via an
Microchip debug (RJ-11) connector (compatible with
MPLAB ICD 3 and MPLAB REAL ICE). The connector
uses two device I/O pins and the reset line to implement in-circuit debugging and In-Circuit Serial Programming™.
The PICkit 3 Debug Express include the PICkit 3, demo
board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM
with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and
MPLAB IDE software.
DS39960C-page 483
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
30.11 PICkit 2 Development
Programmer/Debugger and
PICkit 2 Debug Express
30.13 Demonstration/Development
Boards, Evaluation Kits, and
Starter Kits
The PICkit™ 2 Development Programmer/Debugger is
a low-cost development tool with an easy to use interface for programming and debugging Microchip’s Flash
families of microcontrollers. The full featured
Windows® programming interface supports baseline
(PIC10F,
PIC12F5xx,
PIC16F5xx),
midrange
(PIC12F6xx, PIC16F), PIC18F, PIC24, dsPIC30,
dsPIC33, and PIC32 families of 8-bit, 16-bit, and 32-bit
microcontrollers, and many Microchip Serial EEPROM
products. With Microchip’s powerful MPLAB Integrated
Development Environment (IDE) the PICkit™ 2
enables in-circuit debugging on most PIC® microcontrollers. In-Circuit-Debugging runs, halts and single
steps the program while the PIC microcontroller is
embedded in the application. When halted at a breakpoint, the file registers can be examined and modified.
A wide variety of demonstration, development and
evaluation boards for various PIC MCUs and dsPIC
DSCs allows quick application development on fully functional systems. Most boards include prototyping areas for
adding custom circuitry and provide application firmware
and source code for examination and modification.
The PICkit 2 Debug Express include the PICkit 2, demo
board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM
with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and
MPLAB IDE software.
30.12 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
The MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer is a universal,
CE compliant device programmer with programmable
voltage verification at VDDMIN and VDDMAX for
maximum reliability. It features a large LCD display
(128 x 64) for menus and error messages and a modular, detachable socket assembly to support various
package types. The ICSP™ cable assembly is included
as a standard item. In Stand-Alone mode, the MPLAB
PM3 Device Programmer can read, verify and program
PIC devices without a PC connection. It can also set
code protection in this mode. The MPLAB PM3
connects to the host PC via an RS-232 or USB cable.
The MPLAB PM3 has high-speed communications and
optimized algorithms for quick programming of large
memory devices and incorporates an MMC card for file
storage and data applications.
DS39960C-page 484
The boards support a variety of features, including LEDs,
temperature sensors, switches, speakers, RS-232
interfaces, LCD displays, potentiometers and additional
EEPROM memory.
The demonstration and development boards can be
used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom
circuits and for learning about various microcontroller
applications.
In addition to the PICDEM™ and dsPICDEM™ demonstration/development board series of circuits, Microchip
has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software
for analog filter design, KEELOQ® security ICs, CAN,
IrDA®, PowerSmart battery management, SEEVAL®
evaluation system, Sigma-Delta ADC, flow rate
sensing, plus many more.
Also available are starter kits that contain everything
needed to experience the specified device. This usually
includes a single application and debug capability, all
on one board.
Check the Microchip web page (www.microchip.com)
for the complete list of demonstration, development
and evaluation kits.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
31.0
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Absolute Maximum Ratings(†)
Ambient temperature under bias.............................................................................................................-40°C to +125°C
Storage temperature .............................................................................................................................. -65°C to +150°C
Voltage on any digital only I/O pin with respect to VSS (except VDD)........................................................... -0.3V to 7.5V
Voltage on MCLR with respect to VSS........................................................................................................... 0.3V to 9.0V
Voltage on any combined digital and analog pin with respect to VSS (except VDD and MCLR)...... -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V)
Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS (with regulator enabled) ..................................................................... -0.3V to 5.5V
Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS (with regulator disabled)..................................................................... -0.3V to 3.6V
Total power dissipation (Note 1) ..................................................................................................................................1W
Maximum current out of VSS pin ...........................................................................................................................300 mA
Maximum current into VDD pin ..............................................................................................................................250 mA
Input clamp current, IIK (VI < 0 or VI > VDD) .......................................................................................................... ±20 mA
Output clamp current, IOK (VO < 0 or VO > VDD) ...................................................................................................±20 mA
Maximum output current sunk by PORTA<7:6> and any PORTB and PORTC I/O pins.........................................25 mA
Maximum output current sunk by any PORTD, PORTE and PORTJ I/O pins ..........................................................8 mA
Maximum output current sunk by PORTA<5:0> and any PORTF, PORTG and PORTH I/O pins ............................2 mA
Maximum output current sourced by PORTA<7:6> and any PORTB and PORTC I/O pins ...................................25 mA
Maximum output current sourced by any PORTD, PORTE and PORTJ I/O pins .....................................................8 mA
Maximum output current sourced by PORTA<5:0> and any PORTF, PORTG and PORTH I/O pins .......................2 mA
Maximum current sunk byall ports combined.......................................................................................................200 mA
Note 1: Power dissipation is calculated as follows:
Pdis = VDD x {IDD –  IOH} +  {(VDD – VOH) x IOH} + (VOL x IOL)
† NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the
device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those
indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for
extended periods may affect device reliability.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 485
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH, REGULATOR ENABLED (INDUSTRIAL)(1)
FIGURE 31-1:
6V
5.5V
Voltage (VDD)
5V
4V
PIC18F87K22 Family
3V
3V
1.8V
0
Note 1:
2:
4 MHz
Frequency
64 MHz(1)
FMAX = 25 MHz in 8-Bit External Memory mode. For VDD values, 1.8V to 3V,
FMAX = (VDD – 1.8)/0.02 MHz.
FMAX = 64 MHz in all other modes. For VDD values, 1.8V to 3V, FMAX = (VDD – 1.72)/0.02 MHz.
FIGURE 31-2:
VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH, REGULATOR DISABLED (INDUSTRIAL)(1,2)
4V
3.75V
3.6V
Voltage (VDD)
3.25V
PIC18F87K22 Family
3V
2.5V
1.8V
64 MHz
4 MHz
Frequency
Note 1:
2:
When the on-chip voltage regulator is disabled, VDD must be maintained so that VDD 3.6V.
For VDD values, 1.8V to 3V, FMAX = (VDD – 1.8)/0.02 MHz.
DS39960C-page 486
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
31.1
DC Characteristics:
Supply Voltage
PIC18F87K22 Family (Industrial)
PIC18F87K22 Family
(Industrial)
Param
Symbol
No.
D001
VDD
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial
Characteristic
Supply Voltage
D001C AVDD
Analog Supply Voltage
Min
Typ
Max
Units
1.8
1.8
—
—
3.6
5.5
V
V
VDD – 0.3
—
VDD + 0.3
V
D001D AVSS
Analog Ground Potential VSS – 0.3
—
VSS + 0.3
V
D002
VDR
RAM Data Retention
Voltage(1)
1.5
—
—
V
D003
VPOR
VDD Start Voltage
to Ensure Internal
Power-on Reset Signal
—
—
0.7
V
D004
SVDD
VDD Rise Rate
to Ensure Internal
Power-on Reset Signal
0.05
—
—
D005
BVDD
Brown-out Reset
Voltage (High/Medium/
Low-Power mode)(2)
BORV<1:0> = 11(3)
BORV<1:0> = 10
BORV<1:0> = 01
BORV<1:0> = 00
1.69
1.88
2.53
2.82
1.8
2.0
2.7
3.0
1.91
2.12
2.86
3.18
Note 1:
2:
3:
Conditions
ENVREG tied to VSS
ENVREG tied to VDD
See Section 5.3 “Power-on
Reset (POR)” for details
V/ms See Section 5.3 “Power-on
Reset (POR)” for details
This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in Sleep mode, or during a device Reset, without losing RAM data.
HP-BOR.
The device will operate normally until Brown-out Reset occurs, even though VDD may be below VDDMIN.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 487
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
31.2
DC Characteristics:
PIC18F87K22 Family
(Industrial)
Param
No.
Power-Down and Supply Current
PIC18F87K22 Family (Industrial)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial
Device
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
10
500
nA
-40°C
20
500
nA
+25°C
120
600
nA
+60°C
630
1800
nA
+85°C
50
700
nA
-40°C
60
700
nA
+25°C
170
800
nA
+60°C
700
2700
nA
+85°C
350
1300
nA
-40°C
400
1400
nA
+25°C
Power-Down Current (IPD)(1)
All devices
All devices
All devices
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
550
1500
nA
+60°C
1350
4000
nA
+85°C
VDD = 1.8V(4)
(Sleep mode)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
(Sleep mode)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 5V(5)
(Sleep mode)
Regulator Enabled
The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with
the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in a high-impedance state and tied to VDD or VSS, and all features that add delta
current are disabled (such as WDT, SOSC oscillator, BOR, etc.).
The supply current is mainly a function of operating voltage, frequency and mode. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading
and switching rate, oscillator type and circuit, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on
the current consumption.
The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD;
MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
Standard, low-cost 32 kHz crystals have an operating temperature range of -10°C to +70°C. Extended temperature
crystals are available at a much higher cost.
Voltage regulator disabled (ENVREG = 0, tied to VSS, RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 1).
Voltage regulator enabled (ENVREG = 1, tied to VDD, SRETEN (WDTCON<4>) = 1 and RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 0).
DS39960C-page 488
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
31.2
DC Characteristics:
PIC18F87K22 Family
(Industrial)
Param
No.
Power-Down and Supply Current
PIC18F87K22 Family (Industrial) (Continued)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial
Device
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
5.3
10
A
-40°C
5.5
10
A
+25°C
5.5
10
A
+85°C
10
15
A
-40°C
10
16
A
+25°C
+85°C
Supply Current (IDD)(2,3)
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
11
17
A
70
180
A
-40°C
80
185
A
+25°C
90
190
A
+85°C
410
850
A
-40°C
410
800
A
+25°C
410
830
A
+85°C
680
990
A
-40°C
680
960
A
+25°C
670
950
A
+85°C
760
1400
A
-40°C
780
1400
A
+25°C
800
1500
A
+85°C
760
1300
A
-40°C
760
1400
A
+25°C
770
1500
A
+85°C
1.4
2.5
mA
-40°C
1.4
2.5
mA
+25°C
1.4
2.5
mA
+85°C
1.5
2.7
mA
-40°C
1.5
2.7
mA
+25°C
1.5
2.7
mA
+85°C
VDD = 1.8V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
FOSC = 31 kHz
(RC_RUN mode,
LF-INTOSC)
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
VDD = 1.8V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
FOSC = 1 MHz
(RC_RUN mode,
HF-INTOSC)
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
VDD = 1.8V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
FOSC = 4 MHz
(RC_RUN mode,
HF-INTOSC)
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with
the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in a high-impedance state and tied to VDD or VSS, and all features that add delta
current are disabled (such as WDT, SOSC oscillator, BOR, etc.).
The supply current is mainly a function of operating voltage, frequency and mode. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading
and switching rate, oscillator type and circuit, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on
the current consumption.
The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD;
MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
Standard, low-cost 32 kHz crystals have an operating temperature range of -10°C to +70°C. Extended temperature
crystals are available at a much higher cost.
Voltage regulator disabled (ENVREG = 0, tied to VSS, RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 1).
Voltage regulator enabled (ENVREG = 1, tied to VDD, SRETEN (WDTCON<4>) = 1 and RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 0).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 489
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
31.2
DC Characteristics:
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial
PIC18F87K22 Family
(Industrial)
Param
No.
Power-Down and Supply Current
PIC18F87K22 Family (Industrial) (Continued)
Device
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
2.1
5.5
A
-40°C
2.1
5.7
A
+25°C
2.2
6.0
A
+85°C
3.7
7.5
A
-40°C
3.9
7.8
A
+25°C
3.9
8.5
A
+85°C
Supply Current (IDD) Cont.(2,3)
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
70
180
A
-40°C
80
190
A
+25°C
80
200
A
+85°C
330
650
A
-40°C
330
640
A
+25°C
330
630
A
+85°C
520
850
A
-40°C
520
900
A
+25°C
520
850
A
+85°C
590
940
A
-40°C
600
960
A
+25°C
620
990
A
+85°C
470
770
A
-40°C
470
770
A
+25°C
460
760
A
+85°C
800
1400
A
-40°C
800
1350
A
+25°C
790
1300
A
+85°C
880
1600
A
-40°C
890
1700
A
+25°C
910
1800
A
+85°C
VDD = 1.8V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
FOSC = 31 kHz
(RC_IDLE mode,
LF-INTOSC)
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
VDD = 1.8V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
FOSC = 1 MHz
(RC_IDLE mode,
HF-INTOSC)
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
VDD = 1.8V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
FOSC = 4 MHz
(RC_IDLE mode,
internal HF-INTOSC)
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with
the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in a high-impedance state and tied to VDD or VSS, and all features that add delta
current are disabled (such as WDT, SOSC oscillator, BOR, etc.).
The supply current is mainly a function of operating voltage, frequency and mode. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading
and switching rate, oscillator type and circuit, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on
the current consumption.
The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD;
MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
Standard, low-cost 32 kHz crystals have an operating temperature range of -10°C to +70°C. Extended temperature
crystals are available at a much higher cost.
Voltage regulator disabled (ENVREG = 0, tied to VSS, RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 1).
Voltage regulator enabled (ENVREG = 1, tied to VDD, SRETEN (WDTCON<4>) = 1 and RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 0).
DS39960C-page 490
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
31.2
DC Characteristics:
PIC18F87K22 Family
(Industrial)
Param
No.
Power-Down and Supply Current
PIC18F87K22 Family (Industrial) (Continued)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial
Device
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
130
390
A
-40°C
130
390
A
+25°C
130
390
A
+85°C
270
790
A
-40°C
270
790
A
+25°C
270
790
A
+85°C
430
990
A
-40°C
450
980
A
+25°C
460
980
A
+85°C
430
860
A
-40°C
530
900
A
+25°C
490
880
A
+85°C
850
1750
A
-40°C
850
1700
A
+25°C
850
1800
A
+85°C
1.1
2.7
mA
-40°C
1.1
2.6
mA
+25°C
1.1
2.6
mA
+85°C
12
19
mA
-40°C
12
19
mA
+25°C
12
19
mA
+85°C
Supply Current (IDD) Cont.(2,3)
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
13
20
mA
-40°C
13
20
mA
+25°C
13
20
mA
+85°C
VDD = 1.8V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
FOSC = 1 MHZ
(PRI_RUN mode,
EC oscillator)
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
VDD = 1.8V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
FOSC = 4 MHz
(PRI_RUN mode,
EC oscillator)
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
FOSC = 64 MHZ
(PRI_RUN mode,
EC oscillator)
The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with
the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in a high-impedance state and tied to VDD or VSS, and all features that add delta
current are disabled (such as WDT, SOSC oscillator, BOR, etc.).
The supply current is mainly a function of operating voltage, frequency and mode. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading
and switching rate, oscillator type and circuit, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on
the current consumption.
The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD;
MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
Standard, low-cost 32 kHz crystals have an operating temperature range of -10°C to +70°C. Extended temperature
crystals are available at a much higher cost.
Voltage regulator disabled (ENVREG = 0, tied to VSS, RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 1).
Voltage regulator enabled (ENVREG = 1, tied to VDD, SRETEN (WDTCON<4>) = 1 and RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 0).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 491
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
31.2
DC Characteristics:
PIC18F87K22 Family
(Industrial)
Param
No.
Power-Down and Supply Current
PIC18F87K22 Family (Industrial) (Continued)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial
Device
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
3.3
5.6
mA
-40°C
3.3
5.5
mA
+25°C
3.3
5.5
mA
+85°C
Supply Current (IDD) Cont.(2,3)
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
3.5
5.9
mA
-40°C
3.5
5.8
mA
+25°C
3.5
5.8
mA
+85°C
12
18
mA
-40°C
12
18
mA
+25°C
12
18
mA
+85°C
13
20
mA
-40°C
13
20
mA
+25°C
13
20
mA
+85°C
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
FOSC = 16 MHZ,
(PRI_RUN mode, 4 MHz
EC oscillator with PLL)
FOSC = 64 MHZ,
(PRI_RUN mode, 16 MHz
EC oscillator with PLL)
The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with
the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in a high-impedance state and tied to VDD or VSS, and all features that add delta
current are disabled (such as WDT, SOSC oscillator, BOR, etc.).
The supply current is mainly a function of operating voltage, frequency and mode. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading
and switching rate, oscillator type and circuit, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on
the current consumption.
The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD;
MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
Standard, low-cost 32 kHz crystals have an operating temperature range of -10°C to +70°C. Extended temperature
crystals are available at a much higher cost.
Voltage regulator disabled (ENVREG = 0, tied to VSS, RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 1).
Voltage regulator enabled (ENVREG = 1, tied to VDD, SRETEN (WDTCON<4>) = 1 and RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 0).
DS39960C-page 492
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
31.2
DC Characteristics:
PIC18F87K22 Family
(Industrial)
Param
No.
Power-Down and Supply Current
PIC18F87K22 Family (Industrial) (Continued)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial
Device
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
42
73
A
-40°C
42
73
A
+25°C
+85°C
Supply Current (IDD) Cont.(2,3)
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
43
74
A
110
190
A
-40°C
110
195
A
+25°C
110
195
A
+85°C
280
450
A
-40°C
290
440
A
+25°C
300
460
A
+85°C
160
360
A
-40°C
160
360
A
+25°C
170
370
A
+85°C
330
650
A
-40°C
340
660
A
+25°C
340
660
A
+85°C
510
900
A
-40°C
520
950
A
+25°C
540
990
A
+85°C
4.7
9
mA
-40°C
4.8
9
mA
+25°C
4.8
9
mA
+85°C
5.1
11
mA
-40°C
5.1
11
mA
+25°C
5.2
12
mA
+85°C
VDD = 1.8V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
FOSC = 1 MHz
(PRI_IDLE mode,
EC oscillator)
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
VDD = 1.8V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
FOSC = 4 MHz
(PRI_IDLE mode,
EC oscillator)
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
FOSC = 64 MHz
(PRI_IDLE mode,
EC oscillator)
The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with
the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in a high-impedance state and tied to VDD or VSS, and all features that add delta
current are disabled (such as WDT, SOSC oscillator, BOR, etc.).
The supply current is mainly a function of operating voltage, frequency and mode. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading
and switching rate, oscillator type and circuit, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on
the current consumption.
The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD;
MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
Standard, low-cost 32 kHz crystals have an operating temperature range of -10°C to +70°C. Extended temperature
crystals are available at a much higher cost.
Voltage regulator disabled (ENVREG = 0, tied to VSS, RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 1).
Voltage regulator enabled (ENVREG = 1, tied to VDD, SRETEN (WDTCON<4>) = 1 and RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 0).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 493
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
31.2
DC Characteristics:
PIC18F87K22 Family
(Industrial)
Param
No.
Power-Down and Supply Current
PIC18F87K22 Family (Industrial) (Continued)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial
Device
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
3.7
8.5
µA
-40°C
5.4
10
µA
+25°C
6.6
13
µA
+85°C
8.7
18
µA
-40°C
10
20
µA
+25°C
+85°C
Supply Current (IDD) Cont.(2,3)
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
All devices
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
12
23
µA
60
160
µA
-40°C
90
190
µA
+25°C
100
240
µA
+85°C
1.2
4
µA
-40°C
1.7
5
µA
+25°C
2.6
6
µA
+85°C
1.6
7
µA
-40°C
2.8
9
µA
+25°C
4.1
10
µA
+85°C
60
150
µA
-40°C
80
180
µA
+25°C
100
240
µA
+85°C
VDD = 1.8V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
FOSC = 32 kHz(3)
(SEC_RUN mode,
SOSCSEL = 01)
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
VDD = 1.8V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
FOSC = 32 kHz(3)
(SEC_IDLE mode,
SOSCSEL = 01)
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with
the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in a high-impedance state and tied to VDD or VSS, and all features that add delta
current are disabled (such as WDT, SOSC oscillator, BOR, etc.).
The supply current is mainly a function of operating voltage, frequency and mode. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading
and switching rate, oscillator type and circuit, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on
the current consumption.
The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD;
MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
Standard, low-cost 32 kHz crystals have an operating temperature range of -10°C to +70°C. Extended temperature
crystals are available at a much higher cost.
Voltage regulator disabled (ENVREG = 0, tied to VSS, RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 1).
Voltage regulator enabled (ENVREG = 1, tied to VDD, SRETEN (WDTCON<4>) = 1 and RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 0).
DS39960C-page 494
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
31.2
DC Characteristics:
PIC18F87K22 Family
(Industrial)
Param
No.
D022
(IWDT)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial
Device
Brown-out Reset
All devices
All devices
D022B
(IHLVD)
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
Module Differential Currents (IWDT, IBOR, IHLVD, IOSCB, IAD)
Watchdog Timer
All devices
0.3
1
A
-40°C
A
+25°C
0.3
1
0.3
1
A
+85°C
All devices
0.6
1.9
A
-40°C
All Devices
D022A
(IBOR)
Power-Down and Supply Current
PIC18F87K22 Family (Industrial) (Continued)
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
A
A
A
A
A
+25°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+85°C
4.6
4.5
4.7
4.2
4.3
4.4
19
20
20
20
20
20
A
A
A
A
A
A
-40°C
+25°C
+85°C
-40°C
+25°C
+85°C
VDD = 1.8V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
VDD = 3.3V(4)
Regulator Disabled
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
High-Power BOR
High-Power BOR
High/Low-Voltage Detect
All devices
A
-40°C
3.8
9
VDD = 1.8V(4)
A
+25°C
4.2
9
Regulator Disabled
4.3
10
A
+85°C
4.5
11
A
-40°C
All devices
VDD = 3.3V(4)
A
+25°C
4.8
12
Regulator Disabled
4.8
12
A
+85°C
4.9
13
A
-40°C
All devices
VDD = 5V(5)
A
+25°C
4.9
13
Regulator Enabled
4.9
13
A
+85°C
The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with
the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in a high-impedance state and tied to VDD or VSS, and all features that add delta
current are disabled (such as WDT, SOSC oscillator, BOR, etc.).
The supply current is mainly a function of operating voltage, frequency and mode. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading
and switching rate, oscillator type and circuit, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on
the current consumption.
The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD;
MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
Standard, low-cost 32 kHz crystals have an operating temperature range of -10°C to +70°C. Extended temperature
crystals are available at a much higher cost.
Voltage regulator disabled (ENVREG = 0, tied to VSS, RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 1).
Voltage regulator enabled (ENVREG = 1, tied to VDD, SRETEN (WDTCON<4>) = 1 and RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 0).
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 495
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
31.2
DC Characteristics:
PIC18F87K22 Family
(Industrial)
Param
No.
D025
(IRTCC)
Power-Down and Supply Current
PIC18F87K22 Family (Industrial) (Continued)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial
Device
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
Real-Time Clock/
Calendar with SOSC
All devices
0.7
2.7
µA
-40°C
0.7
2.8
µA
+25°C
1.1
2.8
µA
+60°C
1.1
2.9
µA
+85°C
VDD = 1.8V(4)
Regulator Disabled
1.2
2.9
µA
-40°C
32.768 kHz,
1.1
2.8
µA
+25°C
VDD = 3.3V(4)
SOSCRUN = 1
Regulator Disabled
2
4.6
µA
+60°C
2
4.8
A
+85°C
1.5
4.4
A
-40°C
All devices
A
+25°C
1.5
4.4
VDD = 5V(5)
Regulator Enabled
1.7
4.7
µA
+60°C
1.7
4.7
A
+85°C
The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with
the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in a high-impedance state and tied to VDD or VSS, and all features that add delta
current are disabled (such as WDT, SOSC oscillator, BOR, etc.).
The supply current is mainly a function of operating voltage, frequency and mode. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading
and switching rate, oscillator type and circuit, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on
the current consumption.
The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD;
MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
Standard, low-cost 32 kHz crystals have an operating temperature range of -10°C to +70°C. Extended temperature
crystals are available at a much higher cost.
Voltage regulator disabled (ENVREG = 0, tied to VSS, RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 1).
Voltage regulator enabled (ENVREG = 1, tied to VDD, SRETEN (WDTCON<4>) = 1 and RETEN (CONFIG1L<0>) = 0).
All devices
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
DS39960C-page 496
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
31.3
DC Characteristics: PIC18F87K22 Family (Industrial)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C TA  +85°C for industrial
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
Symbol
No.
VIL
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
VSS
0.15 VDD
V
VDD < 4.5V
—
0.8
V
4.5V  VDD 5.5V
RC3, RC4
VSS
0.2 VDD
V
VDD < 4.5
RD5, RD6
VSS
1.5
V
4.5V  VDD 5.5V
Input Low Voltage
All I/O Ports:
D030
with TTL Buffer
D031
with Schmitt Trigger Buffer
D032
MCLR
VSS
0.2 VDD
V
D033
OSC1
VSS
0.2 VDD
V
LP, XT, HS modes
D033A
OSC1
VSS
0.2 VDD
V
EC modes
D034
SOSCI
VSS
0.3 VDD
V
0.25 VDD
VDD
V
VDD < 4.5V
2.0
VDD
V
4.5V  VDD 5.5V
0.8
VDD
VDD
V
V
V
VDD < 4.5V
0.7 VDD
VIH
Input High Voltage
I/O Ports with Analog Functions:
D040
with TTL Buffer
D041
with Schmitt Trigger Buffer
RC3, RC4
VDD < 4.5V
4.5V  VDD 5.5V
3V
5.5
D042
MCLR
0.8 VDD
VDD
V
D043
OSC1
0.9 VDD
VDD
V
RC mode
D043A
OSC1
0.7 VDD
VDD
V
HS mode
D044
SOSCI
0.7 VDD
VDD
V
±50
±200
nA
VSS VPIN VDD,
Pin at high-impedance
RD5, RD6
IIL
D060
Input Leakage
Current(1)
I/O Ports
D061
MCLR
—
±5
A
Vss VPIN VDD, +85°C
D063
OSC1
—
±5
A
Vss VPIN VDD
50
400
A
VDD = 3.3V, VPIN = VSS
D070
Note 1:
IPU
Weak Pull-up Current
IPURB
PORTB Weak Pull-up Current
Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 497
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
31.3
DC Characteristics: PIC18F87K22 Family (Industrial) (Continued)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C TA  +85°C for industrial
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
Symbol
No.
VOL
D080
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
PORTA, PORTB, PORTC
—
0.6
V
IOL = 8.5 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
-40C to +85C
PORTD, PORTE, PORTF, PORTG,
PORTH, PORTJ
—
0.6
V
IOL = 3.5 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
-40C to +85C
PORTA, PORTB, PORTC
VDD – 0.7
—
V
IOH = -3 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
-40C to +85C
PORTD, PORTE, PORTF, PORTG,
PORTH, PORTJ
VDD – 0.7
—
V
IOH = -2 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
-40C to +85C
—
20
pF
In HS mode when
external clock is used to
drive OSC1
Output Low Voltage
I/O Ports:
VOH
D090
Output High Voltage(1)
I/O Ports:
V
Capacitive Loading Specs
on Output Pins
D100(4) COSC2 OSC2 Pin
D101
CIO
All I/O Pins and OSC2
—
50
pF
To meet the AC Timing
Specifications
D102
CB
SCLx, SDAx
—
400
pF
I2C™ Specification
Note 1:
31.4
Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.
DC Characteristics: CTMU Current Source Specifications
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
Sym
No.
Standard Operating Conditions: 1.8V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C  TA  +85°C for Industrial
Min
Typ(1)
Max
Units
IOUT1 CTMU Current Source,
Base Range
—
550
—
nA
CTMUICON<1:0> = 01
IOUT2 CTMU Current Source,
10x Range
—
5.5
—
A
CTMUICON<1:0> = 10
IOUT3 CTMU Current Source,
100x Range
—
55
—
A
CTMUICON<1:0> = 11
Note 1:
Characteristic
Conditions
Nominal value at center point of current trim range (CTMUICON<7:2> = 000000).
DS39960C-page 498
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 31-1:
MEMORY PROGRAMMING REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
Sym
Characteristic
Min
Typ†
Max
Units
Conditions
VDD + 1.5
—
10
V
—
—
10
mA
100K
1000K
—
E/W -40C to +85C
1.8
—
5.5
V
Using EECON to read/
write, ENVREG tied to VDD
1.8
—
3.6
V
Using EECON to read/
write, ENVREG tied to VSS
ms
Internal Program Memory
Programming Specifications(1)
D110
VPP
Voltage on MCLR/VPP/RE5 pin
D113
IDDP
Supply Current during
Programming
D120
ED
Byte Endurance
D121
VDRW
VDD for Read/Write
Data EEPROM Memory
(Note 3, Note 4)
(Note 2)
D122
TDEW
Erase/Write Cycle Time
—
4
—
D123
TRETD Characteristic Retention
40
—
—
Year Provided no other
specifications are violated
D124
TREF
1M
10M
—
E/W -40°C to +85°C
D130
EP
Cell Endurance
1K
10K
—
E/W -40C to +85C
D131
VPR
VDD for Read
1.8
—
5.5
V
ENVREG tied to VDD
1.8
—
3.6
V
ENVREG tied to VSS
1.8
—
5.5
V
ENVREG tied to VDD
Number of Total Erase/Write
Cycles before Refresh(2)
Program Flash Memory
D132B VPEW
D133A TIW
Voltage for Self-Timed Erase or
Write Operations
VDD
Self-Timed Write Cycle Time
—
2
—
40
—
—
Year Provided no other
specifications are violated
Supply Current during
Programming
—
—
10
mA
Writes per Erase Cycle
—
—
1
D134
TRETD Characteristic Retention
D135
IDDP
D140
TWE
ms
For each physical address
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Note 1: These specifications are for programming the on-chip program memory through the use of table write
instructions.
2: Refer to Section 9.8 “Using the Data EEPROM” for a more detailed discussion on data EEPROM
endurance.
3: Required only if Single-Supply Programming is disabled.
4: The MPLAB® ICD 2 does not support variable VPP output. Circuitry to limit the MPLAB ICD 2 VPP voltage
must be placed between the MPLAB ICD 2 and target system when programming or debugging with the
MPLAB ICD 2.
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39960C-page 499
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
TABLE 31-2:
COMPARATOR SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Conditions: 1.8V  VDD  5V, -40°C  TA  +85°C (unless otherwise stated)
Param
No.
Sym
Characteristics
Min
Typ
Max
Units
D300
VIOFF
Input Offset Voltage
—
±5.0
40
mV
D301
VICM
Input Common Mode Voltage
—
—
AVDD – 1.5
V
D302
CMRR
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
55
—
—
dB
D303
TRESP
Response Time(1)
—
150
400
ns
D304
TMC2OV
Comparator Mode Change to
Output Valid*
—
—
10
s
Note 1:
Comments
Response time measured with one comparator input at (AVDD – 1.5)/2, while the other input transitions
from VSS to VDD.
TABLE 31-3:
VOLTAGE REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Conditions: 1.8V  VDD  5V, -40°C  TA  +85°C (unless otherwise stated)
Param
No.
Sym
Characteristics
Min
Typ
Max
Units
D310
VRES
Resolution
—
VDD/32
—
LSb
D311
VRAA
Absolute Accuracy
—
—
1/2
LSb
D312
VRUR
Unit Resistor Value (R)
—
2k
—

TSET
Time(1)
—
—
10
s
D313
Note 1:
Settling
Comments
Settling time measured while CVRR = 1 and CVR<3:0> transitions from ‘0000’ to ‘1111’.
TABLE 31-4:
INTERNAL VOLTAGE REGULATOR SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Conditions: -40°C  TA  +85°C (unless otherwise stated)
Param
No.
Sym
Characteristics
VRGOUT Regulator Output Voltage
CEFC
DS39960C-page 500
External Filter Capacitor Value
Min
Typ
Max
Units
—
3.3
—
V
4.7
10
—
F
Comments
Capacitor must be
low-ESR, a low series
resistance (< 5)
 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F87K22 FAMILY
31.5
31.5.1
AC (Timing) Characteristics
TIMING PARAMETER SYMBOLOGY
The timing parameter symbols have been created
following one of the following formats:
1. TppS2ppS
2. TppS
T
F
Frequency
Lowercase letters (pp) and their meanings:
pp
cc
CCP1
ck
CLKO
cs
CS
di
SDI
do
SDO
dt
Data in
io
I/O port
mc
MCLR
Uppercase letters and their meanings:
S
F
Fall
H
High
I
Invalid (High-impedance)
L
Low
I2C only
AA
output access
BUF
Bus free
TCC:ST (I2C specifications only)
CC
HD
Hold
ST
DAT
DATA input hold
STA
Start condition
 2

Open as PDF

Similar pages: MICROCHIP PIC18F85J90; MICROCHIP PIC18F2221-E/SO; MICROCHIP PIC18F2221; MICROCHIP PIC18F26J50; MICROCHIP PIC18F8627; MICROCHIP PIC18F2455; MICROCHIP PIC18F86J60; MICROCHIP PIC18F2520; MICROCHIP PIC18F4525; MICROCHIP PIC18F46J11; MICROCHIP PIC18F8310I/PTQTP; MICROCHIP PIC18F2515; MICROCHIP PIC18F2331; MICROCHIP PIC18F6490-E/PT; MICROCHIP PIC18F45J10-E/PT; MICROCHIP PIC18F2431-I/ML; MICROCHIP PIC18F87J11; MICROCHIP PIC18F44J10T-I/ML; MICROCHIP PIC18F8627; MICROCHIP PIC18F13K50T-I/SS; MICROCHIP PIC18F45K20-I/MV; MICROCHIP PIC18F1220

MICROCHIP PIC18F87K22_11